OWNER'S MANUAL
Operation
Maintenance
Specifications
All information in this Owner's Manual is current at the time of publication. However, HYUNDAI reserves the right to make changes at
any time so that our policy of continual product improvement may be
carried out.
This manual applies to all HYUNDAI models and includes descriptions and explanations of optional as well as standard equipment.
As a result, you may find material in this manual that does not apply
to your specific vehicle.
CAUTION: MODIFICATIONS TO
YOUR HYUNDAI
SAFETY AND VEHICLE DAMAGE
WARNING
Your HYUNDAI should not be modified in any way.
Such modifications may adversely affect the performance, safety or durability of your HYUNDAI
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle. Certain modifications may also be in violation of regulations
established by the U.S. Department of
Transportation and other federal or state agencies.
This manual includes information titled as DANGER, WARNING, CAUTION and NOTICE.
These titles indicate the following:
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, will result in death or
serious injury.
WARNING
TWO-WAY RADIO OR CELLULAR
TELEPHONE INSTALLATION
Your vehicle is equipped with electronic fuel injection and other electronic components. It is possible
for an improperly installed/adjusted two-way radio
or cellular telephone to adversely affect electronic
systems. For this reason, we recommend that you
carefully follow the radio manufacturer's instructions or consult your HYUNDAI dealer for precautionary measures or special instructions if you
choose to install one of these devices.
WARNING indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in death
or serious injury.
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous situation
which, if not avoided, could result in minor or
moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation which, if not
avoided, could result in vehicle damage.
F2
HYUNDAI VEHICLE OWNER PRIVACY POLICY
Your Hyundai vehicle may be equipped with technologies and services that use information collected,
generated, recorded or stored by the vehicle. Hyundai has created a Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy to explain
how these technologies and services collect use and share this information.
You may read our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy on the Hyundaiusa.com website at:
https://www.hyundaiusa.com/owner-privacy-policy.aspx
If you would like to receive a hard copy of our Vehicle Owner Privacy Policy, please contact our Customer
Connect Center at:
Hyundai Customer Care
P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai's Customer Connect Center representatives are available Monday through Friday,
between the hours of 6:00 AM and 5:00 PM PST and Saturday and Sunday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM
PST (English).
For Customer Connect Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday
through Friday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
F3
INTRODUCTION
Congratulations, and thank you for choosing HYUNDAI. We are pleased to welcome you to the growing number of discerning people who drive HYUNDAIs. We are very proud of the advanced engineering and high-quality construction of
each HYUNDAI we build.
Your Owner's Manual will introduce you to the features and operation of your new HYUNDAI. To become familiar with
your new HYUNDAI, so that you can fully enjoy it, read this Owner's Manual carefully before driving your new vehicle.
This manual contains important safety information and instructions intended to familiarize you with your vehicle's controls and safety features so you can safely operate your vehicle.
This manual also contains information on maintenance designed to enhance safe operation of the vehicle. It is recommended that all service and maintenance on your car be performed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. HYUNDAI dealers are prepared to provide high-quality service, maintenance and any other assistance that may be required.
This Owner's Manual should be considered a permanent part of your vehicle, and should be kept in the vehicle so you
can refer to it at any time. The manual should stay with the vehicle if you sell it to provide the next owner with important operating, safety and maintenance information.
HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA
CAUTION
Severe engine and transmission damage may result from the use of poor quality fuels and lubricants that
do not meet HYUNDAI specifications. You must always use high quality fuels and lubricants that meet the
specifications listed on Page 8-7 in the Vehicle Specifications section of the Owner's Manual.
Copyright 2021 HYUNDAI Motor America. All rights reserved. No part of this publication may be reproduced, stored
in any retrieval system or transmitted in any form or by any means without the prior written permission of HYUNDAI
Motor America.
F4
GUIDE TO HYUNDAI GENUINE PARTS
1. What are HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are the
same parts used by HYUNDAI
Motor Company to manufacture
vehicles. They are designed and
tested for the optimum safety, performance, and reliability for our
customers.
2. Why should you use genuine
parts?
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are
engineered and built to meet rigid
manufacturing
requirements.
Damage caused by using imitation, counterfeit or used salvage
parts is not covered under the
HYUNDAI New Vehicle Limited
Warranty or any other HYUNDAI
warranty.
In addition, any damage to or failure of HYUNDAI Genuine Parts
caused by the installation or failure of an imitation, counterfeit or
used salvage part is not covered
by any HYUNDAI Warranty.
3. How can you tell if you are purchasing HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts?
Look for the HYUNDAI Genuine
Parts Logo on the package (see
below).
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts exported to the U.S. are packaged with
labels written only in English.
HYUNDAI Genuine Parts are only
sold through authorized HYUNDAI
Dealerships.
F5
Introduction
HOW TO USE THIS MANUAL
SAFETY MESSAGES
We want to help you get the greatest
possible driving pleasure from your
vehicle. Your Owner's Manual can
assist you in many ways. To gain an
overview of the contents of your
Owner's Manual, use the Table of
Contents in the front of the manual.
The first page of each Chapter
includes a detailed Table of Contents
of the topics in that Chapter.
To quickly locate information about
your vehicle, use the Index in the
back of the manual. It is an alphabetical list of what is in this manual and
the page number where it can be
found.
For your convenience, we have
incorporated tabs on the right-hand
page edges. These tabs are coded
with the Chapter titles to assist you
with navigating through the manual.
Your safety, and the safety of others,
is very important. This Owner's
Manual provides you with many safety precautions and operating procedures. This information alerts you to
potential hazards that may hurt you
or others, as well as damage to your
vehicle.
Safety messages found on vehicle
labels and in this manual describe
these hazards and what to do to
avoid or reduce the risks.
Warnings and instructions contained
in this manual are for your safety.
Failure to follow safety warnings and
instructions can lead to serious injury
or death.
Throughout this manual DANGER,
WARNING, CAUTION, NOTICE and
the SAFETY ALERT SYMBOL will
be used.
This is the safety alert symbol. It is used to alert you to
potential physical injury hazards. Obey all safety messages that follow this symbol
to avoid possible injury or
death. The safety alert symbol precedes the signal words
DANGER, WARNING and
CAUTION.
DANGER
DANGER indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
will result in death or serious
injury.
WARNING
WARNING indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in death or serious
injury.
F6
Introduction
FUEL REQUIREMENTS
CAUTION
CAUTION indicates a hazardous
situation which, if not avoided,
could result in minor or moderate injury.
NOTICE
NOTICE indicates a situation
which, if not avoided, could result
in vehicle damage.
Your new vehicle is designed to
obtain maximum performance with
UNLEADED FUEL, as well as minimize exhaust emissions and spark
plug fouling.
Your new vehicle is designed to use
only unleaded fuel having an octane
number ((R+M)/2) of 87 (Research
Octane Number 91) or higher. (Do not
use methanol blended fuels)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the engine
and engine components, never
add any fuel system cleaning
agents to the fuel tank other than
what has been specified.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for additional information.
WARNING
• Do not "top off" after the nozzle automatically shuts off
when refueling.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
Gasoline containing alcohol or
methanol
Gasohol, a mixture of gasoline and
ethanol (also known as grain alcohol) are being marketed along with or
instead of leaded or unleaded gasoline. For example, "E15" is a gasohol
comprised of 15% ethanol and 85%
gasoline.
Do not use gasohol containing more
than 15% ethanol, and do not use
gasoline or gasohol containing any
methanol. Either of these fuels may
cause drivability problems and damage to the fuel system, engine control system and emission control system.
Discontinue using gasohol of any
kind if drivability problems occur.
F7
Introduction
"E85" fuel is an alternative fuel comprised of 85 percent ethanol and 15
percent gasoline, and is manufactured exclusively for use in Flexible
Fuel Vehicles. "E85" is not compatible with your vehicle. Use of "E85"
may result in poor engine performance and damage to your vehicle's
engine and fuel system. HYUNDAI
recommends that customers do not
use fuel with an ethanol content
exceeding 15 percent.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to your vehicle’s
engine and fuel system:
• Never use gasohol which contains methanol.
• Never use gasohol containing
more than 15% ethanol.
• Never use leaded fuel or leaded
gasohol.
• Never use "E85" fuel.
Your
New
Vehicle
Limited
Warranty does not cover damage
to the fuel system or any performance problems caused by the use
of "E85" fuel.
F8
Using Fuel Additives (except
Detergent Fuel Additives)
Using fuel additives such as:
- Silicone fuel additive
- Ferrocene (iron-based) fuel additive
- Other metallic-based fuel additives
may result in cylinder misfire, poor
acceleration, engine stalling, damage to the catalyst, or abnormal corrosion, and may cause damage to
the engine resulting in a reduction in
the overall life of the powertrain.
- The Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) may illuminate.
NOTICE
Damage to the fuel system or performance problem caused by the
use of these fuels or fuel additives
may not be covered by your New
Vehicle Limited Warranty.
Gasoline containing MMT
Some gasoline contains harmful
manganese-based fuel additives
such as MMT (Methylcyclopentadienyl
Manganese Tricarbonyl).
HYUNDAI does not recommend the
use of gasoline containing MMT.
This type of fuel can reduce vehicle
performance and affect your emission control system.
The malfunction indicator lamp on
the cluster may come on.
Detergent Fuel Additives
HYUNDAI recommends that you use
good quality gasolines treated with
detergent additives such as TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, which help prevent deposit formation in the engine.
These gasolines will help the engine
run cleaner and enhance performance
of the Emission Control System. For
more information on TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline, please go to the
website (www.toptiergas.com).
Introduction
For customers who do not use TOP
Tier Detergent Gasoline regularly,
and have problems starting or the
engine does not run smoothly, detergent-based fuel additives that you
can purchase separately may be
added to the gasoline. If TOP TIER
Detergent Gasoline is not available,
one bottle of additive added to the
fuel tank according to the maintenance schedule is recommended
(refer to the Maintenance Schedule
in chapter 7).
Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along
with information on how to use them.
Do not mix other additives.
Operation in foreign countries
If you are going to drive your vehicle
in another country, be sure to:
• Observe all regulations regarding
registration and insurance.
• Determine that acceptable fuel is
available.
VEHICLE MODIFICATIONS
VEHICLE BREAK-IN PROCESS
• This vehicle should not be modified. Modification of your vehicle
could affect its performance, safety
or durability and may even violate
governmental safety and emissions regulations.
In addition, damage or performance problems resulting from any
modification may not be covered
under warranty.
• If you use unauthorized electronic
devices, it may cause the vehicle to
operate abnormally, wire damage,
battery discharge and fire. For your
safety, do not use unauthorized
electronic devices.
By following a few simple precautions
for the first 600 miles (1,000 km) you
may add to the performance, economy and life of your vehicle.
• Do not race the engine.
• While driving, keep your engine
speed (rpm, or revolutions per
minute) between 2,000 rpm and
4,000 rpm.
• Do not maintain a single speed for
long periods of time, either fast or
slow. Varying engine speed is needed to properly break-in the engine.
• Avoid hard stops, except in emergencies, to allow the brakes to seat
properly. Do not tow a trailer during
the first 1,200 miles (2,000 km) of
operation.
• Do not tow a trailer during the first
1,200 miles (2,000 km) of operation.
• Fuel economy and engine performance, engine oil consumption may
vary depending on vehicle break-in
process and be stabilized after
driving about 4,000 miles. New
engines may consume more oil
during the vehicle break-in period.
F9
Introduction
VEHICLE DATA COLLECTION AND EVENT DATA RECORDERS
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Items contained in motor vehicles or emitted from them are
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or reproductive harm.
These include:
• Gasoline and its vapors
• Engine exhaust
• Used engine oil
• Interior passenger compartment components and materials
• Component parts which are
subject to heat and wear
In addition, battery posts, terminals and related accessories
contain lead, lead compounds
and other chemicals known to
the State of California to cause
cancer and reproductive harm.
For more information go to
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go
v/passenger-vehicle
F10
This vehicle is equipped with an
event data recorder (EDR). The
main purpose of an EDR is to
record, in certain crash or near
crash-like situations, such as an
air bag deployment or hitting a
road obstacle, data that will assist
in understanding how a vehicle’s
systems performed. The EDR is
designed to record data related to
vehicle dynamics and safety systems for a short period of time,
typically 30 seconds or less. The
EDR in this vehicle is designed to
record such data as:
• How various systems in your
vehicle were operating;
• Whether or not the driver and
passenger safety belts were
buckled/fastened;
• How far (if at all) the driver was
depressing the accelerator
and/or brake pedal; and,
• How fast the vehicle was traveling.
These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and
injuries occur.
NOTE: EDR data are recorded by
your vehicle only if a non-trivial
crash situation occurs; no data
are recorded by the EDR under
normal driving conditions and no
personal data (e.g., name, gender,
age, and crash location) are
recorded. However, other parties,
such as law enforcement, could
combine the EDR data with the
type of personally identifying data
routinely acquired during a crash
investigation.
To read data recorded by an EDR,
special equipment is required, and
access to the vehicle or the EDR is
needed. In addition to the vehicle
manufacturer, other parties, such
as law enforcement, that have the
special equipment, can read the
information if they have access to
the vehicle or the EDR.
Vehicle break-in process Fuel
economy and engine performance
may vary depending on vehicle
break-in process and be stabilized
after 4,000 miles (6,000 km). New
engines may consume more oil
during the vehicle break-in period.
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Your Vehicle at a Glance
1
Safety System of Your Vehicle
2
Convenience Features
3
Multimedia System
4
Driving Your Vehicle
5
What to Do in an Emergency
6
Maintenance
7
Specifications, Consumer Information and
Reporting Safety Defects
8
Index
I
Your vehicle at a glance
1
Your vehicle at a glance
Exterior Overview ..................................................1-2
Interior Overview ...................................................1-4
Instrument Panel Overview ..................................1-5
Engine Compartment .............................................1-6
Your vehicle at a glance
EXTERIOR OVERVIEW
■ Front view
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Hood......................................................3-66
6. Wiper blade ..........................................7-27
2. Front lamps ................................3-145, 7-61
7. Windows ................................................3-55
3. Tires and wheels ............................7-33, 8-5
8. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning system ..................................3-170
4. Side view mirror ....................................3-52
5. Sunroof..................................................3-59
1-2
OLX2019001N
■ Rear view
1
Your vehicle at a glance
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1. Door ......................................................3-16
6. Wiper blade ..........................................7-28
2. Fuel filler door ......................................3-79
3. Rear lamps ............................................7-64
7. Reverse Parking Distance Warning
system ................................................3-166
4. Liftgate ..................................................3-67
8. Antenna ..................................................4-2
5. High mounted stop lamp ......................7-66
9. Rear View Camera ..............................3-162
OLX2018002L
1-3
Your vehicle at a glance
INTERIOR OVERVIEW
1. Inside door handle ................................3-17
2. Central door lock/unlock switch ............3-18
3. Power window switches ........................3-55
4. Power window lock button/ ....................3-58
Electronic child safety lock button..........3-21
5. Side view mirror control switch ..............3-53
6. Instrument panel illumination
control switch ........................................3-84
7. Blind-spot Collision Warning
system ........................................5-85, 5-96
8. Lane Keeping Assist system..................5-78
9. ESC OFF button ....................................5-35
10. Power liftgate button ............................3-69
11. EPB(Electronic Parking Brake) ............5-24
12. Hood release lever ..............................3-66
13. Steering wheel tilt/telescopic lever ......3-37
14. Steering wheel ....................................3-36
15. Seat........................................................2-4
16. Fuse box ..............................................7-51
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
OLX2019003N
1-4
INSTRUMENT PANEL OVERVIEW (I)
The actual shape may differ from the illustration.
1-5
1
Your vehicle at a glance
OLX2019004N
1. Instrument cluster......................................3-82
2. Driver's front air bag..................................2-59
3. Key ignition switch/......................................5-7
Engine Start/Stop button ..........................5-10
4. Hazard warning flasher switch ....................6-2
5. Audio/Video/Navigation System ..................4-4
6. Manual climate control system/ ..............3-184
Automatic climate control system............3-196
7. Automatic transmission shift button ..........5-15
8. Auto Hold ..................................................5-29
9. Drive mode knob..............................5-55, 5-59
10. DBC button..............................................5-39
11. Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning button ......................................3-166
12. Idle stop and go (ISG) OFF button ........5-51
13. Surround view monitor ..........................3-176
14. Air ventilation seat ..................................2-27
15. Seat warmer............................................2-26
16. Heated steering wheel ............................3-32
17. Air ventilation seat (2nd row) ....................2-27
18. Seat warmer (2nd row) ............................2-26
19. Climate control system (rear)................3-188
20. Power outlet ..........................................3-222
21. AC inverter ............................................3-223
22. Passenger's front air bag ........................2-59
23. Glove box ..............................................3-217
24. Light control/Turn signals ......................3-147
25. Wiper/Washer........................................3-158
26. Steering wheel audio controls ..................4-3
27. Smart Cruise Controls ..........................5-151
28. Wireless cellular phone charging
system ..................................................3-226
Your vehicle at a glance
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ Gasoline 3.8 GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir ...................7-18
2. Radiator cap .....................................7-19
3. Brake fluid reservoir..........................7-21
4. Air cleaner.........................................7-22
5. Engine oil filler cap ...........................7-16
6. Engine oil dipstick .............................7-16
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir .....7-22
8. Fuse box ...........................................7-55
9. Battery terminal [+] ...........................7-29
10. Battery terminal [-] .........................7-29
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OLX2078002L
1-6
Safety system of your vehicle
This chapter provides you with important information about how to protect yourself and your passengers.
It explains how to properly use your seats and seat belts, and how your air bags work.
Additionally, this chapter explains how to properly restrain infants and children in your vehicle.
2
Important Safety Precautions..............................2-2
Child Restraint System (CRS).............................2-45
Always Wear Your Seat Belt ..........................................2-2
Restrain All Children .........................................................2-2
Air Bag Hazards.................................................................2-2
Driver Distraction ..............................................................2-2
Control Your Speed...........................................................2-3
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition............................2-3
Children Always in the Rear.........................................2-45
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS) .................2-47
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS)..................2-49
Seats ........................................................................2-4
Safety Precautions ...........................................................2-5
Front Seats .........................................................................2-6
Rear Seats.........................................................................2-13
Head Restraints ...............................................................2-21
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats...................2-26
Seat Belts ..............................................................2-29
Seat Belt Safety Precautions.......................................2-29
Seat Belt Warning Light ................................................2-30
Seat Belt Restraint System...........................................2-33
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions...................2-41
Care of Seat Belt.............................................................2-44
Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System ...................................................................2-57
Where Are the Air Bags?..............................................2-59
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?..................2-63
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates................2-67
Occupant Classification System (OCS).......................2-68
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision? ........2-73
SRS Care............................................................................2-78
Additional Safety Precautions .....................................2-79
Air Bag Warning Label...................................................2-79
Safety system of your vehicle
IMPORTANT SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
You will find many safety precautions
and recommendations throughout
this section, and throughout this
manual. The safety precautions in
this section are among the most
important.
Always Wear Your Seat Belt
A seat belt is your best protection in
all types of accidents. Air bags are
designed to supplement seat belts,
not replace them. So even though
your vehicle is equipped with air
bags, ALWAYS make sure you and
your passengers wear your seat
belts, and wear them properly.
2-2
Restrain All Children
Driver Distraction
All children under age 13 should ride
in your vehicle properly restrained in
a rear seat, not the front seat. Infants
and small children should be
restrained in an appropriate child
restraint. Larger children should use
a booster seat with the lap/shoulder
belt until they can use the seat belt
properly without a booster seat.
Driver distraction presents a serious
and potentially deadly danger, especially for inexperienced drivers.
Safety should be the first concern
when behind the wheel and drivers
need to be aware of the wide array of
potential distractions, such as
drowsiness, reaching for objects,
eating, personal grooming, other
passengers, and using cellular
phones.
Drivers can become distracted when
they take their eyes and attention off
the road or their hands off the wheel
to focus on activities other than driving. To reduce your risk of distraction
or getting into an accident:
• ALWAYS set up your mobile
devices (i.e., MP3 players,
phones, navigation units, etc.)
when your vehicle is parked or
safely stopped.
Air Bag Hazards
While air bags can save lives, they
can also cause serious or fatal
injuries to occupants who sit too
close to them, or who are not properly restrained. Infants, young children, and shorter adults are at the
greatest risk of being injured by an
inflating air bag. Follow all instructions and warnings in this manual.
Control Your Speed
Excessive speed is a major factor in
crash injuries and deaths. Generally,
the higher the speed, the greater the
risk, but serious injuries can also
occur at lower speeds. Never drive
faster than is safe for current conditions, regardless of the maximum
speed posted.
2
Safety system of your vehicle
• ONLY use your mobile device
when allowed by laws and when
conditions permit safe use.
NEVER text or email while driving.
Most states have laws prohibiting
drivers from texting. Some states
and cities also prohibit drivers
from using handheld phones.
• NEVER let the use of a mobile
device distract you from driving.
You have a responsibility to your
passengers and others on the
road to always drive safely, with
your hands on the wheel as well
as your eyes and attention on the
road.
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe
Condition
Having a tire blowout or a mechanical failure can be extremely hazardous. To reduce the possibility of
such problems, check your tire pressures and condition frequently, and
perform all regularly scheduled
maintenance.
2-3
Safety system of your vehicle
SEATS
Front seats
(1) Seat sliding forward or rearward
(2) Seatback angle adjustment
(3) Seat cushion angle adjustment
(4) Seat height adjustment
(5) Lumbar support adjustment
(Driver’s seat)*
(6) Seat cushion length adjustment*
(7) Seat warmer*
(8) Air ventilation seat*
(9) Head restraint
2nd row seat
(10) Seat sliding forward or rearward
(11) Seatback angle adjustment /
seat folding
(12) Walk-in switch
(13) Head restraint
(14) Head restraint (8 passengers)
(15) Seat warmer*
(16) Air ventilation seat*
(17) Seat folding strap
3rd row seat
(18) Head restraints
(19) 2nd row seat remote folding switch
(20) 3rd row seat remote folding/
unfolding switch*
(21) Seatback angle adjustment
(for 3rd row seat)*
* : if equipped
OLX2039001N
2-4
Air bags
Adjusting the seats so that you are
sitting in a safe, comfortable position
plays an important role in driver and
passenger safety together with the
seat belts and air bags in an accident.
You can take steps to reduce the risk
of being injured by an inflating air
bag. Sitting too close to an air bag
greatly increases the risk of injury in
the event the air bag inflates.
The National Highway Traffic Safety
Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and their chest.
WARNING
Do not use a cushion that
reduces friction between the
seat and the passenger. The
passenger's hips may slide
under the lap portion of the seat
belt during an accident or a
sudden stop. Serious or fatal
internal injuries could result
because the seat belt cannot
operate properly.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following precautions:
• Adjust the driver's seat as far
to the rear as possible while
maintaining the ability to
maintain full control of the
vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger
seat as far to the rear as possible.
• Hold the steering wheel by the
rim with hands at the 9 o'clock
and 3 o'clock positions to
minimize the risk of injuries to
your hands and arms.
• NEVER place anything or anyone between the steering
wheel and the air bag.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place feet or legs on the
dashboard to minimize the
risk of leg injuries.
Seat belts
Always fasten your seat belt before
starting any trip.
At all times, passengers should sit
upright and be properly restrained.
Infants and small children must be
restrained in appropriate child
restraint systems. Adults and children who have outgrown a booster
seat must be restrained using the
seat belts.
2-5
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Safety Precautions
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat belt:
• NEVER use one seat belt for
more than one occupant.
• Always position the seatback
upright with the lap portion of
the seat belt snug and low
across the hips.
• NEVER allow children or
small infants to ride on a passenger's lap.
• Do not route the seat belt
across your neck, across
sharp edges, or reroute the
shoulder strap away from
your body.
• Do not allow the seat belt to
become caught or jammed.
2-6
Front Seats
• Use extreme caution when
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when adjusting your seat:
• NEVER attempt to adjust the
seat while the vehicle is moving. The seat could respond
with unexpected movement
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
• Do not place anything under
the front seats. Loose objects
in the driver's foot area could
interfere with the operation of
the foot pedals, causing an
accident.
• Do not allow anything to interfere with the normal position
and proper locking of the seatback.
• Do not place a cigarette lighter
on the floor or seat. When you
operate the seat, gas may exit
out of the lighter causing a fire.
picking up small objects
trapped under the seats or
between the seat and the center console. Your hands might
be cut or injured by the sharp
edges of the seat mechanism.
CAUTION
To prevent injury:
• Do not adjust your seat while
wearing your seat belt.
Moving the seat cushion forward may cause strong pressure on your abdomen.
• Do not allow your hands or
fingers to get caught in the
seat mechanisms while the
seat is moving.
Manual adjustment (if equipped)
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the levers located on the outside of the seat cushion. Before driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control the steering wheel, foot pedals
and controls on the instrument
panel.
2
OLX2038072
Seatback angle
To recline the seatback:
1. Lean forward slightly and lift up
the seatback lever.
2. Carefully lean back on the seat
and adjust the seatback to the
position you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
2-7
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038070
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull up the seat slide adjustment
lever and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place. Move
forward and rearward without using
the lever. If the seat moves, it is not
locked properly.
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protection of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
Drivers and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
2-8
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger's
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger's neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
OLX2038071
Seat cushion height
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
• Push down on the lever several
times, to lower the seat cushion.
• Pull up on the lever several times,
to raise the seat cushion.
Power adjustment (if equipped)
WARNING
NEVER allow children in the
vehicle unattended. The power
seats are operable when the
vehicle is turned off.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seats:
• Always stop adjusting the seats
when the seat has moved as far
forward or rearward as possible.
• Do not adjust the seats for
longer than necessary when the
vehicle is turned off. This may
result in unnecessary battery
drain.
• Do not operate two or more
seats at the same time. This may
result in an electrical malfunction.
2
OLX2038003
Forward and rearward adjustment
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Push the control switch forward or
rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
2-9
Safety system of your vehicle
The front seat can be adjusted by
using the control switches located on
the outside of the seat cushion. Before
driving, adjust the seat to the proper
position so that you can easily control
the steering wheel, foot pedals and
controls on the instrument panel.
Safety system of your vehicle
Reclining seatback
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protection of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
WARNING
OLX2038004
OLX2038005
Cushion extension
(for driver's seat, if equipped)
To move the front part of cushion forward:
1. Push the front part of control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired
length.
Seatback angle
To adjust the seatback:
1. Rotate the top of control switch
forward or rearward.
2. Release the switch once the seatback reaches the desired position.
To move the front part of cushion
rearward:
1. Push the rear part of control
switch to move the seat cushion to
the desired length.
2. Release the switch once the seat
cushion reaches the desired length.
2-10
NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
Driver and passengers should
ALWAYS sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
2
OLX2038006
OLX2038007
Seat cushion tilt (1)
To change the angle of the front part
of the seat cushion:
Push the front portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the front part of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
Lumbar support (2way) (for driver’s seat)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• The lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
Seat cushion height (2)
To change the height of the seat
cushion:
Push the rear portion of the control
switch up to raise or down to lower
the height of the seat cushion.
Release the switch once the seat
reaches the desired position.
2-11
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belts must be snug against your
hips and chest to work properly.
When the seatback is reclined, the
shoulder belt cannot do its job
because it will not be snug against
your chest. Instead, it will be in front
of you. During an accident, you could
be thrown into the seat belt, causing
neck or other injuries.
The more the seatback is reclined,
the greater chance the passenger’s
hips will slide under the lap belt or
the passenger's neck will strike the
shoulder belt.
Safety system of your vehicle
Lumbar support (4way) (for driver’s seat) (if equipped)
The lumbar support can be adjusted
by pressing the lumbar support
switch.
• Press the front portion of the
switch (1) to increase support or
the rear portion of the switch (2) to
decrease support.
• To move the support position up or
down, press switch (3) or (4).
Seatback pocket
CAUTION
Do not put heavy or sharp
objects in the seatback pockets.
In an accident they could come
loose from the pocket and
injure occupants.
OLX2038013
The seatback pocket is provided on
the back of the front passenger's
seatback.
WARNING
To prevent the Occupant
Classification System from malfunctioning:
Do not hang onto the front passenger's seatback.
2-12
Rear Seats
Rear seat adjustment
2
Forward and rearward
(2nd row seat)
To move the seat forward or rearward:
1. Pull the seat slide adjustment
lever up and hold it.
2. Slide the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seat is locked in place.
Adjust the seat before driving, and
make sure the seat is locked securely by trying to move forward and rearward without using the lever. If the
seat moves, it is not locked properly.
OLX2039078N
Seatback angle (3rd row seat)
(Type A)
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline strap.
2. Hold the strap and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position you
desire.
3. Release the strap and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The strap MUST return to its original position for the seatback to
lock.)
2-13
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038074
❈ Above picture shows a 7-seater vehicle.
OLX2038075
Seatback angle (2nd row seat)
To recline the seatback:
1. Pull up the seatback recline lever.
2. Hold the lever and adjust the seatback of the seat to the position
you desire.
3. Release the lever and make sure
the seatback is locked in place.
(The lever MUST return to its original
position for the seatback to lock.)
Safety system of your vehicle
Walk-in seat (2nd row seat)
OLX2039015N
Seatback angle (3rd row seat)
(Type B)
To recline the seatback:
1. Push the control switch to recline
the seat back.
2. Release the switch once the seatback reaches the desired position.
2-14
OLX2038018
OLX2038020
OLX2038019
To get in or out of the 3rd row seat,
1. Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guide clip.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
2. Push the walk-in switch located on
top (1) of the 2nd row seat or the
side (2) of the seat bottom cushion.
3. The 2nd row seatback will be folded and push the seat to the farthest forward position.
After getting in or out, slide the 2nd
row seat to the farthest rearward
position and pull the seatback firmly
backward until it clicks into place.
Make sure that the seat is locked in
place.
WARNING
WARNING
The rear seatbacks can be folded to
facilitate carrying long items or to
increase the luggage capacity of the
vehicle.
WARNING
• Never allow passengers to sit
OLX2038021
• If the walk-in switch does not
work, pull the strap (1) located
on the lower left side of the
seat. Then you can move the
2nd row seat forward.
(7 passenger vehicle
- Left seat : lower right side
- Right seat : lower left side
8 passenger vehicle
- Right seat : lower left side)
• Never attempt to pull the strap
(1) while the 2nd row seat is
occupied as the seat may suddenly move and cause the
passenger on the seat to be
injured. Use only the strap
when the walk-in switch does
not work.
on top of the folded down
seatback while the vehicle is
moving. This is not a proper
seating position and no seat
belts are available for use.
This could result in serious
injury or death in case of an
accident or sudden stop.
• Objects carried on the folded
down seatback should not
extend higher than the top of
the front seatbacks. This
could allow cargo to slide forward and cause injury or damage during sudden stops.
2-15
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Never attempt to adjust while
the vehicle is moving or the 2nd
row seat is occupied as the seat
may suddenly move and cause
the passenger on the seat to be
injured.
Folding the rear seat
Safety system of your vehicle
■ 2nd row seat
To fold down the rear seatback:
1. Set the front seatback to the
upright position and if necessary,
slide the front seat forward.
2. Lower the rear head restraints to
the lowest position.
OLX2038018
3. Locate the seatbelt webbing in the
guide before folding down the
seatback to avoid the seatbelt system interfering with the seatback.
OLX2038022N
■ 3rd row seat
OLX2039079N
4. Pull up the seatback recline lever,
then fold the seat toward the front
of the vehicle.
2-16
■ 2nd row seat
WARNING
WARNING
OLX2039096N
5. To use the rear seat, lift and unfold
the seatback to the upright position by pulling up the recline lever.
Push the seatback firmly until it
clicks into place. Make sure the
seatback is locked in place.
6. Return the rear seat belt to the
proper position.
Do not place objects in the rear
seats, since they cannot be
properly secured and may hit
vehicle occupants in a collision
causing serious injury or death.
Make sure the vehicle is off, the
shift button is in P (Park), and the
parking brake is securely applied
whenever loading or unloading
cargo. Failure to take these steps
may allow the vehicle to move if
the shift button is inadvertently
shifted to another position.
CAUTION
• Be careful when loading
cargo through the rear passenger seats to prevent damage to the vehicle interior.
• When cargo is loaded through
the rear passenger seats,
ensure the cargo is properly
secured to prevent it from
moving while driving.
• Unsecured cargo in the passenger compartment can
cause damage to the vehicle
or injury to it's occupants.
2-17
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2039024N
■ 3rd row seat
When returning the rear seatback from a folded to an upright
position, hold the seatback and
return it slowly. Ensure that the
seatback is completely locked
into its upright position by
pushing on the top of the seatback. In an accident or sudden
stop, the unlocked seatback
could allow cargo to move forward with great force and enter
the passenger compartment,
which could result in serious
injury or death.
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
2nd row seat folding
(from outside)
3rd row seat remote
folding/unfolding (if equipped)
OLX2039026N
OLX2039030N
Push the 2nd row seat back folding
switch (1) located on the left side of
the cargo area. (L : Left seatback
folding, R : Right seatback folding)
Push the 3rd row seat back folding
switch (1) located on the left side of
the cargo area. (L : Left seatback
folding/unfolding, R : Right seatback
folding/unfolding)
You can also fold or unfold the left or
right seatback of the 3rd row seat by
touching the menu (All menus →
Setup → Vehicle in the Infotainment
system).
For more details, refer to the separately supplied Multimedia manual with your vehicle.
WARNING
Rear seat folding
Do not fold the rear seats(2nd &
3rd row seats), if passengers,
pets or luggage are on the rear
seats.
It may cause injury or damage
to passengers, pets, luggage.
2-18
The 3rd row seat that is remotely
folded or unfolded, is controlled only
when the shift button is in “P” with
Start ON, or the shift button is in “N”
and the parking brake is in “ON.”
However, the seat is controlled at
any condition in Start OFF state.
When the vehicle moves or shifts
while the seat is being controlled, the
seat may stop operation.
When you press the switch once
more while folding and unfolding the
seat, operation stops. When you
press the switch again, the operation
resumes.
With the seat folded, when you press
the angle adjusting switch, the seat
is unfolded.
CAUTION
While folding or unfolding the 3rd row
seat, when a consistent force is
detected, the seat returns to its original position or stops operation.
However, this function may not work
when the detected resistance is
below a specific level or the seat is
almost folded or unfolded. When a
strong impact is applied to the seat,
the object detection function may be
activated even if no obstacle is present.
When any object caught is detected
multiple times while operating the
seat once, folding and unfolding are
repeated consecutively and then the
operation may stop. In this case,
check that any object is caught and
then operate the switch again to
check for abnormality.
When the object detection is
enabled, the angle of the seat back
may be changed. When you operate
the seat once by pressing the folding
button, the angle of the seat back is
reset.
WARNING
Do not place any part of your
body or anything in the operating area to intentionally check
the detection of any object
caught.
For safety, when folding or
unfolding the 3rd row seat,
make sure that there is no part
of body or object. To prevent
damage to the seatbelt, insert it
into its holder and store it in the
retractor inside a seat.
When the child restraint system
(CRS) is installed on the 3rd row
seat, remove the CRS and then
operate the seat.
When there is any object on the
cushion of the 3rd row seat,
remove it and then operate the
seat.
To avoid interference with a
front seat, keep the backrest of
the front seat straight and move
it forward for smooth operation.
2-19
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Without starting the engine, the
3rd row seat can be folded or
unfolded. When this is attempted more than 10 times, the battery may discharge prematurely.
Do not apply excessive force to
the 3rd row seat while in operation. It may damage the seat.
When you operate the seat over
5 times with no rest, the electric
motor may be overloaded. In
this case, the seat changes to
overheat prevention mode.
Then you cannot operate the
seat by pressing the switch.
Leave the seat for over 1 minute
for later operation.
Detection of object caught
Safety system of your vehicle
Armrest (2nd row, 8 passengers
vehicle)
Armrest (2nd row, 7 passengers
vehicle)
OLX2039077N
OLX2038017
The armrest is located in the center
of the rear seat. Use the strap in the
center of the armrest to pull it down.
Pull the armrest down from the seatback to use it.
2-20
Rear occupant alert system
(if equipped)
This function alerts the driver when
exiting the vehicle to check the 2nd
row seat.
If the rear doors are open prior to
driving the vehicle, after driving when
the vehicle is turned off, a warning
message appears in the cluster to
give a first warning. If the movement
is detected in the 2nd row seat after
you lock all doors, a second warning
alerts you.
Make sure to check for passengers
in the 2nd row seat before you get
out.
For more details, refer to the “Rear
Occupant Alert System” in chapter 3.
Head Restraints
WARNING
To help reduce the risk of serious injury or death in an accident, take the following precautions when adjusting your head
restraints:
• Always properly adjust the
head restraints for all passengers BEFORE starting the
vehicle.
• NEVER let anyone ride in a
seat with the head restraints
removed or reversed.
To prevent damage, NEVER hit or
pull on the head restraints.
2
CAUTION
OLF034072N
Adjust the head restraints so
the middle of the head
restraint is at the same height
as the height of the top of the
eyes.
• NEVER adjust the head
restraint position of the driver's seat when the vehicle is
in motion.
• Adjust the head restraint as
close to the passenger's head
as possible. Do not use a seat
cushion that holds the body
away from the seatback.
• Make sure the head restraint
locks into position after
adjusting it.
When there is no occupant in
the rear seats, adjust the height
of the head restraint to the lowest position. The rear seat head
restraint can reduce the visibility of the rear area.
2-21
Safety system of your vehicle
The vehicle's front and rear seats
have adjustable head restraints. The
head restraints provide comfort for
passengers, but more importantly
they are designed to help protect
passengers from whiplash and other
neck and spinal injuries during an
accident, especially in a rear impact
collision.
NOTICE
•
Safety system of your vehicle
Front seat head restraints
OLF034015
OLX2038010
OLX2038097L
The vehicle's front and passenger's
seats are equipped with adjustable
head restraints for the passengers
safety and comfort.
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position
(1).
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
2-22
NOTICE
If you recline the seatback towards
the front with the head restraint
and seat cushion raised, the head
restraint may come in contact with
the sunvisor or other parts of the
vehicle.
■ Type A
3. Press the head restraint release
button (3) while pulling the head
restraint up (4).
■ Type A
2
OLX2038095
■ Type B
OLX2038011L
OLX2038012L
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Recline the seatback (2) rearward
using the seatback angle lever/
switch (1).
2. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go.
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles (2) into
the holes while pressing the
release button (1).
2-23
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038073
■ Type B
Safety system of your vehicle
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
3. Adjust the seatback (4) forward
using the seatback angle lever/
switch (3).
Rear seat head restraints
CAUTION
• Adjust the head restraint so
the middle of the head
restraint is at the same height
as the height of the top of the
eyes.
OLX2038098L
* : For 8 passengers vehicle
The rear seats are equipped with
head restraints in all the seating
positions for the passenger's safety
and comfort.
2-24
• When seated on the rear seat,
do not adjust the height of the
head restraint to the lowest
position.
Folding 3rd row headrest
(except for center)
2
To lower the head restraint:
1. Push and hold the release button
(2) on the head restraint support.
2. Lower the head restraint to the
desired position (3).
OLX2039016N
Removal/Reinstallation
To remove the head restraint:
1. Raise the head restraint as far as
it can go.
2. Press the head restraint release
button (1) while pulling the head
restraint up (2).
To reinstall the head restraint:
1. Put the head restraint poles into
the holes (3) while pressing the
release button (1).
2. Adjust the head restraint to the
appropriate height.
OLX2039103N
The headrest will fold down automatically when folding the seatback.
To fold the headrest manually:
- Pull the strap.
To unfold the headrest manually:
- Raise the headrest manually.
Always be sure the headrest has
locked into position after you
return the seatback.
2-25
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2039014N
Adjusting the height up and down
To raise the head restraint:
1. Pull it up to the desired position (1).
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Warmers and Air
Ventilation Seats
Seat warmers (if equipped)
• People taking medication that
can cause drowsiness or
sleepiness.
Seat warmers are provided to warm
the seats during cold weather.
WARNING
The seat warmers can cause a
SERIOUS BURN, even at low
temperatures and especially if
used for long periods of time.
Passengers must be able to feel
if the seat is becoming too warm
so they can turn it off, if needed.
People who cannot detect temperature change or pain to the
skin should use extreme caution, especially the following
types of passengers:
• Infants, children, elderly or
disabled persons, or hospital
outpatients.
• People with sensitive skin or
who burn easily.
• Fatigued individuals.
• Intoxicated individuals.
2-26
■ Front seat
WARNING
NEVER place anything on the
seat that insulates against heat
when the seat warmer is in operation, such as a blanket or seat
cushion. This may cause the
seat warmer to overheat, causing a burn or damage to the seat.
OLX2038031
■ Rear seat (2nd row)
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the seat
warmers and seats:
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats.
• Do not place heavy or sharp
objects on seats equipped with
seat warmers.
• Do not change the seat cover. It
may damage the seat warmer.
OLX2038076
While the engine is running, push
either of the switches to warm the
driver's seat or front passenger's
seat.
During mild weather or under conditions where the operation of the seat
warmer is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
→
HIGH (
MIDDLE (
)
OFF
→
HIGH (
LOW (
OLX2038028
■ Rear seat (2nd row)
i Information
)
→
• When pressing the switch for
more than 1.5 seconds with the
seat warmer operating, the seat
warmer will turn OFF.
• The seat warmer defaults to the
OFF position whenever the vehicle is turned on.
→
→
)
When the operation of the air ventilation seat is not needed, keep the
switches in the OFF position.
While the engine is running, push the
switch to cool the driver's seat or the
front passenger's seat.
• Each time you push the switch,
the airflow changes as follows:
)
MIDDLE (
)
• When pressing the switch for
more than 1.5 seconds with the air
ventilation seat operating, the
operation will turn OFF.
With the seat warmer switch in the
ON position, the heating system in the
seat turns off or on automatically
depending on the seat temperature.
OLX2038029
The air ventilation seats are provided
to cool the front seats by blowing air
through small vent holes on the surface of the seat cushions and seatbacks.
2-27
2
Safety system of your vehicle
LOW (
■ Front seat
)
→
→
OFF
Front air ventilation seat
(if equipped)
→
• Each time you push the switch, the
temperature setting of the seat
changed as shown below:
Safety system of your vehicle
• The air ventilation seat defaults to
the OFF position whenever the
vehicle is turned on.
i Information
• If the outside temperature is under
approximately 33°F (2°C), the air
ventilation seat may not operate.
• Use the air ventilation seat when the
climate control system is on. Using
the air ventilation seat for prolonged
periods of time with the climate control system off could cause the climate control seat performance to be
reduced.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the air ventilation seat:
• Use the air ventilation seat ONLY
when the climate control system
is on. Using the air ventilation
seat for prolonged periods of
time with the climate control
system off could cause the air
ventilation seat to malfunction.
• Never use a solvent such as
paint thinner, benzene, alcohol
or gasoline to clean the seats.
2-28
• Avoid spilling liquids on the surface of the front seats and seatbacks; this may cause the air
vent holes to become blocked
and not work properly.
• Do not place materials such as
plastic bags or newspapers
under the seats. They may block
the air intake causing the air
vents to not work properly.
• Do not change the seat covers. It
may damage the air ventilation
seat.
• If the air vents do not operate,
restart the vehicle. If there is no
change, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
SEAT BELTS
This section describes how to use the
seat belts properly. It also describes
some of the things to avoid when
using seat belts.
• NEVER allow children to ride
Always fasten your seat belt and
make sure all passengers have fastened their seat belts before starting
any trip. Air bags are designed to
supplement the seat belt as an additional safety device, but they are not a
substitute. Most states require all
occupants of a vehicle to wear seat
belts.
WARNING
Seat belts must be used by ALL
passengers whenever the vehicle is moving. Take the following
precautions when adjusting and
wearing seat belts:
• ALWAYS properly restrain
children under age 13 in the
rear seats.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
• Do not latch the seat belt into
the buckles of other seats.
• NEVER unfasten the seat belt
while driving. This may cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
• Make sure there is nothing in
the buckle interfering with the
seat belt latch mechanism.
This may prevent the seat belt
from fastening securely.
• No modifications or additions
should be made by the user
which will either prevent the
seat belt adjusting devices
from operating to remove
slack, or prevent the seat belt
assembly from being adjusted
to remove slack.
2-29
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat Belt Safety Precautions
in the front passenger seat. If
a child age 13 or older must be
seated in the front seat, move
the seat as far back as possible and properly restrain them
in the seat.
NEVER allow an infant or child
to be carried on an occupant’s
lap.
NEVER ride with the seatback
reclined when the vehicle is
moving.
Do not allow children to share
a seat or seat belt.
Do not wear the shoulder belt
under your arm or behind your
back.
Always wear both the shoulder portion and lap portion of
the lap/shoulder belt.
Do not use the seat belt if it is
twisted. A twisted seat belt
will not protect you properly
in an accident.
Do not use a seat belt if the
webbing or hardware is damaged.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Damaged seat belts and seat
belt assemblies will not operate
properly. Always replace:
• Frayed, contaminated, or damaged webbing
• Damaged hardware
• The entire seat belt assembly
after it has been worn in an
accident, even if damage to
webbing or assembly is not
apparent
Seat Belt Warning Light
Seat belt warning light
OLX2039032L
Driver's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the driver, the seat
belt warning light will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds each time
you place the ignition switch to the
ON position regardless of belt fastening. At this time, if the seat belt is
not fastened a warning chime will
sound for 6 seconds.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
2-30
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
i Information
• Although the front passenger seat is
not occupied, the seat belt warning
light will blink or illuminate for 6
seconds.
Also, when the front passenger gets
off the vehicle while the warning is
activating, the warning may continue for 6 seconds even after the passenger gets off.
• The front passenger's seat belt
warning light may not properly
operate if the front passenger does
not sit properly in the seat.
• The front passenger's seat belt
warning may operate when luggage,
electronic device, etc. are placed on
the front passenger seat.
2-31
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2039033L
Front passenger's seat belt warning
As a reminder to the front passenger,
the front passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you
place the ignition switch to the ON
position regardless of belt fastening.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 6 mph
(9 km/h), the warning light will stay
illuminated.
If you continue not to fasten the seat
belt and you drive over 12 mph
(20 km/h) the seat belt warning chime
will sound for approximately 100 seconds and the corresponding warning
light will blink.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving under 12 mph (20 km/h) the
seat belt warning light will illuminate
until the seat belt is fastened.
If you unfasten the seat belt while
driving over 12 mph (20 km/h), the
seat belt warning chime will sound for
approximately 100 seconds and the
corresponding warning light will blink.
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear passenger's seat belt
warning
OLX2039105N
❈ 7 passengers (A)
- 2nd row : 1, 3
- 3rd row : 4, 5, 6
❈ 8 passengers (B)
- 2nd row : 1, 2, 3
- 3rd row : 4, 5, 6
As a reminder to the rear passenger,
the rear passenger's seat belt warning lights will illuminate for approximately 6 seconds each time you turn
the ignition switch ON regardless of
belt fastening.
2-32
If the seat belt is not fastened when
the ignition switch is turned ON or if
it is disconnected after the ignition
switch is turned ON, the seat belt
warning light will illuminate until the
belt is fastened.
If you start to drive without the seat
belt fastened or you unfasten the
seat belt when you drive under 12
mph (20 km/h), the corresponding
warning light will continue to illuminate until you fasten the seat belt.
If you continue to drive without the
seat belt fastened or you unfasten
the seat belt when you drive over 12
mph (20 km/h), the seat belt warning
chime will sound for approximately
35 seconds and the corresponding
warning light will blink.
WARNING
Riding in an improper position
adversely affects the rear passenger's seat belt warning system.
It is important for the driver to
instruct the passenger to properly be seated as instructed in this
manual.
i Information
• Although the rear passenger's seat
is not occupied, the seat belt warning light will blink or illuminate for
6 seconds.
• The rear passenger's seat belt warning may operate when luggage, laptop or other electronic device is
placed on the rear passenger seat.
Seat Belt Restraint System
WARNING
2
OHSS038102L
OHSS038101
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab (1) into the
buckle (2). There will be an audible
"click" when the tab locks into the
buckle.
You should place the lap belt (1) portion across your hips and the shoulder belt (2) portion across your
chest.
The seat belt automatically adjusts to
the proper length after the lap belt
portion is adjusted manually so that it
fits snugly around your hips. If you
lean forward in a slow, easy motion,
the belt will extend and move with
you.
If there is a sudden stop or impact,
the belt will lock into position. It will
also lock if you try to lean forward too
quickly.
2-33
Safety system of your vehicle
Improperly positioned seat belts
may increase the risk of serious
injury in an accident. Take the following precautions when adjusting the seat belt:
• Position the lap portion of the
seat belt as low as possible
across your hips, not on your
waist, so that it fits snugly.
• Position one arm under the
shoulder belt and the other over
the belt, as shown in the illustration.
• Always position the shoulder
belt anchor into the locked
position at the appropriate
height.
• Never position the shoulder
belt across your neck or face.
Seat Belt-Driver's 3-point system with emergency locking
retractor
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
If you are not able to smoothly pull
enough of the seat belt out from
the retractor, firmly pull the seat
belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the
belt out smoothly.
Height adjustment
You can adjust the height of the
shoulder belt anchor to one of the
three different positions for maximum
comfort and safety.
The shoulder portion should be
adjusted so it lies across your chest
and midway over your shoulder nearest the door, not over your neck.
2-34
OLX2038102L
OHSS038103
To adjust the height of the seat belt
anchor, lower or raise the height
adjuster into an appropriate position.
To raise the height adjuster, pull it up
(1). To lower it, push it down (3) while
pressing the height adjuster button
(2).
Release the button to lock the
anchor into position. Try sliding the
height adjuster to make sure that it
has locked into position.
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not
twisted, then try again.
Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3point system with convertible
locking retractor
NOTICE
Although the seat belt retractor
provides the same level of protection for seated passengers in
either emergency or automatic
locking modes, the emergency
locking mode allows seated passengers to move freely in their
seat while keeping some tension
on the belt. During a collision or
sudden stop, the retractor automatically locks the belt to help
restrain your body.
To deactivate the automatic locking mode, unbuckle the seat belt
and allow the belt to fully retract.
2-35
2
Safety system of your vehicle
This type of seat belt combines the
features of both an emergency locking
retractor seat belt and an automatic
locking retractor seat belt. Convertible
retractor type seat belts are installed in
the rear seat positions to help accommodate the installation of child
restraint systems. Although a convertible retractor is also installed in the
front passenger seat position, NEVER
place any infant/child restraint system
in the front seat of the vehicle.
To fasten your seat belt:
Pull the seat belt out of the retractor
and insert the metal tab into the buckle. There will be an audible "click"
when the tab locks into the buckle.
When not securing a child restraint,
the seat belt operates in the same way
as the driver's seat belt (Emergency
Locking Retractor Type). It automatically adjusts to the proper length only
after the lap belt portion of the seat
belt is adjusted manually so that it fits
snugly across your hips.
When the seat belt is fully extended
from the retractor to allow the installation of a child restraint system, the
seat belt operation changes to allow
the belt to retract, but not to extend
(Automatic Locking Retractor Type).
Refer to the "Using a Child Restraint
System" section in this chapter.
Safety system of your vehicle
Rear center seatbelt (3rd row)
OHSS038103
OLX2038082
To release your seat belt:
Press the release button (1) in the
locking buckle.
When it is released, the belt should
automatically draw back into the
retractor. If this does not happen,
check the belt to be sure it is not
twisted, then try again.
2.Insert the tongue plate (A) into the
buckle (A’) until an audible “click" is
heard, indicating the latch is
locked. Make sure the belt is not
twisted.
2-36
OLX2038081
To fasten your seatbelt:
1.Extract the tongue plate (A) from
the hole on the belt assembly
cover.
2
OLX2038084
OLX2038085
To release your seatbelt:
1.Press the release button on the
buckle (B’) and remove the tongue
plate (B).
2. To retract the rear center seatbelt,
insert the tongue plate into the web
release hole (A' ). Pull up on the
seat belt web and allow the webbing to retract automatically. Insert
the tongue plate (A) into the hole on
the belt assembly cover.
When using the rear center seat belt,
the buckle with the “CENTER” mark
must be used.
i Information
If you are not able to pull out the safety belt from the retractor, firmly pull
the belt out and release it. After
release, you will be able to pull the belt
out smoothly.
2-37
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038083
3. Pull out the tongue plate (B) from
the pocket. Pull the tongue plate
(B) and insert it into the buckle (B’)
until an audible “click” is heard,
indicating the latch is locked. Make
sure the belt is not twisted.
Safety system of your vehicle
Stowing the rear seat belt
■ 2nd row seat
CAUTION
■ 2nd row seat (8 passenger vehicle)
When using the seat belt, use it
after taking it out of the guides.
If you pull the seat belt when it
is stored in the guides, it may
damage the guides and/or belt
webbing.
OLX2038018
OTM038042
■ 3nd row seat (if equipped)
■ 3nd row seat
OLX2038069L
OLX2038035
• The rear seat belt buckles can be
stowed in the pocket between the
rear seatback and cushion when
not in use.
2-38
• Routing the seat belt webbing
through the rear seat belt guides
will help keep the belts from being
trapped behind or under the seats.
After inserting the seat belt, tighten
the belt webbing by pulling it up.
Pre-tensioner seat belt
(Driver and front passenger)
Your vehicle is equipped with driver's
and front passenger's Pre-tensioner
Seat Belts (Retractor Pretensioner).
The purpose of the pre-tensioner is
to make sure the seat belts fit tightly
against the occupant's body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
(1) Retractor Pretensioner
The purpose of the retractor pretensioner is to make sure that the
shoulder belts fit in tightly against
the occupant's upper body in certain frontal or side collision(s).
If the system senses excessive tension on the driver or passenger's
seat belt when the pre-tensioner system activates, the load limiter inside
the retractor pre-tensioner will
release some of the pressure on the
affected seat belt.
WARNING
• Always wear your seat belt and
sit properly in your seat.
• Do not use the seat belt if it is
•
•
•
•
loose or twisted. A loose or
twisted seat belt will not protect you properly in an accident.
Do not place anything near the
buckle. This may adversely
affect the buckle and cause it
to function improperly.
Always replace your pre-tensioners after activation or an
accident.
NEVER inspect, service, repair
or replace the pre-tensioners
yourself. This must be done by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not hit the seat belt assemblies.
2-39
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OTL035053
When the vehicle stops suddenly, or
if the occupant tries to lean forward
too quickly, the seat belt retractor will
lock into position. In certain frontal or
side collision(s), the pre-tensioner
will activate and pull the seat belt into
tighter contact against the occupant's body.
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
WARNING
Do not touch the pre-tensioner
seat belt assemblies for several
minutes after they have been
activated. When the pre-tensioner seat belt mechanism
deploys during a collision, the
pre-tensioners become hot and
can burn you.
OLMB033040/Q
The Pre-Tensioner Seat Belt System
consists mainly of the following components. Their locations are shown in
the illustration above:
1. SRS air bag warning light
2. Retractor pre-tensioner
3. SRS control module
2-40
The sensor that activates the SRS
air bag is connected with the
pre–tensioner seat belts. The SRS
air bag warning light on the instrument panel will illuminate for
approximately 6 seconds after the
ignition switch is in the ON position, and then it should turn off.
If the pre-tensioner is not working
properly, the warning light will illuminate even if the SRS air bag is
not malfunctioning. If the warning
light does not illuminate, stays
illuminated or illuminates when
the vehicle is being driven, have
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
inspect the pre-tensioner seat
belts and SRS air bags as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
The seat belt should always be used
during pregnancy. The best way to
protect your unborn child is to protect
yourself by always wearing the seat
belt.
Pregnant women should always wear
a lap-shoulder seat belt. Place the
shoulder belt across your chest, routed between your breasts and away
from your neck. Place the lap belt line
so that it fits snugly and as low as possible across the hips, not across the
abdomen.
WARNING
• A pregnant woman or a
patient is more vulnerable to
any imapcts on the abdomen
during an abrupt stop or accident. If you are in an accident
while pregnant, we recommend you consult your doctor.
• To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to an unborn
child during an accident,
pregnant women should
NEVER place the lap portion
of the seat belt above or over
the area of the abdomen
where the unborn child is
located.
2-41
2
Safety system of your vehicle
• Both the driver's and front passenger's pre-tensioner seat
belts may be activated in certain
frontal or side collisions or
rollovers.
• When the pre-tensioner seat
belts are activated, a loud noise
may be heard and fine dust,
which may appear to be smoke,
may be visible in the passenger
compartment. These are normal
operating conditions and are not
hazardous.
• Although it is non-toxic, the fine
dust may cause skin irritation
and should not be inhaled for
prolonged periods. Wash all
exposed skin areas thoroughly
after an accident in which the
pre-tensioner seat belts were
activated.
Additional Seat Belt Safety
Precautions
Seat belt use during pregnancy
Safety system of your vehicle
Seat belt use and children
Infant and small children
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices,
including booster seats. The age at
which seat belts can be used instead
of child restraints differs among
states, so you should be aware of the
specific requirements in your state,
and where you are travelling. Infant
and child restraints must be properly
placed and installed in a rear seat.
For more information refer to the
"Child Restraint Systems" section in
this chapter.
2-42
WARNING
ALWAYS properly restrain infants
and small children in a child
restraint appropriate for the
child's height and weight.
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death to a child and
other passengers, NEVER hold a
child in your lap or arms when
the vehicle is moving.The violent
forces created during an accident will tear the child from your
arms and throw the child against
the interior of the vehicle.
Small children are best protected
from injury in an accident when properly restrained in the rear seat by a
child restraint system that meets the
requirements of the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standards. Before
buying any child restraint system,
make sure that it has a label certifying that it meets Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard FMVSS 213.
The restraint must be appropriate for
your child’s height and weight. Check
the label on the child restraint for this
information. Refer to the "Child
Restraint Systems" section in this
chapter.
If the shoulder belt portion slightly
touches the child's neck or face, try
placing the child closer to the center
of the vehicle. If the shoulder belt still
touches their face or neck they need
to be returned to an appropriate
booster seat in the rear seat.
WARNING
• Always make sure children
are wearing their seat belts
and that they are properly
adjusted before driving.
• NEVER allow the shoulder
belt to contact the child’s
neck or face.
• Do not allow more than one
child to use a single seat belt.
Transporting an injured person
A seat belt should be used when an
injured person is being transported.
Consult a physician for specific recommendations.
One person per belt
Two people (including children) should
never attempt to use a single seat belt.
This could increase the severity of
injuries in case of an accident.
Do not lie down
Sitting in a reclined position when
the vehicle is in motion can be dangerous. Even when buckled up, the
protections of your restraint system
(seat belts and air bags) is greatly
reduced by reclining your seatback.
To reduce the chance of injuries in the
event of an accident and to achieve
the maximum effectiveness of the
restraint system, all passengers
should be sitting up and the front and
rear seats should be in an upright
position when the car is moving.
A seat belt cannot provide proper
protection if the person is lying down
in the rear seat or if the front or rear
seats are in a reclined position.
2-43
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Larger children
Children under age 13 and who are
too large for a booster seat must
always occupy the rear seat and use
the available lap/shoulder belts. A
seat belt should lie across the upper
thighs and be snug across the shoulder and chest to restrain the child
safely. Check belt fit periodically.
Children are afforded the most safety in the event of an accident when
they are restrained by a proper
restraint system and/or seat belts in
the rear seat. Always have the
LATCH system inspected by your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can damage
the LATCH system and may not
properly secure the child restraint.
If a larger child over age 13 must be
seated in the front seat, the child
must be securely restrained by the
available lap/shoulder belt and the
seat should be placed in the rearmost position.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
• NEVER ride with a reclined
seatback when the vehicle is
moving.
• Riding with a reclined seatback
increases your chance of serious or fatal injuries in the event
of a collision or sudden stop.
• Drivers and passengers should
always sit well back in their
seats, properly belted, and with
the seatbacks upright.
Care of Seat Belts
When to replace seat belts
Seat belt systems should never be
disassembled or modified. In addition, care should be taken to assure
that seat belts and belt hardware are
not damaged by seat hinges, doors
or other abuse.
The entire seat belt assembly or
assemblies should be replaced if the
vehicle has been involved in an accident. This should be done even if no
damage is visible. Additional questions concerning seat belt operation
should be directed to an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Periodic inspection
All seat belts should be inspected
periodically for wear or damage of
any kind. Any damaged parts should
be replaced as soon as possible by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Keep belts clean and dry
Seat belts should be kept clean and
dry. If belts become dirty, they can be
cleaned by using a mild soap solution and warm water. Bleach, dye,
strong detergents or abrasives
should not be used because they
may damage and weaken the fabric.
2-44
CHILD RESTRAINT SYSTEM (CRS)
Children Always in the Rear
WARNING
Child restraint systems must be properly placed and installed in the rear
seat. You must use a commercially
available child restraint system that
meets the requirements of the Federal
Motor Vehicle Safety Standards
(FMVSS 213).
Child restraint systems are generally
designed to be secured in a vehicle
seat by lap belt portion of a
lap/shoulder belt, or by a LATCH system in the rear seats of the vehicle.
2-45
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Always properly restrain children in the rear seats of the
vehicle.
Children of all ages are safer
when restrained in the rear seat.
A child riding in the front passenger seat can be forcefully
struck by an inflating air bag
resulting in SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH.
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must
always be properly restrained to minimize the risk of injury in an accident,
sudden stop or sudden maneuver.
According to accident statistics, children are safer when properly
restrained in the rear seats than in
the front seat. Even with air bags,
children can be seriously injured
or killed. Children too large for a
child restraint must use the seat belts
provided.
All 50 states have child restraint laws
which require children to travel in
approved child restraint devices. The
laws governing the age or height/
weight restrictions at which seat
belts can be used instead of child
restraints differs among states, so
you should be aware of the specific
requirements in your state, and
where you are travelling.
Safety system of your vehicle
Child restraint system (CRS)
Infants and younger children must be
restrained in an appropriate rear-facing or forward-facing CRS that has
first been properly secured to the
rear seat of the vehicle. Read and
comply with the instructions for
installation and use provided by the
manufacturer of the child restraint.
WARNING
An improperly secured child
restraint can increase the risk
of SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH
in an accident. Always take the
following precautions when
using a child restraint system:
• NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
• Always properly secure the
child restraint to a rear seat of
the vehicle.
• Always follow the child
restraint system manufacturer's instructions for installation and use.
2-46
• Always properly restrain your
child in the child restraint.
• If the vehicle head restraint
prevents proper installation of
a child seat (as described in
the child restraint system
manual), the head restraint of
the respective seating position shall be readjusted or
entirely removed.
• Do not use an infant carrier or
a child safety seat that
"hooks" over a seatback, it
may not provide adequate
protection in an accident.
• After an accident, have a
HYUNDAI dealer check the
child restraint system, seat
belts, lower anchors and
upper tether anchors.
WARNING
• Be especially careful when
installing a child restraint on
the center seating position in
the second row as it is narrower than the outboard positions.
A wide child restraint installed
on the center seat may cover
the safety belt buckles for the
other seating positions. Do not
allow someone to ride in a
seating position where the
safety belt buckle is covered by
a child restraint.
• A child restraint in the center
seating position may also contact or push up against the
safety belt buckles, which can
damage the buckles and make
them unusable or unsafe.
Always check that the child
restraint does not contact any
of the safety belt buckles.
Check the placement of the
child restraint regularly to
make sure that it has not shifted and come into contact with
any of the safety belt buckles.
Selecting a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
There are three main types of child
restraint systems: rearward-facing
seats, forward-facing seats, and
booster seats. They are classified
according to the child's age, height
and weight.
2
Rearward-facing child seats
OLX2039036N
WARNING
NEVER install a child or infant
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
Placing a rearward-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH if the child restraint is
struck by an inflating air bag.
A rearward-facing child seat provides
restraint with the seating surface
against the back of the child. The harness system holds the child in place,
and in an accident, acts to keep the
child positioned in the seat and
reduce the stress to the neck and
spinal cord.
All children under age one must
always ride in a rearward-facing infant
child restraint.
Convertible and 3-in-1 child seats typically have higher height and weight
limits for the rearward-facing position,
allowing you to keep your child rearward-facing for a longer period of
time.
2-47
Safety system of your vehicle
When selecting a CRS for your child,
always:
• Make sure the CRS has a label
certifying that it meets applicable
Federal Motor Vehicle Safety
Standards (FMVSS 213).
• Select a child restraint based on
your child's height and weight. The
required label or the instructions
for use typically provide this information.
• Select a child restraint that fits the
vehicle seating position where it
will be used.
• Read and comply with the warnings and instructions for installation and use provided with the
child restraint system.
Child restraint system types
Safety system of your vehicle
Continue to use a rearward-facing
child seat for as long as your child
will fit within the height and weight
limits allowed by the child seat manufacturer. It's the best way to keep
them safe. Once your child has outgrown the rearward-facing child
restraint, your child is ready for a forward-facing child restraint with a harness.
OLX2039002N
WARNING
Do NOT adjust the seat when
child seat is fitted. Adjusting the
seat during driving can result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH.
2-48
Forward-facing child restraints
A forward-facing child seat provides
restraint for the child's body with a
harness. Keep children in a forwardfacing child seat with a harness until
they reach the top height or weight
limit allowed by your child restraint’s
manufacturer.
Once your child outgrows the forwardfacing child restraint, your child is
ready for a booster seat.
Booster seats
A booster seat is a restraint designed
to improve the fit of the vehicle's seat
belt system. A booster seat positions
the seat belt so that it fits properly
over the lap of your child.
Keep your child in a booster seat until
they are big enough to sit in the seat
without a booster and still have the
seat belt fit properly. For a seat belt to
fit properly, the lap belt must lie snugly across the upper thighs, not the
stomach. The shoulder belt should lie
snug across the shoulder and chest
and not across the neck or face.
Children under age 13 must always
ride in the rear seats and must always
be properly restrained to minimize the
risk of injury.
Installing a Child Restraint
System (CRS)
WARNING
WARNING
If the vehicle head restraint prevents proper installation of a
child seat (as described in the
child seat system manual, the
head restraint of the respective
seating position shall be readjusted or entirely removed.
• Secure the child in the child
restraint. Make sure the child is
properly strapped in the child
restraint according to the manufacturer instructions.
CAUTION
A child restraint in a closed
vehicle can become very hot. To
prevent burns, check the seating surface and buckles before
placing your child in the child
restraint.
2-49
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Before installing your child
restraint system always:
• Read and follow the instructions provided by the manufacturer of the child restraint.
• Read and follow the instructions regarding child restraint
systems in this manual.
Failure to follow all warnings
and instructions could increase
the risk of the SERIOUS INJURY
or DEATH if an accident occurs.
After selecting a proper child seat for
your child, check to make sure it fits
properly in your vehicle. Follow the
instructions provided by the manufacturer when installing the child
seat. Note these general steps when
installing the seat to your vehicle:
• Properly secure the child
restraint to the vehicle. All child
restraints must be secured to the
vehicle with the lap part of a
lap/shoulder belt or with the
LATCH system. If using the
lap/shoulder belt for your child
restraint, the convertible locking
retractor should be pulled all the
way out to engage the "automatic
locking" mode. (See page 2-54.)
• Make sure the child restraint is
firmly secured. After installing a
child restraint to the vehicle, push
and pull the seat forward-andback and side-to-side to verify that
it is securely attached to the seat.
A child restraint secured with a
seat belt should be installed as
firmly as possible. However, some
side-to-side movement can be
expected.
Safety system of your vehicle
Lower Anchors and Tether for
Children (LATCH System)
The LATCH system holds a child
restraint during driving and in an accident. This system is designed to
make installation of the child restraint
easier and reduce the possibility of
improperly installing your child
restraint. The LATCH system uses
anchors in the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint. The
LATCH system eliminates the need
to use seat belts to secure the child
restraint to the rear seats.
Lower anchors are metal bars built
into the vehicle. There are two lower
anchors for each LATCH seating
position that will accommodate a
child restraint with lower attachments.
To use the LATCH system in your
vehicle, you must have a child
restraint with LATCH attachments.
The child seat manufacturer will provide you with instructions on how to
use the child seat with its attachments
for the LATCH lower anchors.
2-50
WARNING
OLX2038039
LATCH anchors have been provided
in the left and right outboard rear
seating positions. Their locations are
shown in the illustration. There are no
LATCH anchors provided for the center rear seating position.
Do not attempt to install a child
restraint system using LATCH
anchors in the rear center seating position.There are no LATCH
anchors provided for this seat.
Using the outboard seat anchors
can damage the anchors which
may break or fail in a collision
resulting in serious injury or
death.
Securing a child restraint with
the LATCH anchors system
The lower anchor position indicator
symbols are located on the left and
right rear seat backs to identify the
position of the lower anchors in your
vehicle (see arrows in illustration).
The LATCH anchors are located
between the seatback and the seat
cushion of the rear seat left and right
outboard seating positions.
Take the following precautions
when using the LATCH system:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• To prevent the child from
reaching and taking hold of
unretracted seat belts, buckle
all unused rear seat belts and
retract the seat belt webbing
behind the child. Children can
be strangled if a shoulder belt
becomes wrapped around
their neck and the seat belt
tightens.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single
anchor. This could cause the
anchor or attachment to come
loose or break.
• Always have the LATCH system inspected by your authorized HYUNDAI dealer after an
accident. An accident can
damage the LATCH system
and may not properly secure
the child restraint.
2-51
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038040L
[1] : Lower Anchor Position Indicator,
[2] : Lower Anchor
To install a LATCH-compatible child
restraint in either of the rear outboard
seating positions:
1. Move the seat belt buckle away
from the lower anchors.
2. Move any other objects away from
the anchors that could prevent a
secure connection between the
child restraint and the lower
anchors.
3. Place the child restraint on the
vehicle seat, then attach the seat
to the lower anchors according to
the instructions provided by the
child restraint manufacturer.
4. Follow the child restraint instructions for properly adjusting and
tightening the lower attachments
on the child restraint to the lower
anchors.
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
NOTICE
The recommended weight for the
LATCH system is under 65 lb (30
kg).
How to determine an appropriate
child restraint weight:
Child weight + Child restraint
weight < 65 lb (30kg)
Securing a child restraint seat
with "Tether Anchor" system
■ 2nd row passenger seat
WARNING
OLX2039087N
■ 3rd row passenger seat
OLX2039101N
2-52
Child restraint hook holders are
located on the rear of the seatbacks.
First secure the child restraint with
the LATCH lower anchors or the seat
belt. If the child restraint manufacturer recommends that the top tether
strap be attached, attach and tighten
the top tether strap to the top tether
strap anchor.
Take the following precautions
when installing the tether strap:
• Read and follow all installation
instructions provided with
your child restraint system.
• NEVER attach more than one
child restraint to a single tether anchor. This could cause
the anchor or attachment to
come loose or break.
• Do not attach the tether strap
to anything other than the correct tether anchor. It may not
work properly if attached to
something else.
• Do not use the tether anchors
for adult seat belts or harnesses, or for attaching other items
or equipment to the vehicle.
Securing a child restraint with
lap/shoulder belt
When not using the LATCH system,
all child restraints must be secured to
a vehicle rear seat with the lap part
of a lap/shoulder belt.
2
OLX2039038N
To install the tether anchor:
1. Route the child restraint tether
strap over the child restraint seatback. Route the tether strap under
the head restraint and between
the head restraint posts, or route
the tether strap over the top of the
vehicle seatback. Make sure the
strap is not twisted.
2. Connect the tether strap hook to
the tether anchor, then tighten the
tether strap according to the child
seat manufacturer's instructions to
firmly secure the child restraint to
the seat.
3. Check that the child restraint is
securely attached to the seat by
pushing and pulling the seat forward-and-back and side-to-side.
ALWAYS place a rear-facing
child restraint in the rear seat of
the vehicle.
Placing a rear-facing child
restraint in the front seat can
result in serious injury or death
if the child restraint is struck by
an inflating air bag.
OLMB033044
Automatic locking mode
Since all passenger seat belts move
freely under normal conditions and
only lock under extreme or emergency conditions (emergency locking
mode), you must manually pull the
seat belt all the way out to shift the
retractor to the "Automatic Locking"
mode to secure a child restraint.
The "Automatic Locking" mode will
help prevent the normal movement
of the child in the vehicle from causing the seat belt to loosen and compromise the child restraint system. To
secure a child restraint system, use
the following procedure.
2-53
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Safety system of your vehicle
To install a child restraint system on
the rear seats, do the following:
1. Place the child restraint system on
a rear seat and route the lap/ shoulder belt around or through the child
restraint, following the restraint
manufacturer's instructions.
Be sure the seat belt webbing is not
twisted.
NOTICE
When using the rear center seat
belt, you should also refer to the
"Rear Seat Belt – Passenger's 3point system" section in this
chapter.
OLMB033045
OLMB033097
2. Fasten the lap/shoulder belt latch
into the buckle. Listen for the distinct "click" sound.
3. Pull the shoulder portion of the seat
belt all the way out. When the
shoulder portion of the seat belt is
fully extended, it will shift the retractor to the "Automatic Locking" (child
restraint) mode.
i Information
Position the release button so that it is
easy to access in case of an emergency.
2-54
4. Slowly allow the shoulder portion
of the seat belt to retract and listen
for an audible "clicking" or "ratcheting" sound. This indicates that
the retractor is in the "Automatic
Locking" mode. If no distinct
sound is heard, repeat steps 3
and 4.
If your CRS manufacturer instructs or
recommends you to use a tether
anchor with the lap/shoulder belt,
refer to the previous pages for more
information.
NOTICE
When the seat belt is allowed to
retract to its fully stowed position,
the retractor will automatically
switch from the "Automatic
Locking" mode to the emergency
lock mode for normal adult usage.
WARNING
If the retractor is not in the
"Automatic Locking" mode, the
child restraint can move when
your vehicle turns or stops suddenly. A child can be seriously
injured or killed if the child
restraint is not properly anchored
in the car, including manually
pulling the seat belt all the way
out to shift the rectractor to the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
2-55
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLMB033098
5. Remove as much slack from the
belt as possible by pushing down
on the child restraint system while
feeding the shoulder belt back into
the retractor.
6. Push and pull on the child restraint
system to confirm that the seat
belt is holding it firmly in place. If it
is not, release the seat belt and
repeat steps 2 through 6.
7. Double check that the retractor is
in the "Automatic Locking" mode
by attempting to pull more of the
seat belt out of the retractor. If you
cannot, the retractor is in the
"Automatic Locking" mode.
Safety system of your vehicle
To remove the child restraint, press
the release button on the buckle and
then pull the lap/shoulder belt out of
the restraint and allow the seat belt
to retract fully.
2-56
AIR BAG - ADVANCED SUPPLEMENTAL RESTRAINT SYSTEM
2
Safety system of your vehicle
1. Driver's front air bag
2. Passenger's front air bag
3. Side air bag
4. Curtain air bag
5. Driver’s knee airbag
The actual air bags in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OLX2039041N
2-57
Safety system of your vehicle
This vehicle is equipped with an
Advanced Supplemental Air Bag
System for the driver's seat and front
passenger's seats.
The front air bags are designed to
supplement the three-point seat
belts. For these air bags to provide
protection, the seat belts must be
worn at all times when driving.
You can be severely injured or killed
in an accident if you are not wearing
a seat belt. Air bags are designed to
supplement seat belts, but do not
replace them. Also, air bags are not
designed to deploy in every collision.
In some accidents, the seat belts are
the only restraint protecting you.
2-58
WARNING
AIR BAG SAFETY PRECAUTIONS
ALWAYS use seat belts and child restraints - every trip, every time,
everyone! Even with air bags, you can be seriously injured or killed in
a collision if you are improperly belted or not wearing your seat belt
when the air bag inflates.
NEVER place a child in any child restraint or booster seat in the front
passenger seat. An inflating air bag could forcefully strike the infant
or child causing serious or fatal injuries.
ABC - Always Buckle Children under age 13 in the back seat. It is the
safest place for children of any age to ride. If a child age 13 or older
must be seated in the front seat, he or she must be properly belted
and the seat should be moved as far back as possible.
All occupants should sit upright with the seatback in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their seat belt on, legs comfortably extended and their feet on the floor until the vehicle is parked
and is turned off. If an occupant is out of position during an accident,
the rapidly deploying air bag may forcefully contact the occupant
causing serious or fatal injuries.
You and your passengers should never sit or lean unnecessarily
close to the air bags or lean against the door or center console.
Move your seat as far back as possible from front air bags, while still
maintaining control of the vehicle. The U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA) recommends that drivers allow at
least 10 inches (25 cm) between the center of the steering wheel and
the chest.
Where Are the Air Bags?
Driver's and passenger's front
air bags
■ Passenger’s front air bag
2
OLX2038044
■ Driver’s knee air bag
OLX2039043N
OLX2038045
The purpose of the SRS is to provide
the vehicle's driver and front passengers with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt system
alone.
The advanced SRS offers the ability
to control the air bag inflation within
two levels. A first stage level is provided for moderate-severity impacts.
A second stage level is provided for
more severe impacts.
According to the impact severity, the
SRS Control Module (SRSCM) controls the air bag inflation. Failure to
properly wear seat belts can
increase the risk or severity of injury
in an accident.
2-59
Safety system of your vehicle
Your vehicle is equipped with a
Advanced Supplemental Restraint
System (SRS) and lap/shoulder belts
at both the driver and passenger
seating positions.
The SRS consists of air bags which
are located in the center of the steering wheel, and the passenger's side
front panel pad above the glove box.
The air bags are labeled with the letters "AIR BAG" embossed on the
pad covers.
■ Driver’s front air bag
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
front air bags, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Move your seat as far back as
possible from front air bags,
while still maintaining control
of the vehicle.
• Never lean against the door or
center console.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
• No objects (such as crash pad
cover, cellular phone holder,
cup holder, air freshers or
stickers) should be placed
over or near the air bag modules on the steering wheel,
instrument panel, windshield
glass, and the front passenger's panel above the glove
box. Such objects could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
Side air bags
OLX2038048
OLX2038049L
Your vehicle is equipped with a side
air bag in each front seat. The purpose of the air bag is to provide the
vehicle's driver and the front passenger with additional protection than
that offered by the seat belt alone.
2-60
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
side air bag, take the following
precautions:
• Seat belts must be worn at all
times to help keep occupants
positioned properly.
• Do not allow passengers to
• Do not install any accessories
lean their heads or bodies
onto doors, put their arms on
the doors, stretch their arms
out of the window, or place
objects between the doors
and seats.
Hold the steering wheel at the
9 o'clock and 3 o'clock positions, to minimize the risk of
injuries to your hands and
arms.
Do not use any accessory
seat covers. This could reduce
or prevent the effectiveness
of the system.
Do not place any objects over
the air bag or between the air
bag and yourself. Also, do not
attach any objects around the
area the air bag inflates such
as the door, side door glass,
front and rear pillar.
Do not place any objects
between the door and the
seat. They may become dangerous projectiles if the side
air bag inflates.
on the side or near the side air
bags.
• Do not put any objects
between the side airbag label
and seat cushion. It could
cause harm if the vehicle is in
a crash severe enough to
cause the air bags to deploy.
• Do not cause impact to the
doors when the ignition
switch button is in the ON
position as this may cause the
side air bags to inflate.
• If the seat or seat cover is
damaged, have the vehicle
checked and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
•
•
•
•
2-61
2
Safety system of your vehicle
The side air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle may deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
The side air bags are not designed to
deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
Safety system of your vehicle
Curtain air bags
OLX2038050
They are designed to help protect the
heads of the front seat occupants
and the rear outboard seat occupants
in certain side impact collisions.
The curtain air bags are designed to
deploy during certain side impact
collisions, depending on the crash
severity.
The side and curtain air bags on
both sides of the vehicle may deploy
if a rollover or possible rollover is
detected.
The curtain air bags are not designed
to deploy in all side impact or rollover
situations.
WARNING
OLX2038051
Curtain air bags are located along
both sides of the roof rails above the
front and rear doors.
2-62
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
curtain air bag, take the following precautions:
• All seat occupants must wear
seat belts at all times to help
keep occupants positioned
properly.
• Properly
•
•
•
•
secure
child
restraints as far away from the
door as possible.
Do not place any objects over
the air bag. Also, do not attach
any objects around the area
the air bag inflates such as the
door, side door glass, front
and rear pillar, roof side rail.
Do not hang other objects
except clothes, especially
hard or breakable objects. In
an accident, it may cause
vehicle damage or personal
injury.
Do not allow passengers to
lean their heads or bodies onto
doors, put their arms on the
doors, stretch their arms out of
the window, or place objects
between the doors and seats.
Do not open or repair the side
curtain air bags.
How Does the Air Bag System
Operate?
11. Occupant classification system
12. Driver’s knee airbag module
OLX2039042N
The SRS consists of the following
components:
1. Driver's front air bag module
2. Passenger's front air bag module
3. Side air bag modules
4. Curtain air bag modules
5. Retractor pre-tensioner
6. Air bag warning light
7. SRS control module (SRSCM)/
Rollover sensor
8. Front impact sensors
9. Side impact sensors (acceleration)
10.Side impact sensors (pressure)
2
The SRS (Supplement Restraint
System) air bag warning light on the
instrument panel displays the air bag
symbol depicted in the illustration.
The system checks the air bag electrical system for malfunctions. The
light indicates that there is a potential
malfunction with your air bag system,
which could include your side and
curtain air bags used for rollover protection.
2-63
Safety system of your vehicle
The SRSCM (Supplemental Restraint
System Control Module) continually
monitors all SRS components while
the ignition switch is in the ON position
to determine if a crash impact is
severe enough to require air bag
deployment or pre-tensioner seat belt
deployment.
SRS warning light
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
If your SRS malfunctions, the air
bag may not inflate properly during an accident increasing the
risk of serious injury or death.
If any of the following conditions occur, your SRS is malfunctioning:
• The light does not turn on for
approximately six seconds
when the Engine Start/Stop
button is in the ON position.
• The light stays on after illuminating for approximately six
seconds.
• The light comes on while the
vehicle is in motion.
• The light blinks when the
engine is running.
Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer inspect the SRS as soon
as possible if any of these conditions occur.
2-64
During a frontal collision, sensors will
detect the vehicle's deceleration. If
the rate of deceleration is high
enough, the control unit will inflate
the front air bags.
The front air bags help protect the
driver and front passenger by
responding to frontal impacts in
which seat belts alone cannot provide adequate restraint. When needed, the side air bags help provide
protection in the event of a side
impact or rollover.
• Air bags are activated (able to
inflate if necessary) only when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
• Air bags inflate in the event of certain frontal or side collisions to
help protect the occupants from
serious physical injury.
• Generally, air bags are designed
to inflate based upon the severity
of a collision, its direction, etc.
These two factors determine
whether the sensors produce an
electronic deployment/inflation
signal.
• The front air bags will completely
inflate and deflate in an instant. It is
virtually impossible for you to see
the air bags inflate during an accident. It is much more likely that you
will simply see the deflated air
bags hanging out of their storage
compartments after the collision.
• In addition to inflating in certain
side collisions, vehicles equipped
with a rollover sensor, side and
curtain air bags will inflate if the
sensing system detects a rollover.
When a rollover is detected, side
and curtain air bags will remain
inflated longer to help provide protection from ejection, especially
when used in conjunction with the
seat belts.
• To help provide protection, the air
bags must inflate rapidly. The
speed of air bag inflation is a consequence of extremely short time
in which to inflate the air bag
between the occupant and the
vehicle structures before the occupant impacts those structures. This
speed of inflation reduces the risk
of serious or life-threatening
injuries and is thus a necessary
part of air bag design.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death from an inflating
air bag, take the following precautions:
• NEVER place a child restraint
in the front passenger seat.
Always properly restrain children under age 13 in the rear
seats of the vehicle.
• Adjust the front passenger’s
and driver's seats as far to the
rear as possible while allowing you to maintain full control of the vehicle.
• Hold the steering wheel with
hands at the 9 o'clock and 3
o'clock positions.
• Never place anything or anyone between the air bag and
the seat occupant.
• Do not allow the front passenger to place their feet or legs
on the dashboard.
■ Driver's front air bag (1)
2
OHM039102N
When the SRSCM detects a sufficiently severe impact to the front of
the vehicle, it will automatically
deploy the front air bags.
2-65
Safety system of your vehicle
However, the rapid air bag inflation
can also cause injuries which can
include facial abrasions, bruises
and broken bones because the
inflation speed also causes the air
bags to expand with a great deal
of force.
• There are even circumstances
under which contact with the air
bag can cause fatal injuries, especially if the occupant is positioned
excessively close to the air bag.
You can take steps to help reduce
the risk of being injured by an inflating air bag. The greatest risk is sitting
too close to the air bag. An air bag
needs about 10 inches (25 cm) of
space to inflate. NHTSA recommends that drivers allow at least 10
inches (25 cm) between the center of
the steering wheel and the chest.
Safety system of your vehicle
■ Driver's front air bag (2)
■ Driver's front air bag (3)
OHM039103N
Upon deployment, tear seams molded directly into the pad covers will
separate under pressure from the
expansion of the air bags. Further
opening of the covers allows full
inflation of the air bags.
A fully inflated air bag, in combination with a properly worn seat belt,
slows the driver or the front passenger forward motion, reducing the risk
of head and chest injury.
2-66
WARNING
OHM039104N
■ Passenger's front air bag
OLMB033057
After complete inflation, the air bag
immediately starts deflating, enabling
the driver to maintain forward visibility and the ability to steer or operate
other controls.
To prevent objects from becoming dangerous projectiles when
the passenger's air bag inflates:
• Do not install or place any
objects (drink holder, CD
holder, stickers, etc.) on the
front passenger's panel above
the glove box where the passenger's air bag is located.
• Do not install a container of
liquid air freshener near the
instrument cluster or on the
instrument panel surface.
What to Expect After an Air
Bag Inflates
WARNING
After an air bag inflates, take
the following precautions:
• Open your windows and doors
as soon as possible after
impact to reduce prolonged
exposure to the smoke and
powder released by the inflating air bag.
• Do not touch the air bag storage area's internal components immediately after an air
bag has inflated. The parts
that come into contact with an
inflating air bag may be very
hot.
areas thoroughly with cold
water and mild soap.
• Always have an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer replace the
air bag immediately after
deployment. Air bags are
designed to be used only
once.
Noise and smoke from inflating
air bag
When the air bags inflate, they make
a loud noise and may produce
smoke and powder in the air inside of
the vehicle. This is normal and is a
result of the ignition of the air bag
inflator. After the air bag inflates, you
may feel substantial discomfort in
breathing because of the contact of
your chest with both the seat belt and
the air bag, as well as from breathing
the smoke and powder. The powder
may aggravate asthma for some
people. If you experience breathing
problems after an air bag deployment, seek medical attention immediately.
Though the smoke and powder are
nontoxic, they may cause irritation to
the skin, eyes, nose, throat, etc. If
this is the case, wash and rinse with
cold water immediately and seek
medical attention if the symptoms
persist.
2-67
2
Safety system of your vehicle
After a frontal or side air bag inflates,
it will deflate very quickly. Air bag
inflation will not prevent the driver
from seeing out of the windshield or
being able to steer. Curtain air bags
may remain partially inflated for
some time after they deploy.
• Always wash exposed skin
Safety system of your vehicle
Occupant Classification
System (OCS)
OLX2039047N
Your vehicle is equipped with an
Occupant Classification System
(OCS) in the front passenger's seat.
Main components of the
Occupant Classification System
• A detection device located within
the front passenger seat cushion.
• Electronic system to help determine whether the passenger air
bag systems should be activated
or deactivated.
• An indicator light located on the
instrument panel which illuminates
the words “OFF” and symbol indicating the front passenger air bag
system is deactivated.
• The instrument panel air bag indicator light is interconnected with
the OCS.
The OCS is designed to help detect
the presence of a properly-seated
front passenger and determine if the
passenger's front air bag should be
enabled (may inflate) or not.
The purpose is to help reduce the
risk of injury or death from an inflating air bag to certain front passenger
seat occupants, such as children, by
requiring the air bag to be automatically turned OFF.
2-68
For example, if a child restraint of the
type specified in the regulations is on
the seat, sensor can help detect it
and cause the air bag to turn OFF.
Front passenger seat adult occupants who are properly seated and
wearing the seat belt properly,
should not cause the passenger air
bag to be automatically turned OFF.
For small adults it may be turned
OFF, however, if the occupant does
not sit in the seat properly (for example, by not sitting upright, by sitting
on the edge of the seat, or by otherwise being out of position), this could
cause the sensor to turn the air bag
OFF.
You will find the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator on the center
fascia panel. This system detects the
conditions 1-4 in the following table
and activates or deactivates the front
passenger air bag based on these
conditions.
Condition and operation in the front passenger Occupant Classification System
Indicator/Warning light
Condition detected by the
occupant classification system
Devices
"PASSENGER
Front passenger
SRS
AIR BAG OFF"
warning light
air bag
indicator light
1. Adult *1
Off
Off
Activated
2. Infant * or child restraint
system with 12 months old *3 *4
On
Off
Deactivated
3. Unoccupied
On
Off
Deactivated
4. Malfunction in the system
Off
On
Activated
2
*1 The system judges a person of adult size as an adult. When a smaller adult sits in the front
passenger seat, the system may recognize him/her as a child depending on his/her physique
and posture.
*2 Do not allow children to ride in the front passenger seat. When a larger child who has outgrown a child restraint system sits in the front passenger seat, the system may recognize
him/her as an adult depending upon his/her physique or sitting position.
*3 Never install a child restraint system on the front passenger seat.
*4 The PASSENGER AIR BAG "OFF" indicator may turn on or off when a child above 12 months
to 12 years old (with or without child restraint system) sits in the front passenger seat. This is
a normal condition.
2-69
2
Safety system of your vehicle
Always be sure that you and all vehicle occupants are seated properly
and wearing the seat belt properly for
the most effective protection by the
air bag and the seat belt.
The OCS may not function properly if
the passenger takes actions which
can affect the classification system.
These include:
• Failing to sit in an upright position.
• Leaning against the door or center
console.
• Sitting towards the sides of the
front of the seat.
• Putting their legs on the dashboard or resting them on other
locations which reduce the passenger weight on the front seat.
• Wearing the seat belt improperly.
• Reclining the seatback.
• Wearing a thick cloth like ski wear
or hip protection wear.
• Putting an additional thick cushion
on the seat.
• Putting electrical devices (e.g.
notebook, satellite radio) on the
seat with inverter charging.
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
Riding in an improper position or placing weight on the front passenger’s seat when it is unoccupied by a
passenger adversely affects the OCS. To reduce the risk of serious injury or death:
• NEVER put a heavy load in
• NEVER ride with the seat-
the front seat or seatback
pocket.
back reclined when the
vehicle is moving.
OLMB033103
OLX2039104N
• NEVER place your feet or
• NEVER place your feet on
legs on the dashboard.
the front passenger seatback.
OLMB033100
OLMB033101
2-70
OLMB033102
• NEVER sit with your hips
• NEVER lean on the door or
shifted towards the front
of the seat.
center console or sit on
one side of the front passenger seat.
OLMB033104
• Do not place electronic
ger seat wearing heavily
padded clothes such as
ski wear and hip protector.
devices such as laptops,
DVD player, or conductive
materials such as water
bottles on the passenger
seat.
• Do not use electronic
devices such as laptops
and satellite radios which
use inverter chargers.
ODH035900K
OTM038054
• If large quantity of liquid
• Do not use car seat
accessories such as thick
blankets and cushions
which cover up the car
seat surface.
ODH035901K
OTM038055
has been spilled on the
passenger seat, the air
bag warning light may
illuminate or malfunction.
Therefore, make sure the
seat has been completely
dried before driving the
vehicle.
• Do not place sharp objects on the front passenger seat. These may damage the occupant detection system, if they puncture the seat cushion.
• Do not place any items under the front passenger seat.
• When changing or replacing the seat or seat cover, use original items only. The OCS has been developed based on using original HYUNDAI car seats only. Altering or changing the authentic parts may
result in system malfunction and increase risk of injury when in collision. Any of the above could interfere with the proper operation of the OCS sensor thereby increasing the risk of an injury in an accident.
2-71
2
Safety system of your vehicle
• Do not sit on the passen-
Safety system of your vehicle
WARNING
B990A01O
Proper seated position for OCS
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is on when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat, place
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
OFF position and ask the passenger
to sit properly (sitting upright with the
seat back in an upright position, centered on the seat cushion with their
seat belt on, legs comfortably
extended and their feet on the floor).
Restart the engine and have the person remain in that position. This will
allow the system to detect the person
and to enable the passenger air bag.
If the "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator is still on, ask the passenger to move to the rear seat.
2-72
Never allow an adult passenger
to ride in the front passenger
seat when the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator is illuminated. During a collision, the air bag
will not inflate if the indicator is
illuminated. Have your passenger reposition themself in the
seat. If the "PASSENGER AIR
BAG OFF" indicator remains illuminated after the passenger
repositions themself properly
and the vehicle is restarted, have
the passenger move to the rear
seat because the air bag will not
inflate.
NOTICE
The "PASSENGER AIR BAG OFF"
indicator illuminates for approximately 4 seconds after the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON
position or after the engine is
started. If the front passenger seat
is occupied, the OCS will then
classify the front passenger after
several more seconds.
Do Not Install a Child Restraint
in the Front Passenger's Seat
1JBH3051
Even though your vehicle is equipped
with the OCS, never install a child
restraint in the front passenger's seat.
An inflating air bag can forcefully
strike a child or child restraint resulting in serious or fatal injury.
WARNING
• NEVER place a rear-facing or
Air bags are not designed to inflate in
every collision. There are certain
types of accidents in which the air bag
would not be expected to provide
additional protection. These include
rear impacts, second or third collisions in multiple impact accidents, as
well as low speed impacts. Damage
to the vehicle indicates a collision
energy absorption, and is not an indicator of whether or not an air bag
should have inflated.
Air bag collision sensors
WARNING
To reduce the risk of an air bag
deploying unexpectedly and
causing serious injury or death:
• Do not hit or allow any objects
to impact the locations where air
bags or sensors are installed.
• Do not perform maintenance
on or around the air bag sensors. If the location or angle of
the sensors is altered, the air
bags may deploy when they
should not or may not deploy
when they should.
• Do not install bumper guards
or replace the bumper with a
non-genuine HYUNDAI parts.
This may adversely affect the
collision and air bag deployment performance.
• Place the ignition switch in
the LOCK/OFF or ACC position when the vehicle is being
towed to prevent inadvertent
air bag deployment.
• Have all air bag repairs conducted by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
2-73
2
Safety system of your vehicle
front-facing child restraint in
the front passenger's seat of
the vehicle.
• An inflating frontal air bag
could forcefully strike a child
resulting in serious injury or
death.
• Always properly restrain children in an appropriate child
restraint in the rear seat of the
vehicle.
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off
in a Collision?
Safety system of your vehicle
1. SRS control module/Rollover sensor
2. Front impact sensor
3. Side pressure sensor
4. Side impact sensor
5. Side impact sensor
OLX2039052N/OLX2038053N/OLX2039054N/OLX2038055N/OLX2038056/OLX2038057
2-74
Air bag inflation conditions
OLX2038058
Front air bags
Front air bags and the driver's knee
air bag are designed to inflate in a
frontal collision depending on the the
severity of impact of the front collision.
OLX2038059L
Side and curtain air bags
Side and curtain air bags are
designed to inflate when an impact is
detected by side collision sensors
depending on the severity of impact
resulting from a side impact collision.
2-75
2
Safety system of your vehicle
OLX2038060
Although the driver's and front passenger's air bags are designed to
inflate only in frontal collisions, they
also may inflate in other types of collisions if the front impact sensors
detect a sufficient impact. Side and
curtain air bags are designed to
inflate only in side impact collisions
or rollover situations, but they may
inflate in other collisions if the side
impact sensors detect a sufficient
impact.
If the vehicle chassis is impacted by
bumps or objects on unimproved
roads, the air bags may deploy. Drive
carefully on unimproved roads or on
surfaces not designed for vehicle
traffic to prevent unintended air bag
deployment.
Safety system of your vehicle
Air bag non-inflation conditions
OLX2038061
In certain low-speed collisions the air
bags may not deploy. The air bags
are designed not to deploy in such
cases because they may not provide
benefits beyond the protection of the
seat belts.
2-76
OLX2038062
OLX2038063
Front air bags are not designed to
inflate in rear collisions, because
occupants are moved backward by
the force of the impact. In this case,
inflated air bags would not provide
any additional benefit.
Front air bags may not inflate in side
impact collisions, because occupants
move in the direction of the collision,
and thus in side impacts, front air bag
deployment would not provide additional occupant protection.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate depending on the severity of impact.
2
OLX2038064
OTL035068
Just before impact, drivers often
brake heavily. Such heavy braking
lowers the front portion of the vehicle
causing it to "ride" under a vehicle
with a higher ground clearance. Air
bags may not inflate in this "underride" situation because deceleration
forces that are detected by sensors
may be significantly reduced by such
"underride" collisions.
Front air bags may not inflate in
rollover accidents because air bag
deployment could not provide protection to the occupants.
However, side and curtain air bags
may inflate when the vehicle is rolled
over by a side impact collision.
2-77
Safety system of your vehicle
OTM038090
In an angled collision, the force of
impact may direct the occupants in a
direction where the air bags would
not be able to provide any additional
benefit, and thus the sensors may
not deploy any air bags.
Safety system of your vehicle
SRS Care
OLX2038065
Air bags may not inflate if the vehicle
collides with objects such as utility
poles or trees, where the point of
impact is concentrated and the collision energy is absorbed by the vehicle structure.
2-78
The SRS is virtually maintenancefree and there are no parts you can
safely service by yourself. If the SRS
air bag warning light does not illuminate when the ignition switch is in the
ON position, or continuously remains
on, have your vehicle immediately
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Any work on the SRS system, such
as removing, installing, repairing, or
any work on the steering wheel, the
front passenger's panel, front seats
and roof rails must be performed by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Improper handling of the SRS system
may result in serious personal injury.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, take the following precautions:
• Do not attempt to modify or
disconnect the SRS components or wiring, including the
addition of any kind of badges
to the pad covers or modifications to the body structure.
• Do not place objects over or
near the air bag modules on
the steering wheel, instrument
panel, or the front passenger’s panel above the glove
box.
• Clean the air bag pad covers
with a soft cloth moistened
with plain water. Solvents or
cleaners could adversely
affect the air bag covers and
proper deployment of the system.
• Always have inflated air bags
replaced by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• If components of the air bag
Additional Safety Precautions
Passengers should not move out
of or change seats while the vehicle is moving. A passenger who is
not wearing a seat belt during a
crash or emergency stop can be
thrown against the inside of the vehicle, against other occupants, or be
ejected from the vehicle.
Do not use any accessories on
seat belts. Devices claiming to
improve occupant comfort or reposition the seat belt can reduce the protection provided by the seat belt and
increase the chance of serious injury
in a crash.
Air Bag Warning Labels
2
OLX2038068L
Air bag warning labels, required by
the U.S. National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration (NHTSA), are
attached to alert the driver and passengers of potential risks of the air
bag system. Be sure to read all of the
information about the air bags that
are installed on your vehicle in this
Owners Manual.
Adding equipment to or modifying your air bag equipped vehicle
If you modify your vehicle by changing your vehicle's frame, bumper system, front end or side sheet metal or
ride height, this may affect the operation of your vehicle's air bag system.
2-79
Safety system of your vehicle
system must be discarded, or if
the vehicle must be scrapped,
certain safety precautions
must be observed. Consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
the necessary information.
Failure to follow these precautions could increase the risk of
personal injury.
Do not modify the front seats.
Modification of the front seats could
interfere with the operation of the
supplemental restraint system sensing components or side air bags.
Do not place items under the front
seats. Placing items under the front
seats could interfere with the operation of the supplemental restraint
system sensing components and
wiring harnesses.
Do not cause impact to the doors.
Impact to the doors when the Engine
Start/Stop button is in the ON position may cause the air bags to inflate.
Modifications to accommodate
disabilities. If you require modification to your vehicle to accommodate
a disability, contact the HYUNDAI
Customer Connect Center at 800633-5151.
Convenience Features
Accessing Your Vehicle .........................................3-4
Steering wheel......................................................3-36
Remote Key .......................................................................3-4
Smart Key ..........................................................................3-8
Immobilizer System ........................................................3-14
Electric Power Steering (EPS) .....................................3-36
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering .............................3-37
Horn....................................................................................3-37
Heated Steering Wheel..................................................3-38
Door Locks............................................................3-16
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle ..3-16
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle ......3-17
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features .............3-20
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks ..............................3-21
Electronic Child Safety Lock System ........................3-21
Mirrors...................................................................3-39
Inside Rearview Mirror ..................................................3-39
Side View Mirrors ...........................................................3-52
Reverse Parking Aid Function......................................3-54
Windows ................................................................3-55
Safe Exit Assist (SEA).........................................3-23
Power Windows ...............................................................3-56
Safe Exit Assist settings................................................3-24
Safe Exit Assist operation ............................................3-25
Safe Exit Assist malfunction and limitations............3-27
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System ..........................3-29
Sunroof..................................................................3-59
Theft-alarm System ............................................3-31
Driver position memory system ........................3-32
Storing Positions into Memory ..................................3-32
Recalling Positions from Memory...............................3-33
Resetting the Driver's Seat Memory System...........3-33
Easy Access Function ....................................................3-34
Sunroof ............................................................................3-59
Dual wide sunroof...........................................................3-59
Sunshade (Front)/Power sunshade (Rear)...............3-60
Tilt open/close (Front)...................................................3-61
Slide open/close (Front)................................................3-61
Resetting the sunroof....................................................3-63
Sunroof open warning...................................................3-65
Exterior Features.................................................3-66
Hood ...................................................................................3-66
Non-Powered Liftgate...................................................3-67
Power Liftgate ................................................................3-69
Smart Liftgate ..................................................................3-75
Fuel Filler Door................................................................3-79
3
3
Instrument Cluster ...............................................3-82
Wipers and washers .........................................3-158
Instrument Cluster Control............................................3-84
Gauges and Meters ........................................................3-84
Transmission Shift Indicator.........................................3-89
Warning and Indicator Lights.......................................3-89
LCD Display Messages.................................................3-103
Front Windshield Wipers ...........................................3-158
Front Windshield Washers ........................................3-160
Rear Window Wiper and Washer..............................3-161
LCD Display (Cluster type A and type B).......3-109
LCD Display Control......................................................3-109
LCD Display Modes .....................................................3-110
Trip Computer (Cluster type A and type B)...3-123
Trip modes ......................................................................3-123
LCD Display (Cluster type C)............................3-127
LCD Display Control......................................................3-127
View Modes ..................................................................3-128
Option Menu (Cluster type C)..........................3-132
Head Up Display (HUD).....................................3-143
Lighting................................................................3-145
Exterior Lights ...............................................................3-145
Interior Lights ................................................................3-149
Welcome System ..........................................................3-152
High Beam Assist (HBA) ..................................3-154
High Beam Assist setting ............................................3-154
High Beam Assist operation .......................................3-155
High Beam Assist malfunction and limitations ......3-156
Rear View Monitor (RVM)................................3-162
Rear View Monitor settings .......................................3-162
Rear View Monitor operation ....................................3-163
Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations ...3-165
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ....3-166
Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings ..........3-166
Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation.......3-166
Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction
and precautions.............................................................3-167
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning (PDW) .................................................3-170
Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings ..........3-170
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
operation.........................................................................3-171
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
malfunction and precautions .....................................3-173
Surround View Monitor (SVM) .......................3-176
Surround View Monitor settings...............................3-176
Surround View Monitor operation............................3-178
Surround View Monitor malfunction and
limitations ........................................................................3-180
Convenience Features
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) .....................3-182
Storage compartment........................................3-217
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings ............................3-182
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation.........................3-183
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction.....................3-183
Center Console Storage ..............................................3-217
Glove Box........................................................................3-217
Luggage Tray .................................................................3-218
Manual climate control system........................3-184
Interior features.................................................3-219
Heating and Air Conditioning.....................................3-185
Rear climate control.....................................................3-189
System Operation .........................................................3-192
System Maintenance....................................................3-194
Cup Holder ......................................................................3-219
Conversation mirror......................................................3-221
Sunvisor...........................................................................3-221
Power Outlet ..................................................................3-222
AC Inverter......................................................................3-223
USB Charger...................................................................3-225
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System..............3-226
Clock.................................................................................3-228
Coat Hook .......................................................................3-228
Floor Mat Anchor(s).....................................................3-229
Luggage Net Holder .....................................................3-230
Cargo Security Screen.................................................3-230
Side Curtain ....................................................................3-232
Automatic climate control system...................3-196
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-197
Manual Temperature Control Mode .........................3-198
Rear climate control.....................................................3-204
System Operation .........................................................3-207
System Maintenance....................................................3-209
Windshield defrosting and defogging ............3-211
Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with
Automatic Temperature Control System)................3-213
Rear Window Defroster ..............................................3-215
Exterior features ...............................................3-234
Climate control additional features.................3-216
Roof Side Rails ..............................................................3-234
Cluster ionizer................................................................3-216
Automatic Ventilation...................................................3-216
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ...............................3-216
3
Convenience Features
ACCESSING YOUR VEHICLE
Remote Key (if equipped)
■ Type A
1. Door Lock
2. Door Unlock
3. Liftgate Unlock (if equipped)
4. Panic
Locking your vehicle
OLX2049414N
■ Type B
OPD046001
Your HYUNDAI uses a remote key,
which you can use to lock or unlock
the driver and passenger doors or
the rear liftgate.
3-4
To lock your vehicle:
1. Make sure all doors, the engine,
hood and the liftgate are closed.
2. Press the Door Lock button (1) on
the remote key to lock all doors.
3. If the Door Lock button (1) is
pressed once more within four
seconds, the horn will beep once
and the hazard warning lights will
blink.
4. Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
WARNING
Do not leave the keys in your
vehicle with unsupervised children. Unattended children
could place the key in the ignition switch and may operate
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
Unlocking your vehicle
The Two Press Unlock feature can
also be enabled or disabled by pressing the door lock and unlock buttons
simultaneously on the Key FOB:
Press and hold both the Door Lock
button and the Door Unlock button
simultaneously until the hazard
warning lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two
Press Unlock feature. Repeat this
procedure to enable/disable the
mode again.
Liftgate unlocking (if equipped)
To unlock the liftgate :
1.Press and hold the Liftgate Unlock
button (3) on the remote key for
more than one second.
2.The hazard warning lights will blink
two times and the liftgate will open.
3.Once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
i Information
i Information
After unlocking the doors, the doors
will automatically relock after 30 seconds unless a door is opened.
The word "HOLD" is written on the
button to inform you that you must
press and hold the button for more
than one second.
Panic button
Press and hold the Panic button (4)
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
flash for about 30 seconds.
To cancel the panic mode, press any
button on the remote key.
3-5
3
Convenience Features
To unlock your vehicle :
1.Press the Door Unlock button (2)
on the remote key.
2.The driver's door will unlock. The
hazard warning lights will blink two
times.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver
door only, or unlocking all the doors
with one press may be adjusted in
the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to
press the door unlock button once for
driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press
Unlock feature in the User Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display. The
option can be found under the following menu:
User Settings ➞ Door ➞ Two Press
Unlock
Convenience Features
Start-up
Mechanical key
Remote key precautions
For information, refer to the "Key
Ignition Switch" section in chapter 5.
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the remote
key:
• Keep the remote key away from
water or any liquid and fire.
Internal circuits may malfunction if the inside of the remote
key gets damp (from liquids or
moisture) or if it is heated. This
can exclude the remote key from
being covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
remote key.
• Protect the remote key from
extreme temperatures.
3-6
OLX2049413N
If the remote key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver's door by using the mechanical
key.
To unfold the mechanical key, press
the release button on the remote key.
To return the key to its stored position, press the release button and
fold the key back into the remote key.
The remote key will not work if any of
the following occur:
• The key is in the ignition switch.
• You exceed the operating distance
limit (about 90 feet [30 m]).
• The remote key battery is weak.
• Other vehicles or objects may be
blocking the signal.
• The weather is extremely cold.
• The remote key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station or
an airport which can interfere with
normal operation of the remote key.
If the remote key does not work correctly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the remote key contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the remote key is in close proximity to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phone's normal operational signals.
This is specifically relevant when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
When possible, avoid placing the
remote key and your mobile phone in
the same location such as a pants or
jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
Battery replacement
i Information
OPD046002
If the remote key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
Battery type: CR2032
NOTICE
Keep the remote key away from
electromagnetic materials that
block electromagnetic waves to
the key surface.
3-7
3
Convenience Features
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
To replace the battery:
1.Insert a slim tool into the slot and
gently pry open the cover.
2. Using a screw driver, remove the
battery cover.
2.Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.
3.Reinstall the battery cover and key
cover in the reverse order of
removal.
Convenience Features
If you suspect your remote key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your remote key is not working correctly contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Smart Key (if equipped)
■ Type A
1.Door Lock
2.Door Unlock
3. Remote start
4. Liftgate Unlock (if equipped)
5. Panic
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A
BUTTONBATTERY.
If swallowed, a lithium button
battery can cause severe or
fatal injuries within 2 hours.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
If you think batteries may have
been swallowed or placed
inside any part of the body, seek
immediate medical attention.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human health.
Dispose of the battery according
to your local law(s) or regulations.
3-8
Locking your vehicle
OLX2049003N
■ Type B
OLX2048002
OLX2048001
Your HYUNDAI uses a Smart Key,
which you can use to lock or unlock
the driver and passenger doors or
the rear liftgate.
To lock your vehicle using the door
handle button or the Smart Key:
1.Make sure all doors, the hood and
the liftgate are closed.
2.Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
3.Press either the button on the door
handle or the Door Lock button (1)
on the smart key. The chime will
sound once and the hazard warning lights will blink.
4.Make sure the doors are locked by
checking the position of the door
lock button inside the vehicle.
The door handle button will only
operate when the smart key is within
28~40 inches (0.7~1 m) from the outside door handle.
Note that you cannot lock your vehicle using the door handle button if
any of the following occur:
• The Smart Key is in the vehicle.
• The Engine Start/Stop button is in
ACC or ON position.
• Any of the doors are open except
for the liftgate.
Unlocking your vehicle
Do not leave the Smart Key in
your vehicle with unsupervised
children. Unattended children
could press the Engine Start/
Stop button and may operate
power windows or other controls, or even make the vehicle
move, which could result in
serious injury or death.
3
OLX2048002
To unlock your vehicle:
1.Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
2.Press either the button on the door
handle or the Door Unlock button
(2) on the smart key. The driver's
door will unlock and the hazard
warning lights will blink two times.
Two Press Unlock Feature
The priority for unlocking the driver
door only, or unlocking all the doors
with one press may be adjusted in
the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
3-9
Convenience Features
i Information
WARNING
Convenience Features
The Two Press Unlock feature, when
enabled, will require the user to
press the door unlock button once for
driver door only and twice for unlocking all the doors.
Select or Deselect the Two Press
Unlock feature in the User Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display. The
option can be found under the following menu:
User Settings ➞ Door ➞ Two Press
Unlock
The Two Press Unlock feature can
also be enabled or disabled by
pressing the door lock and unlock
buttons simultaneously on the Key
FOB:
Press and hold both the Door Lock
button and the Door Unlock button
simultaneously until the hazard
warning lights blink.
This will enable or disable the Two
Press Unlock feature. Repeat this
procedure to enable/disable the
mode again.
3-10
i Information
• The door handle buttons will only
operate when the smart key is within 28-40 inches (0.7~1m) from the
outside door handle.
• Either the driver or front passenger
door can be opened with the door
handle button when the smart key is
within this range.
• If you press the front passenger outside door handle with the smart key
in your possession, all the doors will
unlock.
Remote start (if equipped)
You can start the vehicle using the
remote start button (4) of the smart
key.
To start the vehicle remotely :
- Lock the doors by pressing the
door lock button (1) within 32 ft (10
m) distance from the vehicle.
- Press the remote start button for
over 2 seconds within 4 seconds
after locking the doors. The engine
will start.
Press the remote start button once to
turn off the vehicle.
Air conditioner/heater system maintains the status before turning off the
vehicle.
If no further action for operating/driving the vehicle is taken, the vehicle
will be turned off 10 minutes after
starting the vehicle remotely.
CAUTION
• Laws in your country may
restrict the use of remote start.
You should check country regulations before using this
remote starting system.
• It is only possible to start the
vehicle remotely when shifted
to P (Park).
• If the hood or the liftgate is
opened, you cannot start the
vehicle remotely.
• The Remote start function
works the same as Blue Link
remote start. For further caution information, refer to the
separately supplied "Blue
Link (Infotainment system)
manual".
Opening the liftgate
Non-power liftgate
i Information
The liftgate handle switch will only
operate when the smart key is within
28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate
handle.
i Information
The liftgate handle switch will only
operate when the smart key is within
28 inches (0.7 m) from the liftgate
handle.
Panic button
Press and hold the Panic button (5)
for more than one second. The horn
sounds and hazard warning lights
blink for about 30 seconds. To cancel
the panic mode, press any button on
the Smart Key.
Start-up
You can start the vehicle without
inserting the key.
For information, refer to the
"Engine Start/Stop Button" section in chapter 5.
i Information
Preventing the doors/liftgate from
locking/unlocking
• Activating the feature
With the engine off, press the lock
button on the smart key and immediately press the unlock button along
with the lock button for more than 4
seconds. When the feature is activated, the hazard warning lights will
blink four times.
3-11
3
Convenience Features
To unlock and open the liftgate:
1.Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
2.Press either the liftgate handle
release switch on the vehicle for
more than one second. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times
and the liftgate latch will unlock.
3.Once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
Power liftgate
To unlock and open the liftgate:
1.Make sure you have the smart key
in your possession.
2.Press either the liftgate handle
release switch on the vehicle or
press and hold the Liftgate Unlock
button (4) on the smart key for
more than one second. The hazard
warning lights will blink two times
and the liftgate latch will open.
3.Once the liftgate is opened and
then closed, the liftgate will automatically re-lock after 30 seconds.
Convenience Features
• How the feature works
When the feature is activated, the
doors or liftgate will not lock or
unlock even though the outside door
handle button or liftgate handle
release switch is pressed with the
smart key in your possession. Also,
Welcome System (if equipped) and
Smart Liftgate (if equipped) will not
operate even though you approach the
vehicle with the smart key.
• Deactivating the feature
Press the door lock or unlock button
on the smart key, the feature will
deactivate.
Mechanical key
Loss of a smart key
If the Smart Key does not operate
normally, you can lock or unlock the
driver's door by using the mechanical
key.
A maximum of two Smart Keys can
be registered to a single vehicle. If
you happen to lose your smart key,
you should immediately take the
vehicle and remaining keys to your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or tow
the vehicle, if necessary.
Smart key precautions
OPD046045
NOTICE
To prevent damaging the smart key:
• Keep the smart key in a cool, dry
place to avoid damage or malfunction. Exposure to moisture
or high temperature may cause
the internal circuit of the smart
key to malfunction which may
not be covered under warranty.
• Avoid dropping or throwing the
smart key.
• Protect the smart key from
extreme temperatures.
3-12
To remove the mechanical key from
the smart key FOB, slide the release
lever in the direction of the arrow (1)
and then pull the mechanical key (2)
outward.
To unlock the vehicle using the
mechanical key, insert the mechanical key into the key hole in the driver
door (Refer to page 3-15).
To reinstall the mechanical key into
the FOB, insert the key in the top of
the key FOB and push inward until a
click sound is heard.
The smart key may not work if any of
the following occur:
• The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the transmitter.
• The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
• Another vehicle's smart key is being
operated close to your vehicle.
NOTICE
Keep the smart key away from
electromagnetic materials that
blocks electromagnetic waves to
the key surface.
NOTICE
Battery replacement
Always have the smart key with
you when leaving the vehicle. If
the smart key is left near the vehicle, the vehicle battery may be discharged.
3
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
OLX2049004N
If the Smart Key is not working properly, try replacing the battery with a
new one.
Battery Type: CR2032
To replace the battery:
1.Remove the mechanical key.
2.Use a slim tool to pry open the rear
cover of the smart key.
3.Remove the old battery and insert
the new battery. Make sure the battery position is correct.
4.Reinstall the rear cover of the
smart key.
3-13
Convenience Features
If the smart key does not work correctly, open and close the door with
the mechanical key. If you have a
problem with the smart key, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the smart key is in close proximity
to your mobile phone, the signal
could be blocked by your mobile
phone's normal operational signals.
This is specifically relevant when the
phone is active such as making and
receiving calls, text messaging,
and/or sending/receiving emails.
When possible, avoid keeping the
remote key and your mobile phone in
the same location such as a pants or
jacket pocket in order to avoid interference between the two devices.
Convenience Features
If you suspect your smart key might
have sustained some damage, or
you feel your smart key is not working correctly, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
THIS PRODUCT CONTAINS A
BUTTONBATTERY.
If swallowed, a lithium button
battery can cause severe or
fatal injuries within 2 hours.
Keep batteries out of reach of
children.
If you think batteries may have
been swallowed or placed
inside any part of the body, seek
immediate medical attention.
i Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulations.
3-14
Immobilizer System
(if equipped)
The immobilizer system protects
your vehicle from theft. If an improperly coded key (or other device) is
used, the engine's fuel system is disabled.
When the ignition switch is placed in
the ON position, the immobilizer system indicator should come on briefly,
then go off. If the indicator starts to
blink, the system does not recognize
the coding of the key.
Turn the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position, then turn the
ignition switch to the ON position
again.
In some circumstances, the vehicle
may not recognize your remote key
or smart key if another remote key or
smart key device is nearby or a metal
object such as a key chain is causing
interference with the remote key or
smart key.
If this occurs, your vehicle may not
start. Remove any metal objects or
additional keys near the remote key
or smart key before attempting to
start the vehicle again.
If the system repeatedly does not
recognize the coding of the key, it is
recommended that you contact your
HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it. Electrical
problems could result that may make
your vehicle inoperable.
WARNING
In order to prevent theft of your
vehicle, do not leave spare keys
anywhere in your vehicle. Your
immobilizer password is a customer unique password and
should be kept confidential.
NOTICE
The transponder in your key is an
important part of the immobilizer
system. It is designed to give
years of trouble-free service, however you should avoid exposure
to moisture, static electricity and
rough handling. Immobilizer system malfunction could occur.
3
Convenience Features
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the device.
3-15
Convenience Features
DOOR LOCKS
Operating Door Locks from
Outside the Vehicle
Mechanical key
First, pull the outside door handle (1)
and push the hook (2) located inside
of outside door handle by using the
mechanical key. And remove the
cover (3) and lower the cover downward not to be damaged.
Remote key
NOTICE
Be careful not to damage the
cover while removing it or misplace it after removing it.
OLX2048005
OLX2049052L
[A] : Unlock, [B] : Lock
3-16
After removing the cover, turn the
key toward the front of the vehicle to
unlock and toward the rear of the
vehicle to lock.
If you lock the driver's door with a
mechanical key, the driver's door will
lock. If you unlock the driver's door
with a mechanical key, you can open
and close the driver's door only.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle. When closing the door, push
the door by hand. Make sure that
doors are closed securely.
OLX2049415N
To lock the doors, press the Door
Lock button (1) on the remote key.
Press the Door Unlock button (2) on
the remote key, the driver's door will
unlock. If you press the Door Unlock
button on the remote key again within four seconds, then all the doors
will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle. When closing the door, push
the door by hand. Make sure that
doors are closed securely.
Smart key
OLX2048002
Door Lock Door Unlock
OLX2049416N
Press the button on the driver's outside door handle while carrying the
Smart Key with you or press the
Door Unlock button on the Smart
Key, the driver's door will unlock.
Operating Door Locks from
Inside the Vehicle
With the door lock button
3
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
• If the door is locked/unlocked multiple times in rapid succession with
either the vehicle key or door lock
switch, the system may stop operating temporarily in order to protect
the circuit and prevent damage to
system components.
• Two press unlock setting can be
changed in the User Settings mode
on the cluster.
OLX2048006
• To unlock a door, push the door
lock button (1) to the "Unlock" position. The red mark (2) on the door
lock button will be visible.
• To lock a door, push the door lock
button (1) to the "Lock" position. If
the door is locked properly, the red
mark (2) on the door lock button
will not be visible.
• To open a door, pull the door handle (3) outward.
3-17
Convenience Features
If you press the button on the front
passenger's outside door, all doors
will unlock.
Once the doors are unlocked, they
may be opened by pulling the door
handle.
When closing the door, push the
door by hand. Make sure that doors
are closed securely.
Convenience Features
• If the inner door handle of either
the driver door or passenger door
is pulled when the door lock button
is in the lock position, the button is
unlocked and the door will open.
• For Key Start Vehicles
(with Remote Key)
The front doors cannot be locked if
the remote key is in the ignition
switch and either of the front doors
are open.
• For Push Button Start Vehicles
(with Smart Key)
The doors cannot be locked if the
smart key is inside the vehicle and
any of the doors are open.
i Information
If a power door lock ever fails to function while you are in the vehicle try
one or more of the following techniques to exit:
• Operate the door unlock feature
repeatedly (both electronic and
manual) while simultaneously
pulling on the door handle.
• Operate the other door locks and
handles, front and rear.
• Lower a front window and use the
mechanical key to unlock the door
from outside.
i Information
When the vehicle’s battery run out
and you leave the vehicle, make sure
all the doors are locked. You can lock
the driver’s door with a key and the
rest of the doors with the lock button
above the door inside handle.
3-18
With the central door lock
switch
■ Driver's door
■ Passenger's door
OLX2049417N
The driver side and front passenger
side door armrest is equipped with a
central door lock switch. The lock
button is indicated by a ( ) symbol.
The unlock button is indicated by a
( ) symbol.
When the lock button (1) is pressed,
all the vehicle doors will lock.
When the unlock button (2) is
pressed, all the vehicle doors will
unlock.
WARNING
• The doors should always be
WARNING
Do not leave children or animals
unattended in your vehicle. An
enclosed vehicle can become
extremely hot, causing death or
serious injury to unattended
children or animals who cannot
escape the vehicle. Children
might operate features of the
vehicle that could injure them,
or they could encounter other
harm, possibly from someone
gaining entry to the vehicle.
WARNING
Always secure your vehicle.
Leaving your vehicle unlocked
increases the potential risk to
you or others from someone
hiding in your vehicle.
To secure your vehicle, while
depressing the brake, press the
P (Park) button, engage the
parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position, close all windows,
lock all doors, and always take
the key with you.
fully closed and locked while
the vehicle is in motion. If the
doors are unlocked, the risk of
being thrown from the vehicle
in a crash is increased.
• Do not pull the inner door
handle of the driver's or passenger's door while the vehicle is moving.
3-19
3
Convenience Features
• For Key Start Vehicles
(with Remote Key)
If the key is in the ignition switch
and any door is opened, the doors
will not lock even though the lock
button (2) is pressed.
• For Push Button Start Vehicles
(with Smart Key)
If the smart key is in the vehicle
and any door is open, the doors
will not lock even though the lock
button (2) is pressed.
Convenience Features
CAUTION
Opening a door when something
is approaching may cause damage or injury. Be careful when
opening doors and watch for
vehicles, motorcycles, bicycles
or pedestrians approaching the
vehicle in the path of the door.
WARNING
If you stay in the vehicle for a
long time while the weather is
very hot or cold, there are risks
of injuries or danger to life. Do
not lock the vehicle from the
outside when someone is in the
vehicle.
Automatic Door Lock and
Unlock Features
Auto UNLOCK - On key out
(if equipped with remote key)
Your vehicle is equipped with features that will automatically lock or
unlock your vehicle based on settings you select in the cluster LCD
display.
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the
ignition key is removed from the key
ignition switch.
Auto LOCK - Enable on Speed
Auto UNLOCK - Vehicle Off
(if equipped with smart key)
When this feature is set in the cluster
LCD display, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle exceeds 9 mph (15 kph).
Auto LOCK - Enable on Shift
When this feature is set in the cluster
LCD display, all the doors will be
locked automatically when the vehicle is shifted out of P (Park) while the
engine is running.
Auto UNLOCK - On shift to P
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is shifted back into P (Park).
3-20
When this feature is set in the LCD
cluster display, all the doors will be
unlocked automatically when the
vehicle is off.
For more information on these
features, refer to the LCD Display
section later in this chapter.
Additional Unlock Safety
Feature - Air Bag Deployment
As an additional safety feature, all
doors will be automatically unlocked
when an impact causes the air bags
to deploy.
Child-Protector Rear Door
Locks (if equipped)
To allow a rear door to be opened
from inside the vehicle, unlock the
child safety lock.
Electronic Child Safety Lock
System (if equipped)
WARNING
The child safety lock is provided to
help prevent children seated in the
rear from accidentally opening the
rear doors. The rear door safety locks
should be used whenever children
are in the vehicle.
The child safety lock is located on
the edge of each rear door. When the
child safety lock is in the lock position, the rear door will not open if the
inner door handle is pulled.
To lock the child safety lock, insert a
small flat blade tool (like a screwdriver or similar) (1) into the slot and turn
it to the lock position as shown.
3
OLX2049418N
If you push the Electronic child safety
lock switch and the indicator illuminates, rear passengers cannot open
the rear door from inside the vehicle.
To cancel the Electronic child safety
lock system, push the Electronic child
safety lock system switch one more
time and then the indicator turns off.
The Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system is
operated when the Electronic child
safety lock system is activated and
the Safe Exit Assist (SEA) function is
selected in the cluster. However, the
Safe Exit Assist (SEA) system does
not automatically activate the
Electronic child safety lock system.
3-21
Convenience Features
OLX2048008
If children accidently open the
rear doors while the vehicle is
in motion, they could fall out of
the vehicle. The rear door safety
locks should always be used
whenever children are in the
vehicle.
Convenience Features
The Electronic child safety lock system can be operated for approximately 10 minutes after the engine is
turned off.
If your vehicle is equipped with the
Electronic child safety lock system,
the Child-protector rear door locks
which is manually operated is not
provided.
If Electronic child safety lock system
is activated, rear passenger cannot
open or close the rear window also.
For more details, refer to “Windows”
in this chapter.
3-22
CAUTION
OTM048424L
If the Electronic child safety
lock system is not operated
when pushing the Electronic
child safety lock switch, the
message is displayed and the
alarm will sound.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
SAFE EXIT ASSIST (SEA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor
3
OLX2048009
In addition, when the electronic child
safety lock button is in the LOCK
position and an approaching vehicle
from the rear area is detected, the
electronic child safety lock button will
not unlock even if the driver presses
the button to prevent the rear doors
from opening.
OLX2051139L
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary
depending on the speed of the
approaching vehicle.
For more details on the precautions of the rear corner radars,
refer to “Blind-Spot Collision
Assist (BCA)” section in chapter 5.
3-23
Convenience Features
OTM070238
After the vehicle stops, when an
approaching vehicle from the rear
area is detected as soon as a passenger opens a door, Safe Exit
Assist will warn the driver with a
warning message and an audible
warning to help prevent a collision.
Convenience Features
Safe Exit Assist settings
Setting features
WARNING
The driver should always be
aware of unexpected and sudden situations from occurring. If
‘Safe Exit Assist’ is deselected,
Safe Exit Assist cannot assist
you.
i Information
OTM070038N
Safe Exit Assist
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety →
Safe Exit Assist’ from the Settings
menu to turn on Safe Exit Assist and
deselect to turn off the function.
3-24
If the engine is restarted, Safe Exit
Assist will maintain the last setting.
OTMA058089
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’ from
the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Safe
Exit Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
3
OTM070101N
Collision warning when exiting
vehicle
• When an approaching vehicle from
the rear is detected at the moment
a door is opened, the ‘Watch for
traffic’ warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when your vehicle speed is below
2 mph (3 km/h), and the speed of
the approaching vehicle from the
rear is above 4 mph (6 km/h).
3-25
Convenience Features
ONX4E070090
Warning volume
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Safe Exit Assist.
However, even if 'Off' is selected, the
function's Warning Volume will not
turn off but the volume will sound as
'Low'.
If you change the Warning volume,
the warning volume of other Driver
assistance systems may change.
The setting of the Warning
Timing and Warning Volume
applies to all functions of the
Safe Exit Assist.
Even though ‘Standard’ is
selected for Warning Timing, if
the vehicles approaches at high
speed from the rear, the initial
warning activation time may
seem late.
Select ‘Late’ for Warning Timing
when traffic is light and driving
speed is slow.
Safe Exit Assist operation
Warning and control
Convenience Features
• For more details on electric child
safety lock button, refer to
“Electronic Child Safety Lock” section in chapter 3.
CAUTION
OTM070145L
Safe Exit Assist linked with
Electronic child safety lock
• When Electric child safety lock is
operating and an approaching
vehicle from the rear area is
detected, the rear doors cannot be
unlocked even if the driver tries to
unlock the rear doors using the
electronic child safety lock button.
The warning light on the outside
rearview mirror will blink and the
‘Check surroundings then try
again’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
• Safe Exit Assist will warn the driver
when vehicle speed is below 2
mph (3 km/h) and the speed of the
approaching vehicle from the rear
is above 4 mph (6 km/h).
3-26
If the driver presses the electronic child lock button again
within 10 seconds after the
warning message appears, Safe
Exit Assist judges that the driver has unlocked the doors
acknowledging the rear status.
The electronic child safety lock
will turn off (button indicator
OFF) and the rear doors will
unlock. Always check the surroundings before turning off the
electronic child safety lock button.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using Safe Exit Assist:
• For your safety, change the
Settings after parking the
vehicle at a safe location.
• If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible warning is generated, Safe
Exit Assist warning message
may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be
generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Safe Exit Assist if
the surrounding is noisy.
• Safe Exit Assist does not
operate in all situations or
cannot prevent all collisions.
• Safe Exit Assist may warn the
driver late or may not warn the
driver depending on the road
and
driving
conditions.
Always check vehicle surroundings.
• The driver and passengers
3
OTM070100N
OTM070099N
When Safe Exit Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot
Safety system’ warning message will
appear on the cluster for several seconds, and the master (
) warning
light will illuminate on the cluster. If
the master warning light illuminates,
we recommend that the vehicle be
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
When the outside rearview mirror
warning light is not working properly,
the ‘Check side view mirror warning
light’ warning message will appear
on the cluster for several seconds,
and the master (
) warning light
will illuminate on the cluster. If the
master warning light illuminates,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
After the engine is turned off, Safe
Exit Assist operates approximately for
3 minutes, but turns off immediately if
the doors are locked.
3-27
Convenience Features
are responsible for accidents
that occurs while exiting the
vehicle. Always check the surroundings before you exit the
vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate
Safe Exit Assist. Doing so
may lead to serious injury or
death.
• Safe Exit Assist does not
operate if there is a problem
with Blind-Spot Safety system. The warning message of
Blind-Spot Safety system will
appear when:
- Blind-Spot Safety system
sensor or the sensor surrounding is polluted or covered
- Blind-Spot Safety system
fails to warn passengers or
falsely warn passengers
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
and limitations
Safe Exit Assist malfunction
Convenience Features
Safe Exit Assist disabled
If Safe Exit Assist does not operate
normally after it is removed, have the
vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Even though the warning
OTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the
rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, or installing a trailer or
carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Safe Exit Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
Safe Exit Assist will operate normally when such foreign material or trailer, etc. is removed, and then the
engine is restarted.
3-28
message does not appear on
the cluster, Safe Exit Assist
may not properly operate.
• Safe Exit Assist may not properly operate in an area (e.g.
open terrain) where any substance are not detected right
after the engine is turned on,
or when the detecting sensor
is blocked with foreign material right after the engine is
turned on.
CAUTION
Turn off Safe Exit Assist to
install a trailer, carrier, etc., or
remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to
use Safe Exit Assist.
Limitations of Safe Exit Assist
Safe Exit Assist may not operate normally, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
• Getting out of the vehicle where
trees or grass are overgrown
• Getting out of the vehicle where
the road is wet
• The approaching vehicle is very
fast or very slow
i Information
For more details on the limitations of
the rear corner radar, refer to “BlindSpot Collision-Avoidance Assist
(BCA)” section in chapter 5.
WARNING
• Safe Exit Assist may not oper-
The Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system is provided to help prevent exiting the vehicle with the rear passenger left in the vehicle.
• 1st alert
- When you open the front door
after opening and closing the rear
door and turning off the engine,
the "Check rear seats" warning
message appears on the cluster.
• You can activate or deactivate the
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system from the User Settings mode
in the cluster LCD display. The
option can be found under the following menu:
User Settings → Convenience →
Rear Occupant Alert
• 2nd alert (if equipped)
- After the 1st alert the 2nd alert
operates when any movement is
detected in the vehicle after the
driver's door is closed and all the
doors are locked. The horn will
activate for about 25 seconds. If
the system continues to detect a
movement the alert operates up
to 8 times.
- Unlock the door with the remote
key or smart key to stop the alert.
- The system detects movement in
the vehicle for 24 hours after the
door is locked.
- The 2nd alert is activated only
after the prior activation of the 1st
alert.
CAUTION
• Make sure that all the windows are closed. If the window is open, the alert may
activate by the sensor detecting an unintended movement
(e.g. wind or bugs).
3-29
3
Convenience Features
ate normally if interfered by
strong
electromagnetic
waves.
• Safe Exit Assist may not operate for 3 seconds after the
vehicle is started, or the rear
corner radars are initialized.
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
System (if equipped)
Convenience Features
■ Cluster
• If boxes or objects are stacked
OLX2049120N
■ Steering wheel
•
•
OTMA048421
•
• If you do not want to use the
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA)
system, press OK button on
the steering wheel when the
1st alert is displayed on the
cluster. Doing so will deactivate the 2nd alert once. (if
equipped)
3-30
WARNING
CAUTION
•
in the vehicle, the system may
not detect the obstacle. Also,
the warning may generate if
the box or object falls off.
The sensor may not operate
normally if the senor is
obscured by foreign substances.
The alert may activate if movement in the driver or passenger seat is detected.
The alert may activate with the
doors locked due to car wash
or surrounding vibration or
noise.
Inside movement detection is
stopped under remote start (if
equipped) status.
• Even
if your vehicle is
equipped with the Rear
Occupant Alert (ROA) system,
always make sure you check
the rear seat before you get
off the vehicle.
The alert may not operate if:
- The movement does not
continue for a certain period
of time or the movement is
small.
- The rear passenger is covered with an obstacle such
as a blanket.
- Also, always be cautious of
the passenger’s safety as
the detection function and
2nd alert may not operate
according to the surrounding environment and certain
conditions.
- If a child sits on a vehicle
seat without a child restraint
system.
THEFT-ALARM SYSTEM
Once the security system is set,
opening any door, the liftgate, or the
hood without using the remote key or
smart key will cause the alarm to
activate.
The Theft Alarm System will not set if
the hood, the liftgate, or any door is
not fully closed. If the system will not
set, check the hood, the liftgate, or
the doors are fully closed.
Do not attempt to alter this system or
add other devices to it.
i Information
• Do not lock the doors until all passengers have left the vehicle. If the
remaining passenger leaves the
vehicle when the system is armed,
the alarm will be activated.
• If the vehicle is not disarmed with the
remote key or smart key, open the
doors by using the mechanical key
and place the ignition switch in the
ON position (for remote key) or start
the engine (for smart key) by directly pressing the ignition switch with
the smart key.
• If the system is disarmed by unlocking the vehicle, but neither a door or
the liftgate is opened within 30 seconds, the doors will relock and the
system will rearm automatically.
3-31
3
Convenience Features
This system helps to protect your vehicle and valuables. The horn will
sound and the hazard warning lights
will blink continuously if any of the
following occur:
- A door is opened without using the
remote key or smart key.
- The liftgate is opened without
using the remote key or smart key.
- The engine hood is opened.
The alarm continues for 30 seconds
(repeats 2 times unless the system is
disarmed), then the system resets.
To turn off the alarm, unlock the
doors with the remote key or smart
key.
The Theft Alarm System automatically sets 30 seconds after you lock
the doors and the liftgate. For the
system to activate, you must lock the
doors and the liftgate from outside
the vehicle with the remote key or
smart key or by pressing the button
on the outside of the door handle
with the smart key in your possession.
The hazard warning lights will blink
and the chime will sound once to
indicate the system is armed.
Convenience Features
DRIVER POSITION MEMORY SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
WARNING
Never attempt to operate the
driver position memory system
while the vehicle is moving.
This could result in loss of control, and an accident causing
death, serious injury, or property
damage.
OLX2049012N
The Driver Position Memory System
is provided to store and recall the following memory settings with a simple button operation.
- Driver's seat position (Power seat)
- Side view mirror position
- Instrument panel illumination intensity
- Head Up Display (HUD) position
and brightness (if equipped)
i Information
• If the battery is disconnected, the
memory settings will be erased.
• If the Driver Position Memory
System does not operate normally,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
CAUTION
To prevent the battery from
being discharged, use the driver position memory system
while engine is running and the
vehicle is in the park position.
3-32
Storing Positions into Memory
1. Shift to P (Park) position.
2. Adjust the driver's seat position,
side view mirror position, instrument panel illumination intensity
and head-up display height/brightness to positions comfortable for
the driver.
3. Press the SET button. The system
will beep once and notify you
"Press button to save settings" on
the cluster LCD display.
4. Press one of the memory buttons
(1 or 2) within 4 seconds. The system will beep twice when the
memory has been successfully
stored.
5. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings saved" will
appear on the cluster LCD display.
Recalling Positions from
Memory
• While recalling the "1" memory
position, pressing the SET or 1 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 2 button recalls
the "2" memory position.
• While recalling the "2" memory
position, pressing the SET or 2 button temporarily stops the adjustment of the recalled memory position. Pressing the 1 button recalls
the "1" memory position.
• While recalling the stored positions,
pressing one of the control buttons
for the driver's seat, side view mirror, instrument panel illumination
or head-up display will cause the
movement of that component to stop
and move in the direction that the
control button is pressed.
Resetting the Driver's Seat
Memory System
Take the following procedures to reset
the driver's seat memory system,
when it does not operate properly.
To reset the driver's seat memory system
3
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position, shift to P (Park), and
open the driver's door.
2. Operate the control switch to set
the driver's seat and seatback to
the foremost position.
3. Simultaneously press the SET
button and push forward the seat
movement switch over 2 seconds.
Convenience Features
1. Shift to P (Park) while the ignition
switch is in the ON position.
2. Press the desired memory button
(1 or 2). The system will beep
once, and then the driver's seat
position, side view mirror position,
instrument panel illumination
intensity and head-up display
height/brightness will automatically adjust to the stored positions.
3. "Driver 1 (or 2) settings applied"
will appear on the cluster LCD display.
i Information
3-33
Convenience Features
While resetting the driver's seat
memory system
1. It starts with the notification sound.
2. The driver's seat and seatback is
adjusted to the rearward position
with the notification sound.
3. The driver's seat and seatback is
re-adjusted to the default position
(central position) with the notification sound.
However, in the following cases, the
resetting procedure and the notification sound may stop.
- The memory button is pressed.
- The control switch is operated.
- The driving speed exceeds 2 mph
(3 km/h).
- The driver's door is closed.
3-34
CAUTION
• If the reset is failed, initialize
the system once again.
• Initialize the system after
cleaning the obstacles surrounding of seat.
• After completing the initialization, adjust the driver position
memory system again.
NOTICE
• Reattempt to do the resetting
procedure again, when the
resetting procedure incompletely stops or the notification
sound do not stop.
• Make sure that there is no obstacle around the driver's seat in
advance of resetting the driver's
seat memory system.
Easy Access Function
The system will move the driver's
seat automatically as follows:
• With remote key
- It will move the driver's seat rearward and downward when the ignition key is removed.
- It will move the driver's seat forward and upward when the ignition
key is inserted.
• With smart key
- It will move the driver's seat rearward and downward when the
Engine Start/Stop button is
pressed to the OFF position.
- It will move the driver's seat forward
and upward when the Engine
Start/Stop button is pressed to the
ACC or START position.
CAUTION
Driver should be cautious when
using this function to assure no
injury to passenger or child in
the back seat. In case of emergency the driver has to stop
movement of front seat (when
easy access feature is activated) by pressing SET button or
any of the driver seat control
switches.
3
Convenience Features
You can activate or deactivate the
Easy Access Function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
'Convenience → Seat Slide Easy
Access → Off/Normal/Extended'.
'Convenience → Seat Height Easy
Access'.
❈ "Seat (upward/downward) Easy
Access" function may not operate
below the specific seat height for
preventing injury of the passenger.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
3-35
Convenience Features
STEERING WHEEL
Electric Power Steering (EPS)
The system assists you with steering
the vehicle. If the vehicle is turned off
or if the power steering system
becomes inoperative, you may still
steer the vehicle, but it will require
increased steering effort.
Should you notice any change in the
effort required to steer during normal
vehicle operation, have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
• If the Electric Power Steering
System does not operate normally, the warning light ( ) will
illuminate on the instrument
cluster. You may steer the vehicle, but it will require increased
steering efforts. Take your vehicle to an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer and have the system
checked as soon as possible.
3-36
• When abnormality is detected in
the electric power steering system, the steering assist function
will stop. At this time, the warning light turns on or blinks on
the cluster. The steering wheel
may become difficult to control
or operate. Have your vehicle
checked immediately, after moving the vehicle to a safe zone.
i Information
The following symptoms may occur
during normal vehicle operation:
• The steering effort may be high
immediately after placing the ignition switch in the ON position.
This happens as the system performs the EPS system diagnostics.
When the diagnostics are completed, the steering wheel effort will
return to its normal condition.
• When the battery voltage is low, you
might have to put more sterring
effrot. However, it is a temporary
conditions so that it will return to
normal condition after charging the
battery.
• A click noise may be heard from the
EPS relay after the ignition switch is
in the ON or LOCK/OFF position.
• Motor noise may be heard when the
vehicle is at a stop or at a low driving speed.
• When you operate the steering
wheel in low temperatures, abnormal noise may occur. If the temperature rises, the noise will disappear.
This is a normal condition.
• When an error is detected from the
EPS, the steering effort assist function will not be activated.
Instrument cluster warning lights
may be on or the steering effort may
be high. If these symptoms occur,
drive the vehicle to a safe area as
soon as it is safe to do so. Have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Tilt Steering / Telescopic
Steering
WARNING
NEVER adjust the steering
wheel while driving. This may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
3
OLX2048013
To adjust the steering wheel angle
and height:
1. Pull down the lock-release lever (1).
2. Adjust the steering wheel to the
desired angle (2) and distance forward/back (3).
3. Pull up the lock-release lever to
lock the steering wheel in place.
i Information
NOTICE
While adjusting the steering wheel
height, please do not push or pull
it hard since the fixture can be
damaged.
Sometimes the lock release lever may
not engage completely. This may occur
when the gears of the locking mechanism do not completely mesh. If this
occurs, pull down on the lock-release
lever, readjust the steering wheel again,
and then pull back up on the release
lever to lock the steering wheel in place.
OTM048408
To sound the horn, press the area
indicated by the horn symbol on your
steering wheel (see illustration). The
horn will operate only when this area
is pressed.
NOTICE
Do not strike the horn severely to
operate it, or hit it with your fist.
Do not press on the horn with a
sharp-pointed object.
3-37
Convenience Features
When adjusting the steering wheel to
a comfortable position, adjust the
steering wheel so that it points
toward your chest, not toward your
face. Make sure you can see the
instrument cluster warning lights and
gauges. After adjusting, push the
steering wheel both up and down to
be certain it is locked in position.
Always adjust the position of the
steering wheel before driving.
Horn
Convenience Features
• The heated steering wheel defaults
to the OFF position whenever the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
Heated Steering Wheel
(if equipped)
i Information
The heated steering wheel will turn off
automatically approximately 30 minutes after the heated steering wheel is
turned on.
NOTICE
OLX2048014
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position or when the engine is running, press the heated steering
wheel button to warm the steering
wheel. The indicator on the button
will illuminate.
To turn the heated steering wheel off,
press the button again. The indicator
on the button will turn off.
3-38
Do not install any cover or accessory on the steering wheel. The
cover or accessory could cause
damage to the heated steering
wheel system.
MIRRORS
Inside Rearview Mirror
Before driving your vehicle, check to
see that your inside rearview mirror
is properly positioned. Adjust the
rearview mirror so that the view
through the rear window is properly
centered.
Make sure your line of sight is
not obstructed. Do not place
objects in the rear seat, cargo
area, or behind the rear headrests which could interfere with
your vision through the rear
window.
WARNING
To prevent serious injury during
an accident or deployment of
the air bag, do not modify the
rearview mirror and do not
install a wide mirror.
Day/night rearview mirror
(if equipped)
NEVER adjust the mirror while
driving. This may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
3
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as this may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
OLX2048015L
[A]: Day, [B]: Night
Make this adjustment before you
start driving and while the day/night
lever is in the day position.
Pull the day/night lever towards you
to reduce glare from the headlights
of the vehicles behind you during
night driving.
Remember that you lose some
rearview clarity in the night position.
3-39
Convenience Features
WARNING
WARNING
Convenience Features
Electrochromatic Mirror (ECM)
(if equipped)
Some vehicles come equipped with
an electrochromic mirror that helps
control glare while driving at night or
under low light driving conditions.
When the engine is running, the
glare is automatically controlled by
the sensor mounted in the rearview
mirror. The sensor detects the light
level around the vehicle, and automatically adjusts to control the headlamp glare from vehicles behind you.
Whenever the shift button is placed
in R (Reverse), the mirror will automatically go to the brightest setting in
order to improve the driver’s view
behind the vehicle.
3-40
Electrochromatic Mirror (ECM)
with homelink system
(if equipped)
OLX2048099L
[A] : Indicator
NOTICE
When cleaning the mirror, use a
paper towel or similar material
dampened with glass cleaner. Do
not spray glass cleaner directly on
the mirror as that may cause the
liquid cleaner to enter the mirror
housing.
OHD046025N
To operate the electric rearview
mirror
Press the I button (1) to turn the
automatic- dimming function on. The
mirror indicator light will illuminate.
Press the O button (2) to turn the
automatic- dimming function off. The
mirror indicator light will turn off.
Indicator light
Glare detection sensor
WARNING
• When
OHD046305N
HomeLink® Wireless Control System
Your new mirror comes with an integrated
HomeLink
Universal
Transceiver, which allows you to program the mirror to activate your
garage door(s), estate gate, home
lighting, etc. The mirror actually
learns the codes from your various
existing transmitters.
Programming
Your vehicle may require the ignition
switch to be turned to the ACC position for programming and/or operation
of HomeLink. It is also recommended
that a new battery be replaced in the
hand-held transmitter of the device
being programmed to HomeLink for
quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio-frequency.
Follow these steps to train your
HomeLink mirror:
3-41
3
Convenience Features
Homelink buttons
programming
the
HomeLink® Wireless Control
System, you may be operating
a garage door or gate operator.
Make sure that people and
objects are out of the way of
the moving door or gate to prevent potential harm or damage.
• Do not use HomeLink with
any garage door opener that
lacks the safety stop and
reverse feature as required by
U.S. federal safety standards.
(This includes any garage
door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982.) A
garage door opener which
cannot detect an object, signaling the door to stop and
reverse, does not meet current U.S. federal safety standards. Using a garage door
opener without these features
increases risk of serious
injury or death. For more
details, call 1-800-355-3515 or
on the internet at www.homelink.com.
Retain the original transmitter for
future programming procedures (i.e.,
new vehicle purchase). It is also suggested that upon the sale of the vehicle, the programmed HomeLink buttons be erased for security purposes
(follow step 1 in the "Programming"
portion of this text).
Convenience Features
NOTICE
Flashing
OHD046306N
1. When programming the buttons for
the first time, press and hold the
left and center buttons ( ,
)
simultaneously for approximately
20 seconds until the indicator light
begins to flash. (This procedure
erases the factory-set default
codes. Do not perform this step to
program additional hand-held
transmitters.)
3-42
For non rolling code garage door
openers, follow steps 2 - 3.
For rolling code garage door
openers, follow steps 2 - 6.
For Canadian Programming,
please follow the Canadian
Programming section.
For help with determining whether
your garage is non-rolling code or
rolling code, please refer to the
garage door openers owner's
manual or contact HomeLink customer service at 1-800-355-3515.
Flashing
es
ch
n
i
3
1Transmitter
OHD046307N
2. Press and hold the button on the
HomeLink system you wish to train
and the button on the transmitter
while the transmitter is approximately 1 to 3 inches away from the
mirror. Do not release the buttons
until step 3 has been completed.
3. The HomeLink indicator light will
flash, first slowly and then rapidly.
When the indicator light flashes
rapidly, both buttons may be
released. (The rapid flashing light
indicates successful programming
of the new frequency signal.)
NOTICE
Some gate operators and garage
door openers may require you to
replace step #3 with the "cycling"
procedure noted in the "Canadian
Programming" section of this document.
Operating HomeLink
To operate, simply press the programmed
HomeLink
button.
Activation will now occur for the
trained product (garage door, security system, entry door lock, estate
gate, or home or office lighting). For
convenience, the hand-held transmitter of the device may also be used
at any time. The HomeLink Wireless
Controls System (once programmed)
or the original hand-held transmitter
may be used to activate the device
(e.g. garage door, entry door lock,
etc.). In the event that there are still
programming difficulties, contact
HomeLink at 1-800-355-3515 or on
the internet at www.homelink.com.
3-43
3
Convenience Features
Rolling code programming
To train a garage door opener (or
other rolling code equipped devices)
with the rolling code feature, follow
these instructions after completing
the "Programming" portion of this
text. (A second person may make the
following training procedures quicker
& easier.)
4. Locate the "learn" or "smart" button on the device's motor head
unit. Exact location and color of
the button may vary by product
brand. If there is difficulty locating
the "learn" or "smart" button, reference the device's owner's manual
or contact HomeLink at 1-800355-3515 or on the internet at
www.homelink.com.
5. Press and release the "learn" or
"smart" button on the device’s
motor head unit. You have 30 seconds to complete step number 6.
6. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press and release the programmed HomeLink button up to
three times. The rolling code
equipped device should now recognize the HomeLink signal and
activate when the HomeLink button is pressed. The remaining two
buttons may now be programmed
if this has not previously been
done. Refer to the "Programming"
portion of this text.
Convenience Features
Flashing
OHD046306N
Erasing programmed HomeLink buttons
To erase the three programmed buttons (individual buttons cannot be
erased):
• Press and hold the left and center
buttons simultaneously, until the
indicator light begins to flash
(approximately 20 seconds).
Release both buttons. Do not hold
for longer than 30 seconds.
HomeLink is now in the train (or
learning) mode and can be programmed at any time.
3-44
Gate operator & Canadian programming
During programming, your handheld
transmitter may automatically stop
transmitting. Continue to press the
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System button (note steps 2
through 3 in the Programming portion of this document) while you
press and re-press ("cycle") your
handheld transmitter every two seconds until the frequency signal has
been learned. The indicator light will
flash slowly and then rapidly after
several seconds upon successful
training.
FCC ID: NZLZTVHL3
IC: 4112A-ZTVHL3
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. The transceiver has been tested and
complies with FCC and Industry
Canada rules. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the
party responsible for compliance
could void the user's authority to
operate the device.
NOTICE
Considering the Home Security
when the vehicle is parked outside the garage, the HomeLink will
ONLY work when the ignition
switch is in ACC position or ON
position.
WARNING
Before programming HomeLink
to a garage door opener or gate
operator, make sure that people
and objects are out of the way
of the device to prevent potential harm or damage. When programming a garage door opener, it is advised to park outside
of the garage.
Do not use HomeLink with any
garage door opener that lacks
safety stop and reverse features
as required by U.S. federal safety standards (this includes any
garage door opener model manufactured before April 1, 1982).
A garage door that cannot
detect an object signaling the
door to stop and reverse - does
not meet current U.S. federal
safety standards. For more
information, contact HomeLink
at www.homelink.com, or call
HomeLink customer support at
1-800-355-3515.
(Continued)
(Continued)
It is also recommended that a
new battery be replaced in the
hand-held transmitter of the
device
being
trained
to
HomeLink for quicker training
and accurate transmission of
the radio frequency.
3
Convenience Features
Integrated HomeLink® Wireless
Control System
The HomeLink® Wireless Control
System provides a convenient way to
replace up to three handheld radiofrequency (RF) transmitters used to
activate compatible devices such as
gate operators, garage door openers, entry door locks, security systems, and home lighting.
3-45
Convenience Features
1. Programming homelink®
The following steps show how to program HomeLink. If you have any
questions or are having difficulty programming your HomeLink buttons,
refer o the HomeLink website or call
the HomeLink customer support tollfree number. Do this, before going
back to the dealer who sold you the
car.
• Visit the HomeLink website at:
www.homelink.com. Then at the
top of the page, choose your vehicle make. Then watch the You Tube
video, and/or access additional
website information.
• If you choose to access
the website via your cell
phone, scan the QR
code.
• Or, call HomeLink customer support at 1-800-355-3515 (Please
have the vehicle make/model AND
the opener device make/model
readily available.)
3-46
1) Programming Preparation
1. When programming a garage door
opener, it is advised to park the
vehicle outside of the garage.
2. It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand-held
transmitter of the device being
programmed to HomeLink for
quicker training and accurate
transmission of the radio-frequency signal.
3. Place the ignition switch to the
ACC(Accessory) position for programming of HomeLink.
OHD046025N
2) Programming a New HomeLink
Button
1. Press and hold the HomeLink button (1), (2) or (3), you would like to
program (Fig. 2). The HomeLink
indicator light (4) will flash slowly
in red (if not, perform the steps of
“Erasing HomeLink Buttons” section, and start over).
Flashing
OHD046025N
OHD046307N
2. Position the garage door opener
remote 1 – 3 inches (2 – 8 cm)
away from the HomeLink buttons
(Fig. 3).
3. While the HomeLink indicator light
(4) (Fig. 2) is flashing slowly in red,
press and hold the hand-held
remote button. Continue pressing
the HomeLink button and the
hand-held remote button until the
HomeLink indicator light (4) light
changes from slowly to rapidly. You
may now release the buttons.
3-47
3
Convenience Features
3
1-
es
ch
in
4. Wait until your garage door comes
to a complete stop, regardless of
position, before proceeding to the
next steps.
5. Press the HomeLink button you
are programming and observe the
indicator light.
• If the indicator light rapidly flashes or solid red, your device
should operate when the
HomeLink button is pressed. At
this point, if your device operates,
programming is complete.
• If the indicator light rapidly flashes, firmly press, hold for two seconds and release the HomeLink
button up to three times in a row
slowly to complete the programming process. Do not press the
HomeLink button rapidly. At this
point if your device operates, programming is complete. If the
device does not operate, continue with step P6.
Convenience Features
6. At the garage door opener motor,
(security gate motor, etc.) locate
the “Learn,”,”Smart”, “Set” or
“Program” button (Fig. 4). This can
usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the
motor-head unit (see the device’s
manual to identify this button). The
name and color of the button may
vary by manufacturer.
ODL3A040504
[A] : LEARN BUTTON
NOTICE
A ladder and/or second person
may simplify the following steps.
3-48
7. Firmly press and release the
“Learn”,
“Smart”,
“Set”
or
“Program” button. You now have
up to 30 seconds in which to complete the next step.
8. Return to the vehicle and firmly
press, hold for two seconds and
release, the HomeLink button up
to three times in a row slowly. Do
not press the HomeLink button
rapidly. As soon as you see the
garage door start to move, stop
pressing any buttons until a few
seconds after the garage door has
come to a complete stop, regardless of position. At this point programming is complete and your
device should operate when the
HomeLink button is pressed and
released.
2. Operating homelink®
1) Operating HomeLink
NOTICE
OHD046025N
OHD046025N
1. Press the desired programmed
HomeLink button (1, 2 or 3).
3. Erasing homelink® buttons
If you recently purchased your vehicle and are programming HomeLink
for the first time, we recommend that
you follow the instructions below to
erase ALL HomeLink programming.
For new vehicles, there should not
be any programming associated with
any of the buttons. But clear them all
out anyway, if you are having any
programming issues. If you purchased your vehicle “used”, then
you’ll need to erase ALL HomeLink
programming so the unit is clear to
accept new programming for your
devices.
3-49
3
Convenience Features
The HomeLink indicator (4)
should flashing in red or solid red,
and your programmed device
should operate.
If your device does not operate,
the HomeLink programming was
not successful, and you’ll need to
reprogram the button.
If you have owned your vehicle for
some time, and already have programmed one or more of the buttons,
there may be situations where you
only want to erase and reprogram a
single button. For example, you
move to a new home, and need to
erase and reprogram only button 1
for your personal garage door, and
you want to KEEP the programming
of buttons 2 and 3. The same would
be true if you had to purchase a
replacement garage door opener for
your current home. Therefore, if you
want to erase and reprogram a single button, while keeping the programming of one or more of the other
buttons, follow the instructions for
erasing and reprogramming a single
button.
Convenience Features
1) Erasing and Reprogramming a
Single HomeLink Button:
1. Press and hold the desired
HomeLink button you want to reprogram. DO NOT release the button.
2. The HomeLink indicator light (4)
will illuminate solid red and continue to press the button until the
HomeLink indicator light (4)
begins to flash slow in red, usually
about 20 seconds.
3. While
keep
pressing
the
HomeLink button, proceed with
the steps in the “Programming a
New HomeLink Button” section.
NOTICE
If you do not complete the re-programming of a new device to the
button, it will revert to the previously stored programming
3-50
2) The following instructions will
erase ALL HomeLink programming from ALL buttons:
Flashing
OHD046306N
1. Press and hold the buttons (1) and
(3) simultaneously until the
HomeLink indicator light (4)
begins to flash slowly in red
(Approximately 20 seconds but do
not hold for longer than 30 seconds)
2. Release the buttons and now all
three HomeLink buttons (1), (2)
and (3) are cleared of any programming
i Information
HomeLink® and the HomeLink
House® logo are registered trademarks of Gentex Corporation.
The myQ® logo is a registered trademark of The Chamberlain Group, Inc
3
Convenience Features
FCC (USA)
This device complies with FCC rules
part 15. Operation is subject to the
following two conditions: (1) This
device may not cause harmful interference, and (2) This device must
accept any interference that may be
received including interference that
may cause undesired operation.
WARNING: The transmitter has been
tested and complies with FCC rules.
Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user’s authority to operate
the device.
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment. End
Users must follow the specific operating instructions for satisfying RF
exposure compliance. This transmitter must be at least 20 cm from the
user and must not be co-located or
operating in conjunction with any
other antenna or transmitter.
OAEPH040857C
3-51
Convenience Features
Use the inside rear view mirror or
look back directly to determine the
actual distance of other vehicles
prior to changing lanes.
Side View Mirrors
WARNING
Do not adjust or fold the side
view mirrors while driving. This
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
OLX2048016
Make sure to adjust the side view
mirrors to your desired position
before you begin driving.
Your vehicle is equipped with both
left-hand and right-hand side view
mirrors. The mirrors can be adjusted
remotely with the remote switch. The
side view mirrors can be folded to
help prevent damage when going
through an automatic car wash or
when passing through a narrow
street.
The right side view mirror is convex.
Objects seen in the mirror are closer
than they appear.
3-52
NOTICE
• Do not scrape ice off the mirror
face; this may damage the surface of the glass.
• If the mirror is jammed with ice,
do not adjust the mirror by
force. Use an approved spray
de-icer (not radiator antifreeze)
spray, or a sponge or soft cloth
with very warm water, or move
the vehicle to a warm place and
allow the ice to melt.
NOTICE
Do not clean the mirror with harsh
abrasives, fuel or other petroleum
based cleaning products.
Side view mirror adjustment
NOTICE
Adjusting the side view mirrors
1. Move the lever (1) either to the L
(left side) or R (right side) to select
the side view mirror you would like
to adjust.
2. Use the mirror adjustment control
switch (2) to position the selected
mirror up, down, left or right.
3. After adjustment, move the lever
(1) to the middle to prevent inadvertent adjustment.
3
OLX2048016L
To fold the side view mirrors, grasp
the housing of the mirror and then
fold it inwards.
3-53
Convenience Features
• The mirrors stop moving when
they reach the maximum adjusting angles, but the motor continues to operate while the switch
is pressed. Do not press the
switch longer than necessary,
because this can damage the
motor.
• Do not attempt to adjust the side
view mirrors by hand, because
this can damage the motor.
Folding the side view mirrors
Convenience Features
Reverse Parking Aid Function
(if equipped)
OLX2049019N
When you move the shift button to
the R (Reverse) position, the side
view mirror(s) will rotate downwards
to aid with driving in reverse. The
position of the side view mirror
switch (1) determines whether or not
the mirrors will move:
Left/Right : When either the L (Left) or
R (Right) switch is selected, both side view mirrors
will move.
Neutral : When neither switch is selected, the side view mirrors will
not move.
3-54
The side view mirrors will automatically revert to their original positions
if any of the following occur:
• The ignition switch is placed to
either the LOCK/OFF position or
the ACC position.
• The shift button is selected to any
position except R (Reverse).
• The remote control side view mirror switch is not selected.
WINDOWS
OLX2049020N
3-55
3
Convenience Features
(1) Driver's door power window
switch
(2) Front passenger's door power
window switch
(3) Rear door (left) power window
switch
(4) Rear door (right) power window
switch
(5) Window opening and closing
(6) Automatic power window
(7) Power window lock switch
Convenience Features
Power Windows
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to be able to raise or lower
the windows. Each door has a Power
Window switch to control that door’s
window. The driver has a Power
Window Lock switch which can block
the operation of passenger windows.
The power windows will operate for
approximately 10 minutes after the
ignition switch is placed in the ACC
or LOCK/OFF position. However, if
the front doors are opened, the
Power Windows will not operate even
within the 10 minute period.
WARNING
To avoid serious injury or death,
do not extend your head, arms
or body outside the windows
while driving.
3-56
i Information
• In cold and wet climates, power windows may not work properly due to
freezing conditions.
• While driving with the rear windows down or with the sunroof (if
equipped) opened (or partially
opened), your vehicle may demonstrate a wind buffeting or pulsation
noise. This noise is normal and can
be reduced or eliminated by taking
the following actions. If the noise
occurs with one or both of the rear
windows down, partially lower both
front windows approximately one
inch. If you experience the noise
with the sunroof open, slightly close
the sunroof.
Window opening and closing
OIK047016
To open:
Press the window switch down to the
first detent position (5). Release the
switch when you want the window to
stop.
To close:
Pull the window switch up to the first
detent position (5). Release the window switch when you want the window to stop.
Auto up/down window
(if equipped)
If the power windows do not operate
normally, the automatic power window system must be reset as follows:
1. Place the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Close the window and continue
pulling up on the power window
switch for at least one second.
If the power windows do not operate
properly after resetting, have the
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
The automatic reverse feature
doesn't activate while resetting
the power window system. Make
sure body parts or other objects
are safely out of the way before
closing the windows to avoid
injuries or vehicle damage.
Automatic reverse (if equipped)
3
OTM048021
If a window senses any obstacle while
it is closing automatically, it will stop
and lower approximately 12 inches (30
cm) to allow the object to be cleared.
If the window detects the resistance
while the power window switch is
pulled up continuously, the window
will stop upward movement then
lower approximately 1 inch (2.5 cm).
If the power window switch is pulled
up continuously again within 5 seconds after the window is lowered by
the automatic window reverse feature, the automatic window reverse
will not operate.
3-57
Convenience Features
Pressing or pulling up the power window switch momentarily to the second detent position (6) completely
lowers or lifts the window even when
the switch is released. To stop the
window at the desired position while
the window is in operation, pull up or
press down and release the switch.
To reset the power windows
Convenience Features
i Information
Power window lock switch
The automatic reverse feature is only
active when the "Auto Up" feature is
used by fully pulling up the switch to
the second detent.
Do not allow children to play
with the power windows. Keep
the driver's door power window
lock switch in the LOCK position. Serious injury or death can
result from unintentional window operation by a child.
WARNING
Make sure body parts or other
objects are safely out of the way
before closing the windows to
avoid injuries or vehicle damage.
Objects less than 0.16 inch
(4 mm) in diameter caught
between the window glass and
the upper window channel may
not be detected by the automatic
reverse window and the window
will not stop and reverse direction.
NOTICE
Do not install any accessories on
the windows.The automatic reverse
feature may not operate.
3-58
WARNING
OLX2049023N
The driver can disable the power
window switches on the rear passenger doors by pressing the power window lock switch.
When the power window lock switch
is pressed:
• The rear passenger control will not
be able to operate the rear passenger power window
• Note that the front passenger control is still able to operate the front
passenger window, and that the
driver master control can still operate all the power windows.
NOTICE
• To prevent possible damage to
the power window system, do
not open or close two windows
or more at the same time. This
will also ensure the longevity of
the fuse.
• Never try to operate the main
switch on the driver's door and
the individual door window
switch in opposite directions at
the same time. If this is done, the
window will stop and cannot be
opened or closed.
SUNROOF (IF EQUIPPED)
Sunroof (if equipped)
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof switch located on the overhead console.
Dual wide sunroof
(if equipped)
WARNING
If your vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, you can slide or tilt your
sunroof with the sunroof switch located on the overhead console.
OLX2048025
The sunroof can only be operated
when the ignition switch is in the ON
position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 10 minutes after the
ignition switch is in the ACC or LOCK
position. However, if the front door is
open, the sunroof cannot be operated even within the 10 minute period.
The sunroof can only be operated
when the Engine Start/Stop button is
in the ON or START position.
The sunroof can be operated for
approximately 3 minutes after the
Engine Start/Stop button is in the
ACC or OFF position. However, if the
front door is open, the sunroof cannot be operated even within the 3
minute period.
sunshade while driving. This
could result in loss of control
and an accident that may
cause injury, or property damage.
• Do not leave the engine running and the key in your vehicle with unsupervised children.
Unattended children could
operate the sunroof, which
could result in serious injury.
• Do not sit on the top of the
vehicle. It may cause injury or
vehicle damage.
NOTICE
Do not operate the sunroof when
the roof bars are installed on the
vehicle or when there is luggage on
the roof.
3-59
3
Convenience Features
OLX2048025L
• Never adjust the sunroof or
Convenience Features
Sunshade (Front)/Power sunshade (Rear)
i Information
Use the power sunshade to block
direct sunlight coming through the
sunroof glass.
OLX2041421
OLX2041420
OCN7050029
Front
Open or close the sunshade by
hand.
3-60
The sunshade opens automatically
when the sunroof glass is opened by
pushing the sunroof switch (A) rearward, but the sunshade does not close
automatically when the sunroof glass
is closed. Also, only the sunshade cannot be closed when the sunroof glass is
opened.
Rear
Push the power sunshade open
switch (B), the power sunshade automatically slides open.
Push the power sunshade close
switch (B), the power sunshade automatically closes.
NOTICE
Tilt open/close (Front)
Slide open/close (Front)
Do not pull or push the power sunshade by hand as such action may
damage the power sunshade or
cause it to malfunction.
i Information
3
OLX2048028
OLX2048029
• Push the sunroof switch upward,
the sunroof glass tilts open.
• Push the sunroof switch forward,
the sunroof glass automatically
closes.
• Push the sunroof switch rearward,
the sunshade and sunroof glass
slide open.
Push the sunroof switch forward,
only the sunroof glass closes.
• Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the first detent position, the sunroof glass moves until
the switch is released.
• Push the sunroof switch forward or
rearward to the second detent
position, the sunroof glass operates automatically (auto slide feature).
To stop the sunroof movement at
any point, push the sunroof switch
in any direction.
To stop the sunroof movement at any
point, push the sunroof switch in any
direction.
3-61
Convenience Features
Wrinkles formed on the power sunshade are normal due to material
characteristic.
Convenience Features
Automatic reversal
WARNING
• Make sure heads, hands, arms
ODH043039
If the power sunshade or sunroof
glass senses any obstacle while it is
closing automatically, it will reverse
direction then stop at a certain position.
The auto reverse function may not
work if an object thin or soft is caught
between the sliding power sunshade
or sunroof glass and sunroof sash.
3-62
or any other body parts or
objects are out of the way
before operating the sunroof.
Body parts or objects may get
caught causing injuries or
vehicle damage.
• Never deliberately use your
body parts to test the automatic reversal function. The
power sunshade or sunroof
glass may reverse direction,
but there is a risk of injury.
NOTICE
• Do not continue to push the
sunroof switch after the sunroof
is fully opened, closed, or tilted.
Damage to the sunroof motor
could occur.
• Continuous operations such as
slide open/close, tilt open/close,
etc. may cause the motor or sunroof system to malfunction.
• Regularly remove any accumulated dust on the sunroof rail.
• Using the sunroof for a long
time can make noise caused by
dust in accumulated between
the sunroof and vehicle body.
Open the sunroof and remove
dust regularly using a clean
cloth.
• Do not try to open the sunroof
when the temperature is below
freezing or when the sunroof is
covered with snow or ice, otherwise the motor could be damaged. In cold and wet climates,
the sunroof may not work properly.
• Do not open or drive with the
sunroof glass open immediately
after rain or washing the vehicle.
Water may wet the interior of the
vehicle.
• Do not extend any luggage outside the sunroof while driving.
Vehicle damage may occur if the
vehicle suddenly stops.
WARNING
Resetting the sunroof
■ Front
Do not extend your head, arms,
body parts or objects outside
the sunroof while driving.
Injuries may occur if the vehicle
suddenly stops.
3
OLX2048098
In some circumstances resetting the
sunroof operation may need to be
performed. Some instances where
resetting the sunroof may be
required include:
3-63
Convenience Features
OLX2048032
■ Rear
Convenience Features
• When the 12-volt battery is either
disconnected or discharged
• When the sunroof fuse is replaced
• If the sunroof one-touch AUTO
OPEN/CLOSE operation is not
functioning properly
3-64
Sunroof resetting procedure:
1. It is recommended to perform the
reset procedure with the vehicle
engine running. Start the vehicle in
P (Park).
2. Make sure the power sunshade or
sunroof glass is in the fully closed
position. If the power sunshade or
sunroof glass is open, push the
switch forward until the power sunshade and sunroof glass is fully
closed.
3. Release the switch when the
power sunshade or sunroof glass
is fully closed.
4. Push the switch forward until the
power sunshade or sunroof glass
moves slightly. Then release the
switch.
5. Once again push and hold the
sunroof switch forward until the
power sunshade or sunroof glass
slides open and close. Do not
release the switch until the operation is completed. If you release
the switch during operation, start
the procedure again from step 2.
i Information
If the sunroof is not reset when the
vehicle battery is disconnected or discharged, or the sunroof fuse is blown,
the sunroof may not operate normally.
Sunroof open warning
CAUTION
Make sure the sunroof is closed
fully when leaving your vehicle.
If the sunroof is left open, rain
or snow may wet the interior of
the vehicle. Also, leaving the
sunroof open when the vehicle
is unattended may invite theft.
3
Convenience Features
OLX2048108
If the driver turns off the engine when
the sunroof is not fully closed, the
warning chime will sound for several
seconds and the sunroof open warning will appear on the cluster LCD
display.
Close the sunroof securely when
leaving your vehicle.
3-65
Convenience Features
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Closing the hood
Hood
Opening the hood
OLX2048034L
OLX2049033L
1. Park the vehicle and set the parking brake.
2. Pull the release lever to unlatch
the hood. The hood should pop
open slightly.
3-66
3. Go to the front of the vehicle, raise
the hood slightly, push up the secondary latch (1) inside of the hood
center and lift the hood (2). After it
has been raised about halfway, it
will raise completely by itself.
1. Before closing the hood, check in
and around the engine compartment to ensure the following:
- Any tools or other loose objects
are removed from the engine
room area or hood opening area
- All glove, rags, or other combustible material is removed from
the engine compartment
- All filler caps are tightly and correctly installed
2. Lower the hood halfway (lifted
approximately 12 inches (30 cm)
from the closed position) and push
down to securely lock in place.
Then double check to be sure the
hood is secure. If the hood can be
raised slightly, it is not securely
locked. Open it again and close it
with more force.
WARNING
• Before closing the hood,
3
OLX2048036
OLX2048035
Before attempting to open the liftgate, make sure the vehicle is in P
(Park). To open the liftgate, perform
one the following:
1. Unlock all doors with the Door
Unlock button on your remote key
or smart key. From outside press
the liftgate handle switch and
open the liftgate.
2. From outside press the liftgate
handle switch and open the liftgate.
Lower the liftgate lid and press down
until it locks. To be sure the liftgate lid
is securely fastened, always check
by trying to pull it up again without
pressing the liftgate handle switch.
i Information
In cold and wet climates, door lock
and door mechanisms may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
3-67
Convenience Features
ensure all obstructions are
removed from around the
hood opening.
• Always double check to be
sure that the hood is firmly
latched before driving away.
Check there is no hood open
warning light or message displayed on the instrument cluster. Driving with the hood
opened may cause a total loss
of visibility, which might
result in an accident.
• Do not move the vehicle with
the hood in the raised position, as vision is obstructed,
which might result in an accident, and the hood could fall
or be damaged.
Closing the liftgate
Non-Powered Liftgate
(if equipped)
Opening the liftgate
Convenience Features
WARNING
WARNING
Emergency liftgate safety
release
The liftgate swings upward.
Make sure no objects or people
are near the rear of the vehicle
when opening the liftgate.
NOTICE
Make certain that you close the
liftgate before driving your vehicle. Possible damage may occur
to the liftgate struts and mounting
hinges if the liftgate is not closed
prior to driving.
WARNING
Always keep the liftgate completely closed while the vehicle
is in motion. If it is left open or
ajar, poisonous exhaust gases
containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and
serious illness or death may
result.
3-68
OHYK047009
Do not hold on to or try to pull
on the liftgate strut. Be aware
that the deformation of the liftgate strut may cause vehicle
damage and risk of injury.
OLX2048037
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle.
To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following
steps:
1. Push the release lever to the right
by a key.
2. Push up the liftgate.
WARNING
Power Liftgate (if equipped)
Power liftgate button
• Be aware of the location of the
OLX2049040L
Power liftgate setting
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position and the shift button is in P
(Park), the power liftgate can be
opened by using the console button
on the dash.
Before using the power liftgate, make
sure the power liftgate option is
selected in the User Setting modes
in the cluster LCD display.
'User Settings → Door → Power
Liftgate'
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
i Information
The power liftgate operates only when
the automatic shift button is in P
(Park).
WARNING
Never leave children unattended
in your vehicle. Children might
operate the power liftgate.
Doing so could result in injury
to themselves or others, and
could damage the vehicle.
3-69
3
Convenience Features
emergency liftgate safety
release lever in your vehicle
and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release
lever.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a
very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
Also, the speed of the power liftgate
can be adjusted in the User Settings
mode in the cluster LCD display.
'User Settings → Door → Power
Liftgate Speed → Normal / Fast'
- If the power liftgate function turns
off or the liftgate is not fully closed,
you cannot adjust the power liftgate speed.
- Initial speed of power liftgate is set
as "Fast".
Convenience Features
WARNING
Make sure there are no people
or objects around the liftgate
before operating the power liftgate. Wait until the liftgate is
opened fully and stopped before
loading or unloading cargo or
passengers from the vehicle.
Opening the liftgate
The power liftgate will open automatically by doing one of the following:
OLX2048039
NOTICE
Do not close or open the power
liftgate manually. This may cause
damage to the power liftgate. If it
is necessary to close or open the
power liftgate manually when the
battery is discharged or disconnected, do not apply excessive
force.
3-70
OLX2048038
Smart key liftgate unlock button
Press and hold the liftgate unlock
button on the smart key.
Power liftgate handle switch
Press the liftgate outside handle
switch while having the smart key
with you.
Closing the liftgate
The power liftgate will close automatically by doing one of the following:
3
OLX2048041
Power liftgate inner button
Press the power liftgate inner button
for approximately 1 second. The liftgate will close and lock automatically.
In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate
button.
OLX2048038
Smart key liftgate unlock button
Press and hold the liftgate unlock
button on the smart key when the liftgate is opened. The liftgate will close
and lock automatically.
3-71
Convenience Features
OLX2049040L
Power liftgate button
Press the power liftgate button for
approximately one second.
Convenience Features
Power liftgate non-opening conditions
The power liftgate does not open
when the vehicle is in motion.
WARNING
OLX2049040L
Power liftgate button
Press the power liftgate button for
approximately one second. In order
to suddenly stop the movement of
the liftgate while it is operating,
quickly press the power liftgate button.
In order to suddenly stop the movement of the liftgate while it is operating, quickly press the power liftgate
button.
3-72
The chime will sound if you
drive with the liftgate opened.
Stop your vehicle immediately
at a safe place and check if your
liftgate is opened.
CAUTION
Operating the power liftgate
more than 5 times continuously
could cause damage to the operating motor. In this case, the
power liftgate system enters into
thermal protection mode to prevent the motor from overheating.
In thermal protection mode the
power liftgate will not operate. If
any of the power liftgate buttons
are pressed to try to open the
liftgate, the chime will sound 3
times but the liftgate will remain
closed.
Allow the power liftgate system
to cool for about 1 minute before
operating the system again.
NOTICE
If the automatic reversal feature
operates more than 2 times while
attempting to open or close the liftgate, the power liftgate may stop at
that position. If this occurs, carefully
close the liftgate manually, and then
try to operate the power liftgate automatically again.
WARNING
OLX2048042
During power opening and closing if
the power liftgate is blocked by an
object or part of the body, the power
liftgate may be able to detect the
resistance.
If resistance is detected while opening or closing the power liftgate, the
liftgate will stop and move in the
opposite direction.
However, in some instances the
automatic reversal system may not
detect the object if it is too soft or is
very thin, or if the liftgate is almost
fully closed near the latched position.
Caution should be taken to prevent
any objects from obstructing the liftgate opeining.
Never intentionally place any
object or part of your body in
the path of the power liftgate to
make sure the automatic reversal operates.
CAUTION
Do not put heavy objects on the
power liftgate before you operate the power liftgate feature.
Additional weight may damage
the operation of the system.
3-73
3
Convenience Features
• The power liftgate can be operated when the engine is not running. However, the power liftgate
operation consumes a large
amount of electic power.
To prevent the battery from
being discharged, do not operate it excessively (e.g. more than
5 times repeatedly).
• To prevent the battery from
being discharged, do not leave
the power liftgate in the open
position for a long time.
• Do not modify or repair any part
of the power liftgate by yourself.
This must be done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• When jacking up the vehicle to
change a tire or repair the vehicle, do not operate the power
liftgate. This could cause the
power liftgate to operate
improperly.
• In cold and wet climates, the
power liftgate may not work
properly due to freezing conditions.
Automatic reversal
Convenience Features
How to reset the power liftgate
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, or if the power liftgate
fuse has been replaced or removed,
reset the power liftgate by performing
the following procedure:
1. Press the P (Parking) button.
2. Press the power liftgate inner button and the power liftgate outer
handle button simultaneously for
more than 3 seconds. The chime
will sound.
3. Close the liftgate manually.
If the power liftgate does not work
properly after the above procedure,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
When operating the power liftgate,
the gear shift button must be in
the (P) park position in order to
operate normally.
Power liftgate opening height
user setting
Always keep the liftgate completely closed while the vehicle
is in motion. If it is left open or
ajar, poisonous exhaust gases
containing carbon monoxide
(CO) may enter the vehicle and
serious illness or death may
result.
OLX2048041
Follow the instructions below to set
the fully open height of the power liftgate:
1. Position the liftgate manually to
the height you prefer.
2. Press the power liftgate inner button for more than 3 seconds.
3. Close the liftgate manually after
hearing the buzzer sound.
The liftgate will open to the manually
adjusted height that was set.
3-74
WARNING
WARNING
Rear cargo area
Occupants should never ride in
the rear cargo area where no
restraints are available. To avoid
injury in the event of an accident or sudden stops, occupants should always be properly restrained.
Emergency liftgate safety
release
WARNING
Smart Liftgate (if equipped)
• Be aware of the location of the
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emergency liftgate safety release
lever located on the bottom of the liftgate inside the vehicle.
To unlock and open the liftgate manually from inside the luggage compartment, perform the following
steps:
1. Push the release lever to the right
by using a key.
2. Push up the liftgate.
3
OLX2048043
On vehicles equipped with a smart
key, the liftgate can be opened with
hands-free activation using the
Smart Liftgate system.
3-75
Convenience Features
OLX2048037
emergency liftgate safety
release lever in your vehicle
and know how to open the liftgate using the safety release
lever.
• No one should be allowed to
occupy the luggage compartment of the vehicle at any time.
The luggage compartment is a
very dangerous location in the
event of a crash.
• Use the release lever for emergencies only. Use extreme caution, especially while the vehicle is in motion.
Convenience Features
How to use the Smart Liftgate
The hands-free smart liftgate system
can be opened automatically when
the following conditions are met:
• The Smart Liftgate option is
enabled in the User Settings in the
cluster LCD display
• The Smart Liftgate is activated and
ready 15 seconds after all the
doors are closed and locked
• The Smart Liftgate will open when
the smart key is detected in the
area behind the vehicle for 3 seconds
i Information
The Smart Liftgate will NOT operate
when:
• Any door is open, or all doors are
closed but not locked
• The smart key is detected within 15
seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked
• For vehicles equipped with illuminated exterior front door handles, if
the smart key is detected within 15
seconds from when the doors were
closed and locked or if the smart key
is within 60 inches (1.5 m) from the
front door handles
• The smart key is in the vehicle.
1. Setting
To activate the Smart Liftgate, go to
User Settings mode and select
Smart Liftgate in the cluster LCD display.
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
2. Detect and Alert
The Smart Liftgate detecting area
extends approximately 20-40 in (50100 cm) behind the vehicle. If you
are positioned in the detecting area
and are carrying the smart key, the
hazard warning lights will blink and
the chime will sound to alert you that
the smart liftgate will open.
i Information
Do not approach the detecting area if
you do not want the liftgate to open. If
you have unintentionally entered the
detecting area and the hazard warning lights and chime starts to operate,
move away from the area behind the
vehicle with the smart key. The liftgate will remain closed.
3-76
3. Automatic opening
After the hazard warning lights blink
and the chime sounds 6 times, the
power liftgate will open.
WARNING
• The key should be kept out of
reach of children. Children
may inadvertently open the
Smart Liftgate while playing
around the rear area of the
vehicle.
How to deactivate the Smart
Liftgate function using the
smart key
3
• Make certain that you close
OLX2048003
1. Door lock
2. Door unlock
3. Liftgate open
4. Panic
5. Remote start
If you press any button on the smart
key during the Detect and Alert
stage, the Smart Liftgate function will
be deactivated.
Make sure to be aware of how to
deactivate the Smart Liftgate function for emergency situations.
3-77
Convenience Features
the liftgate before driving your
vehicle.
• Make sure there are no people
or objects around the liftgate
before opening or closing the
liftgate.
• Make sure objects in the rear
cargo area do not come out
when opening the liftgate,
especially if the vehicle is
parked on a grade or incline.
• If you keep your vehicle
parked and locked on your
driveway, you may want to
temporarily deactivate the
Smart
Liftgate
system.
Otherwise, standing at the
rear of the vehicle with the
smart key may cause the liftgate to open unintentionally.
Convenience Features
i Information
• If you press the door unlock button
(2), the Smart Liftgate function will
be deactivated temporarily. But, if
you do not open any door for 30 seconds, the Smart Liftgate function
will be activated again.
• If you press the liftgate open button
(3) for more than 1 second, the liftgate opens.
• The Smart Liftgate function will
still be activated if you press the
door lock button (1) or liftgate open
button (3) on the smart key as long
as the Smart Liftgate is not already
in the Detect and Alert stage.
• In case you have deactivated the
Smart Liftgate function by pressing
the smart key button and opened a
door, the Smart Liftgate function
can be activated again by closing
and locking all doors.
3-78
Detecting area
i Information
OLX2049045N
• The Smart Liftgate detecting area
extends approximately 20-40 inches (50-100 cm) behind the vehicle.
If you are positioned in the detecting area and are carrying the smart
key, the hazard warning lights will
blink and the chime will sound for
about 3 seconds to alert you that
the smart liftgate will open.
• The alert stops once the smart key
is moved outside of the detecting
area within the 3 second period.
• The Smart Liftgate function may
not operate properly if any of the
following instances occur:
- The smart key is close to a radio
transmitter such as a radio station
or an airport which can interfere
with normal operation of the
transmitter.
- The smart key is near a mobile two
way radio system or a cellular
phone.
- Another vehicle's smart key is
being operated close to your vehicle.
• The Smart Liftgate detecting area
may change when:
- The vehicle is parked on an incline
or slope
- One side of the vehicle is raised or
lowered relative to the opposite
side
Closing the fuel filler door
Fuel Filler Door
Opening the fuel filler door
1. To install the fuel tank cap, turn it
clockwise until it "clicks" one time.
2. Close the fuel filler door until it is
latched securely.
i Information
OLX2048046
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Ensure the driver's door is unlocked.
3. Push the fuel filler door near the 3
o'clock position.
i Information
If the fuel filler door does not open
because ice has formed around it, tap
lightly or push on the door to break
the ice and release the door. Do not
pry on the door. If necessary, spray
around the door with an approved deicer fluid (do not use radiator antifreeze) or move the vehicle to a warm
place and allow the ice to melt.
i Information
• Tighten the cap until it clicks once,
otherwise the fuel cap open warning
indicator light will illuminate.
• There may be an intermittent noise
near the refueling hole while the
engine is idling if the fuel cap is not
closed securely. This occurs normally with the OBD system.
• When refueling on unleveled
ground, the fuel gauge may not
point to the F position. It is not a
malfunction. If you move your vehicle to a level ground, the fuel gauge
will move to the full position.
3-79
Convenience Features
OLX2048047
4. Pull the fuel filler door (1) outward
to access the fuel tank cap.
5. To remove the fuel tank cap (2),
turn it counterclockwise. You may
hear a hissing noise as the pressure inside the tank equalizes.
6. Place the cap on the fuel filler door.
3
The fuel filler door will not close if the
driver's door is locked. If you lock the
driver's door while fueling, unlock it
before closing the fuel filler door.
Convenience Features
WARNING
Gasoline is highly flammable
and explosive. Failure to follow
these guidelines may result in
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH:
• Read and follow all warnings
posted at the gas station.
• Before refueling, note the
location of the Emergency
Gasoline Shut-Off, if available,
at the gas station.
• Before touching the fuel nozzle, you should eliminate the
potential build-up of static
electricity by touching a metal
part of the vehicle, a safe distance away from the fuel filler
neck, nozzle, or other gas
source, with your bare hand.
• Do not use cellular phones
while refueling. Electric current and/or electronic interference from cellular phones can
potentially ignite fuel vapors
and cause a fire.
3-80
• Do not get back into a vehicle
once you have begun refueling. You can generate a buildup of static electricity by
touching, rubbing or sliding
against any item or fabric
capable of producing static
electricity. Static electricity
discharge can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire. If you
must re-enter the vehicle, you
should once again eliminate
potentially dangerous static
electricity discharge by touching a metal part of the vehicle,
away from the fuel filler neck,
nozzle or other gasoline
source, with your bare hand.
• When using an approved
portable fuel container, be
sure to place the container on
the ground prior to refueling.
Static electricity discharge
from the container can ignite
fuel vapors causing a fire.
Once refueling has begun,
contact between your bare
hand and the vehicle should
be maintained until the filling
is complete.
• Use only approved portable
plastic fuel containers designed
to carry and store gasoline.
• When refueling, always move
the shift button to the P (Park)
position, set the parking
brake, and place the ignition
switch to the LOCK/OFF position. Sparks produced by
electrical components related
to the engine can ignite fuel
vapors causing a fire.
• Do not use matches or a
lighter and do not smoke or
leave a lit cigarette in your
vehicle while at a gas station,
especially during refueling.
• Do not over-fill or top-off your
i Information
Make sure to refuel your vehicle
according to the "Fuel Requirements"
suggested in the Introduction chapter.
NOTICE
3
• Do not spill fuel on the exterior
surfaces of the vehicle. Any type
of fuel spilled on painted surfaces may damage the paint.
• If the fuel filler cap requires
replacement, use only a genuine
HYUNDAI cap or the equivalent
specified for your vehicle. An
incorrect fuel filler cap can
result in a serious malfunction
of the fuel system or emission
control system.
Convenience Features
vehicle tank, which can cause
gasoline spillage.
• If a fire breaks out during refueling, leave the vicinity of the
vehicle, and immediately contact the manager of the gas
station and then contact the
local fire department. Follow
any safety instructions they
provide.
• If pressurized fuel sprays out,
it can cover your clothes or
skin and thus subject you to
the risk of fire and burns.
Always remove the fuel cap
carefully and slowly. If the cap
is venting fuel or if you hear a
hissing sound, wait until the
condition stops before completely removing the cap.
• Always check that the fuel cap
is installed securely to prevent fuel spillage in the event
of an accident.
3-81
Convenience Features
INSTRUMENT CLUSTER
■ Type A
1. Tachometer
2. Speedometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
■ Type B
6. LCD display (including Trip computer)
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more information, refer to the "Gauges
and Meters" in this chapter.
OLX2049100N/OLX2049101N
3-82
■ Type C
3
1. Tachometer
3. Engine coolant temperature gauge
4. Fuel gauge
5. Warning and indicator lights
6. LCD display (including Trip computer)
The actual cluster in the vehicle may differ
from the illustration.
For more information, refer to the "Gauges
and Meters" in this chapter.
OLX2049126N
3-83
Convenience Features
2. Speedometer
Convenience Features
Instrument Cluster Control
Adjusting instrument cluster
illumination
OLX2049049N
When the vehicle's position lights or
headlights are on, press the illumination control button to adjust the
brightness of the instrument panel
illumination.
When pressing the illumination control button, the interior switch illumination intensity is also adjusted.
WARNING
Never adjust the instrument
cluster while driving. Doing so
could lead to driver distraction
which may cause an accident
and lead to vehicle damage,
serious injury, or death.
• The brightness of the instrument
panel illumination is displayed.
• If the brightness reaches the maximum or minimum level, a chime
will sound.
For information regarding the illumination setting on your audio display, refer to the "Setup" section of
your Audio or Navigation manual.
Gauges and Meters
Speedometer
■ Type A and B
OLX2048102L
■ Type C
OLX2049139N
The speedometer indicates the
speed of the vehicle and is calibrated
in miles per hour (MPH) and/or kilometers per hour (km/h).
3-84
Tachometer
NOTICE
■ Type A and B
Do not operate the engine within
the tachometer's RED ZONE. This
may cause severe engine damage.
Engine coolant temperature
gauge
■ Type A and B
3
OLX2048106
■ Type C
OLX2049138N
The tachometer indicates the
approximate number of engine revolutions per minute (RPM).
OLX2049127N
This gauge indicates the temperature of the engine coolant when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
3-85
Convenience Features
OLX2048105
■ Type C
Convenience Features
Fuel gauge
NOTICE
If the gauge pointer moves
beyond the normal range area
toward the "H" position, it indicates overheating that may damage the engine.
Do not continue driving with an
overheated engine. If your vehicle
overheats, refer to "If the Engine
Overheats" in chapter 6.
i Information
■ Type A and B
OLX2048107
WARNING
■ Type C
Never remove the radiator cap or
engine coolant reservoir cap
when the engine is hot. The
engine coolant is under pressure
and could severely burn. Wait
until the engine is cool before
adding coolant to the reservoir.
OLX2049128N
This gauge indicates the approximate amount of fuel remaining in the
fuel tank.
3-86
• The fuel tank capacity is given in
chapter 8.
• The fuel gauge is supplemented by a
low fuel warning light, which will
illuminate when the fuel tank is
nearly empty.
• On inclines or curves, the fuel gauge
pointer may fluctuate or the low fuel
warning light may come on earlier
than usual due to the movement of
fuel in the tank.
WARNING
■ Type A
■ Type B
OTMA048112/OLX2049109N
NOTICE
■ Type C
Avoid driving with an extremely
low fuel level. Running out of fuel
could cause the engine to misfire
damaging the catalytic converter.
Note that the temperature indicated
on the LCD display may not change
as quickly as the outside temperature (there may be a slight delay
before the temperature changes.)
You can change the temperature unit
from °F to °C or °C to °F in the User
Settings mode in the cluster:
- Go to User Settings Mode ➝ Other
➝ Temperature Unit.
For vehicles equipped with Automatic
Climate Control, you can also:
- Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate
control unit for 3 seconds
Both the temperature unit on the
cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
OLX2049129N
This gauge indicates the current outside air temperature by 1 degrees F
(1 degrees C).
- Temperature range : -40°F ~ 140°F
(-40°C ~ 60°C)
3-87
3
Convenience Features
Running out of fuel can expose
vehicle occupants to danger.
You must stop and obtain additional fuel as soon as possible
after the warning light comes
on or when the gauge indicator
comes close to the "E (Empty)"
level.
Outside temperature gauge
Convenience Features
Odometer
■ Type A
Range
■ Type B
■ Type A
OTMA048183/OLX2049111N
OPDE046138R/OLX2049112N
■ Type C
- Initial mode
■ Type C
i Information
■ Type B
- Switch mode
OLX2049131N
OLX2049130N/OLX2049132N
The odometer indicates the total distance that the vehicle has been driven and should be used to determine
when periodic maintenance should
be performed.
• The range is the estimated distance the vehicle can be driven
with the remaining fuel.
• If the estimated distance is below
1 mi. (1 km), the trip computer will
display "----" as range.
3-88
• If the vehicle is not on level ground
or the battery power has been interrupted, the range function may not
operate correctly.
• The range may differ from the actual driving distance as it is only an
estimate of the available driving
range for the vehicle and driving
conditions.
• The trip computer may not register
additional fuel if less than 1.6 gallon
(6 liters) of fuel are added to the
vehicle.
• The range may vary significantly
based on driving conditions, driving
habits, and condition of the vehicle.
Transmission Shift Indicator
Automatic transmission shift
indicator
■ Type A
Warning and Indicator Lights
■ Type A
i Information
Make sure that all warning lights are
OFF after starting the engine. If any
light is still ON, this indicates a situation that needs attention.
■ Type B
Seat Belt Warning Light
■ Type B
OIG046112/OLX2048110
This warning light informs the driver
that the seat belt is not fastened.
For more information, refer to
"Seat Belts" in chapter 2.
■ Type C
OLX2049134N
OLX2049133N
This indicator displays the gear position of the shift button.
Shift indicator pop-up (if equipped)
The pop-up indicates the current
gear position displayed in the cluster
for about 2 seconds when shifting
into other positions (P/R/N/D).
The shift indicator pop-up function
can be activated or deactivated from
the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
3-89
Convenience Features
OIK047141
3
Convenience Features
Air Bag Warning Light
Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- The air bag warning light illuminates for about 6 seconds and
then turns off when all checks
have been performed
• The air bag warning light will
remain illuminated if there is a malfunction with the Safety Restraint
System (SRS) air bag operation.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- The parking brake light illuminates for about 3 seconds and
will then turn off once the parking
brake is released.
• Whenever the parking brake is
applied.
• Whenever the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
- If the warning light illuminates
with the parking brake released, it
indicates the brake fluid level in
the reservoir is low.
3-90
If the brake fluid level in the reservoir is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. With the engine stopped, check the
brake fluid level immediately and
add fluid as required (For more
details, refer to "Brake Fluid" in
chapter 7). After adding brake
fluid, check all brake components
for fluid leaks. If a brake fluid leak is
found, or if the warning light
remains on, or if the brakes do not
operate properly, do not drive the
vehicle. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Dual-diagonal braking system
Your vehicle is equipped with dualdiagonal braking system. This means
you still have braking on two wheels
even if one of the dual systems
should fail.
With only one of the dual systems
working, more than normal pedal
travel and greater pedal pressure is
required to stop the vehicle.
Also, the vehicle will not stop in as
short a distance with only a portion
of the brake system working.
If the brakes fail while you are driving, shift to a lower gear for additional engine braking and stop the vehicle as soon as it is safe to do so.
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light
Driving the vehicle with a warning light ON is dangerous. If the
Parking Brake & Brake Fluid
Warning Light illuminates with
the parking brake released, it
indicates that the brake fluid
level is low.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- The ABS warning light illuminates
for about 3 seconds and then
turns off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the ABS.
Note that the hydraulic braking
system will still be operational even
if there is a malfunction with the
ABS.
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD)
System Warning Light
These two warning lights illuminate
at the same time while driving:
• When the ABS and regular brake
system may not work normally.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-91
3
Convenience Features
WARNING
Anti-lock Brake System
(ABS) Warning Light
Convenience Features
WARNING
Electronic Brake Force
Distribution (EBD) System
Warning Light
When both ABS and Parking
Brake & Brake Fluid Warning
Lights are on, the brake system
will not work normally and you
may experience an unexpected
and dangerous situation during
sudden braking.
If this occurs, avoid high speed
driving and abrupt braking.
Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
3-92
i Information - Electronic
Brake Force Distribution
(EBD) System Warning Light
When the ABS Warning Light is on or
both ABS and Parking Brake & Brake
Fluid Warning Lights are on, the
speedometer, odometer, or tripmeter
may not work. Also, the EPS Warning
Light may illuminate and the steering
effort may increase or decrease.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Electric Power Steering
(EPS) Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When the ignition is moved to ON,
the warning light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and turns off
automatically if no problem.
• When the warning light illuminates
while driving, it indicates that there
is a problem with the electric power
steering system. In this case, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Malfunction Indicator
Lamp (MIL)
NOTICE
Driving with the Malfunction
Indicator Lamp (MIL) on may
cause damage to the emission
control system which could affect
drivability and/or fuel economy.
If the Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(MIL) illuminates, potential catalytic converter damage is possible
which could result in loss of
engine power.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
Electronic Parking
Brake (EPB) Warning
Light
EPB
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the EPB.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
The Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)
Warning Light may illuminate when
the Electronic Stability control (ESC)
Indicator Light comes on to indicate
that the ESC is not working properly
(This does not indicate malfunction of
the EPB).
3-93
3
Convenience Features
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- The malfunction indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with either the emission control
system or the engine or the vehicle
powertrain.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
Convenience Features
Charging System
Warning Light
Engine Oil Pressure
Warning Light
When this warning light illuminates
while the engine is running, the battery is not being charged. Immediately
turn OFF all electrical accessories.
Try not to use electrically operated
controls, such as the power windows.
Keep the engine running.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
This warning light illuminates:
• When the engine oil pressure is low.
3-94
If the engine oil pressure is low:
1. Drive carefully to the nearest safe
location and stop your vehicle.
2. Turn the engine off and check the
engine oil level (For more details,
refer to "Engine Oil" in chapter 7).
If the level is low, add oil as required.
If the warning light remains on
after adding oil or if oil is not available, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
as soon as possible.
NOTICE
• If the oil pressure lowers due to
insufficient engine oil, etc., the
engine oil pressure warning
light turns on.
• If this warning light turns on
while driving, drive carefully to
the side of the road and stop the
vehicle, check the engine oil
level, and add if insufficient.
• If the engine oil isn't insufficient,
or if the warning light does not
turn off even after adding, we
recommend to inspect the vehicle by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
• Driving with the warning light on
may cause engine failure.
* When oil pressure is restored to
an optimal level, the oil pressure
warning light will turn off. Even
if the oil pressure returns to normal, check the engine once
again in a safe place.
Master Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When the fuel tank is nearly empty.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
This warning light illuminates:
• When there is a malfunction in
operation in any of the following
systems:
- LED headlamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system malfunction
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
radar blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop
& Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop
& Go radar blocked (if equipped)
NOTICE
Driving with the Low Fuel Level
warning light on or with the fuel
level below "E" can cause the
engine to misfire and damage the
catalytic converter.
Washer Fluid Warning
Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When the washer fluid level in the
reservoir is nearly empty.
If washer fluid warning light illuminates, refill the washer fluid reservoir in the engine room when possible.
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
To identify the details of the warning, look at the LCD display.
3
Convenience Features
Low Fuel Level
Warning Light
3-95
Convenience Features
Low Tire Pressure
Warning Light
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When one or more of your tires are
significantly underinflated. (The
location of the underinflated tires
are displayed on the LCD display.)
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
This warning light remains ON
after blinking for approximately 60
seconds, or repeatedly blinks ON
and OFF in 3 second intervals:
• When there is a malfunction with
the TPMS.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
WARNING
Safe Stopping
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors.
• If you notice any vehicle instability, immediately take your
foot off the accelerator pedal,
apply the brakes gradually
with light force, and slowly
move to a safe position off the
road.
3-96
All Wheel Drive (AWD)
Warning Light
(if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- The All Wheel Drive warning light
illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the AWD system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) System Indicator
Light
LED Headlight Warning
Light (if equipped)
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately 3
seconds and then goes off.
• When there is a malfunction with
the FCA.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates:
• [Green] When the system operating conditions are satisfied.
• [White] The system operating conditions are not satisfied.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the lane keeping assist
system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in
chapter 5.
This warning light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
• When there is a malfunction with
the LED headlight.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning light blinks:
When there is a malfunction with a
LED headlight related part.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
Continuous driving with the LED
Headlight Warning Light on or
blinking can reduce LED headlight
life.
3-97
3
Convenience Features
Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)
System Warning Light
Convenience Features
Icy Road Warning Light
(if equipped)
AUTO STOP Indicator
Light
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) Indicator
Light
This warning light is to warn the driver
the road may be icy.
When the temperature on the outside temperature gauge is approximately below 40°F (4°C), the Icy
Road Warning Light and Outside
Temperature Gauge blinks and then
illuminates. Also, the warning chime
sounds 1 time.
You can activate or deactivate Icy
Road Warning function from the User
Settings mode in the cluster LCD display.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the engine enters the Idle
Stop mode of the ISG (Idle Stop and
Go) system.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- The Electronic Stability Control
indicator light illuminates for
about 3 seconds and then goes
off.
• Whenever there is a malfunction
with the ESC system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
If the icy road warning light appears
while driving, you should drive more
attentively and safely refraining from
over-speeding, rapid acceleration, sudden braking or sharp turning, etc.
3-98
This indicator light blinks:
• When the automatic starting occurs,
the AUTO STOP indicator on the
cluster will blink for 5 seconds.
For more details, refer to the "ISG
(Idle Stop and Go) system" in
chapter 5.
i Information
When the engine automatically starts
by the ISG system, some warning
lights (ABS, ESC, ESC OFF, EPS or
Parking brake warning light) may
turn on for a few seconds.
This happens because of low battery
voltage. It does not mean the system
has malfunctioned.
This indicator light blinks:
• While the ESC is operating.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic
Stability
Control
(ESC)" in chapter 5.
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (without smart
key)(if equipped)
Immobilizer Indicator
Light (with smart key
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- It illuminates for approximately
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When you deactivate the ESC system by pressing the ESC OFF button.
For more details, refer to
"Electronic
Stability
Control
(ESC)" in chapter 5.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the vehicle detects the
immobilizer in the key with the ignition switch in the ON position.
- At this time, you can start the
engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light illuminates for
up to 30 seconds:
• When the vehicle detects the
smart key in the vehicle with the
Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC or ON position.
- Once the smart key is detected,
you can start the engine.
- The indicator light goes off after
starting the engine.
This indicator light blinks for a few
seconds:
• When the smart key is not in the
vehicle.
- If the smart key is not detected,
you cannot start the engine.
3-99
3
Convenience Features
Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) OFF
Indicator Light
Convenience Features
This indicator light illuminates for
2 seconds and goes off:
• If the smart key is in the vehicle
and the Engine Start/Stop button is
ON, but the vehicle cannot detect
the smart key.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This indicator light blinks:
• When there is a malfunction with
the immobilizer system.
If this occurs, have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-100
Turn Signal Indicator
Light
High Beam Indicator
Light
This indicator light blinks:
• When you operate the turn signal
indicator stalk.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the headlights are on and in
the high beam position
• When the turn signal lever is pulled
into the Flash-to-Pass position.
If any of the following occur, there may
be a malfunction with the turn signal
system.
- The turn signal indicator light illuminates but does not blink
- The turn signal indicator light blinks
rapidly
- The turn signal indicator light does
not illuminate at all
If any of these conditions occur, have
your vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Light ON Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the tail lights or headlights
are on.
AUTO HOLD Indicator
Light
This indicator light illuminates :
• When the high-beam is on with the
light switch in the AUTO light position.
• If your vehicle detects oncoming or
preceding vehicles, the High Beam
Assist (HBA) system will switch the
high beam to low beam automatically.
For more details, refer to "High
Beam Assist (HBA) system" in this
chapter.
This indicator light illuminates:
• [White] When you activate the Auto
Hold system by pressing the AUTO
HOLD button.
• [Green] When you stop the vehicle
completely by depressing the
brake pedal with the Auto Hold
system activated.
• [Yellow] When there is a malfunction with the Auto Hold system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Auto
Hold" in chapter 5.
AUTO
HOLD
Cruise Indicator Light
This indicator light illuminates:
• When the cruise control system is
enabled.
For more details, refer to "Cruise
Control System" in chapter 5.
SPORT Mode Indicator
Light (if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select "SPORT" mode
as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System"
in chapter 5.
3-101
3
Convenience Features
High Beam Assist
(HBA) indicator light
(if equipped)
Convenience Features
SMART Mode Indicator
Light (if equipped)
60$57
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you select ''SMART" mode
as drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System''
in chapter 5.
All Wheel Drive LOCK
Indicator Light
(if equipped)
Downhill Brake Control
(DBC) Indicator Light
(if equipped)
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- The AWD LOCK indicator light
illuminates for about 3 seconds
and then goes off.
• When you select AWD Lock mode
by pressing the AWD LOCK button.
- The AWD LOCK mode is to transfer a portion of the drive torque to
the rear wheels for increased
traction on wet pavement, snow
covered roads or when driving off
road.
This indicator light illuminates:
• When you set the ignition switch or
the Engine Start/Stop button to the
ON position.
- The Downhill Brake Control
Indicator Light illuminates for about
3 seconds and then goes off.
• When you activate the system by
pressing the DBC button.
CAUTION
AWD Lock Mode
Do not use the AWD lock mode
on dry paved roads. Doing so
can cause abnormal noise or
vibration, and may damage the
AWD system.
3-102
This indicator light blinks:
• When the DBC is operating.
This indicator light illuminates yellow:
• When there is a malfunction with
the DBC system.
If this occurs, have your vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to
"Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
System" in chapter 5.
LCD Display Messages
Shift to P or N to start engine
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
you try to start the engine with the
shift button not in the P (Park) or N
(Neutral) position.
Key not detected
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
the battery of the smart key is discharged while changing the Engine
Start/Stop button to the OFF position.
This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not detected when you
press the Engine Start/Stop button.
Press brake pedal to start
engine (for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
the Engine Start/Stop button
changes to the ACC position twice
by pressing the button repeatedly
without depressing the brake pedal.
You can start the vehicle by depressing the brake pedal and then pressing the Engine Start/Stop button.
Key not in vehicle
(for smart key system)
Press START button again
(for smart key system)
3
This message is displayed if you
were unable to start the vehicle when
the Engine Start/Stop button was
pressed.
If this occurs, attempt to start the
engine by pressing the Engine Start/
Stop button again.
If the warning message appears
each time you press the Engine
Start/Stop button, have your vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
This warning message is displayed if
the smart key is not in the vehicle
when you press the Engine Start/
Stop button.
When attempting to start the vehicle,
always have the smart key with you.
3-103
Convenience Features
i Information
You can start the engine with the shift
button in the N (Neutral) position.
But, for your safety, we recommend
that you start the engine with the shift
button in the P (Park) position.
Low key battery
(for smart key system)
Convenience Features
Press START button with key
(for smart key system)
Battery discharging due to
external electrical devices
This warning message is displayed if
you press the Engine Start/Stop button while the warning message "Key
not detected" is displayed.
At this time, the immobilizer indicator
light blinks.
This message is displayed if the battery voltage is weak due to any nonfactory electrical accessories (ex.
dashboard camera) while parking.
Be careful that the battery is not discharged.
If the warning message appears
after removing the non-factory electrical accessories, have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Check BRAKE SWITCH fuse
(for smart key system)
This warning message is displayed if
the brake switch fuse is disconnected.
You need to replace the fuse with a
new one before starting the engine.
If that is not possible, you can start
the engine by pressing the Engine
Start/Stop button for 10 seconds in
the ACC position.
Door, Hood, Liftgate open
indicator
OLX2048113
This warning is displayed if any door
or the hood or the liftgate is left open.
The warning will indicate which door
is open in the display.
CAUTION
Before driving the vehicle, you
should confirm that the door/
hood/liftgate is fully closed.
Also, check there is no door/
hood/liftgate open warning light
or message displayed on the
instrument cluster.
3-104
Sunroof open indicator
(if equipped)
Window open indicator
(if equipped)
■ Type A and B
Low Pressure
■ Type A and B
■ Type A and B
3
OLX2048114
■ Type C
■ Type C
■ Type C
OLX2049135N
OLX2049140N
OLX2049141N
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the engine when the sunroof is
open.
Close the sunroof securely before
leaving your vehicle.
This warning is displayed if you turn
off the engine when any window is
open.
This warning message is displayed if
the tire pressure is low. The corresponding tire on the vehicle will be
illuminated.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
3-105
Convenience Features
OLX2048116L
OLX2048108
Convenience Features
Lights Mode
Wiper
■ Front
Low washer fluid
■ Rear
This warning message is displayed
if the washer fluid level in the reservoir is nearly empty.
Have the washer fluid reservoir refilled.
Low fuel
OIK047145L
OIK047146L/OTMA048119
This indicator displays which exterior
light is selected using the lighting
control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
This indicator displays which wiper
speed is selected using the wiper
control.
You can activate or deactivate
Wiper/Lights Display function from
the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
Heated Steering Wheel turned
off (if equipped)
This message is displayed if you turn
off the heated steering wheel.
For more details, refer to "Heated
Steering Wheel" in this chapter.
3-106
This warning message is displayed if
the fuel tank is almost out of fuel.
When this message is displayed, the
low fuel level warning light in the
cluster will come on.
It is recommended to look for the
nearest fueling station and refuel as
soon as possible.
Add fuel as soon as possible.
Engine overheated
This warning message is displayed
when the engine coolant temperature is above 248°F (120°C). This
means that the engine is overheated
and may be damaged.
If your vehicle is overheated, refer
to "Overheating" in chapter 6.
Check headlight (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
the headlights are not operating
properly. A headlight bulb may need
to be replaced.
Check High Beam Assist (HBA)
system (if equipped)
Check turn signal (if equipped)
Check headlight LED (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
the turn signal lamps are not operating properly. A lamp may need to be
replaced.
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the LED
headlight. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
i Information
i Information
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same wattage
rating.
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system. Have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist (FCA)
system" in chapter 5.
Check Blind-Spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system
(if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the BlindSpot Collision Warning system. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "BlindSpot Collision Warning (BCW)/
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist (BCA)" or "Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning (RCCW)/
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance
Assist
(RCCA)"
System in chapter 5.
3-107
3
Convenience Features
Make sure to replace the burned out
bulb with a new one of the same
wattage rating.
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the High Beam
Assist (HBA) system. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "High
Beam Assist (HBA) system" in
chapter 3.
Check Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist system
(if equipped)
Convenience Features
Check Smart Cruise Control
System (if equipped)
Check Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Smart
Cruise Control system. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Smart
Cruise Control with Stop & Go" in
chapter 5.
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Check
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Check
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
Check Driver Attention Warning
(DAW) system (if equipped)
This warning message is displayed if
there is a problem with the Driver
Attention Warning (DAW). Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
For more details, refer to "Driver
Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
3-108
LCD DISPLAY (CLUSTER TYPE A AND TYPE B)
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons.
(1)
OTMA048414
3-109
3
Convenience Features
: MODE button for changing
modes
(2)
,
: MOVE switch for
changing items
(3) OK : SELECT/RESET button for
setting or resetting the
selected item
Convenience Features
LCD Display Modes
Modes
Trip Computer
Turn By Turn (TBT)
(if equipped)
Symbol
Explanation
The Trip Computer mode displays driving information such as the tripmeter, fuel economy,
etc. For details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
Assist
The Driver Assist mode displays the status of the following features:
- Smart Cruise Control (SCC) system
- Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system
- Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system
- Tire pressure
- Traction force distribution status of front-wheels and rear-wheels
For more information, refer to "Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go)", "Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system", "Driver Attention Warning (DAW) system",
"Traction force distribution status of front-wheels and rear-wheels" in chapter 5
and "Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS)" in chapter 6.
User Settings
The User Settings mode provides user options for a variety of settings including door
lock/unlock features, convenience features, driver assistance settings, etc.
Master Warning
The Master Warning mode displays warning messages related to the vehicle when one
or more systems is not operating normally.
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-110
Trip computer mode
Turn By Turn (TBT) mode
Assist mode
3
OIK047147N
OLX2049119N
The trip computer mode displays
information related to vehicle driving
parameters including fuel economy,
tripmeter information and vehicle
speed.
For more details, refer to "Trip
Computer" in this chapter.
This mode displays the state of the
navigation.
SCC/LKA/DAW
This mode displays the state of the
Smart Cruise Control (SCC), Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) and Driver
Attention Warning (DAW).
For more details, refer to each
system information in chapter 5.
3-111
Convenience Features
OIK047124N
Convenience Features
Master warning mode
OLX2048120L
OLX2048121
Tire Pressure
This mode displays information related to Tire Pressure.
For more details, refer to "Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS)" in chapter 6.
Driving force distribution (AWD)
This mode displays information related to AWD driving force.
For more details, refer to the "All
Wheel Drive" in the chapter 5.
3-112
This warning light informs the driver
the following situations.
- LED headlamp malfunction
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist system malfunction
(if equipped)
- Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist radar blocked (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning
system malfunction (if equipped)
- Blind-Spot Collision Warning radar
blocked (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go malfunction (if equipped)
- Smart Cruise Control with Stop &
Go radar blocked (if equipped)
- Lamp malfunction
- High Beam Assist malfunction
(if equipped)
- Tire Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) malfunction
User settings mode
3
OOSEV048172L
OIK047148L
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster,
doors, lamps, etc.
1. Head-up display
2. Driver Assistance
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service interval
8. Other
9. Language
10. Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park).
Quick guide help
This mode provides quick guides for
the systems in the User Settings
mode.
Select an item, press and hold the
OK button.
For more details, about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
3-113
Convenience Features
The Master Warning Light illuminates if one or more of the above
warning situations occur. At this time,
the LCD Modes Icon will change
from (
) to (
).
If the warning situation is solved, the
master warning light will be turned
off and the LCD Modes Icon will be
changed back to its previous icon
(
).
Convenience Features
1. Head-Up Display
Items
Explanation
Enable Head-Up Display
To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height
To adjust the height of the image displayed
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
To select the content to be displayed.
- Turn by Turn
Content Selection
- Traffic Information
- Cruise control
- Lane keeping assist
- Blind-spot Collision Warning
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed.
- Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed.
- White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-114
2. Driver Assistance
Items
SCC Reaction
Explanation
• Fast / Normal / Slow
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system.
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5.
3
• Leading vehicle departure alert
To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert.
Convenience Features
For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter 5.
Driving assist
• Lane Following Assist
To activate or deactivate the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system.
For more details, refer to the "Lane Following Assist (LFA) System" in chapter 5.
• Highway Driving Assist
To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system.
For more details, refer to the "Highway Driving Assist (HDA) System" in chapter 5.
Warning Timing
• Normal / Later
To select when to provide a warning for all driver assistance.
Warning Volume
• High / Medium / Low
To adjust the warning sound volume of all driver assistance.
To activate or deactivate the Driver Attention Warning (DAW).
Driver Attention Warning
For more information, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
3-115
Convenience Features
2. Driver Assistance
Items
Forward Safety
Explanation
• Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a collision is detected.
• Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected.
• Off: Deactivates the system.
For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system" in chapter 5.
Lane Safety
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) function.
- Lane Keeping Assist
- Lane Departure Warning
- Off
For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
• Blind-Spot View
To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot View" in this chapter.
• SEA(Safe Exit Assistance)
To activate or deactivate the Safe Exit Assistance.
Blind-Spot Safety
For more details, refer to the "Safe Exit Assistance" in chapter 5.
• Active assist
• Warning only
• Off
For more details, refer to "Blind-spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" in chapter 5.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-116
2. Driver Assistance
Items
Explanation
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function.
Parking Safety
For more details, refer to the "Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Crosstraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)" in chapter 5.
Items
Explanation
Automatically Lock
• Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3
mph (15 km/h).
• Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (Only when the engine is running)
Automatically Unlock
• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the
key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key).
• Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key)
• On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted
to the P (Park) position. (Only when the engine is running)
3-117
Convenience Features
3. Door
3
Convenience Features
3. Door
Items
Explanation
Two Press Unlock
• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the
door unlock button is pressed.
• On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door
unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
Horn Feedback
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback.
If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the
remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once
to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
Power Liftgate
Power Liftgate Speed
To activate or deactivate the Power Liftgate system.
For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
• Fast / Normal
To select the speed of the power liftgate opening and closing
For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
Smart Liftgate
To activate or deactivate the Smart Liftgate system.
For more details, refer to "Smart Liftgate" in this chapter.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-118
4. Lights
Items
One Touch Turn Signal
Explanation
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
3
To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.
Convenience Features
Headlight Delay
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5. Sound
Items
Welcome Sound
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
6. Convenience
Items
Seat Slide Easy Access
Explanation
• Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated.
• Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
3-119
Convenience Features
6. Convenience
Items
Seat Height Easy Access
Rear Occupant Alert
Welcome Light
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the Seat Height Easy Access.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert
For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system" in this chapter.
• On driver approach: The welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached
with the smart key.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
Wireless Charging System
For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
Traffic Information
To activate or deactivate traffic information display function.
When activated, traffic information, such as speed limits, etc. are displayed in the cluster LCD
display.
Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode.
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change
the mode.
Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON.
Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.
When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.
Icy Road Warning
To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-120
7. Service interval
Items
Explanation
Service Interval
To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
3
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following
situations each time the vehicle is turned on.
- Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
- Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
3-121
Convenience Features
i Information
Convenience Features
8. Other
Items
Fuel Economy Reset
Explanation
• Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
• After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically.
• After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Fuel Economy Unit
• US gallon / UK gallon
To select the fuel economy unit.
Temperature Unit
• °C / °F
To select the temperature unit.
Tire Pressure Unit
• psi / kPa / bar
To select the tire pressure unit.
9. Language
Items
Language
Explanation
To select language.
10. Reset
Items
Reset
Explanation
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are
reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-122
TRIP COMPUTER (CLUSTER TYPE A AND TYPE B)
The trip computer is a microcomputer-controlled driver information system that displays information related
to driving.
i Information
Fuel Economy
• Average Fuel Economy
• Instant Fuel Economy
3
Accumulated Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
OTMA048414
To change the trip mode, toggle the
"
,
" switch on the steering
wheel.
Drive Info
• Tripmeter
• Fuel Economy
• Timer
Auto Stop (if equipped)
Digital Speedometer
Smart Shift
3-123
Convenience Features
Some driving information stored in the
trip computer (for example Average
Vehicle Speed) resets if the battery is
disconnected.
Trip modes
Convenience Features
Average fuel economy/
Instant fuel economy
Manual reset
To clear the average fuel economy
manually, press the OK button on the
steering wheel for more than 1 second when the average fuel economy
is displayed.
Automatic reset
OIK047124N
Average Fuel Economy (1)
• The average fuel economy is calculated by the total driving distance
and fuel consumption since the last
average fuel economy reset.
• The average fuel economy can be
reset both manually and automatically.
To automatically reset the average
fuel economy, select between "After
Ignition" or "After Refueling" in the
User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display.
- After ignition: When the engine has
been OFF for 4 hours or longer the
average fuel economy will reset
automatically.
- After refueling: The average fuel
economy will reset automatically
after adding 1.6 gallons (6 liters) of
fuel or more and after driving speed
exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.
3-124
Instant Fuel Economy (2)
• The instantaneous fuel economy is
displayed according to the bar
graph in the LCD display while
driving.
Accumulated Info display
The accumulated driving information
will continue to be counted while the
engine is still running (for example,
when the vehicle is in traffic or
stopped at a stop light).
Drive Info display
i Information
This display shows the accumulated
trip distance (1), the average fuel
economy (2), and the total driving
time (3).
The information is accumulated starting from the last reset.
To reset the details, press and hold
the OK button when viewing the
Accumulated driving info. The trip
distance, the average fuel economy,
and total driving time will reset simultaneously.
3
OIK047176N
This display shows the trip distance
(1), the average fuel economy (2),
and the total driving time (3).
The information is combined for each
ignition cycle. However, when the
engine has been OFF for 4 hours or
longer the Drive Info screen will reset.
To reset the details, press and hold
the OK button when viewing the Drive
Info. The trip distance, the average
fuel economy, and total driving time
will reset simultaneously.
3-125
Convenience Features
OIK047174N
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since
the last ignition key cycle before the
average fuel economy will be recalculated.
Convenience Features
The driving information will continue to
be counted while the engine is still running (for example, when the vehicle is
in traffic or stopped at a stop light).
Digital speedometer
Smart shift
i Information
The vehicle must be driven for a minimum of 0.19 miles (300 meters) since the
last ignition key cycle before the average
fuel economy will be recalculated.
OIK047151N
OIK047179N
This digital speedometer display
shows the speed of the vehicle.
This mode displays the currently
selected drive mode.
For more details, refer to "Drive
Mode Integrated Control System''
in chapter 5.
3-126
LCD DISPLAY (CLUSTER TYPE C) (IF EQUIPPED)
LCD Display Control
The LCD display modes can be
changed by using the control buttons.
(1)
(2)
(3) OK
- Tab: SELECT/RESET button for
setting the selected item
- Tab and hold: SELECT/RESET
button for retrieving assist information or resetting the selected item
OTMA048414
3-127
3
Convenience Features
: MODE button for changing
modes
,
: MOVE switch for
changing items
Convenience Features
View Modes
Modes
Utility
Driving Assist
Turn By Turn (TBT)
(if equipped)
Parking Assist
Driving Info.
Explanation
The Trip Computer mode displays driving information such as the trip distance, fuel economy and etc.
For details, refer to "Trip Computer" In this chapter.
The Driving Assist mode displays the driving status.
This mode displays the state of the navigation.
The Parking Assist mode displays the parking status.
Display for 4 seconds when the vehicle mode changes from IGN ON to OFF
The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-128
Utility View Mode
The utility view mode displays information related to vehicle driving
parameters including fuel economy
and trip distance information.
• Fuel Economy Information
The average fuel economy and
instant fuel economy are displayed.
- Manual reset: Press and hold OK
button to initialize set up
- Automatic reset: Automatically
reset the average fuel economy
when the set-up conditions are
satisfied in User Settings menu.
• Information after Refueling
The vehicle information such as trip
distance, fuel economy (undisplayed
item in fuel economy: driving speed)
and trip time is displayed after refueling. Press and hold OK button to initialize set up.
• Digital Speed Display
It shows current vehicle speed.
• AUTO STOP
The cumulative time is show when
the engine is off. Press and hold OK
button to initialize set up.
• Driver Attention Warning
Display the status of the Driver
Attention Warning system. When the
engine is off or the vehicle comes to
a stop, the system is reset. Press
and hold OK button to initialize set
up.
• Smart Shift
• Accumulated Information
The vehicle information such as trip
distance, fuel economy (undisplayed
item in fuel economy: driving speed)
and trip time is displayed after manual initialization.
• Tire Pressure
• Digital RPM
3-129
3
Convenience Features
Utility Items
The utility items appear as well in trip
computer mode, driving assist mode
and turn by turn mode.
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
• Driving Information
The trip distance for each ignition
cycle, fuel economy (undisplayed
item in fuel economy: driving speed),
trip time are shown. Press and hold
OK button to initialize set up. When
the engine has been OFF for 4 hours
or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically.
Convenience Features
Driving Assist View Mode
TBT (Turn By Turn) Mode
Parking Assist View Mode
OLX2059118N
OLX2059119N
OLX2049145N
SCC/LKA/HAD/FCA
This mode displays the state of the
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) and
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA).
For more details, refer to system
information in chapter 5.
It shows the information by interworking with the navigation.
It displays the information related to
the parking assist system movement.
3-130
Other Information Display
3
Convenience Features
OLX2059121N
OLX2059120N
Driving information summary (1)
The current operation conditions of
the Cruise Control mode, Smart
Cruise Control and high speed driving assist modes. It does not show
such information while driving assist
mode is working.
Driving information summary (2)
• It shows the weather and fine dust
concentration. (If equipped)
• While interworking with the navigation, it displays the distance to the
destinations or stops, the time to
destinations or stops and the estimated time of arrival.
• Assist messages appear while set
up.
3-131
Convenience Features
OPTION MENU (CLUSTER TYPE C)
WARNING
While driving, please do not change the setting mode. It may distract your attention and cause the accident.
NOTICE
Displayed items of user's setting may differ from the content in this owner's manual since the contents vary
with the vehicle’s technical specifications.
List
Service Interval
Head-up Display
Warning Timing
3-132
Set-up messages
Check the service message
To activate or deactivate head-up display
Set up the height, rotation and brightness (if equipped)
Normal/Later
To select when to provide a warning for all driver assistance
User settings mode
Shift to P to edit settings
This warning message appears if
you try to adjust the User Settings
while driving.
For your safety, change the User
Settings after parking the vehicle,
applying the parking brake and shifting to P (Park).
Quick guide help
This mode provides quick guides for
the systems in the User Settings
mode.
Select an item, press and hold the
OK button.
For more details, about each system, refer to this Owner's Manual.
3
Convenience Features
In this mode, you can change the
settings of the instrument cluster,
doors, lamps, etc.
1. Head-up display
2. Driver Assistance
3. Door
4. Lights
5. Sound
6. Convenience
7. Service interval
8. Other
9. Language
10. Reset
The information provided may differ
depending on which functions are
applicable to your vehicle.
3-133
Convenience Features
1. Head-Up Display
Items
Explanation
Enable Head-Up Display
To activate or deactivate the Head-up display function.
Display Height
To adjust the height of the image displayed
Rotation
To adjust the angle of the image displayed.
Brightness
To adjust the brightness of the image displayed.
To select the content to be displayed.
- Turn by Turn
Content Selection
- Traffic Information
- Cruise control
- Lane keeping assist
- Blind-spot Collision Warning
Speed Size
To select the speedometer size displayed.
- Large/Medium/Small
Speed Color
To select the speedometer color displayed.
- White/Orange/Green
For more information, refer to "Head-Up Display" in this chapter.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-134
2. Driver Assistance
Items
SCC Reaction
Explanation
• Fast / Normal / Slow
To adjust the sensitivity of the Smart Cruise Control system.
For more details, refer to ''Smart Cruise Control with Stop & Go'' in chapter 5.
3
• Leading vehicle departure alert
To activate or deactivate the Leading vehicle departure alert.
Convenience Features
For more details, refer to the "Leading vehicle departure alert" in chapter 5.
Driving Assist
• Lane Following Assist
To activate or deactivate the Lane Following Assist (LFA) system.
For more details, refer to the "Lane Following Assist (LFA) System" in chapter 5.
• Highway Driving Assist
To activate or deactivate the Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system.
For more details, refer to the "Highway Driving Assist (HDA) System" in chapter 5.
Warning Timing
• Normal / Later
To select when to provide a warning for all driver assistance.
Warning Volume
• High / Medium / Low
To adjust the warning sound volume of all driver assistance.
To activate or deactivate the Driver Attention Warning (DAW).
Driver Attention Warning
For more information, refer to the "Driver Attention Warning (DAW)" in chapter 5.
3-135
Convenience Features
2. Driver Assistance
Items
Forward Safety
Explanation
• Active Assist: If selected, the system controls the vehicle and provides a warning when a collision is detected.
• Warning Only: If selected, the system provides a warning when a collision is detected.
• Off: Deactivates the system.
For more details, refer to the "Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist system" in chapter 5.
Lane Safety
To adjust the Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) function.
- Lane Keeping Assist
- Lane Departure Warning
- Off
For more details, refer to the "Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system" in chapter 5.
• Blind-Spot View
To activate or deactivate the Blind-Spot View.
For more details, refer to the "Blind-Spot View" in this chapter.
• SEA(Safe Exit Assistance)
To activate or deactivate the Safe Exit Assistance.
Blind-Spot Safety
For more details, refer to the "Safe Exit Assistance" in chapter 5.
• Active assist
• Warning only
• Off
For more details, refer to "Blind-spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)" in chapter 5.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-136
2. Driver Assistance
Items
Explanation
• Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
To activate or deactivate the Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning function.
Parking Safety
For more details, refer to the "Rear Cross-traffic Collision Warning (RCCW) / Rear Crosstraffic Collision-Avoidance Assist (RCCA)" in chapter 5.
Items
Explanation
Automatically Lock
• Enable on speed: All doors will be automatically locked when the vehicle speed exceeds 9.3
mph (15 km/h).
• Enable on shift: All doors will be automatically locked if the vehicle is shifted from the P (Park)
position to the R (Reverse), N (Neutral), or D (Drive) position. (Only when the engine is running)
Automatically Unlock
• Disable : The auto door unlock operation will be canceled.
• On key out : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the ignition key is removed from the
key ignition switch (if equipped with remote key).
• Vehicle off : All doors will be automatically unlocked when the Engine Start/Stop button is set
to the OFF position. (if equipped with smart key)
• On shift to P : All doors will be automatically unlocked if the automatic transmission is shifted
to the P (Park) position. (Only when the engine is running)
3-137
Convenience Features
3. Door
3
Convenience Features
3. Door
Items
Explanation
Two Press Unlock
• Off: The two press unlock function will be deactivated. Therefore, all doors will unlock if the
door unlock button is pressed.
• On: Only the driver's door will unlock if the door unlock button is pressed. When the door
unlock button is pressed again within 4 seconds, the remaining doors will unlock.
Horn Feedback
To activate or deactivate the horn feedback.
If the horn feedback is activated, after locking the door by pressing the lock button on the
remote key, and pressing it again within 4 seconds, the horn feedback sound will operate once
to indicate that all doors are locked (if equipped with remote key).
Power Liftgate
Power Liftgate Speed
To activate or deactivate the Power Liftgate system.
For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
• Fast / Normal
To select the speed of the power liftgate opening and closing
For more details, refer to "Power Liftgate" in this chapter.
Smart Liftgate
To activate or deactivate the Smart Liftgate system.
For more details, refer to "Smart Liftgate" in this chapter.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-138
4. Lights
Items
One Touch Turn Signal
Explanation
• Off: The one touch turn signal function will be deactivated.
• 3, 5, 7 Flashes: The turn signal indicator will blink 3, 5, or 7 times when the turn signal lever is
moved slightly.
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
3
To activate or deactivate the headlight delay function.
Convenience Features
Headlight Delay
For more details, refer to "Lighting" in this chapter.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
5. Sound
Items
Welcome Sound
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the welcome sound function.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
6. Convenience
Items
Seat Slide Easy Access
Explanation
• Off: The seat easy access function is deactivated.
• Normal/Extended: When you turn off the engine, the driver's seat will automatically move rearward short (Normal) or long (Extended) for you to enter or exit the vehicle more comfortably.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
3-139
Convenience Features
6. Convenience
Items
Seat Height Easy Access
Rear Occupant Alert
Welcome Light
Explanation
To activate or deactivate the Seat Height Easy Access.
For more details, refer to "Driver Position Memory System" in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the Rear Occupant Alert
For more details, refer to "Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) system" in this chapter.
• On driver approach: The welcome light turns on automatically when the vehicle is approached
with the smart key.
For more details, refer to ''Welcome System'' in this chapter.
To activate or deactivate the wireless charging system in the front seat.
Wireless Charging System
For more details, refer to "Wireless Charging System" in this chapter.
Traffic Information
To activate or deactivate traffic information display function.
When activated, traffic information, such as speed limits, etc. are displayed in the cluster LCD
display.
Wiper/Lights Display
To activate or deactivate the Wiper/Light mode.
When activated, the LCD display shows the selected Wiper/Light mode whenever you change
the mode.
Auto Rear Wiper (in R)
To activate or deactivate the rear wiper while the vehicle is in reverse with the front wiper ON.
Gear Position Pop-up
To activate or deactivate the gear position pop-up.
When activated, the gear position will be displayed in the cluster LCD display.
Icy Road Warning
To activate or deactivate the Icy Road Warning function.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-140
7. Service interval
Items
Explanation
Service Interval
To activate or deactivate the service interval function.
Adjust Interval
If the service interval menu is activated, you may adjust the time and distance.
3
To use the service interval menu, consult an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
If the service interval is activated and the time and distance is adjusted, messages are displayed in the following
situations each time the vehicle is turned on.
- Service in: Displayed to inform the driver the remaining mileage and days to service.
- Service required: Displayed when the mileage and days to service has been reached or passed.
i Information
If any of the following conditions occur, the mileage and number of days to service may be incorrect.
- The battery cable is disconnected.
- The fuse switch is turned off.
- The battery is discharged.
3-141
Convenience Features
i Information
Convenience Features
8. Other
Items
Fuel Economy Reset
Explanation
• Off: The average fuel economy will not reset automatically whenever refueling.
• After ignition: When the engine has been OFF for 4 hours or longer the average fuel economy
will reset automatically.
• After refueling: The average fuel economy will reset automatically after adding 1.6 gallons (6
liters) of fuel or more and after driving speed exceeds 1 mph (1 km/h).
For more details, refer to "Trip Computer" in this chapter.
Fuel Economy Unit
• US gallon / UK gallon
To select the fuel economy unit.
Temperature Unit
• °C / °F
To select the temperature unit.
Tire Pressure Unit
• psi / kPa / bar
To select the tire pressure unit.
9. Language
Items
Language
Explanation
To select language.
10. Reset
Items
Reset
Explanation
You can reset the menus in the User Settings mode. All menus in the User Settings mode are
reset to factory settings, except language and service interval.
❈ The information provided may differ depending on which functions are applicable to your vehicle.
3-142
HEAD UP DISPLAY (HUD) (IF EQUIPPED)
Precautions while using the
head up display
• Do not tint the front windshield glass or add other
types of metallic coating.
Otherwise, the head up display image may be invisible.
• Do not place any accessories
on the crash pad or attach any
objects on the windshield
glass.
• The Blind-spot Collision
Warning (BCW) system warnings on the head up display
are supplemental. Do not solely depend on them to change
lanes. Always take a look
around before changing lanes.
NOTICE
When replacing the front windshield glass of the vehicle
equipped with the head up display, replace it with a windshield
glass designed for the head up
display operation. Otherwise,
duplicated images may be displayed on the windshield glass.
3-143
3
Convenience Features
OLX2049051N
The Head-Up Display is an optional
feature that allows the driver to view
information projected onto a transparent screen while still keeping your
eyes safely on the road ahead while
driving.
It may sometimes be difficult to read
information on the head up display in
the following situations.
- The driver is improperly positioned
in the driver's seat.
- The driver wears polarizing-filter
sunglasses.
- An object is located above the
head up display cover.
- The vehicle is driven on a wet road.
- Any improper lighting accessory is
installed inside the vehicle, or there
is incoming light from outside of
the vehicle.
- The driver wears glasses.
- The driver wears contact lenses.
When it is difficult to read the head
up display information, adjust the
head up display angle or the head up
display brightness level in the User
Settings mode. For more details,
refer to "LCD Display" in this chapter.
WARNING
Convenience Features
Head-up display ON/OFF
Head-up display information
i Information
If you select the Turn By Turn (TBT)
navigation information as HUD contents, the Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information will not be displayed
in the instrument cluster LCD display.
Head-up display setting
OIK047152N
OLX2049419N
To activate the head up display,
select 'Head-UP Display' on the User
Settings mode on the instrument
cluster LCD display.
If you do not select 'Head-Up
Display', the head up display will be
deactivated.
1. Turn By Turn (TBT) navigation information (if equipped)
2. Speed limit signs (if equipped)
3. Speedometer
4. Cruise setting speed (if equipped)
5. Smart Cruise Control (SCC) information (if equipped)
6. Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) system information (if equipped)
7. Blind-spot Collision Warning (BCW)
system information (if equipped)
8. Warning lights (Low fuel, etc.)
9. Audio/Video information
3-144
On the LCD display, you can change
the head up display settings as follows.
• Enable Head-up display
• Display Height
• Rotation
• Brightness
• Content Selection
• Speed Size
• Speed Color
For more details, refer to "LCD
Display" in this chapter.
LIGHTING
Exterior Lights
Lighting control
Daytime running light (DRL)
The Daytime Running Lights (DRL)
can make it easier for others to see
the front of your vehicle during the
day, especially after dawn and before
sunset.
To operate the lights, turn the knob at
the end of the control lever to one of
the following positions:
1. OFF position
2. AUTO headlamp position
3. Parking lamp position
4. Headlamp position
3
OTMA048477
OLX2048065
AUTO headlamp position
The parking lamp and headlamp will
be turned ON or OFF automatically
depending on the amount of daylight
as measured by the ambient light
sensor (1) on the center dash.
3-145
Convenience Features
OOS047404N
The DRL system will turn the dedicated lamp OFF when :
• The headlamps are ON.
• The parking lamps are ON.
• The vehicle is turned off.
• The parking brake is engaged.
Convenience Features
Even with the AUTO headlamp feature in operation, it is recommended
to manually turn ON the headlamps
when driving at night or in a fog, driving in the rain, or when you enter
dark areas, such as tunnels and
parking facilities.
NOTICE
• Do not cover or spill anything on
the sensor (1) located in front of
the instrument panel.
• Do not clean the sensor using a
window cleaner, the cleanser may
leave a light film which could
interfere with sensor operation.
• If your vehicle has window tint
or other types of metallic coating on the front windshield, the
AUTO headlamp system may not
work properly.
3-146
OOS047405N
OOS047406N
Parking lamp position (
)
The parking lamp, license plate lamp
and instrument panel lamp are turned
ON.
Headlamp position ( )
The headlamp, parking lamp, license
plate lamp and instrument panel lamp
are turned ON.
i Information
The ignition switch must be in the ON
position to turn on the headlamp.
High beam operation
Turn signals and lane change
signals
3
OOS047407N
To turn on the high beam headlamp,
push the lever away from you. The
lever will return to its original position.
The high beam indicator will light
when the headlamp high beams are
switched on.
To turn off the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you. The low
beams will turn on.
OOS047410N
To signal a turn, push down on the
lever for a left turn or up for a right
turn in position (A).
If an indicator stays on and does not
flash or if it flashes abnormally, one of
the turn signal bulbs may be burned
out and will require replacement.
WARNING
Do not use high beam when there
are other vehicles approaching
you. Using high beam could
obstruct the other driver's vision.
3-147
Convenience Features
OOS047408N
To flash the high beam headlamp,
pull the lever towards you, then
release the lever. The high beams
will remain ON as long as you hold
the lever towards you.
Convenience Features
One-touch turn signal function
To activate the One Touch Turn
Signal function, push the turn signal
lever up or down to position (B) and
then release it.
The lane change signals will blink 3,
5 or 7 times.
You can activate or deactivate the
One Touch Turn Signal function or
choose the number of blinks (3, 5, or
7) from the User Settings mode in
the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD
Display" section in this chapter.
Battery saver function
Headlamp delay function
The purpose of this feature is to help
prevent the battery from being discharged. The system automatically
turns off the parking lamp when the
driver turns the vehicle off and opens
the driver-side door.
With this feature, the parking lamps
will turn off automatically if the driver
parks on the side of road at night.
However, the position lamps stay ON
even when the driver-side door is
opened if the headlamp switch is
turned to the position lamp or AUTO
(if equipped) position after the
engine is turned off.
If necessary, to keep the lamps on
turn the position lamps OFF and ON
again using the headlamp switch on
the steering column after the engine
is turned off.
If the key is removed from the ignition
switch or placed in the ACC position
or the LOCK/OFF position with the
headlamps ON, the headlamps
(and/or parking lamps) remain on for
about 5 minutes. However, if the driver's door is opened and closed, the
headlights are turned off after 15
seconds. Also, with the engine off if
the driver's door is opened and
closed, the headlamps (and/or parking lamps) are turned off after 15
seconds.
The headlamps (and/or parking
lamps) can be turned off by pressing
the lock button on the remote key or
smart key twice or turning the headlamp switch to the OFF or AUTO
position.
You can activate or deactivate the
Headlamp Delay function from the
User Settings mode in the LCD display.
For more details, refer to the "LCD
Display" section in this chapter.
3-148
NOTICE
Front lamps
WARNING
Do not use the interior lights
when driving in the dark. The
interior lights may obscure your
view and cause an accident.
3
NOTICE
Do not use the interior lights for
extended periods when the vehicle is turned off or the battery will
discharge.
OLX2048066
Front Room Lamp (1) (
):
Press the button to turn the front and
rear room lamps on or off.
Interior lamp AUTO cut
The interior lamps will automatically
go off approximately 20 minutes after
the engine is turned off and the
doors are closed. If a door is opened,
the lamp will go off 40 minutes after
the engine is turned off. If the doors
are locked by the remote key or
smart key and the vehicle enters the
armed stage of the theft alarm system, the lamps will go off five seconds later.
3-149
Convenience Features
If the driver exits the vehicle
through another door besides the
driver door, the battery saver function does not operate and the
headlamp delay function does not
turn OFF automatically.
This may cause the battery to discharge. To avoid battery discharge, turn OFF the headlamps
manually from the headlamp
switch before exiting the vehicle.
Interior Lights
Convenience Features
Front Door Lamp (2) (
):
The front or rear room lamps come on
when the front or rear doors are
opened if the engine is running or not.
When doors are unlocked by the
remote key or smart key, the front and
rear lamps come on for approximately 30 seconds as long as any door is
not opened. The front and rear room
lamps go out gradually after approximately 30 seconds when the door is
closed. However, if the ignition switch
is in the ON position or all doors are
locked, the front and rear lamps will
turn off. If a door is opened with the
ignition switch in the ACC position or
the OFF position, the front and rear
lamps stay on for about 20 minutes.
Front Map Lamp (3) :
Press either or switches (
) to
turn the map lamp on or off. This light
produces a spot beam for convenient
use as a map lamp at night or as a
personal lamp for the driver and the
front passenger.
3-150
Rear lamp
Luggage compartment lamp
OLX2048067
OLX2049070N
Rear Room Lamp (
):
Press either buttons to turn the room
lamp on or off.
• ON (
):
The luggage compartment lamp
stays on at all times.
• DOOR (
):
The luggage compartment lamp
comes on when the liftgate is
opened.
• OFF (
):
The luggage compartment lamp is
off.
Vanity mirror lamp (if equipped)
Glove box lamp (if equipped)
Puddle lamp (if equipped)
3
OLX2048068
OLX2048071
Opening the lid of the vanity mirror
will automatically turn on the mirror
light.
The glove box lamp comes on when
the glove box is opened.
If the glove box is not closed, the
lamp will turn off after 20 minutes.
Welcome light
When all doors (and liftgate) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
will come on for 15 seconds if the
door is unlocked by the remote key
or smart key or outside door handle
button.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the vanity mirror cover after using the mirror.
NOTICE
To prevent unnecessary charging
system drain, close the glove box
securely after using the glove box.
For more details, refer to
"Welcome System" in this chapter.
3-151
Convenience Features
ODH043356
Convenience Features
Escort light
When the vehicle is turned OFF and
the driver's door is opened, the puddle lamp will come on for 30 seconds. If the driver's door is closed
within the 30 seconds, the puddle
lamp will turn off after 15 seconds. If
the driver's door is closed and
locked, the puddle lamp will turn off
immediately.
The Puddle Lamp Escort Light will
turn on only the first time the driver's
door is opened after the engine is
turned off.
Welcome System (if equipped)
Welcome light
OLX2048064
Puddle lamp (if equipped) and door
handle lamp (if equipped)
When all the doors (and liftgate) are
closed and locked, the puddle lamp
and door handle lamp will come on
for about 15 seconds if any of the
below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or
smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed with the
smart key in possession.
3-152
• If 'Convenience → Welcome Light
→ On driver approach' is selected
in the User Settings mode in the
cluster LCD display, the lamps will
turn on when the vehicle is
approached with the smart key in
possession.
Headlamp and parking lamp
When the headlamp (lamp switch in
the headlamp or AUTO position) is on
and all doors (and liftgate) are locked
and closed, the parking lamp and
headlamp will come on for 15 seconds
when the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or smart
key.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button, the parking lamp and
headlamp will turn off immediately.
Interior lamp
When the interior lamp switch is in
the DOOR position and all doors (and
liftgate) are closed and locked, the
room lamp will come on for 30 seconds if any of the below is performed.
• When the door unlock button is
pressed on the remote key or
smart key.
• When the button of the outside
door handle is pressed with the
smart key in possession.
At this time, if you press the door lock
or unlock button on the smart key the
room lamp will turn off immediately.
3
Convenience Features
3-153
Convenience Features
HIGH BEAM ASSIST (HBA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor (Front view
camera)
The driver can activate HBA by placing the ignition switch to the ON position and by selecting: ‘User Settings
→ Lights → HBA (High Beam
Assist)’. If you disable this setting,
HBA will not work.
The setting of HBA will be maintained, as selected, when the engine
is re-started.
OPDE046057
High Beam Assist will automatically
adjust the headlamp range (switches
between high beam and low beam)
according to the brightness of other
vehicles and road conditions.
3-154
High Beam Assist setting
Setting features
OLX2051137L
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect ambient
light and brightness while driving.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
For more details on the precautions
of the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 5.
High Beam Assist operation
Display and control
• When High Beam Assist is operating, high beam switches to low
beam if any of the following conditions occur:
- When the headlamp of an
oncoming vehicle is detected.
- When the tail lamp of a vehicle in
front is detected.
- When the headlamp or tail lamp
of a motorcycle or a bicycle is
detected.
- When the surrounding ambient
light is bright enough that high
beams are not required.
- When streetlights or other lights
are detected.
3-155
3
Convenience Features
• After selecting ‘High Beam Assist’
in the Settings menu, High Beam
Assist will operate by following the
procedure below.
- Place the headlamp switch in the
AUTO position and push the
headlamp lever towards the
instrument cluster. The High
Beam Assist ( ) indicator light
will illuminate on the cluster and
High Beam Assist will be
enabled.
- When High Beam Assist is
enabled, high beam will turn on
when vehicle speed is above 40
km/h (25 mph). When vehicle
speed is below 25 km/h (15 mph),
high beam will not turn on.
- The High Beam (
) indicator
light will illuminate on the cluster
when high beam is on.
• When High Beam Assist is operating, if the headlamp lever or switch
is used, High Beam Assist operates as follow:
- If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is off, the high beam will turn on
without High Beam Assist canceled. When you let go of the
headlamp lever, the lever will
move to the middle and the high
beam will turn off.
- If the headlamp lever is pulled
towards you when the high beam
is on by High Beam Assist, low
beam will be on and the system
will turn off.
- If the headlamp switch is placed
from AUTO to another position
(headlamp/position/off),
High
Beam Assist will turn off and the
corresponding lamp will turn on.
Convenience Features
High Beam Assist malfunction
and limitations
Warning light and message
OOS047127L
When High Beam Assist is not working properly, the warning message
will come on for a few second. After
the message disappears, the master
warning light ( ) will illuminate.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3-156
Limitations of High Beam Assist
High Beam Assist may not work
properly in the following situations:
• Light from a oncoming or front
vehicle is not detected because of
lamp damage, or because it is hidden from sight, etc.
• Headlamp of a oncoming or front
vehicle is covered with dust, snow
or water.
• A front vehicle’s headlamps are off
but the fog lamps are on and etc.
• There is a lamp that has a similar
shape as a vehicle’s lamp.
• Headlamps have been damaged
or not repaired properly.
• Headlamps are not aimed properly.
• Driving on a narrow curved road,
rough road, uphill or downhill.
• Vehicle in front is partially visible
on a crossroad or curved road.
• There is a traffic light, reflecting
sign, flashing sign or mirror ahead.
• There is a temporary reflector or
flash ahead (construction area).
• The road conditions are bad such
as being wet, iced or covered with
snow.
• A vehicle suddenly appears from a
curve.
• The vehicle is tilted from a flat tire
or is being towed.
• Light from a oncoming or front
vehicle is not detected due to
obstacles in the air such as
exhaust fume, smoke, fog, snow, or
water spay or blizzard on the road,
or fogging in the lamp, etc.
i Information
For more details on the limitations of
the Front View Camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in chapter 5.
WARNING
• At times, High Beam Assist
may not work properly. High
Beam Assist is for your convenience only. It is the responsibility of the driver for safe
driving practices and always
check the road conditions for
your safety.
• When High Beam Assist does
not operate normally, change
the headlamp position manually between high beam and
low beam.
3
Convenience Features
3-157
Convenience Features
WIPERS AND WASHERS
■ Front windshield wiper/washer
B : Intermittent control wipe time
adjustment
C : Wash with brief wipes
(pull lever towards you)
D : Rear wiper/washer control
· HI – High wiper speed
· LO – Low wiper speed
· OFF – Off
OPD047454L
■ Rear window wiper/washer
OTLA045318
A : Wiper speed control
· MIST – Single wipe
· OFF – Off
· INT – Intermittent wipe
AUTO* – Auto control wipe
· LO – Low wiper speed
· HI – High wiper speed
3-158
E : Wash with brief wipes (rear)
(push lever away from you)
* : if equipped
Front Windshield Wipers
Operates as follows when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
MIST : For a single wiping cycle,
push the lever upward and
release. The wipers will operate continuously if the lever is
held in this position.
OFF : Wiper is not in operation.
INT : Wiper operates intermittently at
the same wiping intervals. To
vary the speed setting, move
the speed control lever. The top
most setting will run the wipers
most frequently (for more rain).
The bottom setting will run the
wipers the least frequently (for
less rain).
AUTO : The rain sensor located on
the upper end of the windshield glass senses the
amount of rainfall and controls the wiping cycle for the
proper interval. The more it
rains, the faster the wiper
operates. When the rain
stops, the wiper stops.To
vary the speed setting, turn
the speed control knob (B).
LO : The wiper runs at a lower speed.
HI : The wiper runs at a higher speed.
i Information
The rain sensor located on the upper
end of the windshield glass senses
the amount of rainfall and controls
the wiping cycle for the proper interval.
The wiper operation time will be
automatically controlled depends on
rainfall.
When the rain stops, the wiper stops.
To vary the sensitivity setting, turn
the sensitivity control knob (1).
If the wiper switch is set in AUTO
mode when the ignition switch is in
the ON position, the wiper will operate once to perform a self-check of
the system. Set the wiper to OFF
position when the wiper is not in use.
WARNING
To avoid personal injury from
the windshield wipers, when the
engine is running and the windshield wiper switch is placed in
the AUTO mode:
• Do not touch the upper end of
the windshield glass facing
the rain sensor.
• Do not wipe the upper end of
the windshield glass with a
damp or wet cloth.
• Do not put pressure on the
windshield glass.
3-159
3
Convenience Features
If there is heavy accumulation of snow
or ice on the windshield, defrost the
windshield for about 10 minutes, or
until the snow and/or ice is removed
before using the windshield wipers to
ensure proper operation.
If you do not remove the snow and/or
ice before using the wiper and washer,
it may damage the wiper and washer
system.
AUTO (Automatic) control
(if equipped)
Convenience Features
NOTICE
• When washing the vehicle, set
the wiper switch in the OFF position to stop the auto wiper operation. The wiper may operate
and be damaged if the switch is
set in the AUTO mode while
washing the vehicle.
• Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
passenger side windshield
glass. Damage to system parts
could occur and may not be covered by your vehicle warranty.
• Because of using a photo sensor, temporary malfunction
could occur according to sudden ambient light change made
by stone and dust while driving.
3-160
Front Windshield Washers
WARNING
When the outside temperature
is below freezing, ALWAYS
warm the windshield using the
defroster to help prevent the
washer fluid from freezing on
the windshield and obscuring
your vision which could result
in an accident and serious
injury or death.
OTLE045164
In the OFF position, pull the lever
gently toward you to spray washer
fluid on the windshield and to run the
wipers 1-3 cycles. The spray and
wiper operation will continue until
you release the lever. If the washer
does not work, you may need to add
washer fluid to the washer fluid
reservoir.
NOTICE
3
OTLE045166
OTLE045165
The rear window wiper and washer
switch is located at the end of the
wiper and washer switch lever. Turn
the switch to the desired position to
operate the rear wiper and washer.
HI – High wiper speed
LO – Low wiper speed
OFF – Off
Push the lever away from you to
spray rear washer fluid and to run the
rear wipers 1~3 cycles. The spray
and wiper operation will continue
until you release the lever.
Auto rear wiper
The rear wiper will operate while the
vehicle is in reverse with the front
wiper ON by selecting the function on
the LCD display.
Go to 'User Settings → Convenience
→ Auto Rear Wiper (in R)'.
3-161
Convenience Features
• To prevent possible damage to
the washer pump, do not operate the washer when the fluid
reservoir is empty.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers or windshield, do not
operate the wipers when the
windshield is dry.
• To prevent damage to the wiper
arms and other components, do
not attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• To prevent possible damage to
the wipers and washer system,
use anti-freezing washer fluids
in the winter season or cold
weather.
Rear Window Wiper and Washer
Convenience features
REAR VIEW MONITOR (RVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor
Rear View Monitor settings
Camera settings
OLX2041436L
OLX2041056L
[1] : Rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
OLX2048057L
Rear View Monitor will show the area
behind the vehicle to assist you
when parking or backing up.
3-162
OTM070210L
You can change Rear View Monitor
‘Display Contents’ or ‘Display
Settings’ by touching the setup icon
( ) on the screen while Rear View
Monitor is operating, or selecting
‘Driver Assistance → Parking Safety
→ Camera Settings’ from the
Settings menu while the engine is
on.
In the Display Contents, you can
change settings for ‘Rear View’, and
in the Display Settings, you can
change the screen’s ‘Brightness’ and
‘Contrast’.
Rear View Monitor operation
Operating button
Rear view
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the
image will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
while the gear is in P (Park), the
image will appear on the screen.
Parking/View button
Press the Parking/View button (1) to
turn on Rear View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off the
function.
The rear view will maintain showing
on the screen to help you when parking.
Operating conditions
Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to N
(Neutral) or D (Drive), the rear view
will appear on the screen.
Off conditions
• When vehicle speed is above 6
mph (10 km/h), the rear view will
turn off.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the rear
view will turn off.
3-163
3
Convenience features
OLX2048058
Off conditions
• The rear view cannot be turned off
when the gear is in R (Reverse).
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again while the gear is in P (Park)
with the rear view on the screen,
the rear view will turn off.
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to
P (Park), the rear view will turn off.
Extended rear view function
Convenience features
Rear View while driving
Operating conditions
Press the Parking/View button (1)
while the gear is in D (Drive) or N
(Neutral), the driving rear view will
appear on the screen.
OLX2048059
OLX2041431L
The driver is able to check the rear
view on the screen while driving, it is
to assist with safe driving.
3-164
Off conditions
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again, the driving rear view will turn
off.
• Press one of the infotainment system button (2), the driving rear
view will turn off.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the driving rear view will turn off.
When operating
If the gear is shifted to R (Reverse),
while Driving rear view is displayed
on the screen, the screen will
change to rear view with parking
guidance.
Rear top view
When you touch the icon (1), the top
view is displayed on the screen and
shows the distance from the vehicle
in the back of your vehicle while
parking.
Rear View Monitor malfunction
and limitations
Rear View Monitor malfunction
When Rear View Monitor is not working properly, or the screen flickers, or
the camera image does not display
normally, have the vehicle inspected
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When the vehicle is stopped for a
long time in winter or when the vehicle is parked in an indoor parking lot,
the exhaust fumes may temporarily
blur the image.
• The rear view camera does
not cover the complete area
behind the vehicle. The driver
should always check the rear
area directly through the
inside and outside rearview
mirror before parking or backing up.
• The image shown on the
screen may differ from the
actual distance of the object.
Make sure to directly check
the vehicle's surroundings for
safety.
• Always keep the rear view
camera lens clean. If the lens
is covered with foreign material, it may adversely affect
camera performance and Rear
View Monitor may not operate
normally. However, do not use
chemical solvents such as
strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic solvents (gasoline, acetone
etc.). This may damage the
camera lens.
3
Convenience features
Limitations of Rear View
Monitor
WARNING
3-165
Convenience features
REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) (IF EQUIPPED)
Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will help warn the driver if an obstacle is detected within a certain distance when the vehicle is moving in
reverse at low speeds.
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning settings
Warning Volume
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning operation
Operating button
Detecting sensor
OLX2048053L
[B] : Rear ultrasonic Sensor
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
3-166
ONX4E070090
OLX2048096
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Reverse Parking
Distance Warning.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist's
Warning Volume will not turn off but
the volume will sound as 'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Parking Distance Warning Off button
• Press the Parking Distance
Warning Off ( ) button to turn off
Reverse
Parking
Distance
Warning. Press the button again to
turn on the function.
• When Reverse Parking Distance
Warning is off (button indicator
light on), if you shift the gear to R
(Reverse), the function will automatically turn on.
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning
Warning
indicator
Distance
from object Driving
rearward
Warning
sound
24 – 48 in.
(60 – 120 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12 – 24 in.
(30 – 60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12 in.
(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning malfunction and precautions
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning malfunction
After starting the engine, a beep will
sound when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate Reverse
Parking Distance Warning is operating normally.
However, if one or more of the following occurs, first check whether
the ultrasonic sensor is damaged or
blocked with foreign material. If it still
does not work properly, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-167
3
Convenience features
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will operate when the gear is in R
(Reverse).
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
detects a person, animal or object
in the rear when the vehicle’s rearward speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h).
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic sensor detects a person, animal
or object in its sensing range. Also
an audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the
closest one will be warned with an
audible warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.
Convenience features
• The audible warning does not
sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
• The ‘Parking sensor error or blockage’ warning message appears on
the cluster.
OTM070218L
3-168
WARNING
• Reverse
Parking Distance
Warning is a supplemental
function. The operation of
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning can be affected by
several factors (including
environmental conditions). It
is the responsibility of the
driver to always check the
rear view before and while
parking.
• Your new vehicle warranty
does not cover any accidents
or damage to the vehicle due
to the malfunction of Reverse
Parking Distance Warning.
• Pay close attention when driving near objects, pedestrians,
and especially children. Some
objects may not be detected
by the ultrasonic sensors, due
to the objects distance, size
or material, all of which can
limit the effectiveness of the
sensor.
Limitations of Reverse Parking
Distance Warning
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may not operate normally when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or water
(Reverse
Parking
Distance
Warning will operate normally
when such foreign material are
removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or
cold The sensor or sensor
assembly is disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is
pressed hard or an impact is
applied with a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding
area is directly sprayed with high
pressure washer
• The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
- Objects, which tend to absorb
sensor frequency, such as
clothes, spongy material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100
cm) in length and narrower than 6
in. (14 cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects
that are very close to the ultrasonic sensors
• Parking
Distance
Warning
Indicators may be displayed differently from the actual detected location when the obstacle is located
between the sensors.
• Parking Distance Warning indicator may not occur sequentially
depending on vehicle speed or
obstacle shape.
• If Reverse Parking Distance
Warning needs repair, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3
Convenience features
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- Installing the license plate differently from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified
- Attaching equipments or accessories around the ultrasonic sensors
3-169
Convenience features
FORWARD/REVERSE PARKING DISTANCE WARNING (PDW) (IF EQUIPPED)
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will help warn the driver if
an obstacle is detected within a certain distance when the vehicle is
moving forward or in reverse at low
speeds.
Detecting sensor
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning settings
Warning Volume
OLX2048055
ONX4E070090
OLX2048053L
[A] : Front ultrasonic sensor,
[B] : Rear ultrasonic sensor
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
3-170
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Reverse Parking
Distance Warning.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist's
Warning Volume will not turn off but
the volume will sound as 'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Parking Distance Warning Auto
On
To use Parking Distance Warning
Auto On function, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety →
Parking Distance Warning Auto On’
from the cluster or infotainment system Settings menu.
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning operation
Operating button
Parking Safety button
• Press the Parking Safety (
)
button to turn on Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning. Press
the button again to turn off the
function.
• When Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning is off (button
indicator light off), if you shift the
gear
to
R
(Reverse),
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning will automatically turn on.
3-171
3
Convenience features
OLX2048096
• When Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning turns on, the
button indicator light will turn on. If
vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20
km/h), Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning will turn off (button indicator light off).
❈ If equipped with Reverse
Parking
Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Remote Smart Parking
Assist,
Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will
turn off (button indicator light off)
when vehicle speed is above 18
mph (30 km/h).
Convenience features
Forward Parking Distance
Warning
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
will operate when one of the condition is satisfied.
- The gear is shifted from R
(Reverse) to D (Drive) with
Reverse
Parking
Distance
Warning on
- The gear is in D (Drive) and the
Parking Safety button indicator
light is on
- ‘Parking Distance Warning Auto
On’ is selected from the Settings
menu and the gear is in D (Drive)
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
detects a person, animal or object
in front when the vehicle’s forward
speed is below 6 mph (10 km/h).
• Forward Parking Distance Warning
does not operate when the vehicle's forward speed is above 6 mph
(10 km/h) even when the Parking
Safety button indicator is on.
Forward Parking Distance Warning
will operate again when the vehicle's forward speed decreases
below 6 mph (10 km/h) while the
Parking Safety button indicator is
on.
3-172
• When ‘Parking Distance Warning
Auto On’ is selected, the Parking
Safety button indicator light stays
on.
• When ‘Parking Distance Warning
Auto On’ is deselected, and the
vehicle’s forward speed is above
12 mph (20 km/h), the Parking
Safety button indicator will turn off.
Although you drive below 6 mph
(10 km/h), Forward Parking
Distance Warning will not turn on.
❈ If equipped with Reverse
Parking
Collision-Avoidance
Assist or Remote Smart Parking
Assist,
Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning will
turn off when vehicle speed is
above 18 mph (30 km/h).
Warning
indicator
Distance
from object Driving
rearward
Warning
sound
24 – 48 in.
(60 – 120 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12 – 24 in.
(30 – 60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12 in.
(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic sensor detects a person, animal
or object in its sensing range. Also
an audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the
closest one will be warned with an
audible warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.
Reverse Parking Distance
Warning
Warning
sound
24 – 48 in.
(60 – 120 cm)
Buzzer beeps
intermittently
12 – 24 in.
(30 – 60 cm)
Beeps more
frequently
within 12 in.
(30 cm)
Beeps
continuously
• The corresponding indicator will
illuminate whenever each ultrasonic sensor detects a person, animal
or object in its sensing range. Also
an audible warning will sound.
• When more than two objects are
detected at the same time, the
closest one will be warned with an
audible warning.
• The shape of the indicator in the
illustration may differ from the actual vehicle.
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning malfunction
and precautions
Forward/Reverse Parking
Distance Warning malfunction
After starting the engine, a beep will
sound when the gear is shifted to R
(Reverse) to indicate the function is
operating normally.
However, if one or more of the following occurs, first check whether
the ultrasonic sensor is damaged or
blocked with foreign material. If it still
does not work properly, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
3-173
3
Convenience features
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
will operate when the gear is in R
(Reverse).
• Reverse Parking Distance Warning
detects a person, animal or object
in the rear when the vehicle’s rearward speed is below 6 mph (10
km/h).
• When the vehicle’s rearward speed
is below 6 mph (10 km/h), both the
front and rear ultrasonic sensors
will detect objects. However, the
front ultrasonic sensors can detect
a person, animal or object when it
is within 24 in. (60 cm) from the
sensors.
Warning
indicator
Distance
from object Driving
rearward
Convenience features
• The audible warning does not
sound.
• The buzzer sounds intermittently.
• The ‘Parking sensor error or blockage’ warning message appears on
the cluster.
OTM070172L
3-174
WARNING
• Forward/Reverse
Parking
Distance Warning is a supplemental function. The operation
of
Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning can
be affected by several factors
(including environmental conditions). It is the responsibility
of the driver to always check
the front and rear views
before and while parking.
• Your new vehicle warranty
does not cover any accidents
or damage to the vehicle due
to
the
malfunction
of
Forward/Reverse
Parking
Distance Warning.
• Pay close attention when driving near objects, pedestrians,
and especially children. Some
objects may not be detected
by the ultrasonic sensors, due
to the objects distance, size
or material, all of which can
limit the effectiveness of the
sensor.
Limitations of Forward/Reverse
Parking Distance Warning
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may not operate normally
when:
- Moisture is frozen to the sensor
- Sensor is covered with foreign
material, such as snow or water
(Forward/Reverse
Parking
Distance Warning will operate
normally when such foreign
material are removed.)
- The weather is extremely hot or
cold
- The sensor or sensor assembly is
disassembled
- The surface of the sensor is
pressed hard or an impact is
applied with a hard object
- The surface of the sensor is
scratched with a sharp object
- The sensors or its surrounding
area is directly sprayed with high
pressure washer
• The following objects may not be
detected:
- Sharp or slim objects, such as
ropes, chains or small poles.
- Objects, which tend to absorb
sensor frequency, such as
clothes, spongy material or snow.
- Objects smaller than 40 in. (100
cm) in length and narrower than 6
in. (14 cm) in diameter.
- Pedestrians, animals or objects
that are very close to the ultrasonic sensors
• Parking
Distance
Warning
Indicators may be displayed differently from the actual detected location when the obstacle is located
between the sensors.
• Parking Distance Warning indicator may not occur sequentially
depending on vehicle speed or
obstacle shape.
• If
Forward/Reverse
Parking
Distance Warning needs repair,
have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
3
Convenience features
• Forward/Reverse Parking Distance
Warning may malfunction when:
- Heavy rain or water spray is present
- Water flows on the surface of the
sensor
- Affected by another vehicle’s sensors
- The sensor is covered with snow
- Driving on uneven road, gravel
roads or bushes
- Objects that generates ultrasonic
waves are near the sensor
- Installing the license plate differently from the original location
- The vehicle bumper height or
ultrasonic sensor installation has
been modified
- Attaching equipments or accessories around the ultrasonic sensors
3-175
Convenience features
SURROUND VIEW MONITOR (SVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor
Surround View Monitor settings
Camera settings
OLX2048060
OLX2051135L
OTM070213L
OLX2041431L
Surround View Monitor will assist in
parking by allowing the driver to see
around the vehicle.
OLX2041432L
[1] : Surround-front view camera,
[2],[3] : Surround-side view camera
(under the outside rearview mirror),
[4] : Surround-rear view camera
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
3-176
• You can change Surround View
Monitor ‘Display Contents’ or
‘Display Settings’ by touching the
setup icon ( ) on the screen
while Surround View Monitor is
operating, or selecting ‘Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety →
Camera Settings’ from the Settings
menu while the engine is on.
• In the Display Contents, you can
change settings for ‘Top View
Parking Guidance’, ‘Rear View
Parking Guidance’ and ‘Parking
Distance Warning’.
• In the Display Settings, you can
change the screen’s ‘Brightness’
and ‘Contrast’.
Top View Parking Guidance
Rear View Parking Guidance
Parking Distance Warning
■ Front top view
3
OTM070216L
OTM070217L
• When the ‘Rear View Parking
Guidance’ is selected, parking
guidance is displayed in the rear
view.
• The horizontal guideline of the
Rear View Parking Guidance
shows the distance of 1.6 ft. (0.5
m), 3.3 ft. ( 1 m) and 7.6 ft. (2.3 m)
from the vehicle.
• When the ‘Parking Distance
Warning’ is selected, parking distance warning is displayed on the
right side of the Surround View
Monitor screen.
• The image will be displayed only
when Parking Distance Warning is
warning the driver.
OTM070214L
• When the ‘Top View Parking
Guidance’ is selected, parking guidance is displayed on the right side of
the Surround View Monitor screen.
• You may see the front top view or
the rear top view when using Top
View Parking Guidance.
3-177
Convenience features
OTM070215L
■ Rear top view
Convenience features
Surround View Monitor operation
Operating button
OLX2048060
OLX2048061L
3-178
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
to turn on Surround View Monitor.
Press the button again to turn off
the function.
• Other view modes can be selected
by touching the view icons (2) on
the Surround View Monitor screen.
• When one of the infotainment system button (3) is pressed without
the gear in R (Reverse), Surround
View Monitor will turn off.
Front view
The front image is displayed on the
screen when the gear is in N
(Neutral) or D (Drive) to assist in
parking. The front view has a top
view/front view/side view.
Operating conditions
• When the gear is shifted from R
(Reverse) to N (Neutral) or D
(Drive), the last set mode of front
view function will be selected.
• Front view function will operate
when the following conditions are
satisfied:
- While the infotainment system
screen is being displayed, press
the Parking/View button (1)
briefly when the gear is in D
(Drive) or N (Neutral) and vehicle
speed is below 9 mph (15 km/h).
Off conditions
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again, the image will turn off.
• When vehicle speed is above 9
mph (15 km/h) with the gear in D
(Drive), Surround View Monitor will
turn off and the screen will change
back to the previous infotainment
system screen. Although you drive
below 9 mph (15 km/h) again,
Surround View Monitor will not turn
on.
• Press one of the infotainment system button (3), the screen will
change to the infotainment system
screen.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), the
image will turn off.
Rear view
The rear image is displayed on the
screen when the gear is in P (Park)
to assist in parking. The rear view
has a top view/rear view/side view.
Operating conditions
• Shift the gear to R (Reverse), the
image will appear on the screen.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
while the gear is in P (Park), the
image will appear on the screen.
Off conditions
• The image cannot be turned off
when the gear is in R (Reverse).
• Shift the gear from R (Reverse) to
P (Park), the image will turn off.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again while the gear is in P (Park)
with the image on the screen.
3-179
3
Convenience features
• Surround View Monitor Auto On
function will operate when the following conditions are satisfied:
- With ‘Driver Assistance →
Parking Safety → Surround View
Monitor Auto On’ selected from
the Settings menu, the front parking assist view screen is displayed when Parking Distance
Warning warns the driver while
driving in D (Drive).
Convenience features
Rear View while driving
The driver is able to check the rear
view on the screen while driving, it is
to assist with safe driving.
Operating conditions
• The engine is ON.
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
when vehicle speed is above 9
mph (15 km/h), Rear View while
driving will appear on the screen.
• The ( ) icon is touched on the
Surround View Monitor screen
when vehicle speed is below 9
mph (15 km/h), Rear View while
driving will appear on the screen.
3-180
Off conditions
• Press the Parking/View button (1)
again, the screen will change back
to the previous infotainment system screen.
• Select other view modes from the
Surround View Monitor screen
when vehicle speed is below 9
mph (15 km/h), Rear View while
driving will turn off.
• Press one of the infotainment system button (3), the screen will
change to the infotainment system
screen.
• Shift the gear to P (Park), Rear
View while driving will turn off.
Surround View Monitor malfunction and limitations
Surround View Monitor malfunction
When Surround View Monitor is not
working properly, or the screen flickers, or the camera image does not
display normally, have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of Surround View
Monitor
• When the vehicle is stopped for a
long time in winter or when the
vehicle is parked in an indoor parking lot, the exhaust fumes may
temporarily blur the image.
• The screen may be displayed
abnormally, and an icon will appear
at the top left side of the screen
under the following circumstances:
- The tailgate is opened
- The driver or front passenger
door is opened
- The outside rearview mirror is
folded
WARNING
• ALWAYS look around your
clean. If the lens is covered
with foreign material, it may
adversely affect camera performance and Surround View
Monitor may not operate normally. However, do not use
chemical solvents such as
strong detergents containing
high alkaline or volatile organic solvents (gasoline, acetone, etc.). This may damage
the camera lens.
3
Convenience features
vehicle to make sure there are
no objects or obstacles
before moving the vehicle.
What you see on the screen
may differ from the actual
vehicle’s location.
• The image shown on the
screen may differ from the
actual distance of the object.
Make sure to directly check
the vehicle's surroundings for
safety.
• Surround View Monitor is
designed to be used on a flat
surface. Therefore, if used on
roads with different heights
such as curbs and speed
bumps, the image in the
screen my not look correct.
• Always keep the camera lens
i Information
When Rear View while Driving is on,
it stays on while driving regardless of
vehicle speed.
When Rear View while Driving is on
while backing up, the screen changes
to the rear view.
3-181
Convenience features
BLIND-SPOT VIEW MONITOR (BVM) (IF EQUIPPED)
■ Left side
■ Right side
Detecting sensor
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings
Setting features
Blind-Spot View
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Blind-Spot Safety →
Blind- Spot View’ from the Settings
menu to turn on Blind-Spot View
Monitor and deselect to turn off the
function.
OLX2041433L/OLX2041434L
Blind-Spot View Monitor displays the
rear blind spot area of the vehicle in
the cluster when the turn signal is
turned on to help safely change
lanes.
3-182
OLX2051136L
[1], [2]: Surround-side view camera (camera located
at bottom of the mirror)
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation
Operating switch
Turn signal lever
Blind-Spot View Monitor will turn on
and off when the turn signal is turned
on and off.
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction
When the left or right side turn signal
turns on, the image in that direction
is displayed on the instrument cluster.
When Blind-Spot View Monitor is not
working properly, or the cluster display flickers, or the camera image
does not display normally, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Off conditions
• When the turn signal turns off, the
image on the instrument cluster
will turn off.
• When the hazard warning flasher
is on, Blind-Spot View Monitor will
turn off, regardless of the turn signal status.
• When other important warning is
displayed on the instrument cluster, Blind-Spot View Monitor may
turn off.
WARNING
• The image shown on the cluster may differ from the actual
distance of the object. Make
sure to directly check the
vehicle's surroundings for
safety.
• Always keep the camera lens
clean. If the lens is covered
with foreign material, it may
adversely affect camera performance and Blind- Spot
View Monitor may not operate
normally.
3-183
3
Convenience features
OIG046417
Blind-Spot View Monitor
Operating conditions
Convenience Features
MANUAL CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
Front
1. Fan speed control knob
2. Temperature control knob
3. Air conditioning button
4. Mode selection button
5. Front windshield defroster button
6. Rear window defroster button
7. Air intake control button
8. Rear climate control button
OLX2048325L
3-184
Heating and Air Conditioning
Mode selection
3
Convenience Features
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of heating and cooling, select the mode
according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh
mode or Recirculation mode position.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn the
air conditioning system on.
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather a more efficient way to heat
the passenger compartment is to do
the following.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
- Engine temperature is still low and
the air flow from the heater is still
cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher
level and adjust the temperature setting to hot.
OLX2049410N
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system. Air can be directed to the floor, dashboard outlets, or
windshield. Five symbols are used to represent Face, Bi-Level, Floor, FloorDefrost and Defrost air position.
3-185
Convenience Features
Face-Level (B, D)
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
3-186
Floor & Defrost
(A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
OLX2048326L
MAX A/C-Level (B, D)
The MAX A/C mode is used to cool
the inside of the vehicle faster. Air
flow is directed toward the upper
body and face.
In this mode, the A/C button and the
Recirculation mode button will be
automatically selected. Turn the fan
speed mode to adjust.
After the interior cabin has cooled
sufficiently, move the temperature
knob away from the MAX A/C setting
and adjust the knob to the desired
position.
If you wish to continue using A/C ON,
make sure the A/C button LED is illuminated.
Instrument panel vents
Temperature control (2)
The temperature will
turning the knob to the
The temperature will
turning the knob to the
increase by
right.
decrease by
left.
Air intake control
OLX2049306L
The instrument panel vent air flow
can be directed up/down or left/right
using the vent adjustment lever.
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the vent
control lever. If you move the vent
control lever to the left end, the outlet
vents can be closed.
Recirculation mode
When
Recirculation
mode is selected, air
from the passenger
compartment will be
recirculated through the
system and heated or
cooled according to the
function selected.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is
selected, air enters the
vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
3-187
3
Convenience Features
The air intake control button is used
to select either Fresh mode (outside
air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
i Information
Operating the system primarily in
Fresh mode is recommended. Use
Recirculation mode temporarily only
when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the
A/C ON can cause fogging of the
windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result
in excessively dry, dehumidified air in
the cabin and may promote formation
of musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
Convenience Features
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may
cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This
may lead to loss of vehicle
control which may lead to an
accident.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode with the
A/C OFF may allow humidity
to increase inside the cabin.
This may cause condensation
to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle
with the windows up and
either the heater or the air
conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
3-188
Fan speed control (1)
Rear climate control button
Turn the knob to the right to increase
the fan speed and airflow. Turn the
knob to the left to decrease fan
speed and airflow.
Setting the fan speed control knob to
the "0" position turns off the fan.
NOTICE
Operating the fan speed when the
ignition switch is in the ON position could cause the battery to
discharge. Operate the fan speed
when the engine is running.
Air conditioning (3)
Push the A/C button to turn the system on (indicator light will illuminate)
and off.
OLX2048327L
If you press the rear climate control
button, rear passengers can control
the rear climate system.
Rear climate control
■ 2nd row air conditioning control
• Type A
3
• Type C
If you press the rear climate control
button of the front climate control system, rear passengers can control the
rear climate system by using the rear
climate control system.
OLX2048328L/OLX2048329L/OLX2049337N
3-189
Convenience Features
• Type B
1. OFF button
2. Mode selection button
3. Temperature control button
4. Fan speed control button
Convenience Features
Fan speed control
Temperature control
1. Press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system.
OLX2048330L
OLX2048327L
1. Press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system.
3-190
2. The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by pushing the fan
speed control button. The higher
the fan speed is, the more air is
delivered.
Pressing the OFF button turns off
the fan.
OLX2048331L
2. To turn off the 3rd row air conditioning control system, press the
3rd row air conditioning ON/OFF
button once more located on the
front climate control panel or set
the fan speed to the OFF position
with the 3rd row fan speed switch
(indicator light on the ON/OFF
button is not illuminated).
OFF mode
Mode selection
: Air flow is directed toward
the upper body from the
rear headliner.
: Air flow is directed toward
the upper body and the
floor.
OLX2048332L
OLX2048313
Push the OFF button to turn the rear
climate control system off.
You can select the direction of the air
flow through the ventilation system.
You can adjust the front climate control system for heating or cooling to
passengers on 2nd row seats. The
air flow is directed from the floor.
3-191
Convenience Features
: Air flow is directed toward
the floor.
3
Convenience Features
Rear vents on the headliner
The rear passengers can adjust the
direction of air flow from the rear
vents on the headliner.
If you operate the rear climate control with rear vents closed, a noise
may sound. When operating the rear
climate control, open two or more
rear vents.
OLX2048314
No
Diffusion
lever (A)
(
Description
)
Close
The air is delivered widely toward the surroundings of rear passengers.
However, the fan speed may be decreased.
)
Open
The air is delivered widely toward the rear
passengers and surrounding of rear passengers.
)
Open
The air is only delivered toward the rear
passengers.
Open
2
(
Close
3
3-192
(
1. Select the Face Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
Heating
Direction
thumbwheel (B)
Open
1
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
1. Select the Floor Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning
ON with the temperature control
knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into
the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost
mode.
Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-134a
refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Select the Face Level
mode.
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly.
When the desired temperature in
the cabin is reached, change the
air intake control back to Fresh
mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position, then set the fan
speed control to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic when
outside temperatures are high. Air
conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in
high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating.
Continue to use the fan, but turn
the air conditioning system off if
the engine temperature gauge
indicates engine overheating.
Air conditioning system operation tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air conditioning system with the windows
and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• If you operate air conditioner excessively, the difference between the
temperature of the outside air and
that of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield
to fog up, causing loss of visibility.
In this case, set the mode selection
knob or button to the
position
and fan speed control to the lower
speed.
3-193
3
Convenience Features
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the vehicle through
the ventilation system, temporarily
set the air intake control to recirculation mode. Return the control to
fresh mode when the unpleasant
air outside has diminished. This will
help keep the driver alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and
fan speed to the desired position,
turn on the air conditioning system,
and adjust the temperature control
to the desired temperature.
Convenience Features
Have the cabin air filter replaced by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads and/or if transporting
pets or occupants smoke inside the
vehicle, then more frequent cabin air
filter inspections and changes are
required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
OIK047401L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or
other pollutants that enter the vehicle
through the heating and air conditioning system.
3-194
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
reduces the performance of the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage
to the compressor and abnormal
system operation may occur. To
prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
NOTICE
• The refrigerant system should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians to insure
proper and safe operation.
• The refrigerant system should
be serviced in a well-ventilated
place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be
repaired or replaced with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle and new replacement MAC evaporators shall be
certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
■ Example
WARNING
3
OLX2088007
OHYK059001
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located in front of
engine compartment.
Each symbol and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
3-195
Convenience Features
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant
is operated at very
high pressure, the air
conditioning system
should only be serviced by trained and certified
technicians. It is important that
the correct type and amount of
oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to
the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment.
Failure to heed these warnings
can lead to serious injuries.
Convenience Features
AUTOMATIC CLIMATE CONTROL SYSTEM
Front
1. Driver’s temperature control knob
2. Passenger’s temperature control knob
3. AUTO (automatic control) button
4. SYNC button
5. OFF button
6. Front windshield defroster button
7. Air conditioning button
8. Fan speed control button
9. Mode selection button
10. Rear climate control button
11. Rear window defroster button
12. Air intake control button
13. Climate control information screen
OLX2048300L
3-196
Automatic Temperature
Control Mode
■ Driver side
■ Passenger side
OLX2048301
1. Press the AUTO button (3).
The modes, fan speeds, air intake
and air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature setting you select.
2. To select a different set point, turn
the temperature control knob to
the desired temperature. If the
temperature is set to the lowest
setting (Lo), the air conditioning
system will operate continuously.
After the interior has cooled sufficiently, adjust the knob to a higher
temperature set point whenever
possible.
3-197
3
Convenience Features
The Automatic Climate Control
System is controlled by setting the
desired temperature.
For your convenience and to improve
the efficiency of the climate control,
use the AUTO button and set the
temperature to 72°F (22°C).
To turn the automatic operation off,
select any button of the following:
- Mode selection button
- Front windshield defroster button
(Press the button one more time to
deselect the front windshield
defroster function. The 'AUTO' sign
will illuminate on the information
display once again.)
- Fan speed control button
The selected function will be controlled manually while other functions
operate automatically.
Convenience Features
Manual Temperature Control
Mode
OLX2048072
NOTICE
Never place anything near the
ambient light/solar sensor to
ensure better control of the heating and cooling system.
3-198
The heating and cooling system can
be controlled manually by pushing
buttons other than the AUTO button.
In this case, the system works
sequentially according to the order of
buttons selected.
When pressing any button except the
AUTO button while using automatic
operation, the functions not selected
will be controlled automatically.
1. Start the engine.
2. Set the mode to the desired position.
To improve the effectiveness of
heating and cooling, select the
mode according to the following:
- Heating:
- Cooling:
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the air intake control to Fresh
mode.
5. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
6. If air conditioning is desired, turn
the air conditioning system on.
7. Press the AUTO button to convert to
full automatic control of the system.
When starting the vehicle in cold
weather using manual temperature
control, operate the system in the following method to improve heating.
- Turn off or lower the blower, right
after starting the engine.
- Allow the engine to warm up during
this time since the air flow from the
heater is still cold.
- After a few minutes of engine warm
up, turn on or set the fan to a higher level and adjust the temperature
setting to hot.
Mode selection (9)
The air flow outlet direction is cycled
as follows:
3
Face-Level (B, D)
Bi-Level (B, C, D, E)
Air flow is directed towards the face
and the floor.
OLX2048304
The mode selection button controls the direction of the air flow through the
ventilation system.
3-199
Convenience Features
Air flow is directed toward the upper
body and face. Additionally, each
outlet can be controlled to direct the
air discharged from the outlet.
Convenience Features
Floor & Defrost
(A, C, D, E)
Instrument panel vents
Temperature control
■ Driver side
■ Passenger side
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor and the windshield with a small
amount directed to the side window
defrosters.
Floor-Level (A, C, D, E)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
floor, with a small amount of the air
being directed to the windshield and
side window defrosters.
Defrost-Level (6) (A, D)
Most of the air flow is directed to the
windshield with a small amount of air
directed to the side window defrosters.
3-200
OLX2049306L
OLX2048301
The instrument panel vent air flow
can be directed up/down or left/right
using the vent adjustment lever.
The outlet vents can be opened or
closed separately using the vent
control lever. If you move the vent
control lever to the left end, the outlet
vents can be closed.
Turn the knob to the right to increase
the temperature. Turn the knob to the
left to decrease temperature.
The temperature will increase or
decrease by 1°F/0.5°C for each incremental location. When set to the lowest temperature setting, the air conditioning will operate continuously.
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature individually
Press the "SYNC" button again to
operate the driver and passenger
side temperature individually. The
button indicator will turn off.
The temperature unit on both the
cluster LCD display and climate control screen will change.
The air intake control button is used
to select either Fresh mode (outside
air) or Recirculation mode (cabin air).
Recirculation mode
When Recirculation mode
is selected, air from the
passenger compartment
will be recirculated
through the system and
heated
or
cooled
according to the function
selected.
Fresh mode
When Fresh mode is
selected, air enters the
vehicle from outside and
is heated or cooled
according to the function
selected.
3-201
3
Convenience Features
OLX2048307
Adjusting the driver and passenger
side temperature equally
• Press the "SYNC" button to operate the driver and passenger side
temperature equally.
The passenger side temperature
will be set to the same temperature
as the driver side temperature.
• Turn the driver side temperature
control knob. The driver and passenger side temperature will be
adjusted equally.
Temperature conversion
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, the temperature mode
display will reset to Fahrenheit.
To change the temperature unit from
°F to °C or °C to °F:
- On the instrument cluster, go to
User Settings ➝ Other ➝
Temperature Unit.
- Press the AUTO button while pressing the OFF button on the climate
control unit for 3 seconds.
Air intake control (12)
Convenience Features
i Information
Operating the system primarily in
Fresh mode is recommended. Use
Recirculation mode temporarily only
when needed.
Prolonged operation of the heater in
Recirculation mode and without the
A/C ON can cause fogging of the windshield.
In addition, prolonged use of the A/C
ON in Recirculation mode may result in
excessively dry, dehumidified air in the
cabin and may promote formation of
musty vent odor due to stagnant air.
3-202
WARNING
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode for a prolonged period of time may
cause drowsiness to the
occupants in the cabin. This
may lead to loss of vehicle
control which may lead to an
accident.
• Continued use of the climate
control system operation in
Recirculation mode with the
A/C OFF may allow humidity
to increase inside the cabin.
This may cause condensation
to accumulate on the windshield and obscure visibility.
• Do not sleep in your vehicle or
remain parked in your vehicle
with the windows up and
either the heater or the air
conditioning ON for prolonged periods of time. Doing
so may increase the levels of
carbon dioxide in the cabin
which may lead to serious
injury or death.
Fan speed control (8)
The fan speed can be set as desired
by pushing the fan speed control button.
More air is delivered with higher fan
speeds.
Pressing the OFF button turns off the
fan.
i Information
For better sound quality, fan speed
may automatically slow down for a
couple of minutes when you activate
voice recognition or hands free.
NOTICE
Operating the fan when the ignition switch is in the ON position
could cause the battery to discharge. Operate the fan when the
engine is running.
Air conditioning (7)
Rear climate control button
Push the A/C button to manually turn
the system on (indicator light will illuminate) and off.
OFF mode (5)
3
Convenience Features
Push the OFF button to turn the climate control system off. You can still
operate the mode and air intake buttons as long as the ignition switch is
in the ON position.
OLX2048311
If you press the rear climate control
button, rear passengers can control
the rear climate system.
3-203
Convenience Features
Rear climate control
■ 2nd row air conditioning control
1. AUTO button
2. Temperature control button
3. Mode selection button
4. Fan speed control button
5. OFF button
6. Climate control information screen
OLX2048318
If you press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system, rear passengers can control the
rear climate system by using the rear climate control system.
❈ When you want to use the rear climate control (heating and air conditioning)
1. Press the air conditioning button of the front climate control.
2. Adjust the rear climate control (temperature, air direction and fan speed).
3. Check that "Lock Control" is not selected in the infotainment system. If "Lock Control" is selected, the rear
climate control is not adjusted in the rear climate control panel.
3-204
Fan speed control
Temperature control
1. Press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system.
3
OLX2048311
1. Press the rear climate control button of the front climate control system.
OLX2048324
2. The temperature of delivered air
can be set to the desired temperature by pushing the temperature
control button.
Pressing the OFF button turns off
the fan.
3-205
Convenience Features
OLX2048323
2. The fan speed can be set to the
desired speed by pushing the fan
speed control button. The higher
the fan speed is, the more air is
delivered. Pressing the OFF button turns off the fan.
Convenience Features
AUTO mode
Mode selection
: Air flow is directed toward the
upper body from the rear
headliner.
: Air flow is directed toward the
upper body and the floor.
: Air flow is directed toward the
floor.
OLX2048334L
OLX2048313
The rear automatic climate control
system is controlled by setting the
desired temperature.
1. Press the AUTO button. The
modes, fan speeds, air intake and
air-conditioning will be controlled
automatically by the temperature
setting you select.
2. Press the temperature control button to the desired temperature.
OLX2048319
OFF mode
Push the OFF button (5) to turn the
rear climate control system off.
3-206
You can select the direction of the air
flow through the ventilation system.
You can adjust the front climate control system for heating or cooling to
passengers on 2nd row seats. The
air flow is directed from the floor.
Rear vents on the headliner
OLX2048314
No
Diffusion
lever (A)
(
Description
)
Close
The air is delivered widely toward the surroundings of rear passengers.
However, the fan speed may be decreased.
)
Open
The air is delivered widely toward the rear
passengers and surrounding of rear passengers.
)
Open
The air is only delivered toward the rear
passengers.
Open
2
(
Close
3
(
Heating
Direction
thumbwheel (B)
Open
1
1. Select the Face Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
1. Select the Floor Level
mode.
2. Set the air intake control to fresh
mode.
3. Set the temperature control to the
desired position.
4. Set the fan speed control to the
desired speed.
5. If desired, turn the air conditioning
ON with the temperature control
knob set to heat in order to dehumidify the air before it enters into
the cabin.
If the windshield fogs up, select the
Floor & Defrost
mode or press
the Front Defrost
mode.
3-207
3
Convenience Features
The rear passengers can adjust the
direction of air flow from the rear
vents on the headliner.
If you operate the rear climate control with rear vents closed, a noise
may sound. When operating the rear
climate control, open two or more
rear vents.
System Operation
Cooling / Ventilation
Convenience Features
Operation Tips
• To keep dust or unpleasant fumes
from entering the car through the
ventilation system, temporarily set
the air intake control to the recirculation mode. Return the control to
the to fresh mode when the
unpleasant air outside has diminished. This will help keep the driver
alert and comfortable.
• To help prevent the inside of the
windshield from fogging, set the air
intake control to fresh mode and
the fan speed to the desired position, turn on the air conditioning
system, and adjust the temperature
control to the desired temperature.
Air conditioning
Your HYUNDAI vehicle air conditioning system is filled with R-134a
refrigerant.
1. Start the engine.
2. Press the air conditioning button.
3. Select the Face Level
mode.
3-208
4. Set the air intake control to
Recirculation mode temporarily to
allow the cabin to cool quickly.
When the desired temperature in
the cabin is reached, change the
air intake control back to Fresh
mode.
5. Adjust the fan speed control and
temperature control to maintain
maximum comfort.
When maximum cooling is desired,
set the temperature control to the
MAX A/C position, then set the fan
speed control to the highest setting.
NOTICE
When using the air conditioning
system, monitor the engine temperature gauge closely while driving up hills or in heavy traffic
when outside temperatures. Air
conditioning system operation
when climbing a steep grade or in
high outside ambient temperatures can cause engine overheating. Continue to use the fan, but
turn the air conditioning system
off if the engine temperature
gauge indicates engine overheating.
Air conditioning system operation
tips
• If the vehicle has been parked in
direct sunlight during hot weather,
open the windows for a short time
to let the hot air inside the vehicle
escape.
• After sufficient cooling has been
achieved, switch back from recirculation mode to fresh mode.
• To help reduce moisture inside of
the windows on rainy or humid
days, decrease the humidity inside
the vehicle by operating the air
conditioning system with the windows and sunroof closed.
• Use the air conditioning system
every month only for a few minutes
to ensure maximum system performance.
• If you operate air conditioner
excessively, the difference between
the temperature of the outside air
and that of the windshield could
cause the outer surface of the
windshield to fog up, causing loss
of visibility. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button to
the
position and fan speed
control to the lower speed.
OIK047401L
[A] : Outside air, [B] : Recirculated air
[C] : Climate control air filter, [D] : Blower
[E] : Evaporator core, [F] : Heater core
The cabin air filter is installed behind
the glove box. It filters the dust or
other pollutants that enter the vehicle
through the heating and air conditioning system.
Checking the amount of air conditioner refrigerant and compressor lubricant
When the amount of refrigerant is
low, the performance of the air conditioning is reduced. Overfilling also
reduces the performance of the air
conditioning system.
Therefore, if abnormal operation is
found, have the system inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
It is important that the correct
type and amount of oil and refrigerant is used. Otherwise, damage
to the compressor and abnormal
system operation may occur. To
prevent damage, the air conditioning system in your vehicle should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians.
NOTICE
• The refrigerant system should
only be serviced by trained and
certified technicians to insure
proper and safe operation.
• The refrigerant system should
be serviced in a well-ventilated
place.
• The air conditioning evaporator
(cooling coil) shall never be
repaired or replaced with one
removed from a used or salvaged vehicle and new replacement MAC evaporators shall be
certified (and labeled) as meeting SAE Standard J2842.
3-209
3
Convenience Features
Have the cabin air filter replaced by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the maintenance schedule. If the vehicle is being driven in
severe conditions such as dusty or
rough roads and/or if transporting
pets or occupants smoke inside the
vehicle, then more frequent cabin air
filter inspections and changes are
required.
If the air flow rate suddenly decreases, the system should be checked at
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
System Maintenance
Cabin air filter
Convenience Features
■ Example
WARNING
Vehicles equipped with R-1234yf
Since the refrigerant
is operated at very
high pressure, the air
conditioning system
should only be serviced by trained and certified
technicians. It is important that
the correct type and amount of
oil and refrigerant are used.
All refrigerants should be
reclaimed with proper equipment.
Venting refrigerants directly to
the atmosphere is harmful to
individuals and environment.
Failure to heed these warnings
can lead to serious injuries.
3-210
OLX2088007
OHYK059001
Air Conditioning refrigerant label
You can find out which air conditioning refrigerant is applied to your vehicle on the label located in front of
engine compartment.
Each symbol and specification on
the air conditioning refrigerant label
is represented as below:
1. Classification of refrigerant
2. Amount of refrigerant
3. Classification of compressor lubricant
4. Caution
5. Flammable refrigerant
6. To require registered technician to
service air conditioning system
WINDSHIELD DEFROSTING AND DEFOGGING
WARNING
Windshield heating
NOTICE
If the engine temperature is still
cold after starting, then a brief
engine warm up period may be
required for the vented air flow to
become warm or hot.
Manual Climate Control System
3
OLX2048335L
To defog inside windshield
1. Select any fan speed except "0"
position.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Select the
or
position.
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically. Additionally, the air conditioning will automatically operate if
the mode is selected to the
position.
Check to make sure the A/C is ON. If
the A/C ON LED is not illuminated,
press the A/C button once to turn the
air conditioner ON.
3-211
Convenience Features
Do not use the
or
position during cooling operation in
extremely humid weather. The
difference between the temperature of the outside air and that
of the windshield could cause
the outer surface of the windshield to fog up, causing loss of
visibility could cause an accident resulting in serious injury
or death. In this case, set the
mode selection knob or button
to the
position and fan
speed control knob or button to
a lower speed.
• For maximum defrost performance, set the temperature control
knob to the highest temperature
setting (rotated all the way to the
right) and the fan speed control to
the highest setting.
• If warm air to the floor is desired
while defrosting or defogging, set the
mode to the floor-defrost position.
• Before driving, clear all snow and
ice from the windshield, rear window, side view mirrors, and all side
windows.
• Clear all snow and ice from the
hood and air inlet in the cowl grill to
improve heater and defroster efficiency and to reduce the probability
of fogging up the inside of the windshield.
Convenience Features
Check to make sure the air intake
control is in Fresh mode. If the air
intake control LED is illuminated,
press the button once to enable
Fresh mode (LED OFF).
Automatic Temperature Control
System (if equipped)
3
OLX2048321
OLX2048320
OLX2048336L
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
setting (knob rotated all the way to
the right).
2. Set the temperature control to the
highest temperature setting.
3. Select the
position.
4. Fresh mode (Recirculation OFF)
and A/C ON will automatically be
selected.
3-212
To defog inside windshield
1. Select the desired fan speed.
2. Select the desired temperature.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. Fresh mode will be selected automatically.
Check to make sure the air intake
control is in Fresh mode. If the air
intake control LED is illuminated,
press the button once to enable
Fresh mode (LED OFF).
If the
position is selected, the fan
speed is automatically increased.
To defrost outside windshield
1. Set the fan speed to the highest
position.
2. Set the temperature to the extreme
hot (HI) position.
3. Press the defroster button (
).
4. The outside (fresh) air position will
be selected automatically.
If the
position is selected, lower
fan speed is adjusted to a higher fan
speed.
Defogging logic
To reduce the probability of fogging
up the inside of the windshield, the
air intake or air conditioning are controlled automatically according to
certain conditions such as
or
positions. To cancel or reset the
defogging logic, do the following.
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
Auto Defogging System
(Additional Feature with
Automatic Temperature
Control System) (if equipped)
If the battery has been discharged or
disconnected, it resets to the defog
logic status.
Auto defogging helps reduce the possibility of fogging up the inside of the
windshield by automatically sensing
the moisture on inside the windshield.
The auto defogging system operates
when the heater or air conditioning is
on.
3
OLX2049322N
i Information
The auto defogging system may not
operate normally, when the outside
temperature is below 14 °F (-10 °C).
3-213
Convenience Features
Manual climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button (
).
3. Press the air intake control button
at least 5 times within 3 seconds.
The LED indicator on the air intake
button will blink 3 times to indicate
that the defogging logic has been
disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable
the defogging logic.
Automatic climate control system
1. Turn the ignition switch to the ON
position.
2. Press the defroster button (
).
3. While pressing the air conditioning
button (A/C), press the air intake
control button at least 5 times
within 3 seconds.
The Automatic Climate Control information screen will blink 3 times to
indicate that the defogging logic has
been disabled.
Repeat the steps again to re-enable
the defogging logic.
Convenience Features
When the Auto Defogging
System operates, the indicator will illuminate.
If a high amount of humidity is
detected in the vehicle, the Auto
Defogging System will be enabled.
The following steps will be performed
automatically:
Step 1) The A/C button will turn ON.
Step 2) The air intake control will
change to Fresh mode.
Step 3) The mode will be changed to
defrost to direct airflow to the
windshield.
Step 4) The fan speed will be set to
MAX.
If the air conditioning is off or recirculated air position is manually selected while Auto Defogging System is
ON, the Auto Defogging System
Indicator will blink 3 times to signal
that the manual operation has been
canceled.
3-214
To cancel or reset the
Auto Defogging System
Press the front windshield defroster
button for 3 seconds when the ignition switch is in the ON position.
When the Auto Defogging System is
canceled, the ADS OFF symbol will
blink 3 times and ADS OFF will be
displayed on the climate control
information screen.
When the Auto Defogging System is
reset, the ADS OFF symbol will blink
6 times without a signal.
i Information
• When the air conditioning is turned
on by Auto defogging system, if you
try to turn off the air conditioning, the
indicator will blink 3 times and the air
conditioning will not be turned off.
• To maintain the effectiveness and
efficiency of the Auto Defogging
System, do not select Recirculation
mode while the system is operating.
• When the Auto Defogging System is
operating, the fan speed adjustment
button, the temperature adjustment
knob, and the air intake control button are all disabled.
NOTICE
Do not remove the sensor cover
located on the upper end of the
windshield glass.
Damage to system parts could
occur and may not be covered by
your vehicle warranty.
Rear Window Defroster
NOTICE
If you want to defrost and defog
the front windshield, refer to the
"Windshield
Defrosting
and
Defogging" section in this chapter.
Side view mirror defroster
If your vehicle is equipped with the
side view mirror defrosters, they will
operate at the same time you turn on
the rear window defroster.
3
Convenience Features
To prevent damage to the rear
window defroster conducting elements bonded to the inside surface of the rear window, never use
sharp instruments or window
cleaners containing abrasives to
clean the window.
The defroster heats
the window to remove
frost, fog and thin ice
from the interior and
exterior of the rear window, while the engine
is running.
• To activate the rear window
defroster, press the rear window
defroster button located in the center
control panel. The indicator on the
rear window defroster button illuminates when the defroster is ON.
• To turn off the defroster, press the
rear window defroster button again.
i Information
• If there is heavy accumulation of
snow on the rear window, brush it
off before operating the rear
defroster.
• The rear window defroster automatically turns off after approximately
20 minutes or when the ignition
switch is in the LOCK/OFF position.
3-215
Convenience Features
CLIMATE CONTROL ADDITIONAL FEATURES
Cluster ionizer (if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the clean air function turns
on automatically.
Also, the clean air function turns off
automatically, when the ignition
switch is in the OFF position.
Automatic Ventilation
(if equipped)
Sunroof Inside Air
Recirculation (if equipped)
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position or when the engine is running and temperature is below 59°F
(15°C) with the recirculation mode
selected more than three to five minutes, the air intake position will automatically change to fresh mode.
When the sunroof is opened, outside
(fresh) air will be automatically
selected. At this time, if you press the
air intake control button, recirculated
air position will be selected but will
change back to outside (fresh) air
after 3 minutes. When the sunroof is
closed, the air intake position will
return to the original position that
was selected.
To cancel or reset the Automatic
Ventilation
When the air conditioning system is
on, select Face Level
mode and
press the recirculation mode button
five times within three seconds while
pressing A/C button.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is enabled, the recirculation button LED indicator will blink 6 times.
When the Automatic Ventilation feature is disabled, the recirculation button LED indicator will blink 3 times.
3-216
STORAGE COMPARTMENT
WARNING
Center Console Storage
Glove Box
Never store cigarette lighters,
propane cylinders, or other
flammable/explosive materials
in the vehicle. These items may
catch fire and/or explode if the
vehicle is exposed to hot temperatures for extended periods.
ALWAYS keep the storage compartment covers closed securely while driving. Items inside
your vehicle are moving as fast
as the vehicle. If you have to
stop or turn quickly, or if there
is a crash, the items may fly out
of the compartment and may
cause an injury if they strike the
driver or a passenger.
NOTICE
OLX2049073L
To open :
Grab and hold the latch (1) on the
arm rest then lift the lid.
OLX2048075L
To open:
Pull the lever (1).
WARNING
ALWAYS close the glove box
door after use.
An open glove box door can
cause serious injury to the passenger in an accident, even if the
passenger is wearing a seat belt.
To avoid possible theft, do not
leave valuables in the storage
compartments.
3-217
Convenience Features
WARNING
3
Convenience Features
Luggage Tray (if equipped)
OLX2048076
You can place a first aid kit, a reflector triangle (front tray), tools, etc. in
the box for easy access.
• Grasp the handle on the top of the
cover and lift it.
3-218
INTERIOR FEATURES
Cup Holder
Front
Push the button and the cover
opens. Push the buttons and the cup
supporter protrudes from the front
console. Push in the cup supporter
securely after use.
Rear (2nd row, 3rd row)
■ Rear (2nd row)
CAUTION
3
OLX2048077
OLX2048079
■ Rear (3rd row)
OLX2048080
OLX2048078
Cups or small beverages cups may
be placed in the cup holders.
Cups or small beverages cups may
be placed in the cup holders.
3-219
Convenience Features
Do not place thin objects (coin,
card etc.) on the cover. These
may fall into the inside when the
cover is operated.
Convenience Features
Rear (2nd row, 8 passengers
vehicle)
OLX2048097
Pull the armrest down to use the cup
holders.
WARNING
• Avoid abrupt starting and
braking when the cup holder
is in use to prevent spilling
your drink. If hot liquid spills,
you could be burned. Such a
burn to the driver could cause
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
3-220
• Do not place uncovered or
unsecured cups, bottles,
cans, etc., in the cup holder
containing hot liquid while the
vehicle is in motion. Injuries
may result in the event of a
sudden stop or collision.
• Only use soft cups in the cup
holders. Hard objects can
injure you in an accident.
WARNING
Keep cans or bottles out of
direct sun light and do not put
them in a hot vehicle. It may
explode.
NOTICE
• Keep your drinks sealed while
driving to prevent spilling your
drink. If liquid spills, it may get
into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and damage electrical/electronic parts.
• When cleaning spilled liquids do
not use hot air to blow out or dry
the cup holder. This may damage the interior.
Conversation mirror
Close the vanity mirror cover securely and return the sunvisor to its original position after use.
Sunvisor
WARNING
For your safety, do not block
your view when using the sunvisor.
ODH047359
You can see widely the rear view
through the conversation mirror.
To open:
Press the cover and the holder will
slowly open.
To close:
Push back into position.
To use the sunvisor, pull it downward.
To use the sunvisor to block the sun
from the side window, pull it downward, release it from the bracket (1)
and swing it to the side towards the
window (2).
To use the vanity mirror, pull down
the sunvisor and slide the mirror
cover (3).
Adjust the sunvisor forward or backward (4) as needed. Use the ticket
holder (5) to hold tickets.
NOTICE
Do not put several tickets in the
ticket holder at one time. This
could cause damage to the ticket
holder.
3-221
Convenience Features
OLX2048074L
3
Convenience Features
Power Outlet
■ Center console storage
WARNING
■ Front
Avoid electrical shocks. Do not
place your fingers or foreign
objects (pin, etc.) into a power
outlet or touch the power outlet
with a wet hand.
NOTICE
OLX2049411L
OLX2048081
■ Rear (3rd row, left side)
■ Rear (2nd row)
OLX2049083N
OLX2048082
3-222
The power outlet is designed to provide power for mobile telephones or
other devices designed to operate
with vehicle electrical systems. The
devices should draw less than 180 W
with the engine running.
To prevent damage to the Power
Outlets :
• Use the power outlet only when
the engine is running and
remove the accessory plug after
use. Using the accessory plug
for prolonged periods of time
with the engine off could cause
the battery to discharge.
• Only use 12V electric accessories which are less than 180 W
in electric capacity.
• Adjust the air-conditioner or
heater to the lowest operating
level when using the power outlet.
• Close the cover when not in use.
AC Inverter (if equipped)
3
OUMA046410
OLX2049088N
The AC inverter supplies 115V/150W
electric power to operate electric
accessories or equipments.
i Information
• Rated voltage : AC 115V
• Maximum electric power : 150W
• In order to avoid an electrical system failure, electric shock, etc., be
sure to read owner's manual before
use.
• Be sure to close the cover except the
time of use.
3-223
Convenience Features
• Some electronic devices can
cause electronic interference
when plugged into a vehicle's
power outlet. These devices may
cause excessive audio static
and malfunctions in other electronic systems or devices used
in your vehicle.
• Push the plug in as far as it will
go. If good contact is not made,
the plug may overheat and the
fuse may open.
• Plug in battery equipped electrical/electronic devices with
reverse current protection. The
current from the battery may
flow into the vehicle's electrical/electronic system and cause
system malfunction.
Convenience Features
WARNING
To reduce a risk of serious or
fatal injuries:
• Do not use a heated electric
device such as a coffeepot,
toaster, heater, iron, etc.
• Do not insert foreign objects
into the outlet and do not
touch the outlet as you may
get shocked.
• Do not let children touch the
AC inverter.
3-224
NOTICE
• To prevent the battery from being
discharged, do not use the AC
inverter while the engine is not
running.
• When not using the AC inverter,
make sure to close the AC inverter cover.
• After using an electric accessory
or equipment, pull the plug out.
Leaving the accessory or equipment plugged in for a long time
may cause battery discharge.
• Do not use an electric accessory
or equipment the power consumption of which is greater
than 150W (115V).
• Some electric accessories or
equipments can cause electronic interference. It may cause
excessive audio noise and malfunctions in other electric systems or devices in the vehicle.
• Do not use broken electric
accessories or equipments,
which may damage the AC
inverter and electrical systems
of the vehicle.
• Do not use two or more electric
accessories or equipments at
the same time. It may cause
damage to the electrical systems of the vehicle.
• When the input voltage is lower,
outlet LED will blink and the AC
inverter will turn off automatically. If the input voltage goes up to
normal, the AC inverter will turn
on again.
USB Charger (if equipped)
■ Front
■ Center console storage
■ Rear (3rd row, right side)
3
■ Rear (3rd row, left side)
OLX2049085N
OLX2048087L
The battery charging state may be
monitored on the electrical device.
Disconnect the USB cable from the
USB port after use.
OLX2048086L
The USB charger is designed to recharge batteries of small size electrical
devices using a USB cable.
The electrical devices can be recharged when the ignition switch is ON.
Insert the USB charger into the USB port, and re-charge a smart phone or a
tablet PC.
3-225
Convenience Features
OLX2049412L
OLX2048084
■ Rear (2nd row)
Convenience Features
• A smart phone or a tablet PC may
get warmer during the re-charging
process. It does not indicate any
malfunction with the charging system.
• A smart phone or a tablet PC,
which adopts a different re-charging method, may not be properly
re-charged. In this case, use an
exclusive charger of your device.
• The charging terminal is only to
recharge a device. Do not use the
charging terminal either to turn ON
an audio or to play media.
Wireless Cellular Phone
Charging System (if equipped)
OLX2048089L
[A]: Indicator light, [B]: Charging pad
On certain models, the vehicle
comes equipped with a wireless cellular phone charger.
The system is available when all
doors are closed, and when the ignition switch is ON.
3-226
To charge a cellular phone
The wireless cellular phone charging
system charges only the Qi-enabled
cellular phones (
). Read the label
on the cellular phone accessory
cover or visit your cellular phone
manufacturer's website to check
whether your cellular phone supports
the Qi technology.
The wireless charging process starts
when you put a Qi-enabled cellular
phone on the wireless charging unit.
1. Remove other items, including the
smart key, from the wireless charging unit. If not, the wireless charging process may be interrupted.
Place the cellular phone on the
center of the charging pad (
).
2. The indicator light is orange when
the cellular phone is charging. The
indicator light turns green when
phone charging is complete.
3. You can turn ON or OFF the wireless charging function in the user
settings mode on the instrument
cluster. For further information,
refer to the "LCD Display Modes"
in this chapter.
i Information
For some manufacturers' cellular
phones, the system may not warn you
even though the cellular phone is left
on the wireless charging unit. This is
due to the particular characteristic of
the cellular phone and not a malfunction of the wireless charging.
NOTICE
• The wireless cellular phone
charging system may not support certain cellular phones,
which are not verified for the Qi
specification (
).
• When placing your cellular
phone on the charging mat,
position the phone in the middle
of the mat for optimal charging
performance. If your cell phone
is off to the side, the charging
rate may be less and in some
cases the cell phone may experience higher heat conduction.
• In some cases, the wireless
charging may stop temporarily
when the Remote Key or Smart
Key is used, either when starting
the vehicle or locking/unlocking
the doors, etc.
• When charging certain cellular
phones, the charging indicator
may not change to green when
the cell phone is fully charged.
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop, when temperature abnormally increases
inside the wireless cellular phone
charging system. Stop the charging cellular phone and wait until
temperature falls to a certain level.
• The wireless charging process
may temporarily stop when there
is any metallic item, such as a
coin, between the wireless cellular
phone charging system and the
cellular phone.
• When charging some cellular
phones with a self-protection feature, the wireless charging speed
may decrease and the wireless
charging may stop.
• If the cellular phone has a thick
cover, the wireless charging may
not be possible.
• If the cell phone is not completely
contacting the charging pad, wireless charging may not operate
properly.
• Some magnetic items like credit
cards, phone cards or rail tickets
may be damaged if left with the
cellular phone during the charging
process.
3-227
3
Convenience Features
If your cellular phone is not charging:
- Slightly change the position of the
cellular phone on the charging
pad.
- Make sure the indicator light is
orange.
The indicator light will blink orange for
10 seconds if there is a malfunction in
the wireless charging system.
In this case, temporarily stop the
charging process, and re-attempt to
charge your cellular phone again.
The system warns you with a message on the LCD display if the cellular
phone is still on the wireless charging
unit after the engine is turned OFF
and the front door is opened.
Convenience Features
• When any cellular phone without a
wireless charging function or a
metallic object is placed on the
charging pad, a small noise may
sound. This small sound is due to
the vehicle discerning compatibility of the object placed on the
charging pad. It does not affect
your vehicle or the cellular phone
in any way.
Clock
Coat Hook
WARNING
Do not attempt to adjust the
clock while driving. Doing so
may result in distracted driving
which may lead to an accident
involving personal injury or
death.
i Information
If the ignition switch is in the OFF
position, the charging also stops.
i Information
This device complies with part 15 of
the FCC Rules.
Operation is subject to the following
two conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3-228
OTM048095
You can set the time through infotainment system.
These hangers are not designed to
hold large or heavy items.
WARNING
Floor Mat Anchor(s)
ALWAYS use the Floor Mat Anchors
to attach the floor mats to the vehicle. The anchors on the front floor
carpet keep the floor mats from sliding forward.
WARNING
The following must be observed
when installing ANY floor mat
to the vehicle.
• Ensure that the floor mats are
securely attached to the vehicle's floor mat anchor(s)
before driving the vehicle.
• Do not use ANY floor mat that
cannot be firmly attached to
the vehicle's floor mat anchors.
• Do not stack floor mats on top
of one another (e.g. all-weather rubber mat on top of a carpeted floor mat). Only a single
floor mat should be installed
in each position.
IMPORTANT - Your vehicle was
manufactured with driver’s side
floor mat anchors that are
designed to securely hold the
floor mat in place. To avoid any
interference with pedal operation, HYUNDAI recommends
that the HYUNDAI floor mat
designed for use in your vehicle
be installed.
3-229
3
Convenience Features
OTM048096
Do not hang other objects such
as hangers or hard objects
except clothes. Also, do not put
heavy, sharp or breakable
objects in the clothes pockets.
In an accident or when the curtain air bag is inflated, it may
cause vehicle damage or personal injury.
Do not overlay additional mats
or liners over the floor mats. If
using All Weather mats, remove
the carpeted floor mats before
installing them. Only use floor
mats designed to connect to the
anchors.
WARNING
Convenience Features
Luggage Net Holder
(if equipped)
Cargo Security Screen
(if equipped)
To use the cargo security screen
To keep items from shifting in the luggage compartment, you can use the
4 holders located in the luggage
board to attach the luggage net.
Make sure the luggage net is securely attached to the holders in the luggage board.
3
WARNING
Avoid eye injury. DO NOT overstretch the luggage net. ALWAYS
keep your face and body out of
the luggage net's recoil path. DO
NOT use the luggage net when
the strap has visible signs of
wear or damage.
Use the luggage net to keep only
light items from shifting in the
luggage compartment.
3-230
OLX2048403L
OLX2048402L
Use the cargo security screen to
cover items stored in the cargo area.
1. Pull the cargo security screen
towards the rear of the vehicle by
the handle (1).
2. Insert the guide pin (2) into the
guide (3).
i Information
Pull out the cargo security screen with
the handle in the center to prevent the
guide pin from falling out of the guide.
When the cargo security screen is
not in use:
1. Pull the cargo security screen
backward and up to release it from
the guides.
2. The cargo security screen will
automatically slide back in.
The cargo security screen may not
automatically slide back in if the
cargo security screen is not fully
pulled out. Pull the cargo screen out
all the way and then slowly allow the
screen to retract back into the mechanism.
To remove the cargo security
screen from the luggage tray
1. Push one side of the cargo screen
inward to compress the spring
mechanism and release the
screen from the vehicle.
2. While the mechanism is compressed, pull out the cargo security screen.
3. Open the luggage tray and keep
the cargo security screen in the
tray.
3
OTLE055152
1. Pull up the screen board.
OTLE055153
2. Push in the guide pin.
3-231
Convenience Features
i Information
To remove the cargo security
screen
Convenience Features
WARNING
Side Curtain (if equipped)
• Do not place objects on the
OTLE055154
3. While pushing the guide pin, pull
out the cargo security screen.
NOTICE
Since the cargo security screen
may be damaged or malformed,
do not put luggage on it when it is
used.
3-232
cargo security screen. Such
objects may be thrown about
inside the vehicle and possibly injure vehicle occupants
during an accident or when
braking.
• Never allow anyone to ride in
the luggage compartment. It is
designed for luggage only.
• Maintain the balance of the
vehicle and locate the weight
as forward as possible.
OLX2048090
To use the side curtain:
1. Lift the curtain by the curtain knob
(1).
2. Hang the curtain on both sides of
the hook.
CAUTION
• Always hang both sides of the
curtain on the hook. This
could cause damage to the
side curtain if only one side of
the curtain is hooked.
• Do not let any foreign material
get in between the vehicle and
side curtain. The side curtain
may not be lifted up.
• Do not hang other objects
except the side curtain.
• When using the side curtain
and turning it back into place,
pulling the curtain or applying
force may cause damage to
the side curtain. When lowering the curtain, be sure to
place the curtain knob downward in that state and slowly
return it to the position.
3
Convenience Features
3-233
Convenience Features
EXTERIOR FEATURES
Roof Side Rails (if equipped)
NOTICE
• The vehicle center of gravity will
• When carrying cargo on the roof
rack, take the necessary precautions to make sure the cargo
does not damage the roof of the
vehicle.
• When carrying large objects on
the roof rack, make sure they do
not exceed the overall roof
length or width.
OLX2048091
If your vehicle comes equipped with
roof side rails, then roof rack crossbars can be installed on top of your
vehicle.
The roof rack crossbars are an
accessory and are available at your
local HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
If the vehicle is equipped with a
sunroof, be sure not to position
cargo onto the roof rack in such a
way that it could interfere with
sunroof operation.
3-234
WARNING
• The following specification is
the maximum weight that can
be loaded onto the roof rack.
Distribute the load as evenly
as possible onto the roof rack
and secure the load firmly.
Loading cargo or luggage in
excess of the specified weight
limit on the roof rack may
damage your vehicle.
ROOF
RACK
220 lbs. (100kg)
EVENLY DISTRIBUTED
be higher when items are
loaded onto the roof rack.
Avoid sudden starts, braking,
sharp turns, abrupt maneuvers
or high speeds that may result
in loss of vehicle control or
rollover resulting in an accident.
• Always drive slowly and turn
corners carefully when carrying items on the roof rack.
Severe wind updrafts, caused
by passing vehicles or natural
causes, can cause sudden
upward pressure on items
loaded on the roof rack. This
is especially true when carrying large, flat items such as
wood panels or mattresses.
This could cause the items to
fall off the roof rack and cause
damage to your vehicle or
others around you.
• To prevent damage or loss of
cargo while driving, check frequently before or while driving
to make sure the items on the
roof rack are securely fastened.
Multimedia System
Infotainment System..............................................4-2
USB Port ..............................................................................4-2
Antenna ...............................................................................4-2
Steering Wheel Audio Controls......................................4-3
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology ..................................4-4
Audio (Display Audio) / Video /
Navigation System (AVN).................................................4-4
4
Multimedia System
INFOTAINMENT SYSTEM
NOTICE
USB port
• If you install an aftermarket HID
head lamp, your vehicle's audio
and electronic devices may not
function properly.
• Prevent chemicals such as perfume, cosmetic oil, sun cream,
hand cleaner, and air freshener
from contacting the interior
parts because they may cause
damage or discoloration.
Antenna
Pole antenna (if equipped)
OLX2048093L
You can use a USB port to plug in a
USB device.
i Information
When using a portable audio device
connected to the power outlet, noise
may occur during playback. If this
happens, use the portable audio
device's power source.
OLX2048404L
Your vehicle uses a roof antenna to
receive AM or/and FM broadcast signals. This antenna pole is removable.
To remove the roof antenna pole,
turn it counterclockwise.
To install the roof antenna pole, turn
it clockwise.
NOTICE
Before entering a place with a low
height clearance or a car wash,
remove the antenna pole by rotating it counterclockwise. If not, the
antenna may be damaged.
4-2
• When reinstalling your roof antenna, it is important that it is fully
tightened and adjusted to the
upright position to ensure proper
reception.
• When cargo is loaded on the roof
rack, do not place the cargo near
the antenna pole to ensure proper
reception.
Steering Wheel Audio Control
SEEK/PRESET (
/
) (2)
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is
pressed up or down and held for 0.8
second or more, it will function in the
following modes:
RADIO mode
It will function as the AUTO SEEK
select button. It will SEEK until you
release the button.
Shark fin antenna (if equipped)
4
OTM048402
Do not operate multiple audio
remote control buttons simultaneously.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the FF/RW button.
If the SEEK/PRESET switch is
pressed up or down, it will function
in the following modes:
VOLUME (VOL + / - ) (1)
OLX2048092
The shark fin antenna will receive the
AM, FM broadcast signals and transmit data.
• Press the VOLUME (+) switch up
to increase volume.
• Press the VOLUME (-) switch down
to decrease volume.
RADIO mode
It will function as the PRESET STATION UP/DOWN button.
MEDIA mode
It will function as the TRACK UP/
DOWN button.
4-3
Multimedia System
NOTICE
Multimedia System
MODE (3)
Press the MODE button to select
Radio and Media.
MUTE (
Bluetooth® Wireless
Technology
(1) Call / Answer button
(2) Call end button
(3) Microphone
) (4)
Detailed information for the Bluetooth
hands-free is described in a separately supplied manual with the vehicle.
• Press the MUTE button to mute the
sound.
• Press the MUTE button again to
activate the sound.
i Information
Audio (Display Audio) / Video /
Navigation System
(if equipped)
OTM048404
Detailed information for audio control
buttons are described in the separately
supplied manual with the vehicle.
OLX2049094L
4-4
Detailed
information
for
the
Audio/Video/Navigation system is
described in a separately supplied
manual with the vehicle.
Driving your vehicle
Before driving.........................................................5-5
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ........................................5-43
Before Entering the Vehicle ...........................................5-5
Before Starting ..................................................................5-5
AWD Operation ................................................................5-44
LCD display message......................................................5-47
Emergency Precautions.................................................5-48
Ignition switch ........................................................5-7
Key Ignition Switch ...........................................................5-7
Engine Start/Stop Button .............................................5-10
Automatic transmission.......................................5-15
Automatic transmission operation .............................5-15
Parking...............................................................................5-18
LCD display message......................................................5-19
Good driving practices ..................................................5-20
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode) ..........................5-22
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system...........................5-50
To Activate the ISG System ..........................................5-50
To Deactivate the ISG System ....................................5-53
ISG System Malfunction................................................5-53
Calibrating the Battery Sensor ....................................5-54
Drive Mode Integrated Control
System (2WD).......................................................5-55
Drive Mode .......................................................................5-55
Braking system ...................................................5-23
Drive mode integrated control system (AWD) ..5-59
Power Brakes ...................................................................5-23
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator ..........................................5-24
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB)...................................5-24
Auto Hold ..........................................................................5-29
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS) ....................................5-33
Electronic Stability Control (ESC)................................5-35
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM).........................5-38
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC) ....................................5-39
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) .....................................5-39
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA).........................................5-42
Good Braking Practices ................................................5-42
Drive Mode .......................................................................5-59
Forward collision-avoidance assist (FCA)
(Sensor Fusion)....................................................5-63
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ...........5-64
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ......5-66
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
and limitations..................................................................5-70
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ................................5-78
Lane Keeping Assist settings ......................................5-78
Lane Keeping Assist operation ....................................5-80
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations ...5-82
5
5
Blind-spot Collison Warning (BCW) ..................5-85
Lane Following Assist (LFA).............................5-131
Blind-Spot Collision Warning settings settings .......5-86
Blind-Spot Collision Warning operation ...................5-89
Blind-Spot Collision Warning malfunction and
limitations ..........................................................................5-90
Lane Following Assist settings ..................................5-131
Lane Following Assist operation ...............................5-132
Lane Following Assist malfunction and
limitations ........................................................................5-134
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA)..5-96
Driver Attention Warning (DAW).....................5-136
Blind-Spot Collision Warning settings .......................5-98
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
operation.........................................................................5-101
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction and limitations ........................................5-105
Driver Attention Warning settings ..........................5-137
Driver Attention Warning operation ........................5-138
Driver Attention Warning malfunction and
limitations ........................................................................5-140
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning (RCCW) ...............................................5-111
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning settings ......5-112
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operation...5-113
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
malfunction and limitations ........................................5-115
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA) ....................................................5-119
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist .....5-120
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
operation.........................................................................5-121
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction and limitations ........................................5-125
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) .........................5-143
Highway Driving Assist Settings ...............................5-144
Highway Driving Assist Operation ............................5-145
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and
Limitations.......................................................................5-148
Smart Cruise Control (SCC) ..............................5-151
Smart Cruise Control settings....................................5-152
Smart Cruise Control operation.................................5-156
Smart Cruise Control display and control...............5-157
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and
limitations ........................................................................5-163
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control (NSCC) ...................................................5-170
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
Settings............................................................................5-170
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control
Operation ........................................................................5-171
Limitations of Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control ............................................................................5-174
Special driving conditions.................................5-178
Hazardous Driving Conditions....................................5-178
Rocking the Vehicle......................................................5-178
Smooth Cornering.........................................................5-179
Driving at Night .............................................................5-179
Driving in the Rain ........................................................5-179
Driving in Flooded Areas.............................................5-180
Highway Driving ............................................................5-180
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover ..............................5-181
Winter driving.....................................................5-182
Snow or Icy Conditions................................................5-182
Winter Precautions.......................................................5-184
Trailer towing .....................................................5-186
If you decide to pull a trailer.....................................5-186
Trailer towing equipment ............................................5-188
Driving with a trailer ....................................................5-189
Maintenance when trailer towing ...........................5-192
Vehicle load limit................................................5-194
Tire Loading Information Label.................................5-195
Declaration of confirmity .................................5-200
Front radar ....................................................................5-200
Rear corner radar .......................................................5-200
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Carbon monoxide (CO) gas is toxic. Breathing CO can cause unconsciousness and death.
Engine exhaust contains carbon monoxide which cannot be seen or smelled.
Do not inhale engine exhaust.
If at any time you smell engine exhaust inside the vehicle, open the windows immediately. Exposure to CO can cause
unconsciousness and death by asphyxiation.
Be sure the exhaust system does not leak.
The exhaust system should be checked whenever the vehicle is raised to change the oil or for any other purpose. If
you hear a change in the sound of the exhaust or if you drive over something that strikes the underneath side of the
vehicle, have the exhaust system checked as soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Do not run the engine in an enclosed area.
Letting the engine idle in your garage, even with the garage door open, is a hazardous practice. Run the engine only
long enough to start the engine and to move the vehicle out of the garage.
Avoid idling the engine for prolonged periods with people inside the vehicle.
If it is necessary to idle the engine for a prolonged period with people inside the vehicle, be sure to do so only in an
open area with the air intake set at "Fresh" and fan control set to high so fresh air is drawn into the interior.
Keep the air intakes clear.
To assure proper operation of the ventilation system, keep the ventilation air intakes located in front of the windshield
clear of snow, ice, leaves, or other obstructions.
If you must drive with the liftgate open:
Close all windows.
Open instrument panel air vents.
Set the air intake control at "Fresh", the air flow control at "Floor" or "Face", and the fan control set to high.
5-4
BEFORE DRIVING
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Before Starting
• Be sure all windows, outside mirror(s), and outside lights are clean
and unobstructed.
• Remove frost, snow, or ice.
• Visually check the tires for uneven
wear and damage.
• Check under the vehicle for any
sign of leaks.
• Be sure there are no obstacles
behind you if you intend to back up.
• Make sure the hood, the liftgate,
and the doors are securely closed
and locked.
• Adjust the position of the seat and
steering wheel.
• Adjust the inside and outside
rearview mirrors.
• Verify all the lights work.
• Fasten your seatbelt. Check that all
passengers have fastened their
seatbelts.
• Check the gauges and indicators in
the instrument panel and the messages on the instrument display
when the ignition switch is in the
ON position.
• Check that any items you are carrying are stored properly or fastened down securely.
5-5
5
Driving your vehicle
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
including components found in
the interior furnishings in a
vehicle, contain or emit harmful
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects and reproductive
harm. In addition, certain fluids
contained in vehicles and certain products of components
contain or emit chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer and birth
defects or other reproductive
harm.
For more information go to
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go
v/passenger-vehicle
Before Entering the Vehicle
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
• ALWAYS wear your seat belt.
All passengers must be properly belted whenever the vehicle is moving. For more information, refer to "Seat Belts" in
chapter 2.
• Always drive defensively.
Assume other drivers or pedestrians may be careless and
make mistakes.
• Stay focused on the task of
driving. Driver distraction can
cause accidents.
• Leave plenty of space between
you and the vehicle in front of
you.
5-6
WARNING
NEVER drink or take drugs and
drive.
Drinking or taking drugs and driving is dangerous and may result
in an accident and SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH.
Drunk driving is the number
one contributor to the highway
death toll each year. Even a
small amount of alcohol will
affect your reflexes, perceptions and judgment. Just one
drink can reduce your ability to
respond to changing conditions
and emergencies and your reaction time gets worse with each
additional drink.
Driving while under the influence of drugs is as dangerous
or more dangerous than driving
under the influence of alcohol.
You are much more likely to have
a serious accident if you drink or
take drugs and drive. If you are
drinking or taking drugs, don't
drive. Do not ride with a driver
who has been drinking or taking
drugs. Choose a designated driver or call a taxi.
IGNITION SWITCH
Key Ignition Switch
ACC
ON
START
WARNING
OAE056172
Whenever the front door is opened,
the ignition switch will illuminate, provided the ignition switch is not in the
ON position. The light will go off
immediately when the ignition switch
is turned on or go off after about 30
seconds when the door is closed. (if
equipped)
NEVER turn the ignition switch
to the LOCK or ACC position
while the vehicle is in motion
except in an emergency. This
will result in the engine turning
off and loss of power assist for
the steering and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking function, which could cause an accident.
Before leaving the driver's seat,
always make sure the gear is in
P (Park) position, apply the parking brake, and turn ignition
switch to the LOCK position.
Unexpected vehicle movement
may occur if these precautions
are not followed.
5-7
5
Driving your vehicle
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, take the following precautions:
• NEVER allow children or any
person who is unfamiliar with
the vehicle to touch the ignition switch or related parts.
Unexpected and sudden vehicle movement can occur.
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the ignition
switch, or any other control,
while the vehicle is in motion.
The presence of your hand or
arm in this area may cause a
loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
LOCK
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
Key ignition switch positions
Switch
Position
Action
LOCK
To turn the ignition switch to the LOCK position, put the
key in at the ACC position and turn the key towards the
LOCK position.
The ignition key can be removed in the LOCK position.
The shift lever must be in the P (Park) position.
ACC
ON
START
5-8
Notice
Some of the electrical accessories are usable.
This is the normal key position when the engine has Do not leave the ignition switch in the ON position when
started.
the engine is not running in order to prevent the battery
from discharging.
All features and accessories are usable.
The warning lights can be checked when you turn the
ignition switch from ACC to ON.
To start the engine, turn the ignition switch to the START The engine will crank until you release the key.
position. The switch returns to the ON position when you
let go of the key.
Starting the engine
WARNING
Always wear appropriate shoes
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as high
heels, ski boots, sandals, flipflops, etc., may interfere with
your ability to use the brake and
accelerator pedals.
1. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
2. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
3. Depress the brake pedal.
4. Turn the ignition switch to the
START position. Hold the key
(maximum of 10 seconds) until the
engine starts and release it.
i Information
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• Do not hold the ignition key in
the START position for more
than 10 seconds. Wait 5 to 10
seconds before trying again.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle
to start the engine.
Turning off the engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal fully.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
3. Turn the ignition switch to the off
position and apply the parking
brake.
5-9
5
Driving your vehicle
• It is best to maintain a moderate
engine speed until the vehicle engine
comes up to normal operating temperature. Avoid harsh or abrupt
acceleration or deceleration while
the engine is still cold.
• Whether the engine is cold or warm,
always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the
engine while warming it up.
NOTICE
Driving your vehicle
Engine Start/Stop Button
OLX2058074
Whenever the front door is opened,
the Engine Start/Stop button will illuminate and will go off 30 seconds
after the door is closed.
WARNING
To turn the engine off in an
emergency:
Press and hold the Engine
Start/Stop button for more than
two seconds OR rapidly press
and release the Engine Start/
Stop button three times (within
three seconds).
If the vehicle is still moving, you
can restart the engine without
depressing the brake pedal by
pressing the Engine Start/Stop
button with the gear in the N
(Neutral) position.
WARNING
To reduce risk of serious injury
or death, NEVER allow children
or any person who is unfamiliar
with the vehicle to touch the
Engine Start/Stop button or
related parts. Unexpected and
sudden vehicle movement can
occur.
5-10
WARNING
• NEVER press the Engine Start/
Stop button while the vehicle
is in motion except in an emergency. This will result in the
engine turning off and loss of
power assist for the steering
and brake systems.
This may lead to loss of directional control and braking
function, which could cause
an accident.
• Before leaving the driver's
seat, always make sure the
gear is in the P (Park) position, set the parking brake,
press the Engine Start/ Stop
button to the OFF position,
and take the Smart Key with
you. Unexpected vehicle
movement may occur if these
precautions are not followed.
• NEVER reach through the
steering wheel for the Engine
Start/Stop button or any other
control while the vehicle is in
motion. The presence of your
hand or arm in this area may
cause a loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine Start/Stop button positions
Button Position
OFF
Notice
To turn off the engine, press the Engine
Start/Stop button with the gear in P (Park).
When you press the Engine Start/Stop button without the gear in P (Park), the Engine
Start/Stop button does not turn to the OFF
position, but turns to the ACC position.
Press the Engine Start/Stop button when the
button is in the OFF position without depressing the brake pedal.
Some of the electrical accessories are
usable.
If you leave the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ACC position with the gear in P (Park) for more
than one hour, the battery power will turn off
automatically to prevent the battery from discharging.
5-11
5
Driving your vehicle
ACC
Action
Driving your vehicle
Button Position
ON
START
5-12
Action
Notice
Press the Engine Start/Stop button while it is Do not leave the Engine Start/Stop button in
in the ACC position without depressing the the ON position when the engine is not runbrake pedal.
ning to prevent the battery from discharging.
The warning lights can be checked before
the engine is started.
To start the engine, depress the brake pedal
and press the Engine Start/Stop button with
the gear in the P (Park) or in the N (Neutral)
position.
For your safety, start the engine with the gear
in the P (Park) position.
If you press the Engine Start/Stop button without depressing the brake pedal, the engine
does not start and the Engine Start/Stop button changes as follows:
OFF → ACC → ON → OFF
However, the engine may start if you depress
the brake pedal within 0.5 second after pressing the Engine Start/Stop button from the OFF
position.
Starting the engine
WARNING
• Always wear appropriate shoes
• The engine will start by pressing the
Engine Start/Stop button, only when
the smart key is in the vehicle.
• Even if the smart key is in the vehicle, if it is far away from the driver,
the engine may not start.
• When the Engine Start/Stop button
is in the ACC or ON position, if any
door is open, the system checks for
the smart key. If the smart key is not
in the vehicle, the "
" indicator
will blink and the warning "Key not
in vehicle" will come on and if all
doors are closed, the chime will also
sound for about 5 seconds. Keep the
smart key in the vehicle when using
the ACC position or if the vehicle
engine is ON.
1. Always carry the smart key with
you.
2. Make sure the parking brake is
applied.
3. Make sure the gear is in P (Park).
4. Depress the brake pedal.
5. Press the Engine Start/Stop button.
i Information
• Do not wait for the engine to warm
up while the vehicle remains stationary. Start driving at moderate
engine speeds. (Aggressive accelerating and decelerating should be
avoided.)
• Always start the vehicle with your
foot on the brake pedal. Do not
depress the accelerator while starting the vehicle. Do not rev the
engine while warming it up.
5-13
5
Driving your vehicle
when operating your vehicle.
Unsuitable shoes, such as
high heels, ski boots, sandals,
flip-flops, etc., may interfere
with your ability to use the
brake and accelerator pedals.
• Do not start the vehicle with the
accelerator pedal depressed.
The vehicle can move and lead
to an accident.
• Wait until the engine RPM is
normal. The vehicle may suddenly move if the brake pedal
is released when the RPM is
high.
i Information
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
• If the engine stalls while you are
in motion, do not attempt to shift
the gear to the P (Park) position.
If traffic and road conditions
permit, you may put the gear in
the N (Neutral) position while the
vehicle is still moving and press
the Engine Start/Stop button in
an attempt to restart the engine.
• Do not push or tow your vehicle
to start the engine.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the vehicle:
When the stop lamp switch fuse is
blown, you can't start the engine
normally. Replace the fuse with a
new one. If you are not able to
replace the fuse, you can start the
engine by pressing and holding
the Engine Start/Stop button for
10 seconds with the Engine Start/
Stop button in the ACC position.
Do not press the Engine Start/Stop
button for more than 10 seconds
except when the stop lamp switch
fuse is blown.
For your safety always depress
the brake pedal before starting the
engine.
OLX2058001
i Information
If the smart key battery is weak or the
smart key does not work correctly,
you can start the engine by pressing
the Engine Start/Stop button with the
smart key in the direction of the picture above.
Turning off the engine
1. Stop the vehicle and depress the
brake pedal fully.
2. Shift the gear to P (Park).
3. Press the Engine Start/Stop button to the off position and apply
the parking brake.
5-14
AUTOMATIC TRANSMISSION
Automatic transmission operation
The automatic transmission has
eight forward speeds and one
reverse speed.
The individual speeds are selected
automatically in the D (Drive) position.
WARNING
OLX2058003
5-15
5
Driving your vehicle
The automatic transmission
shift button or interior parts
might get hot when a vehicle is
parked outside during hot
weather. Always be careful
when the vehicle is hot.
Driving your vehicle
Transmission ranges
The indicator in the instrument cluster
displays the gear position when the
ignition switch is in the ON position.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death:
• ALWAYS check the surrounding areas near your vehicle for
people, especially children,
before shifting a vehicle into
D (Drive) or R (Reverse).
• Before leaving the driver’s
seat, always make sure the
gear is in the P (Park) position, then set the parking
brake, and place the ignition
switch in the LOCK/OFF position. Unexpected and sudden
vehicle movement can occur
if these precautions are not
followed.
• Do not use the engine brake
(shifting from a high gear to
lower gear) rapidly on slippery roads. The vehicle may
slip causing an accident.
5-16
P (Park)
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into P (Park).
To shift from P (Park), you must
depress firmly on the brake pedal
and make sure your foot is off the
accelerator pedal.
The gear must be in P (Park) before
turning the engine off.
WARNING
• Shifting into P (Park) while the
vehicle is in motion may
cause you to lose control of
the vehicle.
• After the vehicle has stopped,
always make sure the gear is
in P (Park), apply the parking
brake, and turn the engine
off.
• Do not use the P (Park) position in place of the parking
brake.
R (Reverse)
Use this position to drive the vehicle
backward.
NOTICE
Always come to a complete stop
before shifting into or out of R
(Reverse); you may damage the
transmission if you shift into R
(Reverse) while the vehicle is in
motion.
When the vehicle is stopped in R
(Reverse) position, if you open the
driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear is shifted to P (Park)
position automatically.
However when the vehicle moves in
R (Reverse) position, if you open the
driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear may be not shifted to
P (Park) position automatically for
protecting the automatic transmission.
N (Neutral)
The wheels and transmission are not
engaged.
Use N (Neutral) if you need to restart
a stalled engine, or if it is necessary
to stop with the engine ON. Shift into
P (Park) if you need to leave your
vehicle for any reason.
Always depress the brake pedal
when you are shifting from N
(Neutral) to another gear.
WARNING
Shift-lock system
For your safety, the automatic transmission has a shift-lock system
which prevents shifting the gear
from P (Park) or N (Neutral) to R
(Reverse) or D (Drive) unless the
brake pedal is depressed.
To shift the gear from P (Park) or N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive):
1. Depress and hold the brake pedal.
2. Start the engine or place the ignition switch in the ON position.
3. Depress the brake pedal and push
the R (Reverse) or D (Drive) button.
5-17
5
Driving your vehicle
Do not shift into gear unless
your foot is firmly on the brake
pedal. Shifting into gear when
the engine is running at high
speed can cause the vehicle to
move very rapidly. You could
lose control of the vehicle and
hit people or objects.
D (Drive)
This is the normal driving position.
The transmission will automatically
shift through a 8-gear sequence, providing the best fuel economy and
power.
To start the vehicle forward, push the
D (Drive) button by depressing the
brake pedal with the engine ON.
Then depress the accelerator pedal
smoothly.
For extra power when passing another vehicle or driving uphill, depress
the accelerator fully. The transmission will automatically downshift to
the next lower gear (or gears, as
appropriate).
When the vehicle is stopped in D
(Drive) position, if you open the driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear is shifted to P (Park)
position automatically.
However when the vehicle moves in
D (Drive) position, if you open the driver's door with the seat belt unfastened, the gear may not shift to P
(Park) position automatically to protect the automatic transmission.
Driving your vehicle
When the battery is discharged:
Parking
You cannot shift the gear when the
battery is discharged.
In emergencies, do the following to
move the shift button to N (Neutral)
on a level ground.
1. Connect the battery cables from
another vehicle or from a another
battery to the jump-starting terminals inside the engine compartment.
For more information refer to
"Jump Starting" in chapter 6.
2. Release the parking brake with
the Engine Start/Stop button in the
ON position.
3. Shift the gear to the N(Neutral)
position. Refer to the "Stay in
Neutral when vehicle is Off" in this
chapter.
Always come to a complete stop and
continue to depress the brake pedal.
Press the P button, apply the parking
brake, and place the ignition switch
in the LOCK/OFF position. Take the
Key with you when exiting the vehicle.
• The gear is shifted to P (Park)
position automatically for safety
under the following conditions.
- When the driver unfastens the
seat belt and opens the driver’s
door.
- When the engine is turned off with
the gear shifted to R (Reverse), D
(Drive) or N (Neutral).
5-18
WARNING
When you stay in the vehicle
with the engine running, be
careful not to depress the accelerator pedal for a long period of
time. The engine or exhaust
system may overheat and start
a fire.
The exhaust gas and the
exhaust system are very hot.
Keep away from the exhaust
system components.
Do not stop or park over flammable materials, such as dry
grass, paper or leaves. They
may ignite and cause a fire.
LCD display message
Shifting conditions not met
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when engine RPM
is too high, or when driving speed is
too fast to shift the gear.
We recommend you decrease the
engine speed or slow down before
shifting the gear.
Press brake pedal to change
gear
Shift to P after stopping
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the gear is
shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle
is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
Press and hold OK button to
stay in Neutral when vehicle is
Off
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when pushing the
N(Neutral) button. If you want to stay
N(Neutral) after turning off the
engine, press and hold the “OK” button on the steering wheel more than
1 second.
Vehicle will stay in (N). Change
gear to cancel
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when pushing the
"OK" button on the steering wheel
after the message ("Press and hold
OK button to stay in Neutral when
vehicle is Off") appears on the cluster LCD display. The gear stays in
N(Neutral) position after turning off
the engine.
NEUTRAL engaged
The message appears on the LCD
display, when the N (Neutral) position is engaged.
Gear already selected
The message appears on the LCD
display, when pushing the current
shift button again.
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the gear is
shifted to P (Park) while the vehicle
is moving.
Stop the vehicle before shifting to P
(Park).
5-19
5
Driving your vehicle
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the brake
pedal is not depressed while shifting
the gear.
We recommend you to depress the
brake pedal and then shift the gear.
PARK engaged
Driving your vehicle
Shift button held down
Check shift controls
Good driving practices
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the shift button is pressed continuously or the
shift button does not properly operate. Clean the surroundings of gear
shift button.
If this message appears again, we
recommend you to have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when there is a malfunction with transmission shift button.
In this case, we recommend you to
immediately have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Never shift the gear from P (Park)
or N (Neutral) to any other position
with the accelerator pedal
depressed.
• Never shift the gear into P (Park)
when the vehicle is in motion.
Be sure the vehicle is completely
stopped before you attempt to shift
into R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
• Do not shift the gear to N (Neutral)
when driving. Doing so may result
in an accident because of a loss of
engine braking and the transmission could be damaged.
• Driving uphill or downhill, always
shift to D (Drive) when driving forward or to R (Reverse) when driving backwards, and check the gear
position indicated on the cluster
before driving. If you drive in the
opposite direction of the selected
gear, the engine will turn off and a
serious accident might be occurred
due to the degraded brake performance.
Shifter system malfunction
The warning message appears on
the LCD display, when the transmission or the shift button does not properly operate in the P (Park) position.
In this case, we recommend you to
immediately have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
5-20
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• ALWAYS wear your seatbelt.
In a collision, an unbelted
occupant is significantly more
likely to be seriously injured
or killed than a properly belted occupant.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of rollover is greatly
increased if you lose control
of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
• HYUNDAI recommends you
follow all posted speed limits.
5
Driving your vehicle
• Do not drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
consistent pedal pressure can
result in the brakes overheating,
brake wear and possibly even
brake failure.
• When driving in sports mode, slow
down before shifting to a lower
gear. Otherwise, the lower gear
may not be engaged if the engine
RPMs are outside of the allowable
range.
• Always apply the parking brake
when leaving the vehicle. Do not
depend on placing the transmission in P (Park) to keep the vehicle
from moving.
• Exercise extreme caution when
driving on a slippery surface. Be
especially careful when braking,
accelerating or shifting gears. On a
slippery surface, an abrupt change
in vehicle speed can cause the
drive wheels to lose traction and
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident
• Optimum vehicle performance and
economy is obtained by smoothly
depressing and releasing the
accelerator.
5-21
Driving your vehicle
Paddle Shifter
(Manual Shift Mode)
OLX2058002
The paddle shifter is available when
the gear is in the D (Drive) position.
Pull the [+] or [-] paddle shifter once
to shift up or down one gear and the
system changes from automatic shift
mode to manual shift mode.
To change back to the automatic shift
mode from manual shift mode, do
one of the following:
• Gently depress the accelerator
pedal for more than 5 seconds.
• Drive the vehicle under 6 mph (10
km/h).
• Pull and hold the right side paddle
shifter.
i Information
If the [+] and [-] paddle shifters are
pulled at the same time, gear shift may
not occur.
5-22
BRAKING SYSTEM
Power Brakes
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• Do not drive with your foot
resting on the brake pedal.
This will create abnormal high
brake temperatures, excessive brake lining and pad
wear, and increased stopping
distances.
• When descending down a
long or steep hill, use the paddle shifter and manually
downshift to a lower gear in
order to control your speed
without using the brake pedal
excessively. Applying the
brakes continuously will
cause the brakes to overheat
and could result in a temporary loss of braking performance.
• Wet brakes may impair the
vehicle's ability to safely slow
down; the vehicle may also
pull to one side when the
brakes are applied. Applying
the brakes lightly will indicate
whether they have been
affected in this way. Always
test your brakes in this fashion after driving through deep
water. To dry the brakes, lightly tap the brake pedal to heat
up the brakes while maintaining a safe forward speed until
brake performance returns to
normal. Avoid driving at high
speeds until the brakes function correctly.
5-23
5
Driving your vehicle
Your vehicle has power-assisted
brakes that adjust automatically
through normal usage.
If the engine is not running or is
turned off while driving, the power
assist for the brakes will not work.
You can still stop your vehicle by
applying greater force to the brake
pedal than typical. The stopping distance, however, will be longer than
with power brakes.
When the engine is not running, the
reserve brake power is partially
depleted each time the brake pedal
is applied. Do not pump the brake
pedal when the power assist has
been interrupted.
Driving your vehicle
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator
When your brake pads are worn and
new pads are required, you will hear
a high pitched warning sound from
your front or rear brakes. You may
hear this sound come and go or it
may occur whenever you depress
the brake pedal.
Note that some driving conditions or
climates may cause a brake squeal
when you first apply (or lightly apply)
the brakes. This is normal and does
not indicate a problem with your
brakes.
NOTICE
To avoid costly brake repairs, do
not continue to drive with worn
brake pads.
i Information
Always replace brake pads as complete front or rear axle sets.
5-24
Electronic Parking Brake
(EPB)
Applying the parking brake
OLX2058082
To apply the EPB
(Electronic Parking Brake):
1. Depress the brake pedal.
2. Pull up the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light comes on.
WARNING
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH, do not operate the EPB while the vehicle is
moving except in an emergency
situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to an
accident.
Releasing the parking brake
OLX2059083L
i Information
• For your safety, you can engage the
EPB even though the ignition switch
is in the OFF position, but you cannot release it.
• For your safety, depress the brake
pedal and release the parking brake
manually with the EPB switch when
you drive downhill or when backing
up the vehicle.
NOTICE
• If the parking brake warning
light is still on even though the
EPB has been released, have the
system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not drive your vehicle with
the EPB applied. It may cause
excessive brake pad and brake
rotor wear.
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
may be automatically applied
when:
• Requested by other systems
• The driver turns the engine off
while Auto Hold is operating.
5-25
5
Driving your vehicle
To release the EPB (Electronic
Parking Brake):
• Place the ignition switch in the ON
position.
• Depress and hold the brake pedal.
• Press the EPB switch.
Make sure the Parking Brake
Warning Light goes off.
To release EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) automatically:
1. Ensure seat belts are fastened
and the doors, hood and liftgate
are closed.
2. With the engine running, depress
the brake pedal and shift out of P
(Park) to R (Reverse) or D (Drive).
3. Depress the accelerator pedal.
Make sure the parking brake warning
light goes off.
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
WARNING
• Whenever leaving the vehicle
OTMA058132
To release EPB, fasten seatbelt,
close door, hood and liftgate
• If you try to drive with the EPB
applied, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
• If the driver's seat belt is unfastened and the engine hood or liftgate is opened, a warning will
sound and a message will appear.
• If there is a problem with the vehicle, a warning may sound and a
message may appear.
If the situation occurs, depress the
brake pedal and release EPB by
pressing the EPB switch.
5-26
or parking, always come to a
complete stop and continue
to depress the brake pedal.
Shift the gear into the P (Park)
position, press the EPB
switch, and set the ignition
switch to the OFF position.
Take the Key with you when
exiting the vehicle.
Vehicles not fully engaged in
P (Park) with the parking
brake set are at risk for moving inadvertently and causing
injury to yourself or others.
• NEVER allow anyone who is
unfamiliar with the vehicle to
touch the EPB switch. If the
EPB is released unintentionally, serious injury may occur.
• Only release the EPB when
you are seated inside the
vehicle with your foot firmly
on the brake pedal.
NOTICE
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal while the parking brake is
engaged. If you depress the
accelerator pedal with the EPB
engaged, a warning will sound
and a message will appear.
Damage to the parking brake
may occur.
• Driving with the parking brake
on can overheat the braking system and cause premature wear
or damage to brake parts. Make
sure the EPB is released and the
Parking Brake Warning Light is
off before driving.
i Information
• A clicking sound may be heard
while operating or releasing the
EPB. These conditions are normal
and indicate that the EPB is functioning properly.
• When leaving your keys with a
parking attendant or assistant,
make sure to inform him/her how to
operate the EPB.
OIK057077N
Parking brake automatically
engaged
If the EPB is applied while Auto Hold
is activated, a warning will sound and
a message will appear.
5-27
5
Driving your vehicle
OIK057079N
AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
Driving your vehicle
EPB malfunction indicator
The EPB malfunction indicator may
illuminate when the ESC indicator
comes on to indicate that the ESC is
not working properly, but it does not
indicate a malfunction of the EPB.
NOTICE
OLX2058075
This warning light illuminates if the
ignition switch is set to the ON position and goes off in approximately 3
seconds if the system is operating
normally.
If the EPB malfunction indicator
remains on, comes on while driving,
or does not come on when the ignition switch is changed to the ON
position, this indicates that the EPB
may have malfunctioned.
If this occurs, have the system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
5-28
• If the EPB warning light is still
on, have the system checked by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the parking brake warning
light does not illuminate or
blinks even though the EPB
switch was pulled up, the EPB
may not be applied.
• If the parking brake warning
light blinks when the EPB warning light is on, press the switch,
and then pull it up. Repeat this
one more time. If the EPB warning does not go off, have the
system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Parking brake warning light
Check the Parking
Brake Warning Light
by placing the ignition
switch to the ON position (do not start the
engine).
This light will be illuminated when the
parking brake is applied with the ignition switch in the START or ON position.
Before driving, be sure the parking
brake is released and the Brake
Warning Light is OFF.
If the Parking Brake Warning Light
remains on after the parking brake is
released while engine is running,
there may be a malfunction in the
brake system. Immediate attention is
necessary.
If at all possible, cease driving the
vehicle immediately. If that is not possible, use extreme caution while
operating the vehicle and only continue to drive the vehicle until you
can reach a safe location.
Emergency braking
If there is a problem with the brake
pedal while driving, emergency braking is possible by pulling up and
holding the EPB switch. Braking is
possible only while you are holding
the EPB switch. However, braking
distance will be longer than normal.
WARNING
i Information
During emergency braking, the parking brake warning light will illuminate to indicate that the system is
operating.
Auto Hold
If you continuously notice a noise
or burning smell when the EPB is
used for emergency braking, have
system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
The Auto Hold maintains the vehicle
in a standstill even though the brake
pedal is not depressed after the driver brings the vehicle to a complete
stop by depressing the brake pedal.
When the EPB (Electronic Parking
Brake) does not release
If the EPB does not release normally, we recommend that you contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer by
loading the vehicle on a flatbed tow
truck and have the system checked.
To apply :
5
OLX2058013
1. With the driver's door and engine
hood closed, depress the brake
pedal and then press the [AUTO
HOLD] switch. The white AUTO
HOLD indicator will come on and
the system will be in the standby
position.
5-29
Driving your vehicle
Do not operate the parking
brake while the vehicle is moving except in an emergency situation. It could damage the
brake system and lead to a
severe accident.
NOTICE
Driving your vehicle
To release :
To cancel :
If you press the accelerator pedal
with the gear in D (Drive) or Manual
shift mode, the Auto Hold will be
released automatically and the vehicle will start to move. The AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from green
to white.
OLX2059014L
2. When you stop the vehicle completely by depressing the brake
pedal, the Auto Hold maintains the
brake pressure to hold the vehicle
stationary. The indicator changes
from white to green.
3. The vehicle will remain stationary
even if you release the brake
pedal.
4. If EPB is applied, Auto Hold will be
released.
5-30
WARNING
When the AUTO HOLD is automatically released by depressing the accelerator pedal, always
take a look around your vehicle.
Slowly depress the accelerator
pedal for a smooth start.
OLX2058015
1.Depress the brake pedal.
2.Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch.
The AUTO HOLD indicator will turn
off.
WARNING
To prevent, unexpected and sudden vehicle movement, ALWAYS
press your foot on the brake
pedal to cancel the Auto Hold
before you:
- Drive downhill.
- Drive the vehicle in R (Reverse).
- Park the vehicle.
i Information
NOTICE
If the AUTO HOLD indicator
changes to yellow, the Auto Hold
is not working properly. Contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Depress the accelerator pedal
slowly when you start the
vehicle.
• For your safety, cancel the
Auto Hold when you drive
downhill, back up the vehicle
or park the vehicle.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
driver's door or engine hood open
detection system, the Auto Hold
may not work properly.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
5-31
5
Driving your vehicle
• The Auto Hold does not operate
when:
- The driver's door is opened
- The engine hood is opened
- The gear is in P (Park) or R
(Reverse)
- The EPB is applied
• For your safety, the Auto Hold automatically switches to EPB when:
- The driver's door is opened with
the gear in D (Drive) or N
(Neutral)
- The engine hood is opened with the
gear in D (Drive) or N (Neutral)
- The vehicle stops for more than 10
minutes
- The vehicle stands on a steep slope
- The vehicle moves several times
In these cases, the parking brake
warning light comes on, the AUTO
HOLD indicator changes from
green to white, and a warning sound
and a message will appear to inform
you that EPB has been automatically engaged. Before driving off again,
press foot brake pedal, check the
surrounding area near your vehicle
and release parking brake manually
with the EPB switch.
• While operating Auto Hold, you may
hear mechanical noise. However, it is
normal operating noise.
Driving your vehicle
Warning messages
■ Type A
■ Type B
OIK057077N/OIK057075N
Parking brake automatically
engaged
When the EPB is applied from Auto
Hold, a warning will sound and a
message will appear.
5-32
OIK057079N
OIK057080L
AUTO HOLD turning Off!
Press brake pedal
When the conversion from Auto Hold
to EPB is not working properly a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
When this message is displayed, the
Auto Hold and EPB may not operate.
For your safety, depress the brake
pedal.
Press brake pedal to deactivate
AUTO HOLD
If you did not apply the brake pedal
when you release the Auto Hold by
pressing the [AUTO HOLD] switch, a
warning will sound and a message
will appear.
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)
WARNING
OTM058159L
your vehicle.
The safety features of an ABS
or ESC equipped vehicle should
not be tested by high speed
driving or cornering. This could
endanger the safety of yourself
or others.
ABS is an electronic braking system
that helps prevent a braking skid.
ABS allows the driver to steer and
brake at the same time.
5
Driving your vehicle
AUTO HOLD conditions not met.
Close door and hood.
When you press the [AUTO HOLD]
switch, if the driver's door and engine
hood are not closed, a warning will
sound and a message will appear on
the cluster LCD display.
Press the [AUTO HOLD] switch after
closing the driver's door and hood.
An Anti-Lock Braking System
(ABS) or an Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system will not
prevent accidents due to
improper or dangerous driving
maneuvers. Even though vehicle control is improved during
emergency braking, always
maintain a safe distance
between you and objects ahead
of you. Vehicle speeds should
always be reduced during
extreme road conditions. The
braking distance for cars
equipped with ABS or ESC may
be longer than for those without
these systems in the following
road conditions.
Drive your vehicle at reduced
speeds during the following
conditions:
• Rough, gravel or snow-covered roads.
• On roads where the road surface is pitted or has different
surface height.
• Tire chains are installed on
5-33
Driving your vehicle
Using ABS
To obtain the maximum benefit from
your ABS in an emergency situation,
do not attempt to modulate your
brake pressure and do not try to
pump your brakes. Depress your
brake pedal as hard as possible.
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This is
normal and it means your ABS is
active.
ABS does not reduce the time or distance it takes to stop the vehicle.
Always maintain a safe distance from
the vehicle in front of you.
ABS will not prevent a skid that
results from sudden changes in
direction, such as trying to take a
corner too fast or making a sudden
lane change. Always drive at a safe
speed for the road and weather conditions.
5-34
ABS cannot prevent a loss of stability. Always steer moderately when
braking hard. Severe or sharp steering wheel movement can still cause
your vehicle to veer into oncoming
traffic or off the road.
On loose or uneven road surfaces,
operation of the anti-lock brake system may result in a longer stopping
distance than for vehicles equipped
with a conventional brake system.
The ABS warning light (
) will stay
on for several seconds after the ignition switch is in the ON position.
During that time, the ABS will go
through self-diagnosis and the light
will go off if everything is normal. If
the light stays on, you may have a
problem with your ABS. Contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible
WARNING
If the ABS warning light (
) is
on and stays on, you may have
a problem with the ABS. Your
power brakes will work normally. To reduce the risk of serious
injury or death, contact your
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
NOTICE
i Information
When you jump start your vehicle
because of a drained battery, the ABS
warning light (
) may turn on at the
same time. This happens because of
the low battery voltage. It does not
mean your ABS is malfunctioning.
Have the battery recharged before
driving the vehicle.
WARNING
Never drive too fast for the road
conditions or too quickly when
cornering. The ESC system will
not prevent accidents.
Excessive speed in turns, abrupt
maneuvers, and hydroplaning
on wet surfaces can result in
severe accidents.
OLX2059016L
The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) system helps to stabilize the
vehicle during cornering maneuvers.
ESC checks where you are steering
and where the vehicle is actually
going. ESC applies braking pressure
to any one of the vehicle's brakes
and intervenes in the engine management system to assist the driver
with keeping the vehicle on the
intended path. It is not a substitute
for safe driving practices. Always
adjust your speed and driving to the
road conditions.
ESC operation
ESC ON condition
5
When the ignition switch is in the ON
position, the ESC and the ESC OFF
indicator lights illuminate for approximately three seconds. After both
lights go off, the ESC is enabled.
5-35
Driving your vehicle
When you drive on a road having
poor traction, such as an icy road,
and apply your brakes continuously, the ABS will be active continuously and the ABS warning
light (
) may illuminate. Pull
your car over to a safe place and
turn the engine off.
Restart the engine. If the ABS
warning light is off, then your ABS
system is normal.
Otherwise, you may have a problem with your ABS system.
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
Electronic Stability Control
(ESC)
Driving your vehicle
When operating
When the ESC is in operation, the ESC indicator light
blinks:
• When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may lock the
wheels, you may hear sounds from
the brakes, or feel a corresponding
sensation in the brake pedal. This
is normal and it means your ESC is
active.
• When the ESC activates, the
engine may not respond to the
accelerator as it does under routine conditions.
• If Smart Cruise Control was in use
when the ESC activates, Smart
Cruise Control automatically disengages. Smart Cruise Control can
be reengaged when the road conditions allow. See "Smart Cruise
Control(SCC)" later in this chapter.
(if equipped)
• When moving out of the mud or
driving on a slippery road, the
engine RPM (revolutions per
minute) may not increase even if
you press the accelerator pedal
deeply. This is to maintain the stability and traction of the vehicle and
does not indicate a problem.
5-36
ESC OFF condition
To cancel ESC operation :
• State 1
Press the ESC OFF button briefly.
The ESC OFF indicator light and
message "Traction Control disabled"
will illuminate. In this state, the traction control function of ESC (engine
management) is disabled, but the
brake control function of ESC (braking management) still operates.
• State 2
Press and hold the ESC OFF button
continuously for more than 3 seconds. The ESC OFF indicator light
and message "Traction and Stability
Control disabled" illuminates and a
warning chime sounds. In this state,
both the traction control function of
ESC (engine management) and the
brake control function of ESC (braking management) are disabled.
If the ignition switch is placed to the
LOCK/OFF position when ESC is off,
ESC remains off. Upon restarting the
engine, the ESC will automatically turn
on again.
Indicator lights
■ ESC indicator light (blinks)
■ ESC OFF indicator light (comes on)
When the ignition switch is placed to
the ON position, the ESC indicator
light illuminates, then goes off if the
ESC system is operating normally.
The ESC indicator light blinks whenever the ESC is operating.
If ESC indicator light stays on, your
vehicle may have a malfunction with
the ESC system. When this warning
light illuminates have your vehicle
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible.
The ESC OFF indicator light comes
on when the ESC is turned off.
WARNING
When the ESC is blinking, this
indicates the ESC is active:
Drive slowly and NEVER attempt
to accelerate. NEVER turn the
ESC off while the ESC indicator
light is blinking or you may lose
control of the vehicle resulting in
an accident.
NOTICE
The ESC OFF mode should only be
used briefly to help free the vehicle if
stuck in snow or mud by temporarily
stopping operation of the ESC to
maintain wheel torque.
To turn ESC off while driving, press
the ESC OFF button while driving on
a flat road surface.
i Information
Turning the ESC off does not affect ABS
or standard brake system operation.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the transmission:
• Do not allow wheel(s) of one
axle to spin excessively while
the ESC, ABS, and parking brake
warning lights are displayed.
The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty.
Reduce engine power and do
not spin the wheel(s) excessively while these lights are displayed.
• When operating the vehicle on a
dynamometer, make sure the
ESC is turned off (ESC OFF light
illuminated).
5
Driving your vehicle
Driving with wheels and tires with
different sizes may cause the ESC
system to malfunction. Before
replacing tires, make sure all four
tires and wheels are the same
size. Never drive the vehicle with
different sized wheels and tires
installed.
ESC OFF usage
When Driving
5-37
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM)
The Vehicle Stability Management
(VSM) is a function of the Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system. It
helps ensure the vehicle stays stable
when accelerating or braking suddenly on wet, slippery and rough
roads where traction over the four
tires can suddenly become uneven.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using the Vehicle Stability
Management (VSM):
• ALWAYS check the speed and
the distance to the vehicle
ahead. The VSM is not a substitute for safe driving practices.
5-38
• Never drive too fast for the
road conditions. The VSM system will not prevent accidents. Excessive speed in bad
weather, slippery and uneven
roads can result in severe
accidents.
VSM operation
VSM ON condition
The VSM operates when:
• The Electronic Stability Control
(ESC) is on.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 13 mph (22 km/h) on curve
roads.
• Vehicle speed is approximately
above 6 mph (10 km/h) when the
vehicle is braking on a two surface
road.
✱ The two surface road is made of
surfaces which have different friction forces.
When operating
When you apply your brakes under
conditions which may activate the
ESC, you may hear sounds from the
brakes, or feel a corresponding sensation in the brake pedal. This is normal and it means your VSM is active.
i Information
The VSM does not operate when:
• Driving on a banked road such as
gradient or incline.
• Driving rearward.
• ESC OFF indicator light is on.
• EPS (Electric Power Steering) warning light ( ) is on or blinks.
Driving with wheels and tires with different sizes may cause the ESC system to malfunction. Before replacing
tires, make sure all four tires and
wheels are the same size. Never
drive the vehicle with different sized
tires and wheels installed.
WARNING
The Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
helps prevent the vehicle from rolling
backwards when starting a vehicle
from a stop on a hill. The system
operates the brakes automatically for
approximately 2 seconds and releases the brake after 2 seconds or when
the accelerator pedal is depressed.
Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
(if equipped)
WARNING
Always be ready to depress the
accelerator pedal when starting
off on an incline. The HAC activates only for approximately 2
seconds.
NOTICE
• The HAC does not operate when
the vehicle is shifted to P (Park)
or N (Neutral)
• The HAC activates even though
the ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is off but does not activate when the ESC has malfunctioned.
OLX2058017
The Downhill Brake Control (DBC)
feature assists the driver to descend
down a steep hill without having to
depress the brake pedal.
The system automatically applies the
brakes to maintain the vehicle speed
below a certain speed and allows the
driver to concentrate on steering the
vehicle down hill.
The DBC defaults to the off position
whenever the ignition switch is
placed to the ON position. Press the
button to activate the system and
press the button again to deactivate.
5-39
5
Driving your vehicle
If ESC indicator light ( ) or
EPS warning light ( ) stays on
or blinks, your vehicle may have
a malfunction with the VSM system. When the warning light illuminates, have your vehicle
checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as
possible.
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC)
Driving your vehicle
DBC operation
Mode
Indicator light
Standby
Green light
turns on
Activated
Green light
blinks
Green light
turns off
Deactivated
Description
Press the DBC button when the vehicle speed is under 37 mph (60 km/h). The DBC system will turn on
and enter the standby mode.
The system does not turn on if the vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
In the standby mode, the DBC will activate under the following conditions:
• The hill is steep enough.
• The accelerator pedal is not depressed.
• The vehicle speed is within 2~25 mph (4~40 km/h) range (within 1.5~5 mph (2.5~8 km/h) when
reversing).
Within the activation speed range 2~25 mph (4~40 km/h), the driver can control the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake/accelerator pedal.
The DBC will turn off under the following conditions:
• The DBC button is pressed again.
• The vehicle speed is over 37 mph (60 km/h).
The DBC will be deactivated but maintain the standby mode under the following conditions:
• The hill is not steep enough.
Green light turns on • The vehicle speed is between 25~37 mph (40~60 km/h).
(maintains standby mode)
System
malfunction
5-40
Yellow light
turns on
The yellow warning light illuminates when the system may have malfunctioned or may not work properly
during the activation. In this case, the DBC system is deactivated. Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
WARNING
Always turn off the DBC on normal roads. The DBC might activate inadvertently from the standby mode when driving through
speed bumps or making sharp
curves.
OTMA048167
i Information
• Noise or vibration may occur from
the brakes when the DBC is activated.
• The rear stop light comes on when
DBC is activated.
• The DBC may not deactivate on
steep inclines even though the
brake or accelerator pedal is
depressed.
• The DBC system may not always
maintain the vehicle speed at a
certain speed.
• The DBC does not operate when:
- The gear is in P (Park).
- The ESC is activated.
5
Driving your vehicle
Downhill Brake Control disabled.
Control vehicle speed
When the DBC system is not working properly this warning message
will appear on the LCD display and
you will hear a warning sound. If this
occurs, control the vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal.
NOTICE
5-41
Driving your vehicle
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA)
Trailer Stability Assist system helps
stabilize the vehicle and trailer when
the trailer sways or oscillates. There
are various reasons making the vehicle sway and oscillate.
Factors of swaying are such as:
- High speed
- Strong crosswinds
- Improper overloading
- Sudden controlling of steering
wheel
- Uneven road
Trailer Stability Assist system continuously analyzes the vehicle and trailer instability. When the Trailer
Stability Assist system detects some
sway, the brakes are applied automatically to stabilize the vehicle on
the front wheel. However, if it is not
enough to stabilize, the brakes are
applied on all wheels automatically
and engine power is properly
reduced. When the vehicle is stable
from swaying, trailer stability assist
system does not operate.
5-42
Good Braking Practices
WARNING
Whenever leaving the vehicle or
parking, always come to a complete stop and continue to
depress the brake pedal. Shift
the gear to P (Park), then apply
the parking brake, and place the
ignition switch in the LOCK/OFF
position.
Vehicles parked with the parking brake not applied or not
fully engaged may roll inadvertently and may cause injury to
the driver and others. ALWAYS
apply the parking brake before
exiting the vehicle.
Wet brakes can be dangerous! The
brakes may get wet if the vehicle is
driven through standing water or if it
is washed. Your vehicle will not stop
as quickly if the brakes are wet. Wet
brakes may cause the vehicle to pull
to one side.
To dry the brakes, apply the brakes
lightly until the braking action returns
to normal, taking care to keep the
vehicle under control at all times. If
the braking action does not return to
normal, stop as soon as it is safe to
do so and call an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
DO NOT drive with your foot resting
on the brake pedal. Even light, but
constant pedal pressure can result in
the brakes overheating, brake wear,
and possibly even brake failure.
If a tire goes flat while you are driving, apply the brakes gently and
keep the vehicle pointed straight
ahead while you slow down. When
you are moving slowly enough for it
to be safe to do so, pull off the road
and stop in a safe location.
Keep your foot firmly on the brake
pedal when the vehicle is stopped to
prevent the vehicle from rolling forward.
ALL WHEEL DRIVE (AWD) (IF EQUIPPED)
The All Wheel Drive (AWD) system
delivers engine torque to both the
front and rear wheels for extra traction. AWD is useful when maximum
traction is required on slippery,
muddy, wet, or snow-covered roads.
Occasional off-road use such as
established unpaved roads and trails
are OK. It is always important that
the driver carefully reduces the
speed to a level that does not exceed
the safe operating speed for those
conditions.
WARNING
• Do not drive in water if the level
is higher than the bottom of the
vehicle.
• Check your brake condition
once you are out of mud or
water. Depress the brake pedal
several times as you move slowly until you feel normal braking
return.
• Shorten your scheduled maintenance interval if you drive in offroad conditions such as sand,
mud or water (see "Maintenance
Under Severe Usage Conditions"
in chapter 7).
• Always wash your vehicle thoroughly after off road use, especially the bottom of the vehicle.
• Be sure to equip the vehicle with
four tires of the same size and
type.
• Make sure that a full time AWD
vehicle is towed by a flat bed
tow truck.
5-43
5
Driving your vehicle
To reduce the risk of SERIOUS
INJURY or DEATH:
• Do not drive in conditions that
exceed the vehicles intended
design such as challenging
off-road conditions.
• Avoid high speeds when cornering or turning.
• Do not make quick steering
wheel movements, such as
sharp lane changes or fast,
sharp turns.
• The risk of a rollover is greatly increased if you lose control of your vehicle at highway
speeds.
• Loss of control often occurs if
two or more wheels drop off
the roadway and the driver
over steers to reenter the
roadway.
• In the event your vehicle
leaves the roadway, do not
steer sharply. Instead, slow
down before pulling back into
the travel lanes.
NOTICE
Driving your vehicle
AWD Operation
All Wheel Drive (AWD) mode selection
Transfer mode
AWD AUTO
(Normal driving)
SNOW
Selection mode
Description
-
In the AWD AUTO mode, under normal operating conditions, the vehicle operates
similar to conventional 2WD vehicles. If the system determines there is a need for four
wheel drive, the engine's driving power is distributed to all four wheels automatically.
Use this mode when driving on normal roads.
If you select the "Driving force distribution" in the cluster, Driving force distribution
(AWD) state is displayed.
In this mode, the vehicle can start stably by properly distributing the driving force of
the vehicle on slippery roads such as snowy roads. And you can drive safely by
suppressing wheel slip.
• The main goal of AWD Lock mode is toallow a driver to maximize the vehicle's
AWD LOCK
traction under extreme driving conditions such as unpaved off-road, sandy roads,
and muddy roads.
• AWD Lock mode is in operation only when a vehicle travels at 25 mph (40 km/h)
or less. When travelling at 25 mph (40 km/h) or faster, the mode will switch to AWD
Auto. When travelling at 20 mph (30 km/h) or less, the mode will switch back to
AWD Lock.
• Press the AWD Lock mode switch again to switch back to AWD Auto.
When the AWD LOCK mode is deactivated, a shock may be felt as the drive power is delivered entirely to the front
wheels. This shock is not a mechanical failure.
5-44
For safe AWD operation
Before driving
• Make sure all passengers are
wearing seat belts.
• Sit upright and closer to the steering wheel than usual. Adjust the
steering wheel to a position comfortable for you to drive.
CAUTION
When the vehicle is stuck in
snow, sand or mud, place a nonslip material under the drive
wheels to provide traction OR
Slowly spin the wheels in forward and reverse directions
which causes a rocking motion
that may free the vehicle.
However, avoid running the
engine continuously at high
RPM, doing so may damage the
AWD system.
5
Driving your vehicle
Driving on snow-covered or icy
roads
• Start off slowly by applying the
accelerator pedal gently.
• Use snow tires or tire chains.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Apply engine braking during deceleration by using the paddle shifter
and manually selecting a lower gear.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent skids.
Driving in sand or mud
• Maintain slow and constant speed.
• Use tire chains driving in mud if
necessary.
• Keep sufficient distance between
your vehicle and the vehicle in front
of you.
• Reduce vehicle speed and always
check the road condition.
• Avoid speeding, rapid acceleration,
sudden brake applications, and
sharp turns to prevent getting
stuck.
5-45
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Exercise extreme caution when
driving up or down steep hills.
The vehicle may flip over
depending on the grade, the terrain, and the trail conditions.
OLMB053017
Driving up or down hills
• Driving uphill
- Before starting off, check if it is
possible to drive uphill.
- Drive as straight as possible.
• Driving downhill
- Do not change gear while driving
downhill. Select gear before driving downhill.
- Drive slowly using engine braking
while driving downhill.
- Drive straight as possible.
5-46
WARNING
Driving through water
• Try to avoid driving in deep standing water. It may stall your engine
and clog your exhaust system.
• If you need to drive in water, stop
your vehicle, set the vehicle in
AWD LOCK mode and drive under
5 mph (8 km/h).
• Do not change gear while driving in
water.
CAUTION
Always drive slowly in water. If
you drive too fast, water may
get into the engine compartment and wet the ignition system causing your vehicle to
suddenly stop.
OLMB053018
Do not drive across the contour
of steep hills. A slight change in
the wheel angle can destabilize
the vehicle, or a stable vehicle
may lose stability if the vehicle
stops its forward motion. Your
vehicle may roll over and lead to
a serious injury or death.
WARNING
Do not grab the inside of the
steering wheel when you are
driving off-road. You may hurt
your arm by a sudden steering
maneuver or from steering wheel
rebound due to an impact with
objects on the ground.You could
lose control of the steering wheel
which may lead to serious injury
or death.
LCD display message
Transmission hot! Park with
engine On
OJS058137L/OJS058138L
5
• Under certain conditions, such as
repeated stop-and-go launches on
steep grades, sudden take off or
acceleration, or other harsh driving
conditions (mud or sand road), the
transmission temperatures will
increase excessively. Finally the
transmission could be overheated.
Driving your vehicle
Additional driving conditions
• Become familiar with the off-road
conditions before driving.
• Always pay attention when driving
off-road and avoid dangerous
areas.
• Drive slowly when driving in heavy
wind.
• Reduce vehicle speed when cornering. The center of gravity of
AWD vehicles is higher than conventional 2WD vehicles, making
them more likely to roll over when
you rapidly turn corners.
• Always hold the steering wheel
firmly when you are driving offroad.
5-47
Driving your vehicle
• If the vehicle continues to be driven
and the automatic transmission
temperatures reach the maximum
temperature limit, the "Transmission
hot! Park with engine On" warning
will be displayed. When this occurs
the automatic transmission is disabled until the automatic transmission cools to normal temperatures.
• The warning will display a time to
wait for the transmission to cool.
• If this occurs, pull over to a safe
location, stop the vehicle with the
engine running, apply the brakes
and shift the vehicle to P (Park),
and allow the transmission to cool.
• When the message "Transmission
cooled down. Resume driving"
appears you can continue to drive
your vehicle.
• When possible, drive the vehicle
smoothly.
5-48
Emergency Precautions
Tires
Do not use a tire and wheel package
with a different size and type from
the one originally installed on your
vehicle. It can affect the safety and
performance of your vehicle, which
could lead to steering failure or
rollover causing serious injury.
When replacing the tires, be sure to
equip all four tires with the tire and
wheel of the same size, type, tread,
brand and load-carrying capacity. If
you equip your vehicle with any
tire/wheel combination not recommended by HYUNDAI for off-road
driving, you should not use these
tires for highway driving.
WARNING
Never start or run the engine
while a full-time AWD vehicle is
raised on a jack. The vehicle can
slip or roll off of a jack causing
serious injury or death to you or
those nearby.
Towing
AWD vehicles must be towed with a
wheel lift and dollies or flatbed equipment with all the wheels off the
ground. For more details, refer to
"Towing" in chapter 6.
Dynamometer testing
A full-time AWD vehicle must be tested on a special four wheel chassis
dynamometer.
CAUTION
• Never engage the parking
Temporary Free Roller
Roll Tester (Speedometer)
brake while performing the
test.
• When the vehicle is lifted up,
do not operate the front and
rear wheel separately. All four
wheels should be operated.
OLX2058010
WARNING
5
Keep away from the front of the
vehicle while the vehicle is in
gear on the dynamometer. The
vehicle can jump forward and
cause serious injury or death.
Driving your vehicle
A full-time AWD vehicle should not
be tested on a 2WD roll tester. If a
2WD roll tester must be used, perform the following procedure:
1.Check the tire pressures recommended for your vehicle.
2.Place the front wheels on the roll
tester for a speedometer test as
shown in the illustration.
3.Release the parking brake.
4.Place the rear wheels on the temporary free roller as shown in the
illustration.
5-49
Driving your vehicle
ISG (IDLE STOP AND GO) SYSTEM (IF EQUIPPED)
The Idle Stop and Go (ISG) system
automatically and temporarily shuts
down the engine when the vehicle is
stopped and idling to improve fuel
efficiency and reduce exhaust gas
emissions. (i.e. red stop light, stop
sign, and traffic jam).
The engine is automatically started
upon satisfying the starting conditions.
The ISG system is always active,
when the engine is running.
i Information
When the engine is automatically
started by the ISG system, some warning lights (i.e. ABS, ESC, ESC OFF,
EPS, and parking brake warning
light) may illuminate for a few seconds due to the low battery voltage.
However, it does not indicate a malfunction with the ISG system.
5-50
To Activate the ISG System
Prerequisite for activation
The ISG system operates in the following situations.
• The driver's seatbelt is fastened
• The driver's door and hood are
closed
• The brake vacuum pressure is
adequate
• The battery sensor is activated and
the battery is sufficiently charged
• Outside temperature is not too low
or too high
• The vehicle is driven over a constant speed and stops
• The climate control system satisfies the conditions
• The vehicle is sufficiently warmed
up
• The incline is gradual
• The steering wheel is turned less
than 180 degrees and then the
vehicle stops
i Information
The ISG system is
not activated, when
the prerequisites to
activate the ISG system are unsatisfied.
In this case, the ISG
OFF button indicator illuminates,
and the auto stop indicator (
)
illuminates in yellow on the instrument cluster.
• When the above indicator remains
illuminated on the instrument cluster, we recommend that you have
the IGS system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
•
Auto stop
To stop the engine in idle stop mode
When the system is deactivated:
1. Decrease the vehicle speed to 0
mph.
2. Depress the brake pedal with the
shift lever in D (Drive) or N
(Neutral).
The auto stop indicator (
) illuminates in green on the instrument
cluster, when the engine stops.
OIK057173N
OLX2058018
i Information
The ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
In auto stop mode, when the driver
opens the hood, the ISG system will
be deactivated.
5-51
5
Driving your vehicle
The driving speed must reach at least
3 mph (5 km/h) after an idle stop to
stop the engine in idle stop mode
again.
If the message "Auto Stop is Off.
Start vehicle manually", appears on
the LCD display with a beep sound,
restart the vehicle manually by
depressing the brake pedal with the
vehicle shifted to P (Park) or N
(Neutral). For your safety, restart the
vehicle in the P (Park) position.
Driving your vehicle
Auto start
To restart the engine in the auto
stop mode
Release the brake pedal.
- When Auto Hold is activated, if you
release the brake pedal, the
engine will be in the auto stop
state. However, if you depress the
accelerator pedal, the engine will
start again.
The auto stop indicator (
) goes
OFF on the instrument cluster, when
the engine is restarted.
5-52
The engine is automatically restarted in the following situations.
• The brake vacuum pressure is low
• The engine has stopped for about
5 minutes
• The air conditioning is ON with the
fan speed set to the highest position
• The front defroster is ON
• The battery is weak
• The cooling and heating performance of the climate control system
is unsatisfactory
• The vehicle is shifted to P (Park)
when Auto Hold is activated
• The door is opened or the seatbelt
is unfastened when Auto Hold is
activated
• The EPB switch is pressed when
Auto Hold is activated
The auto stop indicator (
) blinks
in green for 5 seconds on the instrument cluster.
OIK057086N
The auto start is temporarily deactivated in the following situations.
When the gear is shifted from N
(Neutral) to R (Reverse), D (Drive) or
Manual shift mode without the brake
pedal depressed. A message "Press
brake pedal for Auto Start" will
appear on the LCD display. To activate auto start, depress the brake
pedal.
To Deactivate the ISG System
• Press the ISG OFF button to deactivate the ISG system. Then, the
ISG OFF button indicator illuminates.
• Press the ISG OFF button again to
reactivate the ISG system. Then,
the ISG OFF button indicator turns
OFF.
ISG System Malfunction
The ISG system may not operate:
When there is a malfunction with the
ISG sensors or the ISG system.
The followings occur, when there is
a malfunction with the ISG system:
• The auto stop indicator (
) will
blink in yellow on the instrument
cluster.
• The light on the ISG OFF button
will illuminate.
i Information
• When you cannot turn OFF the ISG
OFF button indicator by pressing the
ISG OFF button, or when the malfunction with the ISG system persists, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• You can turn off the ISG OFF button indicator by driving over 50
mph (80 km/h) for up to 2 hours
with the fan speed below the 2nd
position. If the ISG OFF button
indicator remains ON, contact an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
When the engine is in auto stop
mode, the engine may restart.
Before leaving the vehicle or
checking the engine compartment, stop the engine placing
the ignition switch to the
LOCK/OFF position or remove
the ignition key.
5-53
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
5
Driving your vehicle
Calibrating the Battery Sensor
If the AGM battery is reconnected or
replaced, ISG system will not operate immediately. If you want to use
the system, the battery sensor needs
to be calibrated following the below
procedure.
Battery sensor
OLX2058019
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect all electronic devices
that were additionally installed
after the vehicle was delivered,
such as navigation, dashcam, etc.
3. After 4 hours with the engine off,
turn the engine on and off 3 to 4
times.
5-54
i Information
The ISG system may not operate in
the following situations.
- There is a malfunction with the ISG
system.
- The battery is weak.
- The brake vacuum pressure is low.
If this occurs, have the ISG system
checked by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
• Use only a genuine HYUNDAI
ISG battery for replacement. If
not, the ISG system may not
operate normally.
• Do not recharge the ISG battery
with a general battery charger. It
may damage or explode the ISG
battery.
• Do not remove the battery cap.
The battery electrolyte, which is
harmful to the human body, may
leak out.
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (2WD)
OLX2058092
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
Drive Mode
SMART mode
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE selection knob is
rotated.
• SMART mode :
SMART
mode
automatically
adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔
COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving
habits.
• SPORT mode :
SPORT mode provides sporty but
firm riding.
• ECO mode :
ECO mode helps improve fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
• COMFORT mode :
COMFORT mode provides smooth
driving and comfortable riding.
SMART mode selects the
driving mode
among ECO, COMFORT,
and SPORT by judging
the driver's driving habits (i.e.
Economical or Aggressive) from the
brake pedal depression or the steering wheel operation.
• Rotate the DRIVE MODE selection
knob to activate SMART mode.
When SMART mode is activated,
the indicator illuminates on the
instrument cluster.
• The vehicle starts in SMART
mode, when the engine was turned
OFF in SMART mode.
• SMART mode automatically controls gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
SMART proper
Driving your vehicle
5-55
5
Driving your vehicle
i Information
• When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the actual
fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations
(i.e. upward/downward slope, vehicle deceleration/acceleration).
• When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply turning
the driving mode changes to SPORT
mode. However, it may adversely
affect fuel economy.
5-56
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
• The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently depress the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
economical.).
• The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode
to SMART COMFORT mode after
a certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively depress the
accelerator pedal.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT
mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO
mode, when the vehicle enters a
leveled road.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
or repetitively operate the steering
wheel (Your driving is categorized
to be aggressive.). In this mode,
your vehicle drives in a lower gear
for abrupt accelerating/decelerating and increases the engine brake
performance.
• You may still sense the engine
braking performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains in
lower gear over a certain period of
time for next acceleration. Thus, it
is a normal driving situation, not
indicating any malfunction.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART COMFORT mode.
SPORT
ECO mode
SPORT mode manages
SPORT the driving dynamics by
automatically adjusting
the steering effort, and
the engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver performance.
• When SPORT mode is selected by
rotating the DRIVE MODE selection knob, the SPORT indicator will
illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode
is desired, re-select SPORT mode.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to
remain a little higher for a brief
time even after releasing the
accelerator. This is typical when
the SPORT mode is activated.
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating
When the drive mode is
set to ECO mode, the
engine and transmission
control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficiency.
• When ECO mode is selected by
rotating the DRIVE MODE selection knob, the ECO indicator will
illuminate.
• The vehicle starts in ECO mode,
when the engine was turned OFF
in ECO mode.
ECO
i Information
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
5-57
5
Driving your vehicle
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indicator illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver uses the paddle shifter
(manual shift mode) :
It deactivates SMART mode. The
vehicle drives, as the driver manually changes gear with the paddle
shifter.
• Smart Cruise Control is activated :
Smart Cruise Control may deactivate the SMART mode when the
vehicle is controlled by the set
speed of Smart Cruise Control.
(SMART mode is not deactivated
just by activating Smart Cruise
Control.)
• The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high :
The SMART mode can be active in
most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/
low transmission oil temperature
may temporarily deactivate the
SMART mode, because the transmission condition is out of normal
operation condition.
Driving your vehicle
When ECO mode is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may be louder at
some automatic transmission
shifts as down-shift requires pressing down more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is activated to help improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
5-58
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle in manual
shift mode using the paddle shifter.
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
DRIVE MODE INTEGRATED CONTROL SYSTEM (AWD)
Drive Mode
■ Type B
The mode changes whenever the
DRIVE MODE selection knob is
rotated.
■ Type A
OLX2059021N
OLX2059112N/OLX2059111N
The drive mode may be selected
according to the driver's preference
or road condition.
5
OLX2059025N/OLX2059024N
OLX2059023N/OLX2059022N
5-59
Driving your vehicle
OLX2059110N/OLX2059124N
• SMART mode :
SMART
mode
automatically
adjusts the driving mode (ECO ↔
COMFORT ↔ SPORT) in accordance with the driver's driving
habits.
Driving your vehicle
• SPORT mode :
SPORT mode provides sporty but
firm riding.
• ECO mode :
ECO mode helps improve fuel efficiency for eco-friendly driving.
• COMFORT mode :
COMFORT mode provides smooth
driving and comfortable riding.
SMART mode
SMART mode selects the
SMART proper driving mode
among ECO, COMFORT,
and SPORT by judging
the driver's driving habits (i.e.
Economical or Aggressive) from the
brake pedal depression or the steering wheel operation.
• Rotate the DRIVE/TERRAIN mode
selection knob to activate SMART
mode. When SMART mode is activated, the indicator illuminates on
the instrument cluster.
• The vehicle starts in SMART
mode, when the engine was turned
OFF in SMART mode.
5-60
• SMART mode automatically controls gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, in accordance with the driver's driving habits.
• SMART mode automatically controls the vehicle driving, such as
gear shifting patterns, engine
torque, riding quality (if equipped
with the electronic suspension system), and power distribution (if
equipped with the All-Wheel Drive
(AWD) system), in accordance with
the driver's driving habits.
i Information
• When you mildly drive the vehicle
in SMART mode, the driving mode
changes to ECO mode to improve
fuel efficiency. However, the actual
fuel efficiency may differ in accordance with your driving situations
(i.e. upward/downward slope, vehicle deceleration/acceleration).
• When you dynamically drive the
vehicle in SMART mode by abruptly decelerating or sharply turning
the driving mode changes to SPORT
mode. However, it may adversely
affect fuel economy.
Various driving situations, which
you may encounter in SMART
mode
• The driving mode automatically
changes to ECO mode after a certain period of time, when you gently depress the accelerator pedal
(Your driving is categorized to be
economical.).
• The driving mode automatically
changes from SMART ECO mode
to SMART COMFORT mode after
a certain period of time, when you
sharply or repetitively depress the
accelerator pedal.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART COMFORT
mode with the same driving patterns, when the vehicle starts to
drive on an upward slope of a certain angle. The driving mode automatically returns to SMART ECO
mode, when the vehicle enters a
leveled road.
Limitation of SMART mode
The SMART mode may be limited in
following situations. (The OFF indicator illuminates in those situations.)
• The driver uses the paddle shifter
(manual shift mode) :
It deactivates SMART mode. The
vehicle drives, as the driver manually changes gear with the paddle
shifter.
• Smart Cruise Control is activated :
Smart Cruise Control may deactivate the SMART mode when the
vehicle is controlled by the set
speed of Smart Cruise Control.
(SMART mode is not deactivated
just by activating Smart Cruise
Control.)
• The transmission oil temperature is
either extremely low or extremely
high :
The SMART mode can be active in
most of the normal driving situations. However, an extremely high/
low transmission oil temperature
may temporarily deactivate the
SMART mode, because the transmission condition is out of normal
operation condition.
SPORT
SPORT mode manages
SPORT the driving dynamics by
automatically adjusting
the steering effort, and
the engine and transmission control
logic for enhanced driver performance.
• When SPORT mode is selected by
rotating the DRIVE/TERRAIN
mode selection knob, the SPORT
indicator will illuminate.
• Whenever the engine is restarted,
the drive mode will revert back to
COMFORT mode. If SPORT mode
is desired, re-select SPORT mode.
• When SPORT mode is activated:
- The engine RPM will tend to
remain a little higher for a brief
time even after releasing the
accelerator. This is typical when
the SPORT mode is activated.
- Upshifts are delayed when accelerating
i Information
In SPORT mode, the fuel efficiency
may decrease.
5-61
5
Driving your vehicle
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT, when
you abruptly accelerate the vehicle
or repetitively operate the steering
wheel (Your driving is categorized
to be aggressive.). In this mode,
your vehicle drives in a lower gear
for abrupt accelerating/decelerating and increases the engine brake
performance.
• You may still sense the engine
braking performance, even when
you release the accelerator pedal
in SMART SPORT mode. It is
because your vehicle remains in
lower gear over a certain period of
time for next acceleration. Thus, it
is a normal driving situation, not
indicating any malfunction.
• The driving mode automatically
changes to SMART SPORT mode
only in harsh driving situations. In
most of the normal driving situations, the driving mode sets to be
either in SMART ECO mode or in
SMART COMFORT mode.
Driving your vehicle
ECO mode
When the drive mode is
ECO set to ECO mode, the
engine and transmission
control logic are changed
to maximize fuel efficiency.
• When ECO mode is selected by
rotating the DRIVE mode selection
knob, the ECO indicator will illuminate.
• The vehicle starts in ECO mode,
when the engine was turned OFF
in ECO mode.
i Information
Fuel efficiency depends on the driver's
driving habit and road condition.
5-62
When ECO mode is activated:
• The acceleration response may be
slightly reduced if the accelerator
pedal is depressed moderately.
• The air conditioner performance
may be limited.
• The shift pattern of the automatic
transmission may change.
• The engine noise may be louder at
some automatic transmission
shifts as down-shift requires pressing down more on the accelerator.
The above situations are normal
conditions when ECO mode is activated to help improve fuel efficiency.
Limitation of ECO mode operation:
If the following conditions occur while
ECO mode is operating, the system
operation is limited even though
there is no change in the ECO indicator.
• When the coolant temperature is
low:
The system will be limited until
engine performance becomes normal.
• When driving up a hill:
The system will be limited to gain
power when driving uphill because
engine torque is restricted.
• When driving the vehicle in manual
shift mode using the paddle shifter.
The system will be limited according to the shift location.
FORWARD COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (FCA) (SENSOR FUSION) (IF EQUIPPED)
Junction Turning function (if
equipped)
Detecting sensor
OJX1071255N
OLX2051137L
OJK071221N
5
Junction Turning function will help
avoid a collision with an oncoming
vehicle in an adjacent lane when
turning right at a crossroad with the
turn signal on by applying emergency braking.
OLX2051138L
[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Front radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
5-63
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
is designed to help detect and monitor the vehicle ahead or help detect a
pedestrian or cyclist in the roadway
and warn the driver that a collision is
imminent with a warning message
and an audible warning, and if necessary, apply emergency braking.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Take the following precautions
to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:
• Never disassemble the detecting sensor or sensor assembly, or apply any impact on it.
• If the detecting sensors have
been replaced or repaired,
have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Never install any accessories
or stickers on the front windscreen, or tint the front windscreen.
• Use extreme caution to keep
the front view camera dry.
• Never place any reflective
objects (for example, white
paper, mirror) over the instrument panel. Any light reflection may prevent the system
from functioning properly.
5-64
• Do not apply licence plate
frame or objects, such as a
bumper sticker, film or a
bumper guard, near the front
radar cover.
• Always keep the front radar
and cover clean and free of
dirt and debris.
Use only a soft cloth to wash
the vehicle. Do not spray pressurized water directly on the
sensor or sensor cover.
• If unnecessary force has been
applied to the radar or around
the radar, Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
properly operate even though
a warning message does not
appear on the instrument
cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine parts to
repair or replace a damaged
front radar cover. Do not apply
paint to the front radar cover.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist settings
Setting features
OTM070090N
Forward Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect 'Driver Assistance → Forward
Safety' from the Settings menu to set
whether or not to use each function.
- If 'Active Assist' is selected, the
function will warn the driver with a
warning message and an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking assist will be
applied depending on the collision
risk.
- If 'Warning Only' is selected, the
function will warn the driver with a
warning message and an audible
warning depending on the collision
risk levels. Braking will not be
assisted.
- If 'Off' is selected, the function will
turn off. The
warning light will
illuminate on the cluster.
When the engine is restarted,
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will always turn on.
However, if 'Off' is selected after
the engine is restarted, the driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and drive
safely.
CAUTION
If 'Warning Only' is selected,
braking is not assisted.
i Information
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
will turn off when ESC is turned off
by pressing and holding the ESC OFF
button. The
warning light will
illuminate on the instrument cluster.
OTMA058089
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing' from
the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to 'Normal'. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
5-65
5
Driving your vehicle
The driver can monitor Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist ON/OFF
status from the Settings menu. If the
warning light remains ON when
the function is ON, have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
ONX4E070090
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist's
Warning Volume will not turn off but
the volume will sound as 'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
5-66
• The setting of the Warning
Timing and Warning Volume
applies to all functions of
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
• Even though 'Normal' is
selected for Warning Timing, if
the front vehicle suddenly
stops, the initial warning activation time may seem late.
• Select 'Late' for Warning
Timing when traffic is light
and when driving speed is
slow.
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning
Timing and Warning Volume will
maintain the previous setting.
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operation
Warning and control
The basic function for Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist is to help
warn and control the vehicle depending on the collision level: 'Collision
Warning', 'Emergency Braking' and
'Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control'.
In emergency braking situation,
braking is assisted with strong braking power by the system to help prevent collision with the vehicle ahead.
OLX2058027L
Emergency Braking
To warn the driver that emergency
braking will be assisted, the
'Emergency Braking' warning message will appear on the instrument
cluster and an audible warning will
sound.
If a vehicle is detected in front, the
system will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately
6 - 50 mph (10 - 80 km/h).
If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, the function will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6 - 40 mph (10 - 65
km/h).
5
Driving your vehicle
OLX2051145AU
Collision Warning
To warn the driver of a collision, the
'Collision Warning' warning message
will appear on the instrument cluster
and an audible warning will sound.
If a vehicle is detected in front, the
function will operate when your vehicle speed is between approximately
6 - 100 mph (10 - 160 km/h).
If a pedestrian or cyclist is detected
in front, the function will operate
when your vehicle speed is between
approximately 6 - 53 mph (10 - 85
km/h).
If 'Active Assist' is selected, braking
may be assisted.
5-67
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
OLX2051144L
Stopping vehicle and ending
brake control
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the 'Drive
carefully' warning message will
appear on the instrument cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
press the brake pedal immediately
and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the
vehicle is stopped by emergency
braking for approximately 2 seconds.
5-68
Take the following precautions
when using Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist:
• For your safety, change the
Settings after parking the
vehicle at a safe location.
• With 'Active Assist' or
'Warning Only' selected, when
ESC is turned off by pressing
and holding the ESC OFF button,
Forward
CollisionAvoidance Assist will turn off
automatically. In this case,
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist cannot be set from the
Settings menu and the
warning light will illuminate
on the instrument cluster
which is normal. If ESC is
turned on by pressing the
ESC OFF button, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
will maintain the last setting.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate in all
situations or cannot avoid all
collisions.
• The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the
vehicle. Do not solely depend
on
Forward
CollisionAvoidance Assist. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, press
the brake pedal to reduce
driving speed or to stop the
vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist on people, animals,
objects, etc. It may cause serious injury or death.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate if the
driver presses the brake pedal
to avoid collision.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
driving conditions, Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
may warn the driver late or
may not warn the driver.
• During Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist operation,
the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Ensure
all occupants have their seat
belt on and keep loose
objects secured.
• If any other system's warning
message is displayed or audible warning is generated,
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist warning message may
not be displayed and audible
warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist if the surroundings are noisy.
Assist may turn off or may not
operate properly or may operate unnecessarily depending
on the road conditions and
the surroundings.
WARNING
• Even if there is a problem with
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist, the vehicle's basic
braking performance will
operate normally.
• During emergency braking,
braking control by Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively
presses the accelerator pedal
or sharply steers the vehicle.
CAUTION
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist operating speed range
may reduce due to the conditions of the vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist in front or surroundings. Depending on the
speed, the function may only
warn the driver, or the function may not operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate under certain conditions by judging the
risk level based on the condition of the oncoming vehicle,
driving direction, speed and
surroundings.
i Information
In a situation where a collision is
imminent, braking may be assisted by
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
when braking is insufficient by the
driver.
5-69
5
Driving your vehicle
• Depending on the road and
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction and limitations
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
The function will operate normally
when when such snow, rain or foreign material is removed.
If the function does not operate normally after obstruction (snow, rain, or
foreign material) is removed, have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
OTM070095N
OTM070094L
When Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist is not working properly, the
'Check Forward Safety system(s)'
warning message will appear, and
the
and
warning lights will
illuminate on the cluster. have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
5-70
When the front windscreen where
the front view camera is located,
front radar cover or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, it can reduce the
detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
If this occurs the 'Forward Safety
system(s) disabled. Radar blocked'
warning message, and the
and
warning lights will illuminate on the instrument cluster.
• Even though the warning
message or warning light
does not appear on the instrument
cluster,
Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not properly operate.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not properly operate in an area (for example,
open terrain), where substances are not detected after
turning ON the engine.
Limitations of the Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
• The vehicle in front has no tail
lights, tail lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and
the tail lamps are not on or are not
bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is
small or the vehicle does not look
normal, such as when the vehicle
is tilted, overturned, or the side of
the vehicle is visible, etc.
• The front vehicle's ground clearance is low or high
• A vehicle, pedestrian or cyclist
suddenly cuts in front
• The bumper around the front radar
is impacted, damaged or the front
radar is out of position
• The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
• Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
• Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (for
example, desert, meadow, suburb,
etc.)
5-71
5
Driving your vehicle
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate normally, or the
function may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
• The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windscreen, damaged glass, or
stuck of foreign material (sticker,
bug, etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen
on the windscreen
• Washer fluid is continuously
sprayed, or the wiper is on
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or
thick fog
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming vehicle is reflected on the wet
road surface, such as a puddle on
the road
• An object is placed on the instrument panel
• Your vehicle is being towed
• The surroundings are very bright
• The surroundings are very dark,
such as in a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly,
for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and
the headlamps are not on or are
not bright
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle, pedestrian
or cyclist is detected
• The vehicle in front is a bus, heavy
truck, truck with a unusually
shaped luggage, trailer, etc.
Driving your vehicle
• Driving near areas containing
metal substances, such as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• The cyclist in front is on a bicycle
made of material that does not
reflect on the front radar
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly
changes lane or suddenly reduces
speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
• The front vehicle's speed is fast or
slow
• The vehicle in front steers in the
opposite direction of your vehicle
to avoid a collision
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
5-72
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• You are departing or returning to
the lane
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a
circle
• The vehicle in front has an unusual shape
• The vehicle in front is driving uphill
or downhill
• The pedestrian or cyclist is not fully
detected, for example, if the pedestrian is leaning over or is not fully
walking upright
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing or equipment that
makes it difficult to detect as a
pedestrian or cyclist
OADAS044N
The illustration above shows the
image the front view camera will
detect as a vehicle, pedestrian and
cyclist.
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving very quickly
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
short or is posing a low posture
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front
has impaired mobility
• The pedestrian or cyclist in front is
moving intersected with the driving
direction
• There is a group of pedestrians,
cyclists or a large crowd in front
• Driving on a narrow road where
trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference from electromagnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
WARNING
• Driving on a curved road
OADAS014R
5
OADAS016R/OADAS018R
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not detect other
vehicles,
pedestrians
or
cyclists in front of you on
curved roads adversely affecting the performance of the
sensors.
5-73
Driving your vehicle
• The pedestrian or cyclist is wearing clothing that easily blends into
the background, making it difficult
to detect
• The pedestrian or cyclist is difficult
to distinguish from the similar
shaped structure in the surroundings
• You are driving by a pedestrian,
cyclist, traffic sign, structure, etc.,
near the intersection
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a tollgate, construction area, unpaved road, partial paved road, uneven road,
speed bumps, etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
• Driving on a roadside with trees or
streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tyre
pressure, etc.
Driving your vehicle
This may result in no warning
or braking assist when necessary.
When driving on a bend, you
must maintain a safe braking
distance, and if necessary,
steer the vehicle and press
the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
• Driving on a sloped road
OADAS015R
OADAS012R
OADAS017R/OADAS019R
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may detect a vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist in the
next lane or outside the lane
when driving on a curved
road. If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn
the driver and control the
brake. Always check the traffic conditions around the
vehicle.
5-74
OADAS010R/OADAS011R
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not detect other
vehicles,
pedestrians
or
cyclists in front of you while
driving uphill or downhill
adversely affecting the performance of the sensors.
This may result in unnecessary warning or braking
assist, or no warning or braking assist when necessary.
Also, vehicle speed may rapidly decrease when a vehicle,
pedestrian or cyclist ahead is
suddenly detected.
Always have your eyes on the
road while driving uphill or
downhill and if necessary,
steer your vehicle and press
the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
• Changing lanes
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not immediately
detect the vehicle when the
vehicle changes lanes abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary, steer
your vehicle and press the
brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to
maintain a safe distance.
5
Driving your vehicle
OADAS030R
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into
your lane from an adjacent
lane, it cannot be detected by
the sensor until it is in the
sensor's detection range.
5-75
Driving your vehicle
In this case, you must maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, steer your
vehicle and press the brake
pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
• Detecting vehicle
OLX2051077N
OADAS031R
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle,
[C] : Same lane vehicle
When a vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane,
Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not immediately
detect the vehicle that is now
in front of you.
5-76
If the vehicle in front of you
has cargo that extends rearward from the cab, or when
the vehicle in front of you has
higher ground clearance,
additional special attention is
required. Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist may not be
able to detect the cargo
extending from the vehicle. In
these instances, you must
maintain a safe braking distance from the rearmost
object, and if necessary, steer
your vehicle and press the
brake pedal to reduce your
driving speed in order to
maintain distance.
i Information
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer
or another vehicle, we recommend that Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist is turned off
for safety reasons.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may operate if objects
that are similar in shape or
characteristics to vehicles,
pedestrians and cyclists are
detected.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate for
bicycles, motorcycles, or
smaller wheeled objects, such
as luggage bags, shopping
carts, or strollers.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves.
• Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate for 15
seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the front view camera is initialized.
5-77
5
Driving your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
Driving your vehicle
LANE KEEPING ASSIST (LKA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Lane Keeping Assist is designed to
help detect lane markings (or road
edges) while driving over a certain
speed. Lane Keeping Assist will warn
the driver if the vehicle leaves the
lane without using the turn signal, or
will automatically assist the driver’s
steering to help prevent the vehicle
from departing the lane.
Detecting sensor
Lane Keeping Assist settings
Setting features
OLX2051137L
[1] : Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane
markings (or road edges).
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera,
refer to “Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)” section in this chapter.
5-78
OTM070184N
Lane Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect ‘Driver Assistance → Lane
Safety’ from the Settings menu to set
whether or not to use each function.
- If ‘Assist’ is selected, Lane Keeping
Assist will automatically assist the
driver’s steering when lane departure is detected to help prevent the
vehicle from moving out of its lane.
- If 'Warning Only' is selected, Lane
Keeping Assist will warn the driver
with an audible warning and steering wheel vibration when lane
departure is detected. The driver
must steer the vehicle.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, Lane Keeping
Assist will turn off. The
indicator light will turn off on the cluster.
• If 'Warning Only' is selected,
steering is not assisted.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not
control the steering wheel
when the vehicle is driven in
the middle of the lane.
• The driver should always be
aware of the surroundings
and steer the vehicle if ‘Off’ is
selected.
ONX4E070090
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Highway Driving
Assist.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Lane Keeping Assist's Warning
Volume will not turn off but the volume will sound as 'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
i Information
When the Lane Driving Assist button
is pressed shortly, Lane Following
Assist will turn on and off.
5-79
5
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
OLX2059057L
Turning Lane Keeping Assist
On/Off
With the engine on, press and hold
the Lane Safety button located on
the instrument panel to turn on Lane
Keeping Assist. The white
indicator light will illuminate on the cluster.
Press and hold the button again to
turn off the function.
If the engine is restarted, Lane
Keeping Assist will maintain the last
setting.
Driving your vehicle
Lane Keeping Assist operation
Warning and control
■ Left
■ Right
Lane Keeping Assist will warn and
control the vehicle with Lane
Departure Warning and Lane
Keeping Assist.
OLX2051061N/OLX2051060N
Lane Departure Warning
• To warn the driver that the vehicle
is departing from the projected
lane in front, the green
indicator light will blink on the cluster, the
lane line will blink on the cluster
depending on which direction the
vehicle is veering, and an audible
warning will sound. Also, the steering wheel will vibrate.
• Lane Keeping Assist will operate
when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 40 – 112
mph (64 – 180 km/h).
5-80
Lane Keeping Assist
• To warn the driver that the vehicle
is departing from the projected
lane in front, the green
indicator light will blink on the cluster,
and the steering wheel will make
adjustments to keep vehicle inside
the lane.
• Lane Keeping Assist will operate
when your vehicle speed is
between approximately 40 – 112
mph (64 – 180 km/h).
WARNING
OLX2058062L
i Information
• You may change settings from the
instrument cluster (User Settings)
or infotainment system (Vehicle
Settings), whichever option that is
provided with your vehicle. For
more details, see "User Settings"
section in chapter 4, or "Vehicle
Settings" section in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
• When lane markings (or road edges)
are detected, the lane lines on the
cluster will change from grey to
white and the green
indicator
light will illuminate.
5-81
5
Driving your vehicle
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds,
the ‘Place hands on the steering
wheel’ warning message will appear
on the cluster, and an audible warning will sound in stages.
• The steering wheel may not
be assisted if the steering
wheel is held very tight or the
steering wheel is steered over
a certain degree.
• Lane Keeping Assist does not
operate at all times. It is the
responsibility of the driver to
safely steer the vehicle and to
maintain the vehicle in its
lane.
• The hands–off warning message may appear late depending on road conditions.
Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held
very lightly, the hands–off
warning message may appear
because Lane Keeping Assist
may not recognize that the
driver has their hands on the
steering wheel.
• If you attach objects to the
steering wheel, the hands-off
warning may not work properly.
Driving your vehicle
■ Lane undetected
■ Lane detected
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction
OLX2058058L/OLX2058059L
• Even though the steering is assisted
by Lane Keeping Assist, the driver
may control the steering wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier
or lighter when the steering wheel is
assisted by Lane Keeping Assist
than when it is not.
5-82
OTM070035L
When Lane Keeping Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA) system’ warning message will appear and the yellow
indicator light will illuminate
on the cluster. If this occurs, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of Lane Keeping
Assist
Lane Keeping Assist may not operate normally or may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
• The lane is contaminated or difficult to distinguish because,
- The lane markings (or road edge)
is covered with rain, snow, dirt,
oil, etc.
- The color of the lane marking (or
road edge) is not distinguishable
from the road
- There are markings (or road
edges) on the road near the lane
or the markings (or road edges)
on the road looks similar to the
lane markings (or road edge)
- The lane marking (or road edge)
is indistinct or damaged
- The shadow is on the lane marking (or road edge) by a median
strip, trees, guardrail, noise barriers, etc.
i Information
For more details on the limitations of
the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in this chapter.
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using Lane Keeping
Assist:
• The driver should hold the
responsibility to safely drive
and control the vehicle. Do
not solely rely on Lane
Keeping Assist and drive dangerously.
• The operation of Lane
Keeping Assist can be cancelled or not work properly
depending on road conditions
and surroundings. Always be
cautious while driving.
• Refer to “Limitations of Lane
Keeping Assist” if the lane is
not detected properly.
• When you are towing a trailer
or another vehicle, we recommend that Lane Keeping
Assist is turned off due to
safety reasons.
• If the vehicle is driven at high
speed, the steering wheel will
not be controlled. The driver
must always follow the speed
limit when using Lane
Keeping Assist.
• If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible warning is generated,
Lane Keeping Assist warning
message may not be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Lane Keeping Assist
if the surrounding is noisy.
• If you attach objects to the
steering wheel, steering may
not be assisted properly.
5-83
5
Driving your vehicle
• The lane number increases or
decreases, or the lane markings
(or road edges) are crossing
• There are more than two lane
markings (or road edges) on the
road
• The lane markings (or road edges)
are complicated or a structure substitutes for the lines, such as a construction area
• There are road markings, such as
zigzag lanes, crosswalk markings
and road signs
• The lane suddenly disappears,
such as at the intersection
• The lane (or road width) is very
wide or narrow
• There is a road edge without a lane
• There is a boundary structure in
the roadway, such as a tollgate,
sidewalk, curb, etc.
• The distance to the front vehicle is
extremely short or the vehicle in
front is covering the lane marking
(or road edge)
Driving your vehicle
• Lane Keeping Assist may not
operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the
front view camera is initialized.
• Lane Keeping Assist will not
operate when:
- The turn signal or hazard
warning flasher is turned on.
- The vehicle is not driven in
the center of the lane when
Lane Keeping Assist is
turned on or right after
changing a lane.
- ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) or VSM (Vehicle
Stability Management) is
activated.
- The vehicle is driven on a
sharp curve.
- Vehicle speed is below 34
mph (55 km/h) or above 112
mph (180 km/h).
- The vehicle makes sharp
lane changes.
- The vehicle brakes suddenly.
5-84
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter
BLIND-SPOT COLLISON WARNING (BCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor
Blind-Spot Collision Warning is
designed to help detect and monitor
approaching vehicles in the driver’s
blind spot area and warn the driver of
a possible collision with a warning
message and audible warning.
OJX1079026
Blind-Spot Collision Warning helps
detect and inform the driver that a
vehicle is approaching at high speed
from the blind spot area.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning helps
detect and inform the driver that a
vehicle is in the blind spot.
CAUTION
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
Warning timing may vary
depending on the speed of the
vehicle approaching at high
speed.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary
depending on the speed of your
vehicle. However, even if there is
a vehicle in the blind spot, the
function may not warn you when
you pass by at high speed.
5-85
5
Driving your vehicle
OJX1079256
OLX2051139L
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Take the following precautions
to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:
• Never disassemble the rear
corner radar or radar assembly, or apply any impact on it.
• If the rear corner radars have
been replaced or repaired,
have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If there is impact on the rear
corner radar or near the radar,
even though the warning message does not appear on the
cluster, Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate properly.
Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine parts to
repair the rear bumper where
the rear corner radar is located.
5-86
• Do not apply license plate
frame or objects, such as a
bumper sticker, film or a
bumper guard near the rear
corner radar.
• The function may not work
properly if the bumper has
been replaced, or the surroundings of the rear corner
radar has been damaged or
paint has been applied.
• If a trailer, carrier, etc. is
installed, it may adversely
affect the performance of the
rear corner radar or the function may not operate.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera,
refer to “Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)” section in chapter 5.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
settings settings
Setting features
OTM070202N
Blind-Spot Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect ‘Driver assistance → Blind-spot
safety’ from the Settings menu to set
whether or not to use each function.
- If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, the
function will warn the driver with a
warning message, an audible
warning and steering wheel vibration depending on the collision risk
levels.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, the function will
turn off.
WARNING
• If ‘Warning only’ is selected,
braking is not assisted.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, the driver
should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
OTM070097N
When the engine is restarted with
the function off, the ‘Blind-Spot
Safety System is Off’ message will
appear on the cluster.
If you change the setting from ‘Off’ to
‘Warning Only’, the warning light on
the outside rearview mirror will blink
for three seconds.
In addition, if the engine is turned on,
when Blind-Spot Collision Warning is
set to ‘Warning Only’, the warning
light on the outside rearview mirror
will blink for three seconds.
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Safety system will maintain the last
setting.
5
Driving your vehicle
OLX2059032L
• If you press Blind-Spot Safety button while 'Warning only' is selected
the indicator on the button extinguishes and the system deactivates.
• If you press Blind-Spot Safety button while the system is cancelled
the indicator on the button illuminates and the function activates. In
this case, the function returns to
the state before the engine turned
off.
When the function is initially turned
on and when the engine is turned
off then on again while the function
is in activation, the warning light
will illuminate for 3 seconds on the
outside rearview mirror.
5-87
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
OTMA058089
ONX4E070090
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
assistance → Warning timing’ from
the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for BlindSpot Safety system.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Blind –Spot Collision
Warning.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Blind-Spot Collision Warning's
Warning Volume will not turn off but
the volume will sound as 'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
5-88
• The setting of the Warning
Timing and Warning Volume
applies to all functions of the
Blind-Spot Safety system.
• Even though ‘Normal’ is
selected for Warning Timing, if
the vehicles approaches at
high speed, the initial warning
activation time may seem late.
• Select ‘Later’ for Warning
Timing when traffic is light
and when driving speed is
slow.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
operation
Warning and control
ORG3070025
WARNING
• The detecting range of the
rear corner radar is determined by the standard road
width, therefore, on a narrow
road, the function may detect
other vehicles in the next next
lane and warn you. In contrast, on a wide road, the function may not be able to detect
a vehicle driving in the next
lane and may not warn you.
• When the hazard warning
light is on, the collision warning by the turn signal will not
operate.
i Information
If the driver's seat is on the left side,
the collision warning may occur when
you turn left. Maintain a proper distance with the vehicles in the left lane.
If the driver's seat is on the right side,
the collision warning may occur when
you turn right. Maintain a proper distance with the vehicles in the right
lane.
5-89
5
Driving your vehicle
Vehicle detection
• To warn the driver a vehicle is
detected, the warning light on the
outside rearview mirror and headup display (if equipped) will illuminate.
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning will
operate when your vehicle speed
is above 20 mph (30 km/h) and the
speed of the vehicle in the blind
spot area is above 7 mph (10
km/h).
Collision warning
• Collision warning will operate when
the turn signal is turned on in the
direction of the detected vehicle.
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the outside
rearview mirror and head-up display (if equipped) will blink. At the
same time, an audible warning will
sound.
• When the turn signal is turned off
or you move away from the lane,
the collision warning will be canceled and the function will return to
vehicle detection state.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using Blind-Spot Safety
system:
• For your safety, change the
Settings after parking the
vehicle at a safe location.
• If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible warning is generated,
Blind-Spot Safety system’s
warning message may not be
displayed and audible warning may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Blind-Spot Safety
system if the surrounding is
noisy.
• Blind-Spot Safety system may
warn the driver late or may not
warn the driver depending on
the road and driving conditions.
5-90
• Driver should maintain control of the vehicle at all times.
Do not depend on Blind-Spot
Safety system. Maintain a safe
braking distance, and if necessary, depress the brake
pedal to reduce driving speed
or to stop the vehicle.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
malfunction and limitations
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
malfunction
OTM070099N
When Blind-Spot Collision Warning
is not working properly, the ‘Check
Blind-Spot Safety system’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
and the Blind-Spot Collision Warning
turn off automatically, or the function
will be limited. We recommend that
Blind-Spot Collision Warning be
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
disabled
If the function does not operate normally after it is removed, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
OTM070100N
OTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the
rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, or installing a trailer or
carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Blind-Spot Safety system.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning will
operate normally when such foreign
material or trailer, etc. is removed,
and then the engine is restarted.
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot Safety system to install a trailer, carrier,
etc., or remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to use Blind-Spot Safety
system.
5-91
5
Driving your vehicle
When the outside rearview mirror
warning light is not working properly,
the ‘Check side view mirror warning
light’ warning message will appear
on the cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Even though the warning
message does not appear on
the cluster, Blind-Spot Safety
system may not properly
operate.
• Blind-Spot Safety system may
not properly operate in an
area (e.g. open terrain), where
any substance are not detected right after the engine is
turned on, or when the detecting sensor is blocked with foreign material right after the
engine is turned on.
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of Blind-Spot
Collision Warning
Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not
operate normally, or the function may
operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
• There is inclement weather, such
as heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
• The rear corner radar is covered
with snow, rain, dirt, etc.
• The temperature around the rear
corner radar is high or low
• Driving on a highway (or motorway) ramp
• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains
metallic components (i.e. possibly
due to subway construction)
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as sound barriers,
guardrails, central dividers, entry
barriers, street lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc. (including double
structures)
• Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (i.e.
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
5-92
• Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are overgrown
• Driving on a wet road surface, such
as a puddle on the road
• The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in
close proximity
• The speed of the other vehicle is
very fast that it passes by your
vehicle in a short time
• Your vehicle passes by the other
vehicle
• Your vehicle changes lane
• Your vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when
the vehicle two lanes away moves
to the next lane from you
• A trailer or carrier is installed
around the rear corner radar
• The bumper around the rear corner radar is covered with objects,
such as a bumper sticker, bumper
guard, bike rack, etc.
• The bumper around the rear corner radar is impacted, damaged or
the radar is out of position
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning may not
operate normally, or the function may
operate unexpectedly when the following objects are detected:
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck
is detected
• A moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart
or a baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
For more details on the limitations of the front view camera,
refer to “Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)” and
“Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)
section in chapter 5.
• Driving on a curved road
OJX1079058
OJX1079057
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
may not operate properly
when driving on a curved
road. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
may not operate properly
when driving on the curved
road. The function may recognize the vehicle in the same
lane.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
5-93
5
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
• Driving where the road is
merging/dividing
• Driving on an inclined road
• Driving where the heights of
the lanes are different
OLX2058040
OJX1079059
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
may not operate properly
when driving where the road
merges or divides. The function may not detect the vehicle in the next lane.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
5-94
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
may not operate properly
when driving on a slope. The
function may not detect the
vehicle in the next lane or may
incorrectly detect the ground
or structure.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
OLX2058039
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
may not operate properly
when driving where the
heights of the lanes are different. The function may not
detect the vehicle on a road
with different lane heights
(underpass joining section,
grade separated intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
WARNING
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
5
Driving your vehicle
• When you are towing a trailer
or another vehicle, make sure
that you turn off Blind-Spot
Collision Warning.
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning
may not operate normally if
interfered by strong electromagnetic waves.
• Blind-Spot Collision Warning
may not operate for 15 seconds after the vehicle is started, or the rear corner radars
are initialized.
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
5-95
Driving your vehicle
BLIND-SPOT COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (BCA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance
Assist is designed to help detect and
monitor approaching vehicles in the
driver’s blind spot area and warn the
driver of a possible collision with a
warning message and audible warning.
In addition, if there is a risk of collision when changing lanes or driving
forward out of a parking space, the
function will help avoid collision by
applying the brake.
OJX1079256
OJX1079026
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance
Assist helps detect and inform the
driver that a vehicle is in the blind
spot.
Blind-Spot Collision Assist helps
detect and inform the driver that a
vehicle is approaching at high speed
from the blind spot area.
CAUTION
The detecting range may vary
depending on the speed of your
vehicle. However, even if there
is a vehicle in the blind spot, the
function may not warn you
when you pass by at high
speeds.
5-96
CAUTION
Warning timing may vary
depending on the speed of the
vehicle approaching at high
speed.
Detecting sensor
OJX1079028
When you are driving forward out of
a parking space, if the function
judges that there is a collision risk
with an approaching vehicle in the
blind spot, the function will help avoid
collision by applying the brake.
OLX2051137L
5
OLX2051140L
[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
5-97
Driving your vehicle
OJX1079027
When changing lanes by detecting
the lane ahead, if the function judges
that there is a collision risk with an
approaching vehicle in the blind spot,
the function will help avoid collision
by applying the brake.
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
Take the following precautions
to maintain optimal performance of the detecting sensor:
• Never disassemble the rear
corner radar or radar assembly, or apply any impact on it.
• If there is impact on the rear
corner radar or near the radar,
even though the warning message does not appear on the
cluster, Blind-Spot Safety system may not operate properly.
Have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the rear corner radars have
been replaced or repaired,
have the vehicle inspected by
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Use only genuine parts to
repair the rear bumper where
the rear corner radar is located.
5-98
• Do not apply license plate
frame or objects, such as a
bumper sticker, film or a
bumper guard near the rear
corner radar.
• The function may not work
properly if the bumper has
been replaced, or the surroundings of the rear corner
radar has been damaged or
paint has been applied.
• If a trailer, carrier, etc. is
installed, it may adversely
affect the performance of the
rear corner radar or the function may not operate.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera,
refer to “Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)” section in chapter 5.
Blind-Spot Collision Warning
settings
Setting features
OTM070096N
Blind-Spot Safety
With the engine on, select or deselect ‘Driver assistance → Blind-spot
safety’ from the Settings menu to set
whether or not to use each function.
- If ‘Active Assist’ is selected, the
function will warn the driver with a
warning message, an audible
warning, steering wheel vibration
and braking assist will be applied
depending on the collision risk levels.
- If ‘Warning Only’ is selected, the
function will warn the driver with a
warning message, an audible
warning and steering wheel vibration depending on the collision risk
levels. Braking will not be assisted.
- If ‘Off’ is selected, the function will
turn off.
OTM070097N
When the engine is restarted with
the function off, the ‘Blind-Spot
Safety System is Off’ message will
appear on the cluster.
If you change the setting from ‘Off’ to
‘Active Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’, the
warning light on the outside rearview
mirror will blink for three seconds.
In addition, if the engine is turned on,
when the function is set to ‘Active
Assist’ or ‘Warning Only’, the warning
light on the outside rearview mirror
will blink for three seconds.
5-99
5
Driving your vehicle
OLX2059032L
• If you press the Blind-Spot Safety
button while 'Active assist' or
'Warning only' is selected the indicator on the button will turn off and
the system will deactivate.
• If you press the Blind-Spot Safety
button while the system is cancelled
the indicator on the button illuminates and the function activates. In
this case, the function returns to the
state before the engine was turned
off.
When
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist is initially turned
on and when the engine is turned
off then on again while the function
is in activation, the warning light
will illuminate for 3 seconds on the
outside rearview mirror.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected,
braking is not assisted.
• If ‘Off’ is selected, the driver
should always be aware of the
surroundings and drive safely.
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Blind-Spot
Safety system will maintain the last
setting.
5-100
OTMA058089
ONX4E070090
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
assistance → Warning timing’ from
the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for BlindSpot Safety system.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Blind –Spot Collision
Avoidance Assist.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance
Assist's Warning Volume will not turn
off but the volume will sound as
'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
ORG3070025
Vehicle detection
• To warn the driver a vehicle is
detected, the warning light on the
outside rearview mirror and headup display (if equipped) will illuminate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is above 12 mph (20
km/h) and the speed of the vehicle
in the blind spot area is above 7
mph (10 km/h).
Collision Warning
• Collision warning will operate when
the turn signal is turned on in the
direction of the detected vehicle.
• If ‘Warning Only’ is selected from
the Settings menu, the collision
warning will operate when your
vehicle approaches the lane the
blind spot vehicle is detected.
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the outside
rearview mirror and head-up display (if equipped) will blink. At the
same time, an audible warning will
sound and the steering wheel will
vibrate.
• When the turn signal is turned off
or you move away from the lane,
the collision warning will be canceled and the function will return to
vehicle detection state.
5-101
5
Driving your vehicle
• The setting of the Warning
Timing and Warning Volume
applies to all functions of the
Blind-Spot Safety system.
• Even though ‘Normal’ is
selected for Warning Timing, if
the vehicles approaches at
high speed, the initial warning
activation time may seem late.
• Select ‘Later’ for Warning
Timing when traffic is light
and when driving speed is
slow.
Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist operation
Warning and control
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• The detecting range of the
rear corner radar is determined by a standard road
width, therefore, on a narrow
road, Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist may detect
other vehicles in the next next
lane and warn you. In contrast, on a wide road, the function may not be able to detect
a vehicle driving in the next
lane and may not warn you.
• When the hazard warning
flasher is on, the collision
warning by the turn signal will
not operate.
i Information
If the driver's seat is on the left side,
the collision warning may occur when
you turn left. Maintain a proper distance with the vehicles in the left lane.
If the driver's seat is on the right side,
the collision warning may occur when
you turn right. Maintain a proper distance with the vehicles in the right
lane.
5-102
WARNING
OLX2051141L
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while
driving)
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the outside
rearview mirror will blink and a
warning message will appear on
the cluster. At the same time, an
audible warning will sound, warning light on the head-up display (if
equipped) will blink and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is between 40 – 120
mph (60 – 200 km/h) and both lane
markings of the driving lane are
detected.
• Emergency braking will be assisted to help prevent collision with the
vehicle in the blind spot area.
• Collision-Avoidance Assist
will be canceled under the following circumstances:
- Your vehicle enters the next
lane by a certain distance
- Your vehicle is away from
the collision risk
- The steering wheel is
sharply steered
- The
brake
pedal
is
depressed
- Forward
CollisionAvoidance Assist is operating
• After Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist operation or
changing lane, you must drive
to the center of the lane. The
function will not operate if the
vehicle is not driven in the
center of the lane.
WARNING
OTM070059L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency
braking,
the
‘Emergency Braking complete’
warning message will appear on
the cluster.
For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the
vehicle is stopped by emergency
braking for approximately 2 seconds.
5-103
5
Driving your vehicle
OLX2051149L
Collision-Avoidance Assist (while
departing)
• To warn the driver of a collision, the
warning light on the outside
rearview mirror will blink and a
warning message will appear on
the cluster. At the same time, an
audible warning will sound, warning light on the head-up display (if
equipped) will blink and the steering wheel will vibrate.
• Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate when your vehicle speed is below 2 mph (3 km/h)
and the speed of the vehicle in the
blind spot area is above 3 mph (5
km/h).
• Emergency braking will be assisted to help prevent collision with the
vehicle in the blind spot area.
Take the following precautions
when
using
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist:
• For your safety, change the
Settings after parking the
vehicle at a safe location.
• If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible warning is generated,
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist’s warning
message may not be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Blind-Spot Safety
system if the surrounding is
noisy.
• Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate if the driver applies
the brake pedal to avoid collision.
Driving your vehicle
• When Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist is operating, braking control by the
function will automatically
cancel when the driver excessively depresses the accelerator pedal or sharply steers the
vehicle.
• During Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist operation,
the vehicle may stop suddenly injuring passengers and
shifting loose objects. Always
have the seat belt on and keep
loose objects secured.
• Even if there is a problem with
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist, the vehicle’s basic braking performance will operate normally.
• Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist does not
operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
• Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may warn
the driver late or may not warn
the driver depending on the
road and driving conditions.
5-104
• Driver should maintain control of the vehicle at all times.
Do not depend on Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to
stop the vehicle.
• Never operate Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist on
people, animal, objects, etc. It
may cause serious injury or
death.
WARNING
The brake control may not operate properly depending on the
status of ESC (Electronic
Stability Control).
There will only be a warning
when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is engaged in a different function
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist disabled
Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist malfunction
and limitations
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist malfunction
OTM070100N
When
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
and the function will turn off automatically or the function will be limited.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OTM070098N
When the rear bumper around the
rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, or installing a trailer or
carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Blind-Spot Safety
system disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear on the
cluster.
5-105
5
Driving your vehicle
OTM070099N
When the outside rearview mirror
warning light is not working properly,
the ‘Check side view mirror warning
light’ warning message will appear
on the cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving your vehicle
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance
Assist will operate normally when
such foreign material or trailer, etc. is
removed, and then the engine is
restarted.
If Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist does not operate normally
after it is removed, have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Even though the warning
message does not appear on
the cluster, Blind-Spot Safety
system may not properly
operate.
• Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
properly operate in an area
(e.g. open terrain) where any
substance are not detected
right after the engine is turned
on, or when the detecting sensor is blocked with foreign
material right after the engine
is turned on.
5-106
CAUTION
Turn off Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist to install a
trailer, carrier, etc., or remove
the trailer, carrier, etc. to use
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
Limitations of Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance Assist
Blind-Spot
Collision-Avoidance
Assist may not operate normally, or
the function may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
• There is inclement weather, such
as heavy snow, heavy rain, etc.
• The rear corner radar is covered
with snow, rain, dirt, etc.
• The temperature around the rear
corner radar is high or low
• Driving on a highway (or motorway) ramp
• The road pavement (or the peripheral ground) abnormally contains
metallic components (i.e. possibly
due to subway construction)
• There is a fixed object near the
vehicle, such as sound barriers,
guardrails, central dividers, entry
barriers, street lamps, signs, tunnels, walls, etc. (including double
structures)
• Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (i.e.
desert, meadow, suburb, etc.)
• The bumper around the rear corner radar is covered with objects,
such as a bumper sticker, bumper
guard, bike rack, etc.
• The bumper around the rear corner radar is impacted, damaged or
the radar is out of position
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
Blind-Spot Safety system may not
operate normally, or the function may
operate unexpectedly when the following objects are detected:
• A motorcycle or bicycle is detected
• A vehicle such as a flat trailer is
detected
• A big vehicle such as a bus or truck
is detected
• A moving obstacle such as a
pedestrian, animal, shopping cart
or a baby stroller is detected
• A vehicle with low height such as a
sports car is detected
Braking control may not work, driver’s attention is required in the following circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due
to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The brake is reworked
• The vehicle makes abrupt lane
changes
5-107
5
Driving your vehicle
• Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are overgrown
• Driving on a wet road surface, such
as a puddle on the road
• The other vehicle drives very close
behind your vehicle, or the other
vehicle passes by your vehicle in
close proximity
• The speed of the other vehicle is
very fast that it passes by your
vehicle in a short time
• Your vehicle passes by the other
vehicle
• Your vehicle changes lane
• Your vehicle has started at the
same time as the vehicle next to
you and has accelerated
• The vehicle in the next lane moves
two lanes away from you, or when
the vehicle two lanes away moves
to the next lane from you
• A trailer or carrier is installed
around the rear corner radar
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of the front view camera,
refer to “Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)” and
“Lane Keeping Assist (LKA)”
section in chapter 5.
WARNING
• Driving on a curved road
OJX1079058
OJX1079057
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate properly when driving
on a curved road. The function
may not detect the vehicle in
the next lane.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
5-108
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate properly when driving
on a curved road. The function
may recognize a vehicle in the
same lane.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
• Driving where the road is
merging/dividing
• Driving on an inclined road
• Driving where the heights of
the lanes are different
OLX2058040
OJX1079059
OLX2058039
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate properly when driving
where the heights of the lanes
are different. The function may
not detect the vehicle on a
road with different lane
heights (underpass joining
section, grade separated
intersections, etc.).
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
5-109
5
Driving your vehicle
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate properly when driving
where the road merges or
divides. The function may not
detect the vehicle in the next
lane.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate properly when driving
on a slope. The function may
not detect the vehicle in the
next lane or may incorrectly
detect the ground or structure.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer
or another vehicle, make sure
that you turn off Blind-Spot
Safety system.
• Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate normally if interfered
by strong electromagnetic
waves.
• Blind-Spot
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the
front view camera or rear corner radars are initialized.
5-110
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION WARNING (RCCW) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
is designed to help detect vehicles
approaching from the left and right
side while your vehicle is reversing,
and warn the driver that a collision is
imminent with a warning message
and an audible warning.
OJX1070108L
[A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
operating range
OLX2051139L
[1] : Rear corner radar
CAUTION
i Information
In the following text, Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning will be
referred as Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
system.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the rear corner radar,
refer to “Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Warning (BCW)” section in chapter 5.
5-111
5
Driving your vehicle
The time of warning may vary
depending on vehicle speed of
the approaching vehicle.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning settings
Setting features
OTM070194N
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety →
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety’ from the
Settings menu to turn on Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning and
deselect to turn off the function.
5-112
WARNING
When the engine is restarted,
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning will always turn on.
However, if ‘Off’ is selected after
the engine is restarted, the driver should always be aware of
the surroundings and drive
safely.
OLX2071064N
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’ from
the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
ONX4E070090
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
will warn the driver when a collision
is imminent.
5
ORG3070025/OTM070168
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning
Timing and Warning Volume will
maintain the last setting.
OLX2058044L
5-113
Driving your vehicle
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist's
Warning Volume will not turn off but
the volume will sound as 'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• The setting of the Warning
Timing and Warning Volume
applies to all functions of the
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety.
• Even though ‘Normal’ is
selected for Warning Timing, if
the vehicles from the left and
right side approaches at high
speed, the initial warning activation time may seem late.
• Select ‘Later’ for Warning
Timing when traffic is light
and when driving speed is
slow.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning operation
Warning
Driving your vehicle
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of an approaching vehicle from the rear left/right
side of your vehicle, the outside
rearview mirror will blink and a
warning will appear on the cluster.
At the same time, an audible warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate. If the Rear View
Monitor is operating, a warning will
also appear on the infotainment
system screen.
• Rear
Cross-Traffic
Collision
Warning will operate when all the
following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from
the left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and
right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
5-114
i Information
If the operating conditions are satisfied, there will be a warning whenever
the vehicle approaches from the left or
right side even though your vehicle
speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning:
• For your safety, change the
Settings after parking the
vehicle at a safe location.
• If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible warning is generated,
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning’s warning message
may not be displayed and
audible warning may not be
generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning if the surrounding is noisy.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may warn the driver
late or may not warn the driver depending on the road and
driving conditions.
• The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the
vehicle. Do not solely depend
on
Rear
Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning. Rather,
maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to
stop the vehicle.
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning disabled
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning malfunction and limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning malfunction
OTM070100N
When Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning is not working properly, the
‘Check Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
system’ warning message will
appear on the cluster, and the function will turn off automatically, or the
function will be limited. Have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
OTM070124N
When the rear bumper around the
rear corner radar or sensor is covered with foreign material, such as
snow or rain, or installing a trailer or
carrier, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning.
If this occurs, the ‘Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety system disabled. Radar
blocked’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
5-115
5
Driving your vehicle
OTM070125N
When the outside rearview mirror
warning light is not working properly,
the ‘Check side view mirror warning
light’ (or ‘Check outside mirror warning icon’) warning message will
appear on the cluster. Have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Driving your vehicle
The function will operate normally
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc. is removed.
If the function does not operate normally after it is removed, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
• Even though the warning
message does not appear on
the cluster, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning may not
operate properly.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may not operate
properly in an area (for example: open terrain), where any
substance are not detected
after turning ON the engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision Warning to install a
trailer, carrier, etc., or remove
the trailer, carrier, etc. to use
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning.
5-116
Limitations of Rear CrossTraffic Collision Warning
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
may not operate normally, or the
function may operate unexpectedly
under the following circumstances:
• Departing from where trees or
grass are overgrown
• Departing from where roads are
wet
• Speed of the approaching vehicle
is fast or slow
CAUTION
For more details on the limitations of the rear corner radar,
refer to “Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Warning (BCW)” section in chapter 5.
WARNING
• Driving near a vehicle or
structure
OJX1079111
[A] : Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may be limited when
driving near a vehicle or
structure, and may not detect
the vehicle approaching from
the left or right. If this occurs,
the function may not warn the
driver when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
• When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment
• When the vehicle is parked
diagonally
OJX1079112
OJX1079113
[A] : Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may be limited when
backing up diagonally, and
may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the left or
right. If this occurs, the function may not warn the driver
when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
OLX2058048
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may be limited when
the vehicle is on a uphill or
downhill slope, or near it, and
may not detect the vehicle
approaching from the left or
right. If this occurs, the function may not warn the driver
when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
5-117
5
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may detect vehicles
which are parking or pulling
out near your vehicle (for
example: a vehicle leaving
beside your vehicle, a vehicle
parking or pulling out in the
rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a
turn, etc.). If this occurs, the
function may unnecessarily
warn the driver.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
• When the vehicle is on or near
an inclined road
Driving your vehicle
• Pulling into the parking space
where there is a structure
OJX1079115
[A] : Structure, [B] :Wall
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may detect vehicles
passing by in front of you
when parking backwards into
a parking space with a wall or
structure in the rear or side
area. If this occurs, the function may unnecessarily warn
the driver.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
5-118
• When the vehicle is parked
rearward
OJX1079116
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may detect vehicles
passing by behind you when
parking backwards into a
parking space. If this occurs,
the function may unnecessarily warn the driver.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
WARNING
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may not operate normally if interfered by strong
electromagnetic waves.
• Rear Cross-Traffic Collision
Warning may not operate for 3
seconds after the vehicle is
started, or the rear corner
radars are initialized.
REAR CROSS-TRAFFIC COLLISION-AVOIDANCE ASSIST (RCCA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor
Rear
Cross-Traffic
CollisionAvoidance Assist is designed to help
detect vehicles approaching from the
left and right side while your vehicle
is reversing, and warn the driver that
a collision is imminent with a warning
message and an audible warning.
Also, braking is assisted to help prevent collision.
OJX1070108R
[A] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning operating
range,
[B] : Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance Assist
operating range
The time of warning may vary
depending on vehicle speed of
the approaching vehicle.
[1] : Rear corner radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the rear corner radar,
refer to “Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist (BCA)” section in chapter 5.
5-119
5
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
OLX2051139L
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist
Setting features
WARNING
When the engine is restarted,
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist will always
turn on. However, if ‘Off’ is
selected after the engine is
restarted, the driver should
always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely.
i Information
OTM070194N
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Parking Safety →
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety’ from the
Settings menu to turn on Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist and deselect to turn off the
function.
5-120
Settings for Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist include
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning
and Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist.
OTMA058089
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’ from
the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Rear
Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
CAUTION
ONX4E070090
Rear
Cross-Traffic
CollisionAvoidance Assist will warn and control the vehicle depending on collision level: ‘Collision Warning’,
‘Emergency Braking’ and ‘Stopping
vehicle and ending brake control’.
5
Driving your vehicle
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist's
Warning Volume will not turn off but
the volume will sound as 'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
• The setting of the Warning
Timing and Warning Volume
applies to all functions of the
Rear
Collision-Avoidance
Assist.
• Even though ‘Normal’ is
selected for Warning Timing, if
the vehicles from the left and
right side approaches at high
speed, the initial warning activation time may seem late.
• Select ‘Later’ for Warning
Timing when traffic is light
and when driving speed is
slow.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist operation
Warning and control
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning
Timing and Warning Volume will
maintain the last setting.
5-121
Driving your vehicle
OPDEN060039/OTM070168
At the same time, an audible warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate. If the Rear View
Monitor is operating, a warning will
also appear on the infotainment
system screen.
• The function will operate when all
the following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 82 ft. (25 m) from
the left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and
right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
OLX2058044L
Collision Warning
• To warn the driver of an approaching vehicle from the rear left/right
side of your vehicle, the warning
light on the outside rearview mirror
will blink and a warning will appear
on the cluster.
5-122
OPDEN060039/OTM070122N
OLX2058044L
i Information
If the operating conditions are satisfied, there will be a warning whenever
the vehicle approaches from the left or
right side even though your vehicle
speed is 0 mph (0 km/h).
Emergency Braking
• To warn the driver of an approaching vehicle from the rear left/right
side of your vehicle, the warning
light on the outside rearview mirror
will blink and a warning message
will appear on the cluster.
WARNING
Brake control will end when:
- The approaching vehicle is
out of the detecting range
- The approaching vehicle
passes behind your vehicle
- The approaching vehicle does
not drive toward your vehicle
- The approaching vehicle
speed slows down
- The driver depresses the
brake pedal with sufficient
power
OTM070169L
Stopping vehicle and ending brake
control
• When the vehicle is stopped due to
emergency braking, the ‘Drive
carefully’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
• For your safety, the driver should
depress the brake pedal immediately and check the surroundings.
• Brake control will end after the
vehicle is stopped by emergency
braking for approximately 2 seconds.
• During emergency braking, braking control by the function will automatically cancel when the driver
excessively depresses the brake
pedal.
5-123
5
Driving your vehicle
At the same time, an audible warning will sound and the steering
wheel will vibrate. If the Rear View
Monitor is operating, a warning will
also appear on the infotainment
system screen.
• The function will operate when all
the following conditions are satisfied:
- The gear is shifted to R (Reverse)
- Vehicle speed is below 5 mph (8
km/h)
- The approaching vehicle is within
approximately 5 ft. (1.5 m) from
the left and right side of your vehicle
- The speed of the vehicle
approaching from the left and
right is above 3 mph (5 km/h)
• Emergency braking will be assisted to help prevent collision with
approaching vehicles from the left
and right.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Take the following precautions
when using Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist:
• For your safety, change the
Settings after parking the
vehicle at a safe location.
• If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible warning is generated,
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist’s warning
message may not be displayed and audible warning
may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist if
the surrounding is noisy.
• Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate if the driver applies
the brake pedal to avoid collision.
5-124
• During Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
operation, the vehicle may
stop suddenly injuring passengers and shifting loose
objects. Always have the seat
belt on and keep loose
objects secured.
• Even if there is a problem with
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist, the vehicle’s basic braking performance will operate normally.
• Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist does not
operate in all situations or
cannot avoid all collisions.
• During emergency braking,
braking control by the system
will automatically cancel
when the driver excessively
depresses the accelerator
pedal.
• The driver should hold the
responsibility to control the
vehicle. Do not solely depend
on
Rear
Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Rather, maintain a safe braking distance, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to
reduce driving speed or to
stop the vehicle.
• Never deliberately operate
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist on people,
animal, objects, etc. It may
cause serious injury or death.
CAUTION
The brake control may not operate properly depending on the
status of ESC (Electronic
Stability Control).
There will only be a warning
when:
- The ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) warning light is on
- ESC (Electronic Stability
Control) is engaged in a different function
i Information
5
OTM070125N
When Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist is not working
properly, the ‘Check Rear CrossTraffic Safety system’ warning message will appear on the cluster, and
the function will turn off automatically or the system will be limited. Have
the vehicle inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-125
Driving your vehicle
• If the function assists you with braking, the driver needs to pay attention as the brake assist will end
within 2 seconds. The driver must
immediately depress the brake
pedal and check vehicle surroundings.
• Brake control will end when the
driver depresses the brake pedal
with sufficient power.
• After shifting the gear to R
(Reverse), braking control will
operate once for left and right vehicle approach.
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist malfunction
and limitations
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist malfunction
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist disabled
If the function does not operate normally after it is removed, have the
vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
OTM070100N
When the outside rearview mirror
warning light is not working properly,
the ‘Check side view mirror warning
light’ warning message will appear
on the cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
5-126
OTM070124N
When the rear bumper around the
rear-side radar or sensor is covered
with foreign material, such as snow
or rain, or installing a trailer or carrier, it can reduce the detecting performance and temporarily limit or disable Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist.
If this occurs, the ‘Rear Cross-Traffic
Safety system disabled. Radar
blocked’ warning message will
appear on the cluster.
The system will operate normally
when such foreign material or trailer,
etc. is removed.
• Even though the warning
message does not appear on
the cluster, Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist
may not operate properly.
• Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate properly in an area
(for example: open terrain),
where any substance are not
detected after turning ON the
engine.
CAUTION
Turn off Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist to
install a trailer, carrier, etc., or
remove the trailer, carrier, etc. to
use
Rear
Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist.
Limitations of Rear CrossTraffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist
Rear
Cross-Traffic
CollisionAvoidance Assist may not operate
normally, or the function may operate
unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
• Departing from where trees or
grass are overgrown
• Departing from where roads are
wet
• Speed of the approaching vehicle
is fast or slow
Braking control may not work, driver’s attention is required in the following circumstances:
• The vehicle severely vibrates while
driving over a bumpy road, uneven
road or concrete patch
• Driving on a slippery surface due
to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• The tire pressure is low or a tire is
damaged
• The brake is reworked
• Remote Smart Parking Assist is
operating (if equipped)
For more details on the limitations of the rear corner radar,
refer to “Blind-Spot CollisionAvoidance Assist (BCA)” section in chapter 5.
• Driving near a vehicle or
structure
OJX1079111
5
[A] : Structure
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may be limited when driving near a vehicle or structure, and may not
detect the vehicle approaching from the left or right. If this
occurs, the function may not
warn the driver or control the
brakes when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
5-127
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
• When the vehicle is in a complex parking environment
• When the vehicle is parked
diagonally
OJX1079112
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may detect
vehicles which are parking or
pulling out near your vehicle
(for example: a vehicle leaving
beside your vehicle, a vehicle
parking or pulling out in the
rear area, a vehicle approaching your vehicle making a
turn, etc.). If this occurs, the
function may unnecessarily
warn the driver and control
the brake.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
5-128
OJX1079113
[A] : Vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may be limited when backing up diagonally, and may not detect the
vehicle approaching from the
left or right. If this occurs, the
system may not warn the driver or control the brakes when
necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
• When the vehicle is on or near
an inclined road
OLX2058048
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may be limited when the vehicle is on a
uphill or downhill slope, or
near it, and may not detect the
vehicle approaching from the
left or right. If this occurs, the
function may not warn the
driver or control the brakes
when necessary.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
• Pulling into the parking space
where there is a structure
OJX1079115
[A] : Structure, [B] :Wall
OJX1079116
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may detect
vehicles passing by behind
you when parking backwards
into a parking space. If this
occurs, the function may
unnecessarily warn the driver
and control the brake.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
WARNING
• When you are towing a trailer
or another vehicle, we recommend that Rear Cross-Traffic
Collision-Avoidance Assist is
turned off due to safety reasons.
• Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate normally if interfered
by strong electromagnetic
waves.
• Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may not
operate for 15 seconds after
the vehicle is started, or the
rear corner radars are initialized.
5-129
5
Driving your vehicle
Rear Cross-Traffic CollisionAvoidance Assist may detect
vehicles passing by in front of
you when parking backwards
into a parking space with a
wall or structure in the rear or
side area. If this occurs, the
function may unnecessarily
warn the driver and control
the brake.
Always check your surroundings while backing up.
• When the vehicle is parked
rearward
Driving your vehicle
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
5-130
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
LANE FOLLOWING ASSIST (LFA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Lane Following Assist is designed to
help detect lane markings and/or
vehicles on the road, and assists the
driver’s steering to help keep the
vehicle between lanes.
Detecting sensor
Lane Following Assist settings
Setting features
OLX2051137L
[1]: Front view camera
5
Driving your vehicle
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect lane
markings and front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
The driver can turn on Lane
Following Assist with the vehicle on
and by selecting 'User settings →
Driver assistance → Driving Assist
→ Lane Following Assist' in the cluster LCD display. Lane Following
Assist deactivates, when the driver
deselects the function setting from
the User Settings mode in the cluster
LCD display. The set-up of Lane
Following Assist will be maintained,
as selected, when the vehicle is
restarted.
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera,
refer to “Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)” section in this chapter.
5-131
Driving your vehicle
Lane Following Assist operation
Warning and control
OTM070141N
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume’ from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’,
‘Low’ for Lane Following Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the warning volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
5-132
OLX2051148N
Lane Following Assist
If the vehicle ahead and/or both lane
markings are detected and your
vehicle speed is below 112 mph (180
km/h), the green
indicator light
will illuminate on the cluster, and
Lane Following Assist will help the
vehicle stay in lane by assisting the
steering wheel.
CAUTION
When the steering wheel is not
assisted, the white
indicator
light will blink and change to
grey.
WARNING
OLX2059126L
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the ‘Driving convenience systems cancelled’ warning
message will appear and Lane
Following Assist will be automatically
canceled.
5-133
5
Driving your vehicle
OLX2058062L
Hands-off warning
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds,
the ‘Place hands on the steering
wheel’ warning message will appear
and an audible warning will sound in
stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message
(red steering wheel)
and audible warning
• The steering wheel may not
be assisted if the steering
wheel is held very tight or the
steering wheel is steered over
a certain degree.
• Lane Following Assist does
not operate at all times. It is
the responsibility of the driver
to safely steer the vehicle and
to maintain the vehicle in its
lane.
• The hands–off warning message may appear late depending on road conditions.
Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• If the steering wheel is held
very lightly the hands–off
warning message may appear
because Lane Following
Assist may not recognize that
the driver has their hands on
the steering wheel.
Driving your vehicle
• If you attach objects to the
steering wheel, the hands-off
warning may not work properly.
■ Lane undetected
■ Lane detected
Lane Following Assist malfunction and limitations
Lane Following Assist malfunction
i Information
• You may change settings from the
instrument cluster (User Settings)
or infotainment system (Vehicle
Settings), whichever option that is
provided with your vehicle. For
more details, see "User Settings"
section in chapter 4, or "Vehicle
Settings" section in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
• When both lane markings are
detected, the lane lines on the cluster will change from grey to white.
5-134
OLX2051058N/OLX2051059N
• If lane markings are not detected,
steering wheel control by Lane
Following Assist can be limited
depending on whether a vehicle is
in front or the driving conditions of
the vehicle.
• Even though the steering is assisted by Lane Following Assist, the
driver may control the steering
wheel.
• The steering wheel may feel heavier or lighter when the steering
wheel is assisted by Lane
Following Assist than when it is
not.
OTM070118N
When Lane Following Assist is not
working properly, the ‘Check Lane
Following Assist (LFA) system’ system’) warning message will appear
for several seconds, and the master
(
) warning light will illuminate on
the cluster. If the master warning
light illuminates, have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of Lane Following
Assist
For more details on Lane Following
Assist limitations, refer to “Lane
Keeping Assist (LKA)” section in this
chapter.
WARNING
For more details on Lane
Following Assist precautions,
refer to “Lane Keeping Assist
(LKA)” section in this chapter.
5
Driving your vehicle
5-135
Driving your vehicle
DRIVER ATTENTION WARNING (DAW)
Basic function
Driver Attention Warning will help
determine the driver's attention level
by analyzing driving pattern, driving
time, etc. while vehicle is being driven. Driver Attention Warning will recommend a break when the driver’s
attention level falls below a certain
level.
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
function will inform the driver when
the front vehicle departs from a stop.
5-136
Detecting sensor
CAUTION
OLX2051137L
[1]: Front view camera
The front view camera is used as a
detecting sensor to detect driving
patterns and front vehicle departure
while vehicle is being driven.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
• Always keep the front view
camera in good condition to
maintain optimal performance
of Driver Attention Warning.
• For more details on the precautions of the front view
camera, refer to “Forward
Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in this chapter.
Driver Attention Warning settings
Setting features
OTMA058089
Warning Timing
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Timing’ from
the Settings menu to change the initial warning activation time for Driver
Attention Warning.
When the vehicle is first delivered,
Warning Timing is set to ‘Normal’. If
you change the Warning Timing, the
warning time of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Driver
Attention Warning will maintain the
last setting.
5-137
5
Driving your vehicle
• To turn ON the Driver Attention
Warning (DAW) system, turn on
the engine, and then select "User
Settings → Driver Assistance →
Driver Attention Warning" on the
LCD display. If you deselect "User
Settings → Driver Assistance →
Driver Attention Warning" on LCD
display, Driver Attention Warning
turns off.
• The set-up of the Driver Attention
Warning will be maintained, as
selected, when theengine is restarted.
Leading Vehicle Departure Alert
With the engine ON, the Leading
Vehicle Departure Alert system turnson and gets ready to be activatedwhen the 'User Settings → Driver
Assistance → Driving Convenience
→ Leading vehicle departure alert'
isselected on the cluster. The function stops operation when the setting
is deactivated. However, if the engine
isturned off then on again, the function maintains the previous state.
Driving your vehicle
Driver Attention Warning operation
Basic function
Display and warning
Attention level
■ System off
■ Standby/Disabled
The basic function of Driver Attention
Warning is to inform the driver the
‘Attention Level’ and to warn the driver ‘Consider taking a break’.
■ Attentive driving
OIK057129L/OTM058162L
■ Inattentive driving
OIK057130L/OLX2071065N
• The driver can monitor his/her driving conditions on the cluster.
- When the ‘Inattentive Driving
Warning’ is deselected from the
Settings menu, ‘System Off’ is
displayed.
5-138
- Driver Attention Warning will
operate when vehicle speed is
between 0 - 112 mph (0 - 180
km/h).
- When vehicle speed is not within
the operating speed, the message ‘Standby’ (or 'Disabled') will
be displayed.
• The driver’s attention level is displayed on the scale of 1 to 5. The
lower the level is, the more inattentive the driver is.
• The level decreases when the driver does not take a break for a certain period of time.
Taking a break
WARNING
For your safety, change the
Settings after parking the vehicle at a safe location.
CAUTION
OTM070105L
5-139
5
Driving your vehicle
• The ‘Consider taking a break’ message will appear on the cluster and
an audible warning will sound to
suggest that the driver take a
break, when the driver’s attention
level is below 1.
• Driver Attention Warning will not
suggest a break when the total
driving time is shorter than 10 minutes or 10 minutes has not passed
after the last break was suggested.
• Driver Attention Warning may
suggest a break depending on
the driver’s driving pattern or
habits, even if the driver doesn’t feel fatigue.
• Driver Attention Warning is a
supplemental function and
may not be able to determine
whether the driver is inattentive.
• The driver who feels fatigued
should take a break at a safe
location, even though there is
no break suggestion by Driver
Attention Warning.
i Information
• You may change settings from the
instrument cluster (User Settings)
or infotainment system (Vehicle
Settings), whichever option that is
provided with your vehicle. For
more details, see "User Settings"
section in chapter 4, or "Vehicle
Settings" section in supplied
Infotainment Manual.
• Driver Attention Warning will reset
the last break time to 00:00 in the
following situations:
- The engine is turned off
- The driver unfastens the seat belt
and opens the driver’s door
- The vehicle is stopped for more
than 10 minutes
• When the driver resets Driver
Attention Warning, the last break
time is set to 00:00 and the driver’s
attention level is set to High.
Driving your vehicle
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
OTM070042N
When the front vehicle departs from
a stop, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert will inform the driver by displaying the ‘Leading vehicle is driving
away’ message on the cluster and an
audible warning will sound.
5-140
WARNING
• If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or audible warning is generated,
Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert's warning message may
not be displayed and audible
warning may not be generated.
• The driver should hold the
responsibility to safely drive
and control the vehicle.
Driver Attention Warning malfunction and limitations
Driver Attention Warning malfunction
OTM070107L
CAUTION
• Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert is a supplemental function and may not alert the
driver whenever the front
vehicle departs from a stop.
• Always check the front of the
vehicle and road conditions
before departure.
When Driver Attention Warning is not
working properly, the ‘Check Driver
Attention Warning (DAW) system’
warning message will appear on the
cluster. If this occurs, have the vehicle inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Limitations of Driver Attention
Warning
Driver Attention Warning may not
work properly in the following situations:
• The vehicle is driven violently
• The vehicle intentionally crosses
over lanes frequently
• The vehicle is controlled by Driver
Assistance system, such as Lane
Keeping Assist
Leading vehicle departure alert
function
• When the vehicle cuts in
• When the vehicle ahead sharply
steers
OADAS034R
OADAS021R
5
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
OADAS022R
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Front vehicle
If a vehicle cuts in front of your vehicle, Leading Departure Alert may not
operate properly.
5-141
Driving your vehicle
If the vehicle in front makes a sharp
turn, such as to turn left or right or
make a U- turn, etc., Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
Driving your vehicle
• When the vehicle ahead abruptly
departures
• When in a parking lot
• When driving at a tollgate or intersection, etc.
OADAS027
OADAS024R
If the vehicle in front abruptly departures, Leading Vehicle Departure
Alert may not operate properly.
If a vehicle parked in front drives
away from you, Leading Vehicle
Departure Alert may alert you that
the parked vehicle is driving away.
OADAS026R
If you pass a tollgate or intersection
with lots of vehicles or you drive
where lanes are merged or divided
frequently,
Leading
Vehicle
Departure Alert may not operate
properly.
i Information
For more details on the precautions of
the front view camera, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist
(FCA)” section in this chapter.
5-142
HIGHWAY DRIVING ASSIST (HDA) (IF EQUIPPED)
Detecting sensor
Highway Driving Assist is designed
to help detect vehicles and lanes
ahead, and help maintain distance
from the vehicle ahead, maintain the
set speed, and help center the vehicle in the lane while driving on the
highway.
OADAS035
i Information
5
OLX2051138L
[1] : Front view camera, [2] : Front radar
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensors.
5-143
Driving your vehicle
• The Highway Driving Assist is available only on controlled access road
of certain highways.
❈ Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted
high speed traffic flow. Only passenger cars and motorcycles are
allowed on controlled access
roads.
• Additional highways may be
expanded by future navigation
updates.
OLX2051137L
Driving your vehicle
CAUTION
For more details on the precautions of the detecting sensors,
refer to “Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)” section in chapter 5.
Highway Driving Assist
Settings
Setting features
OLX2071066N
Highway Driving Assist
With the engine on, select or deselect ‘Driver Assistance → Driving
Convenience’ from the Settings
menu to set whether or not to use the
following function(s).
- If ‘Highway Driving Assist’ is selected, it helps maintain distance from
the vehicle ahead, maintain the set
speed, and helps center the vehicle
in the lane.
5-144
i Information
• If there is a problem with the function(s), the settings cannot be
changed. We recommend that the
vehicle be inspected by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• If the engine is restarted, the function(s) will maintain the last setting.
Highway Driving Assist
Operation
Highway Driving Assist display and
control
OTM070141N
■ Standby state
OTMA070009/OTMA070010
(1) Highway Driving Assist indicator,
whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level
are displayed.
❈ Highway Driving Assist indicator
- Green
: Operating state
- Grey
: Standby state
5-145
5
Driving your vehicle
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume’ from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to ‘High’, ‘Medium’
or ‘Low’ for Highway Driving Assist.
If you change the Warning Volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
You can see the status of the
Highway Driving Assist operation in
the Driving Assist mode on the cluster. Refer to “LCD Display Modes”
section in chapter 3.
Highway Driving Assist will be displayed as below depending on the
status of the function.
■ Operating state
Driving your vehicle
(2) Set speed is displayed.
(3) Lane Following Assist indicator
displayed.
(4) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected vehicle distance
are displayed.
(5) Whether the lane is detected or
not is displayed.
For more details on the display
refer to “Smart Cruise Control
(SCC)” and “Lane Following
Assist (LFA)” sections in chapter
5.
5-146
Highway Driving Assist operating
Highway Driving Assist will operate
when entering or driving on the main
road of highways (or motorways),
and satisfying all the following conditions:
- Lane Following Assist is operating
- Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Restarting after stopping
i Information
• While driving on the highway (or
motorway), if Smart Cruise Control
starts operating, Highway Driving
Assist will operate.
• When entering the main roads of
highways (or motorways), Highway
Driving Assist will not turn on if the
Lane Following Assist is turned off
even when Smart Cruise Control is
operating.
OTM070114L
When Highway Driving Assist is
operating, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts moving within 30 seconds after the stop,
your vehicle will start as well. In addition, after the vehicle has stopped
and 30 seconds have passed, the
‘Use switch or pedal to accelerate’
message will appear on the cluster.
Depress the accelerator pedal or
push the + switch, - switch or
switch to start driving.
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
Highway Driving Assist enters the
automatic speed setting mode when:
1. The operating conditions are satisfied
indicator will illuminate green
2. The set speed and the highway
speed limit matches
• Hands-off warning
OTM070195N
OLX2058062L
If the system changes to the automatic speed mode, the symbol
will turn green and a chime will
sound.
When the highway speed limit
changes, the set speed automatically changes to the changed speed
limit.
Highway Driving Assist standby
When Smart Cruise Control is temporarily canceled while Highway
Driving Assist is operating, Highway
Driving Assist will be in the standby
state. At this time, Lane Following
Assist will operate normally.
5-147
5
Driving your vehicle
If the driver takes their hands off the
steering wheel for several seconds,
the ‘Place hands on the steering
wheel’ warning message will appear
and an audible warning will sound in
stages.
First stage : Warning message
Second stage : Warning message
(red steering wheel)
and audible warning
If the driver still does not have their
hands on the steering wheel after the
hands-off warning, the ‘Highway
Driving Assist (HDA) canceled’ warning message will appear and
Highway Driving Assist and Lane
Change Assist will be automatically
canceled.
Driving your vehicle
Highway Driving Assist
Malfunction and Limitations
Highway Driving Assist malfunction
OTM070120N
When Highway Driving Assist or
Highway Lane Change function is
not working properly, the ‘Check
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) system’ warning message will appear,
and the
warning light will illuminate on the cluster. Have the vehicle
inspected
by
an
authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
5-148
WARNING
• The driver is responsible for
controlling the vehicle for safe
driving.
• Always have your hands on
the steering wheel while driving.
• Highway Driving Assist is a
supplemental function that
assists the driver in driving
the vehicle and is not a complete autonomous driving
system. Always check road
conditions, and if necessary,
take appropriate actions to
drive safely.
• Always have your eyes on the
road, and it is the responsibility of the driver to avoid violating traffic laws. The vehicle
manufacturer is not responsible for any traffic violation or
accidents caused by the driver.
• Highway Driving Assist may
not be able to recognize all
traffic situations. Highway
Driving Assist may not detect
possible collisions due to limitations of the function.
Always be aware of the limitations
of
the
function.
Obstacles such as vehicles,
motorcycles, bicycles, pedestrians, or unspecified objects
or
structures
such
as
guardrails, tollgate, etc. that
may collide with the vehicle
may not be detected.
• Highway Driving Assist will
turn off automatically under
the following situations:
- Driving on roads that
Highway Driving Assist does
not operate, such as a rest
area, intersection, junction,
etc.
- The navigation does not
operate properly such as
when the navigation is being
updated or restarted
• The hands–off warning message may appear early or late
depending on how the steering wheel is held or road conditions. Always have your
hands on the steering wheel
while driving.
• For your safety, please read
the owner's manual before
using the Highway Driving
Assist.
• Highway Driving Assist will
not operate when the engine
is started, or when the detecting sensors or navigation is
being initialized.
Limitations of Highway Driving
Assist
Highway Driving Assist may not
operate normally, or may not operate
under the following circumstances:
• The map information and the actual road is different because the
navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual road is different because of realtime GPS data or map information
error
• The infotainment system is overloaded by simultaneously performing functions such as route search,
video playback, voice recognition,
etc.
• GPS signals are blocked in areas
such as a tunnel
• The driver goes off course or the
route to the destination is changed
or canceled by resetting the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or rest area
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
5-149
5
Driving your vehicle
• Highway Driving Assist may
inadvertently operate or turn
off depending on road conditions (navigation information)
and surroundings.
• Lane Following Assist function may be temporarily disabled when the front view
camera cannot detect lanes
properly or the hands-off
warning is on.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Highway Driving
Assist if the surrounding is
noisy.
• If the vehicle is driven at high
speed above a certain speed
at a curve, your vehicle may
drive to one side or may
depart from the driving lane.
• When you are towing a trailer
or another vehicle, we recommend that Highway Driving
Assist is turned off due to
safety reasons.
Driving your vehicle
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (ex: elevated roads including overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
i Information
For more details on the limitations of
the front view camera, front radar,
front corner radar and rear corner
radar, refer to “Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist (FCA)” section in
chapter 5.
5-150
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
SMART CRUISE CONTROL (SCC) (IF EQUIPPED)
Smart Cruise Control is designed to
detect the vehicle ahead and help
maintain the desired speed and minimum distance between the vehicle
ahead.
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
While Smart Cruise Control is operating, if the function judges that the
driver is determined to overtake the
vehicle in front, acceleration will be
assisted.
CAUTION
OLX2051137L
Always keep the front view camera and front radar in good condition to maintain optimal performance of Smart Cruise
Control.
For more details on the precautions of the front view camera
and front radar, refer to
“Forward Collision-Avoidance
Assist (FCA)” section in this
chapter.
5
Driving your vehicle
OLX2051138L
[1]: Front view camera, [2]: Front radar
The front view camera and front
radar are used as a detecting sensor
to detect front vehicles.
Refer to the picture above for the
detailed location of the detecting
sensor.
5-151
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control settings
Setting features
i Information
Vehicle speed may decrease on an
upward slope and increase on a downward slope.
When you are setting the cruise control speed, with a vehicle in front and
your vehicle speed is between 0 - 20
mph (0 - 30 km/h ), the speed will set
to 20 mph (30 km/h).
OTM058038
OTM058037
To turn on Smart Cruise Control
• Push the CRUISE/
button on
the steering wheel to turn Smart
Cruise Control on.The cruise indicator will illuminate.
• Accelerate to the desired speed.
The Smart Cruise Control set
speed can be set as follows:
- 5 – 100 mph (10 - 160 km/h) :
when there is no vehicle in front
- 0 – 100 mph (0 - 160 km/h) :
when there is a vehicle in front
5-152
• Push the SET- switch down. The
Set Speed and Vehicle Distance on
the LCD display will illuminate.
• Release the accelerator pedal. The
desired speed will automatically be
maintained.
If there is a vehicle in front of you, the
speed may decrease to maintain the
distance to the vehicle ahead.
On a steep grade, the vehicle may
slow down or speed up slightly while
going uphill or downhill.
i Information
OTM058041
To set vehicle distance
Each time the button is pressed, the
headway changes as follows:
Distance 4
Distance 3
OTM058039
To increase set speed
• Push the RES+ switch up, and
release it immediately. The set
speed will increase by 1 mph (1
km/h) each time you push the
RES+ switch up in this manner.
• Push the RES+ switch up, and hold
it. Your vehicle set speedwill
increase by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the RES+ switch at the
speed you want.
• You can set the speed to 100 mph
(160 km/h).
5-153
5
Driving your vehicle
Distance 1
Distance 2
• If you drive at 56 mph (90 km/h),
the distance is maintained as follows:
Distance 4 approximately 172 ft. (53 m)
Distance 3 approximately 130 ft. (40 m)
Distance 2 approximately 106 ft. (30 m)
Distance 1 approximately 82 ft. (25 m)
• The distance is set to the last set distance when the engine is restarted,
or when Smart Cruise Control was
temporarily canceled.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Check the driving condition
before using the Res+ switch.
Driving speed may sharply
increase when you push up and
hold the Res+ switch.
5-154
OTM058038
OTM058040
To decrease set speed
• Push the SET- switch down, and
release it immediately. The set
speed will decrease by 1 mph (1
km/h) each time you push the SETswitch down in this manner.
• Push the SET- switch down, and
hold it. Your vehicle set speed will
decrease by 5 mph (10 km/h).
Release the SET- switch at the
speed you want.
• You can set the speed to 0 – 20
mph (0 - 30 km/h).
To temporarily cancel Smart Cruise
Control
• Depressing the brake pedal.
• Pushing the CANCEL the SETswitch down
button located on the steering
wheel.
To resume Smart Cruise Control
set speed
If any method other than the Driving
Assist button was used to cancel the
function and the function is still activated, the cruising speed will automatically resume when push the
RES+ switch up or the SET - switch
down. If you push the RES+ switch
up, the speed will resume to the
recently set speed. However, if vehicle speed drops below 0 – 20 mph (0
- 30 km/h), it will resume when there
is a vehicle in front of your vehicle.
Always check the road conditionswhen you push the RES+ switch up
to resume speed.
OTM070142N
Smart Cruise Control Reaction
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → SCC Reaction’ from
the settings menu to select the sensitivity of vehicle speed when following the front vehicle to maintain the
set distance.
5-155
5
Driving your vehicle
i Information
OTM058037
To turn off Smart Cruise Control
Pushing the CRUISE/
button.The
cruise indicator will go off. If you wish
not to use the cruise control system,
always turn the function off by pushing the CRUISE/
button.
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control operation
Operating conditions
Smart Cruise Control will operate
when the following conditions are
satisfied.
ONX4E070090
Warning Volume
With the engine on, select 'Driver
Assistance → Warning Volume' from
the Settings menu to change the
Warning Volume to 'High', 'Medium',
'Low' or 'Off' for Smart Cruise
Control.
However, even if 'Off' is selected,
Smart Cruise Control's Warning
Volume will not turn off but the volume will sound as 'Low'.
If you change the warning volume,
the Warning Volume of other Driver
Assistance systems may change.
i Information
If the engine is restarted, Warning
Volume will maintain the last setting.
5-156
Basic function
• The gear is in D (Drive)
• The driver’s door is closed
• EPB (Electronic Parking Brake) is
not applied
• Your vehicle speed is within the
operating speed range
- 6 - 105 mph (10 - 170 km/h):
when there is no vehicle in front
- 0 - 105 mph (0 - 170 km/h): when
there is a vehicle in front
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
or ABS is on
• ESC (Electronic Stability Control)
or ABS is not controlling the vehicle
• Engine RPM is not in the red zone
• Forward
Collision-Avoidance
Assist brake control is not operating
• Remote Smart Parking Assist
brake control is not operating (if
equipped)
• ISG system is not operating
• Hands-off warning for Lane
Keeping Assist and Highway
Driving Assist is off
i Information
At a stop, if there is no vehicle in front
of your vehicle, Smart Cruise Control
will turn on when the brake pedal is
depressed
WARNING
• When the turn signal indicator
is turned on to the left (lefthand drive) or turned on to
the right (right-hand drive)
while there is a vehicle ahead,
the vehicle may accelerate
temporarily. Pay attention to
the road conditions at all
times.
• Regardless of your countries
driving direction, Overtaking
Acceleration Assist will operate when the conditions are
satisfied. When using the
function in countries with different
driving
direction,
always check the road conditions at all times.
Smart Cruise Control display
and control
Basic function
You can see the status of the Smart
Cruise Control operation in the
Driving Assist view on the cluster.
Refer to “LCD Display Modes” section in chapter 4.
Smart Cruise Control will be displayed as below depending on the
status of the function.
5
Driving your vehicle
Overtaking Acceleration Assist
Overtaking Acceleration Assist will
operate when the turn signal indicator is turned on to the left (left-hand
drive) or turned on to the right (righthand drive) while Smart Cruise
Control is operating, and the following conditions are satisfied:
• Your vehicle speed is above 40
mph (60 km/h)
• The hazard warning flasher is off
• A vehicle is detected in front of
your vehicle
• Deceleration is not needed to
maintain distance with the vehicle
in front
5-157
Driving your vehicle
■ Operating
■ Temporarily cancelled
• When temporarily canceled
(1)
indicator is displayed.
(2) The previous set speed is shaded.
(3) Vehicle ahead and distance level
are not displayed.
i Information
OLX2059049N/OIK057104N
• When operating
(1) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the selected distance level
are displayed.
(2) Set speed is displayed.
(3) Whether there is a vehicle ahead
and the target headway are displayed.
5-158
• The distance of the front vehicle on
the cluster is displayed according to
the actual distance between your
vehicle and the vehicle ahead.
• The target distance may vary
according to the vehicle speed and
the set distance level. If vehicle
speed is low, even though the vehicle
distance have changed, the change
of the target vehicle distance may be
small.
To temporarily accelerate
If you want to speed up temporarily
when the Smart Cruise Control is on,
depress the accelerator pedal.
Increased speed will not interfere
with Smart Cruise Control operation
or change the set speed. To return to
the set speed, take your foot off the
accelerator pedal. If you push the
SET- switch down at increased
speed, the cruising speed will be set
again.
WARNING
Be careful when accelerating
temporarily, because the speed
and distance is not controlled
automatically even if there is a
vehicle in front of you.
Smart Cruise Control temporarily canceled
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily canceled automatically, the ‘Smart
Cruise Control canceled’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
and an audible warning will sound to
warn the driver.
Smart Cruise Control conditions
not satisfied
If Smart Cruise Control is temporarily canceled while the vehicle is at a
standstill with the function activated,
EPB (Electronic Parking Brake)
maybe applied.
OTM070112N
OTM070113N
WARNING
When Smart Cruise Control is
temporarily canceled, distance
with the front vehicle will not be
maintained. Always have your
eyes on the road while driving,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
If the CRUISE/
button, is pushed
or the toggle switches are pushed
RES+ switch up /SET- switch down,
when Smart Cruise Control operating conditions are not satisfied, the
‘Smart Cruise Control conditions not
met’ will appear on the cluster, and
an audible warning will sound.
5-159
5
Driving your vehicle
Smart Cruise Control will be temporarily canceled automatically
when:
• The vehicle speed is above 105
mph (170 km/h)
• The vehicle is stopped for a certain
period of time
• The accelerator pedal is continuously depressed for a certain period of time
• The conditions for the Smart
Cruise Control to operate is not
satisfied
Driving your vehicle
In traffic situation
Warning road conditions ahead
OLX2058094L
OLX2058054L
In traffic, your vehicle will stop if the
vehicle ahead of you stops. Also, if
the vehicle ahead of you starts moving, your vehicle will start as well. In
addition, after the vehicle has
stopped and a certain time have
passed, the ‘Use switch or pedal to
accelerate’ message will appear on
the cluster. Depress the accelerator
pedal or push RES+ switch up or
push SET- switch down to start driving.
In the following situation, the ‘Watch
for surrounding vehicles’ warning
message will appear on the cluster,
and an audible warning will sound to
warn the driver of road conditions
ahead.
5-160
- The vehicle in front disappears
when Smart Cruise Control is
maintaining the distance with the
vehicle ahead while driving below
a certain speed.
- While the ‘Use switch or pedal to
accelerate’ message is displayed
on the cluster, if there is no vehicle
in front or the vehicle is far away
from you, and the toggle switches
are pushed RES+ switch up / SETswitch down or CRUISE/
button
is pressed.
WARNING
Always pay attention to vehicles or objects that may suddenly appear in front of you,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving speed in order to maintain a
safe distance.
Collision Warning
WARNING
OLX2058026L
Take the following precautions
when using Smart Cruise
Control:
• Smart Cruise Control does
not substitute for proper and
safe driving. It is the responsibility of the driver to always
check the speed and distance
to the vehicle ahead.
• Smart Cruise Control may not
recognize unexpected and
sudden situations or complex
driving situations, so always
pay attention to driving conditions and control your vehicle
speed.
• Keep Smart Cruise Control off
when the function is not in
use to avoid inadvertently setting a speed.
• Do not open the door or leave
the vehicle when Smart
Cruise Control is operating,
even if the vehicle is stopped.
5-161
5
Driving your vehicle
While Smart Cruise Control is operating, when the collision risk with the
vehicle ahead is high, the ‘Collision
Warning’ warning message will
appear on the cluster, and an audible
warning will sound to warn the driver.
Always have your eyes on the road
while driving, and if necessary,
depress the brake pedal to reduce
your driving speed in order to maintain a safe distance.
In the following situations,
Smart Cruise Control may not
warn the driver of a collision.
- The distance from the front
vehicle is near, or the vehicle
speed of the front vehicle is
faster or similar with your
vehicle
- The speed of the front vehicle
is very slow or is at a standstill
- The accelerator pedal is
depressed right after Smart
Cruise Control is turned on
WARNING
Driving your vehicle
• Always be aware of the selected speed and headway distance.
• Keep a safe distance according to road conditions and
vehicle speed. If the headway
distance is too close during
high-speed driving, a serious
collision may result.
• When maintaining distance
with the vehicle ahead, if the
front vehicle disappears,
Smart Cruise Control may
suddenly accelerate to the set
speed. Always be aware of
unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
• Vehicle speed may decrease
on an upward slope and
increase on a downward
slope.
• Always be aware of situations
such as when a vehicle cuts in
suddenly.
• When you are towing a trailer
or another vehicle, we recommend that Smart Cruise
Control is turned off due to
safety reasons.
5-162
• Turn off Smart Cruise Control
when your vehicle is being
towed.
• Smart Cruise Control may not
operate normally if interfered
by strong electromagnetic
waves.
• Smart Cruise Control may not
detect an obstacle in front and
lead to a collision. Always
look ahead cautiously to prevent unexpected and sudden
situations from occurring.
• Vehicles moving in front of
you with a frequent lane
change may cause a delay in
Smart Cruise Control reaction
or may cause Smart Cruise
Control to react to a vehicle
actually in an adjacent lane.
Always drive cautiously to
prevent unexpected and sudden situations from occurring.
• Always be aware of the surroundings and drive safely,
even though a warning message does not appear or an
audible warning does not
sound.
• If any other system’s warning
message is displayed or
warning sound is generated,
Smart Cruise Control warning
message may not be displayed and warning sound
may not be generated.
• You may not hear the warning
sound of Forward CollisionAvoidance Assist if the surrounding is noisy.
• The vehicle manufacturer is
not responsible for any traffic
violation or accidents caused
by the driver.
• Always set the vehicle speed
under the speed limit in your
country.
i Information
• Smart Cruise Control may not operate for a certain time after the vehicle is started or the front view camera or front radar is initialized.
• You may hear a sound when the
brake is controlled by Smart Cruise
Control.
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations
Smart Cruise Control malfunction
Smart Cruise Control disabled
OTM070116N
When Smart Cruise Control is not
working properly, the ‘Check Smart
Cruise Control system’ warning message will appear, and the warning
light will illuminate on the cluster.
Have the vehicle inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
5-163
5
Driving your vehicle
OTM070116N
When the front radar cover or sensor
is covered with snow, rain, or foreign
material, it can reduce the detecting
performance and temporarily limit or
disable Smart Cruise Control.
If this occurs the ‘Smart Cruise
Control disabled. Radar blocked’
warning message will appear for a
certain period of time on the cluster.
Smart Cruise Control will operate
normally when snow, rain or foreign
material is removed.
Driving your vehicle
WARNING
Even though the warning message does not appear on the
cluster, Smart Cruise Control
may not properly operate.
CAUTION
Smart Cruise Control may not
properly operate in an area (for
example, open terrain), where
there is nothing to detect after
turning ON the engine.
5-164
Limitations of Smart Cruise
Control
Smart Cruise Control may not operate normally, or it may operate unexpectedly under the following circumstances:
• The detecting sensor or the surroundings are contaminated or
damaged
• fluid is continuously sprayed, or
the wiper is on
• The camera lens is contaminated
due to tinted, filmed or coated
windshield, damaged glass, or
sticky foreign material (sticker, bug,
etc.) on the glass
• Moisture is not removed or frozen
on the windshield
• The field of view of the front view
camera is obstructed by sun glare
• Street light or light from an oncoming vehicle is reflected on the wet
road surface, such as a puddle on
the road
• The temperature around the front
view camera is high or low
• An object is placed on the dashboard
• The surrounding is very bright
• The surrounding is very dark, such
as in a tunnel, etc.
• The brightness changes suddenly,
for example when entering or exiting a tunnel
• The brightness outside is low, and
the headlamps are not on or are
not bright
• Driving in heavy rain or snow, or
thick fog
• Driving through steam, smoke or
shadow
• Only part of the vehicle is detected
• The vehicle in front has no tail
lights, tail lights are located unusually, etc.
• The brightness outside is low, and
the tail lamps are not on or are not
bright
• The rear of the front vehicle is
small or does not look normal (for
example, tilted, overturned, etc.)
• The front vehicle’s ground clearance is low or high
• The vehicle in front is detected late
• The vehicle in front is suddenly
blocked by a obstacle
• The vehicle in front suddenly
changes lane or suddenly reduces
speed
• The vehicle in front is bent out of
shape
• The front vehicle’s speed is fast or
slow
• With a vehicle in front, your vehicle
changes lane at low speed
• The vehicle in front is covered with
snow
• Unstable driving
• You are on a roundabout and the
vehicle in front is not detected
• You are continuously driving in a
circle
• Driving in a parking lot
• Driving through a construction
area, unpaved road, partial paved
road, uneven road, speed bumps,
etc.
• Driving on an incline road, curved
road, etc.
• Driving through a roadside with
trees or streetlights
• The adverse road conditions cause
excessive vehicle vibrations while
driving
• Your vehicle height is low or high
due to heavy loads, abnormal tire
pressure, etc.
• Driving through a narrow road
where trees or grass are overgrown
• There is interference by electromagnetic waves, such as driving in
an area with strong radio waves or
electrical noise
5-165
5
Driving your vehicle
• A vehicle suddenly cuts in front
• Your vehicle is being towed
• Driving through a tunnel or iron
bridge
• Driving near areas containing
metal substances, such as a construction zone, railroad, etc.
• A material is near that reflects very
well on the front radar, such as a
guardrail, nearby vehicle, etc.
• The bumper around the front radar
is impacted, damaged or the front
radar is out of position
• The temperature around the front
radar is high or low
• Driving in large areas where there
are few vehicles or structures (for
example, desert, meadow, suburb,
etc.)
• The vehicle in front is made of
material that does not reflect on
the front radar
• Driving near a highway (or motorway) interchange or tollgate
• Driving on a slippery surface due
to snow, water puddle, ice, etc.
• Driving on a curved road
Driving your vehicle
• Driving on a curved road
• Driving on an inclined road
OADAS015
OADAS014
On curves, Smart Cruise Control
may not detect a vehicle in the
same lane, and may accelerate to
the set speed. Also, vehicle speed
may rapidly decrease when the
vehicle ahead is detected suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed
on curves and apply the brake
pedal or accelerator pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.
5-166
Your vehicle speed can be reduced
due to a vehicle in the adjacent
lane.
Apply the accelerator pedal and
select the appropriate set speed.
Check to be sure that the road conditions permit safe operation of the
Smart Cruise Control.
OADAS012
During uphill or downhill driving,
the Smart Cruise Control may not
detect a moving vehicle in your
lane, and cause your vehicle to
accelerate to the set speed. Also,
vehicle speed will rapidly decrease
when the vehicle ahead is detected
suddenly.
Select the appropriate set speed
on inclines and apply the brake
pedal or accelerator pedal according to the road and driving conditions ahead.
Smart Cruise Control may not
immediately detect the vehicle
when the vehicle changes lanes
abruptly. In this case, you must
maintain a safe braking distance,
and if necessary, depress the
brake pedal to reduce your driving
speed in order to maintain a safe
distance.
• Changing lanes
• Detecting vehicle
OJX1070181R
[A] : Your vehicle, [B] : Lane changing vehicle
When a vehicle moves into your
lane from an adjacent lane, it cannot be detected by the sensor until
it is in the sensor's detection range.
5-167
5
Driving your vehicle
OADAS030
In the following cases, some vehicles in your lane cannot be detected by the sensor:
- Vehicles offset to one side
- Slow-moving vehicles or suddendecelerating vehicles
- Vehicles within approximately 6
feet (2 m) from your vehicle
- Oncoming vehicles
- Stopped vehicles
- Vehicles with small rear profile,
such as trailers
- Narrow vehicles, such as motorcycles or bicycles
- Special vehicles
Driving your vehicle
- Animals and pedestrians
- Nearby vehicles within 6.6 ft. (2 m)
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road and driving
conditions ahead.
Adjust your vehicle speed by
depressing the brake pedal
according to the road and driving
conditions ahead.
OTM058119
OTM058129
OLX2051077N
In the following cases, the vehicle
in front cannot be detected by the
sensor:
- Vehicles with higher ground
clearance or vehicles carrying
loads that stick out of the back of
the vehicle
- Vehicles that has the front lifted
due to heavy loads
- You are steering your vehicle
- Driving on narrow or sharply
curved roads
5-168
• When a vehicle ahead disappears
at an intersection, your vehicle may
accelerate.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
• When a vehicle in front of you
merges out of the lane, Smart
Cruise Control may not immediately detect the new vehicle that is
now in front of you.
Always pay attention to road and
driving conditions while driving.
i Information
OTM058124
• Always look out for pedestrians
when your vehicle is maintaining a
distance with the vehicle ahead.
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
5
Driving your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
5-169
Driving your vehicle
NAVIGATION-BASED SMART CRUISE CONTROL (NSCC) (IF EQUIPPED)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control will help drive at a certain
speed according to the road conditions when driving on highways (or
motorways) by using road information from the navigation system while
Smart Cruise Control is operating.
i Information
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is available only on controlled access road of certain highways.
❈ Controlled access road indicates
roads with limited entrances and
exits that allow uninterrupted high
speed traffic flow. Only passenger
cars and motorcycles are allowed
on controlled access roads.
• Additional highways may be expanded by future navigation updates.
i Information
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operates on main roads of
highways (or motorways), and does
not operate on interchanges or junctions.
5-170
Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown
If vehicle speed is high, Highway
Curve Zone Auto Slowdown function
will temporarily decelerate your vehicle or limit acceleration to help you
drive safely on a curve based on the
curve information from the navigation.
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control Settings
Setting features
OLX2071066N
Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown
With the engine on, select ‘Driver
Assistance → Driving Convenience
→ Highway Auto Curve Slowdown
(or Curve slowdown (motorway))’
from the Settings menu to turn on
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
and deselect to turn off the function.
i Information
When there is a problem with
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control, the function cannot be set
from the Settings menu.
Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control Operation
Operating conditions
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is ready to operate if all of
the following conditions are satisfied:
• Smart Cruise Control is operating
• Driving on main roads of highways
(or motorways)
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control display and control
When Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control operates, it will be
displayed on the cluster as follows:
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control standby
i Information
For more details on how to operate
Smart Cruise Control, refer to “Smart
Cruise Control (SCC)” section in this
chapter.
5
If the operating conditions are satisfied, the white
indicator will
illuminate.
5-171
Driving your vehicle
OTMA070006
Driving your vehicle
• Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operating
WARNING
OLX2051150L
OTMA070005/OTMA070007
If temporary deceleration is required
in the standby state and Navigationbased Smart Cruise Control is operating, the green
symbol will
illuminate on the
cluster.
If the Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function operates, the
symbol and set speed will illuminate in green on the cluster, and
an audible warning will sound.
5-172
‘Drive carefully’ warning message will appear in the following
circumstances:
- Navigation-based
Smart
Cruise Control is not able to
slow down your vehicle to a
safe speed
i Information
Highway Curve Zone Auto Slowdown
and Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function uses the same
symbol.
Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown
• Depending on the curve ahead on
the highway, the vehicle will decelerate, and after passing the curve,
the vehicle will accelerate to Smart
Cruise Control set speed.
• Vehicle deceleration time may differ depending on the vehicle speed
and the degree of the curve on the
road. The higher the driving speed,
deceleration will start faster.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function has changed to
the standby state by depressing
the brake pedal or pressing the
switch on the steering wheel,
press the
switch to restart the
function.
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function does not operate on highway interchanges or junctions.
i Information
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function only operates based on the
speed limits of the highway (or
motorway), it does not work with
speed cameras.
• When Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function is operating, the
vehicle automatically accelerates or
decelerates when the highway (or
motorway) speed limit changes.
• The maximum set speed for
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function is 86 mph (140 km/h).
• If the speed limit of a new road is
not updated in the navigation,
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function may not operate properly.
• If the speed unit is set to a unit other
than the speed unit used in your
country, Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function may not operate
properly.
5-173
5
Driving your vehicle
Highway Set Speed Auto Change
• Highway Set Speed Auto Change
function will operate when Smart
Cruise Control set speed and the
highway (or motorway) speed limit
is matched.
• While Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function is operating,
when the highway (or motorway)
speed limit changes, Smart Cruise
Control set speed automatically
changes to the changed speed
limit.
• If Smart Cruise Control set speed
is adjusted different from the speed
limit, Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function will be in the
standby state.
• If Highway Set Speed Auto
Change function has changed to
the standby state by driving on a
road other than the highway (or
motorway) main road, Highway Set
Speed Auto Change function will
operate again when you drive on
the main road again without setting
the set speed.
Driving your vehicle
Limitations of Navigationbased Smart Cruise Control
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control may not operate normally
under the following circumstances:
• The navigation is not working properly
• Speed limit and road information in
the navigation is not updated
• The map information and the actual road is different because of realtime GPS data or map information
error
• The navigation searches for a
route while driving
• GPS signals are blocked in areas
such as a tunnel
• The navigation is updated while
driving
• Map information is not transmitted
due to infotainment system's
abnormal operation
• A road that divides into two or
more roads and joins again
• The driver goes off course the
route set in the navigation
5-174
• The route to the destination is
changed or canceled by resetting
the navigation
• The vehicle enters a service station or rest area
• The speed limit of some sections
changes according to the road situations
• Android Auto or Car Play is operating
• The navigation cannot detect the
current vehicle position (ex: elevated roads including overpass adjacent to general roads or nearby
roads exist in a parallel way)
• The navigation is being updated
while driving
• The navigation is being restarted
while driving
• There is bad weather, such as
heavy rain, heavy snow, etc.
• Driving on a road under construction
• Driving on a road that is controlled
• Driving on a road that is sharply
curved
OJX1070280L
[1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route,
[4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section
• When there is a difference
between the navigation set route
(branch line) and the driving route
(main road), Highway Curve Zone
Auto Slowdown function may not
operate until the driving route is
recognized as the main road.
• When the vehicle's driving route is
recognized as the main road by
maintaining the main road instead
of the navigation set route,
Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will operate.
Depending on the distance to the
curve and the current vehicle
speed, vehicle deceleration may
not be sufficient or may decelerate
rapidly.
WARNING
OJX1070281L
OJX1070282L
[1] : Driving route, [2] : Branch line,
[3] : Curved road section, [4] : Main road
• When there is a difference
between the navigation route
(main road) and the driving route
(branch line), Highway Curve Zone
Auto Slowdown function will operate based on the curve information
on the main road.
• When it is judged that you are driving out of the route by entering the
highway interchange or junction,
Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function will not operate.
• If there is no destination set on the
navigation, Highway Curve Zone
Auto Slowdown function will operate based on the curve information
on the main road.
• Even if you depart from the main
road, Highway Curve Zone Auto
Slowdown function may temporarily operate due to navigation information of the highway curve section.
5-175
5
Driving your vehicle
[1] : Set route, [2] : Branch line, [3] : Driving route,
[4] : Main road, [5] : Curved road section
• Navigation-based
Smart
Cruise Control is not a substitute for safe driving practices,
but a convenience function.
Always have your eyes on the
road, and it is the responsibility of the driver to avoid violating traffic laws.
• The navigation’s speed limit
information may differ from
the actual speed limit information on the road. It is the driver's responsibility to check
the speed limit on the actual
driving road or lane.
• Navigation-based
Smart
Cruise Control will automatically be cancelled when you
leave the highway (or motorway) main road. Always pay
attention to road and driving
conditions while driving.
Driving your vehicle
• Navigation-based
Smart
Cruise Control may not operate due to the existence of
leading vehicles and the driving conditions of the vehicle.
Always pay attention to road
and driving conditions while
driving.
• When you are towing a trailer
or another vehicle, we recommend that Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control is
turned off due to safety reasons.
• After you pass through a tollgate on a highway (or motorway), Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control will operate
based on the first lane. If you
enter one of the other lanes,
Navigation-based
Smart
Cruise Control may not operate properly.
5-176
• The vehicle will accelerate if
the driver depresses the
accelerator
pedal
while
Navigation-based
Smart
Cruise Control is operating,
and the function will not
decelerate
the
vehicle.
However, if the accelerator
pedal is depressed insufficiently, the vehicle may decelerate.
• If the driver accelerates and
releases the accelerator pedal
while Navigation-based Smart
Cruise Control is operating,
the vehicle may not decelerate sufficiently or may rapidly
decelerate to a safe speed.
• If the curve is too large or too
small,
Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may not
operate.
i Information
• The time gap could occur between
the navigation’s guidance and when
Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control operation starts and ends.
• The speed information on the cluster and navigation may differ.
• Even if you are driving at a speed
lower than Smart Cruise Control set
speed, acceleration may be limited
by the curve sections ahead.
• If Navigation-based Smart Cruise
Control is operating while leaving
the main road to enter an interchange, junction, rest area, etc., the
function may operate for a certain
period of time.
• Deceleration by Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control may feel it is
not sufficient due to road conditions
such as uneven road surfaces, narrow lanes, etc.
i Information
i Information
Radio frequency radiation exposure
information:
This equipment complies with FCC
radiation exposure limits set forth for
an uncontrolled environment.
This equipment should be installed
and operated with minimum distance
of 8 in. (20 cm) between the radiator
(antenna) and your body.
This transmitter must not be co-located or operating in conjunction with
any other antenna or transmitter.
5
Driving your vehicle
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1. This device may not cause harmful
interference, and
2. This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired
operation.
3. Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the device.
5-177
Driving your vehicle
SPECIAL DRIVING CONDITIONS
Hazardous Driving Conditions
Rocking the Vehicle
When hazardous driving elements
are encountered such as water,
snow, ice, mud and sand, take the
below suggestions:
• Drive cautiously and keep a longer
braking distance.
• Avoid abrupt braking or steering.
• When your vehicle is stuck in snow,
mud, or sand, use second gear.
Accelerate slowly to avoid unnecessary wheel spin.
• Put sand, rock salt, tire chains or
other non-slip materials under the
wheels to provide additional traction while the vehicle becomes
stuck in ice, snow, or mud.
If it is necessary to rock the vehicle
to free it from snow, sand, or mud,
first turn the steering wheel right and
left to clear the area around your
front wheels. Then, shift back and
forth between R (Reverse) and a forward gear.
Try to avoid spinning the wheels, and
do not race the engine.
To prevent transmission wear, wait
until the wheels stop spinning before
shifting gears. Release the accelerator pedal while shifting, and press
lightly on the accelerator pedal while
the transmission is in gear. Slowly
spinning the wheels in forward and
reverse directions causes a rocking
motion that may free the vehicle.
WARNING
Downshifting with an automatic
transmission while driving on
slippery surfaces can cause an
accident. The sudden change in
tire speed could cause the tires
to skid. Be careful when downshifting on slippery surfaces.
5-178
WARNING
If the vehicle is stuck and
excessive wheel spin occurs,
the temperature in the tires can
increase very quickly. If the tires
become damaged, a tire blow
out or tire explosion can occur.
This condition is dangerous you and others may be injured.
Do not attempt this procedure if
people or objects are anywhere
near the vehicle.
If you attempt to free the vehicle,
the vehicle can overheat quickly,
possibly causing an engine
compartment fire or other damage. Try to avoid spinning the
wheels as much as possible to
prevent overheating of either the
tires or the engine. DO NOT
allow the vehicle to spin the
wheels above 35 mph (56 km/h).
i Information
The ESC system must be turned OFF
before rocking the vehicle.
NOTICE
If you are still stuck after rocking
the vehicle a few times, have the
vehicle pulled out by a tow vehicle
to avoid engine overheating, possible damage to the transmission,
and tire damage. See "Towing" in
chapter 6.
Avoid braking or gear changing in
corners, especially when roads are
wet. Ideally, corners should always
be taken under gentle acceleration.
Driving in the Rain
Night driving presents more hazards
than driving in the daylight. Here are
some important tips to remember:
• Slow down and keep more distance between you and other vehicles, as it may be more difficult to
see at night, especially in areas
where there may not be any street
lights.
• Adjust your mirrors to reduce the
glare from other driver's headlamps.
• Keep your headlamps clean and
properly aimed. Dirty or improperly
aimed headlamps will make it
much more difficult to see at night.
• Avoid staring directly at the headlamps of oncoming vehicles. You
could be temporarily blinded, and it
will take several seconds for your
eyes to readjust to the darkness.
Rain and wet roads can make driving
dangerous. Here are a few things to
consider when driving in the rain or
on slick pavement:
• Slow down and allow extra following distance. A heavy rainfall
makes it harder to see and increases the distance needed to stop
your vehicle.
• Turn OFF your Cruise Control.
• Replace your windshield wiper
blades when they show signs of
streaking or missing areas on the
windshield.
• Tires should be properly maintained with at least 2/32nds of an
inch of tread depth. If your tires do
not have enough tread, making a
quick stop on wet pavement can
cause a skid and possibly lead to
an accident. See "Tire replacement" in chapter 7.
• Turn on your headlamps to make it
easier for others to see you.
5-179
5
Driving your vehicle
Smooth Cornering
Driving at Night
Driving your vehicle
• Driving too fast through large puddles can affect your brakes. If you
must go through puddles, try to
drive through them slowly.
• If you believe your brakes may be
wet, apply them lightly while driving until normal braking operation
returns.
Hydroplaning
If the road is wet enough and you are
going fast enough, your vehicle may
have little or no contact with the road
surface and actually ride on the
water. The best advice is SLOW
DOWN when the road is wet.
The risk of hydroplaning increases as the depth of tire tread
decreases, refer to "Tire replacement " in chapter 7.
5-180
Driving in Flooded Areas
Avoid driving through flooded areas
unless you are sure the water is no
higher than the bottom of the wheel
hub. Drive through any water slowly.
Allow adequate stopping distance
because brake performance may be
reduced.
After driving through water, dry the
brakes by gently applying them several times while the vehicle is moving
slowly.
Highway Driving
Tires
Adjust the tire inflation, as specified.
Under-inflation may overheat or
damage the tires.
Do not install worn-out or damaged
tires, which may reduce traction or
adversely affect vehicle handling.
This could lead to sudden tire failure
that may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
i Information
Never over-inflate your tires above the
maximum inflation pressure, as specified on your tires.
Reducing the Risk of a
Rollover
Driving at higher speeds on the highway consumes more fuel and is less
efficient than driving at a slower,
more moderate speed. Maintain a
moderate speed in order to conserve
fuel when driving on the highway.
Be sure to check both the engine
coolant level and the engine oil
before driving.
Your multi-purpose passenger vehicle is defined as a Sports Utility
Vehicle (SUV). SUV's have higher
ground clearance and a narrower
track to make them capable of performing in a wide variety of off-road
applications. The specific design
characteristics give them a higher
center of gravity than ordinary vehicles making them more likely to roll
over if you make abrupt turns. Utility
vehicles have a significantly higher
rollover rate than other types of vehicles. Due to this risk, driver and passengers are strongly recommended
to buckle their seat belts. In a rollover
crash, an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt.
There are steps that a driver can
make to reduce the risk of a rollover.
If at all possible, avoid sharp turns or
abrupt maneuvers, do not load your
vehicle with heavy cargo on the roof,
and never modify your vehicle in any
way.
Drive belt
A loose or damaged drive belt may
overheat the engine.
WARNING
Utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than
other types of vehicles. To prevent rollovers or loss of control:
• Take corners at slower speeds
than you would with a passenger vehicle.
• Avoid sharp turns and abrupt
maneuvers.
• Do not modify your vehicle in
any way that you would raise
the center of gravity.
• Keep tires properly inflated.
• Do not carry heavy cargo on
the roof.
5-181
5
Driving your vehicle
Fuel, engine coolant and engine
oil
Driving your vehicle
WINTER DRIVING
The severe weather conditions of
winter quickly wear out tires and
cause other problems. To minimize
winter driving problems, you should
take the following suggestions:
Snow or Icy Conditions
You need to keep sufficient distance
between your vehicle and the vehicle
in front of you.
Apply the brakes gently. Speeding,
rapid acceleration, sudden brake
applications, and sharp turns are
potentially very hazardous practices.
During deceleration, use engine
braking to the fullest extent. Sudden
brake applications on snowy or icy
roads may cause the vehicle to skid.
To drive your vehicle in deep snow, it
may be necessary to use snow tires
or to install tire chains on your tires.
Always carry emergency equipment.
Some of the items you may want to
carry include tire chains, tow straps
or chains, a flashlight, emergency
flares, sand, a shovel, jumper cables,
a window scraper, gloves, ground
cloth, coveralls, a blanket, etc.
5-182
Snow tires
Tire chains
WARNING
Snow tires should be equivalent
in size and type to the vehicle’s
standard tires. Otherwise, the
safety and handling of your
vehicle may be adversely affected.
If you mount snow tires on your vehicle, make sure to use radial tires of
the same size and load range as the
original tires. Mount snow tires on all
four wheels to balance your vehicle’s
handling in all weather conditions.
The traction provided by snow tires
on dry roads may not be as high as
your vehicle's original equipment
tires. Check with the tire dealer for
maximum speed recommendations.
i Information
Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and municipal regulations for possible restrictions against their use.
OLX2058096L
The mounting of some types of tire
chains may cause damage to the
tire. Therefore the use of snow tires
is preferred over the use of tire
chains.
If the road and weather conditions
require the use of tire chains, be sure
to use tire chains that have been
properly selected for the size of tire
on your HYUNDAI vehicle.
Be sure to follow the guidelines and
installation instructions provided
from the tire chain manufacturer.
Damage to your vehicle caused by
improper tire chain use is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s
warranty.
WARNING
• Install tire chains on both left and
right front tires. It should be noted
that installing tire chains on the
tires will provide a greater driving
force, but will not prevent side
skids.
• Do not install studded tires without
first checking local, state and
municipal regulations for possible
restrictions against their use.
Chain installation
When installing tire chains, follow the
manufacturer’s instructions and
mount them as tightly possible. Drive
slowly (less than 20 mph (30 km/h))
with chains installed. If you hear the
chains contacting the body or chassis, stop and tighten them. If they still
make contact, slow down until the
noise stops. Remove the tire chains
as soon as you begin driving on
cleared roads.
When mounting snow chains, park
the vehicle on level ground away
from traffic. Turn on the vehicle
Hazard Warning Flasher and place a
triangular emergency warning device
behind the vehicle (if available).
Always place the vehicle in P (Park),
apply the parking brake and turn off
the engine before installing snow
chains.
5-183
5
Driving your vehicle
The use of tire chains may
adversely affect vehicle handling:
• Drive less than 20 mph
(30 km/h) or the chain manufacturer's recommended speed
limit, whichever is lower.
• Drive carefully and avoid
bumps, holes, sharp turns,
and other road hazards, which
may cause the vehicle to
bounce.
• Avoid sharp turns or locked
wheel braking.
i Information
Driving your vehicle
NOTICE
- When using tire chains:
• Wrong size chains or improperly
installed chains can damage
your vehicle's brake lines, suspension, body and wheels.
• Use SAE "S" class or wire
chains.
• If you hear noise caused by
chains contacting the body,
retighten the chain to prevent
contact with the vehicle body.
• To prevent body damage,
retighten the chains after driving
0.3~0.6 miles (0.5~1.0 km).
• Do not use tire chains on vehicles equipped with aluminum
wheels. If unavoidable, use a
wire type chain.
• Use wire chains less than 0.59
inch (15 mm) wide to prevent
damage to the chain’s connection.
5-184
Winter Precautions
Use high quality ethylene glycol
coolant
Your vehicle is delivered with high
quality ethylene glycol coolant in the
cooling system. It is the only type of
coolant that should be used because
it helps prevent corrosion in the cooling system, lubricates the water
pump and prevents freezing. Be sure
to replace or replenish your coolant
in accordance with the maintenance
schedule in chapter 7. Before winter,
have your coolant tested to assure
that its freezing point is sufficient for
the temperatures anticipated during
the winter.
Change to "winter weight" oil if
necessary
In some climates it is recommended
that a lower viscosity "winter weight"
oil be used during cold weather. See
chapter 8 for recommendations. If
you aren't sure what weight oil you
should use, consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Check battery and cables
Winter puts additional burdens on
the battery system. Visually inspect
the battery and cables as described
in chapter 7. The level of charge in
your battery can be checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
service station.
Check spark plugs and ignition
system
Do not let your parking brake
freeze
Inspect your spark plugs as
described in chapter 7 and replace
them if necessary. Also check all
ignition wiring and components to be
sure they are not cracked, worn or
damaged in any way.
Under some conditions your parking
brake can freeze in the engaged
position. This is most likely to happen
when there is an accumulation of
snow or ice around or near the rear
brakes or if the brakes are wet. If
there is a risk the parking brake may
freeze, apply it only temporarily while
you put the gear in P and block the
rear wheels so the car cannot roll.
Then release the parking brake.
Use approved window washer
anti-freeze in system
Do not let ice and snow accumulate underneath
Under some conditions, snow and
ice can build up under the fenders
and interfere with the steering. When
driving in severe winter conditions
where this may happen, you should
periodically check underneath the
car to be sure the movement of the
front wheels and the steering components is not obstructed.
Placement of foreign object or materials which prevent cooling of the
engine, in the engine compartment,
may cause a failure or combustion.
The manufacturer is not responsible
for the damage caused by such
placement.
To keep locks from freezing
To keep the locks from freezing,
squirt an approved de-icer fluid or
glycerine into the key opening. If a
lock is covered with ice, squirt it with
an approved de-icing fluid to remove
the ice. If the lock is frozen internally,
you may be able to thaw it out by
using a heated key. Handle the heated key with care to avoid injury.
5-185
5
Driving your vehicle
To keep the water in the window
washer system from freezing, add an
approved window washer anti-freeze
solution in accordance with instructions on the container. Window washer anti-freeze is available from an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer and
most auto parts outlets. Do not use
engine coolant or other types of antifreeze as these may damage the
paint finish.
Don't place foreign objects or
materials in the engine compartment
Driving your vehicle
TRAILER TOWING
If you are considering to tow with your
vehicle, you should first check with
your state's Department of Motor
Vehicles to determine legal requirements. Since laws vary from state to
state the requirements for towing
trailers, vehicles, or other types of
vehicles or apparatus may differ. Ask
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for
further details before towing.
Remember that trailering is different
than just driving your vehicle by itself.
Trailering means changes in handling, durability, and fuel economy.
Successful, safe trailering requires
correct equipment, and it has to be
used properly. Damage to your vehicle caused by improper trailer towing
is not covered by your vehicle manufacturer’s warranty.
This section contains many timetested, important trailering tips and
safety rules. Many of these are
important for your safety and that of
your passengers. Please read this
section carefully before you pull a
trailer.
5-186
WARNING
Take the following precautions:
• If you don't use the correct
towing equipment, or if you
drive improperly while towing,
you can lose control of the
vehicle when pulling a trailer.
For example, if the trailer is
too heavy, the braking performance may be reduced.
You and your passengers
could be seriously or fatally
injured. Pull a trailer only if
you have followed all the
steps in this section.
• Before towing, make sure the
total trailer weight, GCW
(Gross Combination Weight),
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight),
GAW (Gross Axle Weight ) and
trailer tongue load are all within the limits.
• When you tow a trailer, make
sure to turn off the Idle Stop
and Go system.
If you decide to pull a trailer
Here are some important points if
you decide to pull a trailer:
• Consider using a sway control. You
can ask a trailer hitch dealer about
sway control.
• Do not do any towing with your
vehicle during its first 1,200 miles
(2,000 km) in order to allow the
engine to properly break in. Failure
to heed this caution may result in
serious engine or transmission
damage.
• When towing a trailer, be sure to
consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for further information on
additional requirements such as a
towing kit, etc.
• Always drive your vehicle at a moderate speed (less than 60 mph
(100 km/h)) or posted towing
speed limit.
• On a long uphill grade, do not
exceed 45 mph (70 km/h) or the
posted towing speed limit,
whichever is lower.
• Carefully observe the weight and
load limits provided in the following
pages.
Total trailer weight
Tongue Load
Tongue load
Total Trailer Weight
Gross Axle Weight
WARNING
Gross Vehicle Weight
OLMB053048
The tongue load is an important
weight to measure because it affects
the total Gross Vehicle Weight
(GVW) of your vehicle. The trailer
tongue should weigh a maximum of
10% of the total loaded trailer weight,
within the limits of the maximum trailer tongue load permissible.
After you've loaded your trailer,
weigh the trailer and then the tongue,
separately, to see if the weights are
proper. If they aren’t, you may be
able to correct them simply by moving some items around in the trailer.
5-187
5
Driving your vehicle
OLMB053047
What is the maximum safe weight of
a trailer? It should never weigh more
than the maximum trailer weight with
trailer brakes. But even that can be
too heavy. It depends on how you
plan to use your trailer. For example,
speed, altitude, road grades, outside
temperature and how often your vehicle is used to pull a trailer are all
important. The ideal trailer weight can
also depend on any special equipment that you have on your vehicle.
Take the following precautions:
• Never load a trailer with more
weight in the rear than in the
front. The front should be
loaded with approximately
60% of the total trailer load;
the rear should be loaded with
approximately 40% of the total
trailer load.
• Never exceed the maximum
weight limits of the trailer or
trailer towing equipment.
Improper loading can result in
damage to your vehicle and/or
personal injury. Check weights
and loading at a commercial
scale or highway patrol office
equipped with scales.
Driving your vehicle
Reference weight and distance when towing a trailer
lbs (kg)
Item
Maximum trailer
weight
Without brake system
With brake system
Maximum permissible static vertical load on the
coupling device
5-188
7 seater
8 seater
1,653 (750)
1,653 (750)
5,000 (2,267) 5,000 (2,267)
500 (227)
500 (227)
Trailer towing equipment
Hitches
It's important to have the correct
hitch equipment. Crosswinds, large
trucks going by, and rough roads are
a few reasons why you'll need the
right hitch. Here are some rules to
follow:
• The bumpers on your vehicle are
not intended for hitches. Do not
attach rental hitches or other
bumper-type hitches to them. Use
only a frame-mounted hitch that
does not attach to the bumper.
• A HYUNDAI trailer hitch accessory
is available at an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
Trailer brakes
Driving with a trailer
You should always attach chains
between your vehicle and your trailer. Cross the safety chains under the
tongue of the trailer so that the
tongue will not drop to the road if it
becomes separated from the hitch.
Instructions about safety chains may
be provided by the hitch manufacturer or trailer manufacturer. Follow the
manufacturer's recommendation for
attaching safety chains. Always leave
just enough slack so you can turn
with your trailer. And, never allow
safety chains to drag on the ground.
If your trailer is equipped with a braking system, make sure it conforms to
federal and/or local regulations and
that it is properly installed and operating correctly.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trailer brakes loaded, then it needs its
own brakes and they must be adequate. Be sure to read and follow the
instructions for the trailer brakes so
you’ll be able to install, adjust and
maintain them properly. Do not tap
into your vehicle's brake system.
Trailer brakes must be applied separately from your vehicle's brake system.
Towing a trailer requires a certain
amount of experience. Before setting
out for the open road, you must get
to know your trailer. Acquaint yourself with the feel of handling and
braking with the added weight of the
trailer. And always keep in mind that
the vehicle you are driving is now
longer and not nearly as responsive
as your vehicle is by itself.
Before you start, check the trailer
hitch and platform, safety chains,
electrical connector(s), lights, tires
and brakes.
During your trip, occasionally check
to be sure that the load is secure,
and that the lights and trailer brakes
are still working.
WARNING
Do not use a trailer with its own
brakes unless you are absolutely certain that you have properly
set up the brake system. Use an
experienced, competent trailer
shop for this work.
5-189
5
Driving your vehicle
Safety chains
Driving your vehicle
Distance
Making turns
Stay at least twice as far behind the
vehicle ahead as you would when
driving your vehicle without a trailer.
This can help you avoid situations
that require heavy braking and sudden turns.
When you're turning with a trailer,
make wider turns than normal. Do
this so your trailer won't strike soft
shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, or
other objects. Avoid jerky or sudden
maneuvers. Signal well in advance.
Passing
Turn signals
You will need more passing distance
up ahead when you’re towing a trailer. And, because of the increased
vehicle length, you’ll need to go
much farther beyond the passed
vehicle before you can return to your
lane.
When you tow a trailer, your vehicle
has to have a different turn signal
flasher and extra wiring. The green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash whenever you signal a turn or
lane change. Properly connected,
the trailer lights will also flash to alert
other drivers you're about to turn,
change lanes, or stop.
When towing a trailer, the green
arrows on your instrument panel will
flash for turns even if the bulbs on the
trailer are burned out. Thus, you may
think drivers behind you are seeing
your signals when, in fact, they are
not. It's important to check periodically to be sure the trailer bulbs are still
working. You must also check the
lights every time you disconnect and
then reconnect the wires.
Backing up
Hold the bottom of the steering
wheel with one hand. Then, to move
the trailer to the left, move your hand
to the left. To move the trailer to the
right, move your hand to the right.
Always back up slowly and, if possible, have someone guide you.
5-190
WARNING
Do not connect a trailer lighting
system directly to your vehicle's lighting system. Use an
approved trailer wiring harness.
Failure to do so could result in
damage to the vehicle electrical
system and/or personal injury.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for assistance.
Driving on hills
NOTICE
To prevent engine and/or transmission overheating:
• When towing a trailer on steep
grades (in excess of 6%) pay
close attention to the engine
coolant temperature gauge to
ensure the engine does not
overheat. If the needle of the
coolant temperature gauge
moves towards "H" (HOT), pull
over and stop as soon as it is
safe to do so, and allow the
engine to idle until it cools
down.You may proceed once the
engine has cooled sufficiently.
• When towing a trailer, your vehicle speed may be much slower
than the general flow of traffic,
especially when climbing an
uphill grade. Use the right hand
lane when towing a trailer on an
uphill grade. Choose your vehicle speed according to the maximum posted speed limit for
vehicles with trailers, the steepness of the grade, and your trailer weight.
Parking on hills
Generally, if you have a trailer attached
to your vehicle, you should not park
your vehicle on a hill.
However, if you ever have to park your
trailer on a hill, here's how to do it:
1. Pull the vehicle into the parking
area.
Turn the steering wheel in the
direction of the curb (right if headed down hill, left if headed up hill).
2. Shift the vehicle to P (Park).
3. Set the parking brake and shut off
the vehicle.
4. Place wheel chocks under the
trailer wheels on the down hill side
of the wheels.
5-191
5
Driving your vehicle
Reduce speed and shift to a lower
gear before you start down a long or
steep downgrade. If you don't shift
down, you might have to use your
brakes so much that they would get
overheated and may not operate efficiently.
On a long uphill grade, shift down
and reduce your speed to around 45
mph (70 km/h) to reduce the possibility of engine and transmission
overheating.
If your trailer weighs more than the
maximum trailer weight without trailer
brakes, you should drive in D (Drive)
when towing a trailer. Operating your
vehicle in D (Drive) when towing a
trailer will minimize heat build-up and
extend the life of your transmission.
Driving your vehicle
5. Start the vehicle, apply the brakes,
shift to neutral, release the parking brake and slowly release the
brakes until the trailer chocks
absorb the load.
6. Reapply the brakes and parking
brakes.
7. Move the shift lever to P (Park).
8. Shut off the vehicle and release
the vehicle brakes but leave the
parking brake set.
WARNING
• Do not get out of the vehicle
without the parking brake
firmly set. If you have left the
engine running, the vehicle
can move suddenly. You and
others could be seriously or
fatally injured.
• Do not apply the accelerator
pedal to hold the vehicle on
an uphill.
5-192
Driving the vehicle after it has
been parked on a hill
Maintenance when trailer towing
1. With the gear shift lever in P
(Park), apply the brakes and hold
the brake pedal down while performing the following:
• Start your engine;
• Shift into gear; and
• Release the parking brake.
2. Slowly remove your foot from the
brake pedal.
3. Drive slowly until the trailer is clear
of the chocks.
4. Stop and have someone pick up
and store the chocks.
Your vehicle will need service more
often when you regularly pull a trailer. Important items to pay particular
attention to include engine oil, automatic transmission fluid, axle lubricant and cooling system fluid. Brake
condition is another important item to
frequently check. If you're trailering,
it’s a good idea to review these items
before you start your trip. Don't forget
to also maintain your trailer and
hitch. Follow the maintenance schedule that accompanied your trailer and
check it periodically. Preferably,
inspect the vehicle and trailer at the
start of each day's driving. Inspect
the hitch mounting to make sure the
hitch is properly secured to the vehicle. Inspect the trailer electrical
wiring to make sure brake lights, turn
signal lights, running lights, and hazard lights are working properly.
NOTICE
To prevent vehicle damage:
• Due to higher load during trailer
usage, overheating might occur
on hot days or during uphill driving. If the coolant gauge indicates over-heating, switch off
the air conditioner and stop the
vehicle in a safe area to cool
down the engine.
• When towing check the automatic transmission fluid more frequently.
5
Driving your vehicle
5-193
Driving your vehicle
VEHICLE LOAD LIMIT
Two labels on your driver's door sill
show how much weight your vehicle
was designed to carry: the Tire and
Loading Information Label and the
Certification Label.
Before loading your vehicle, familiarize yourself with the following terms
for determining your vehicle's weight
ratings, from the vehicle's specifications and the Certification Label:
Cargo Weight
This figure includes all weight added
to the Base Curb Weight, including
cargo and optional equipment.
GVW (Gross Vehicle Weight)
This is the Base Curb Weight plus
actual Cargo Weight plus passengers.
GAW (Gross Axle Weight)
This is the total weight placed on
each axle (front and rear) - including
vehicle curb weight and all payload.
Base Curb Weight
This is the weight of the vehicle
including a full tank of fuel and all
standard equipment. It does not
include passengers, cargo, or optional equipment.
GAWR (Gross Axle Weight Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight that can be carried by a single
axle (front or rear). These numbers
are shown on the Certification Label.
The total load on each axle must
never exceed its GAWR.
GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating)
This is the maximum allowable
weight of the fully loaded vehicle
(including all options, equipment,
passengers and cargo). The GVWR
is shown on the Certification Label
located on the driver’s door sill.
Vehicle Curb Weight
This is the weight of your new vehicle
when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment.
5-194
Tire Loading Information Label
■ Type A
Vehicle capacity weight
■ Type C
1. 7 persons : 1173 lbs. (532 kg)
2. 8 persons : 1323 lbs. (600 kg)
Vehicle capacity weight is the maximum combined weight of occupants
and cargo. If your vehicle is equipped
with a trailer, the combined weight
includes the tongue load.
OLX2079056N
■ Type B
OLX2079058N
■ Type D
OLX2079059N
The label located on the driver's door sill gives the original tire size, cold tire
pressures recommended for your vehicle, the number of people that can be
in your vehicle and vehicle capacity weight.
1. Total : 7 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 5 persons)
2. Total : 8 persons
(Front seat : 2 persons,
Rear seat : 6 persons)
Seating capacity is the maximum
number of occupants including a
driver, your vehicle may carry.
However, the seating capacity may
be reduced based upon the weight of
all of the occupants, and the weight
of the cargo being carried or towed.
Do not overload the vehicle as there
is a limit to the total weight, or load
limit including occupants and cargo,
the vehicle can carry.
5-195
5
Driving your vehicle
OLX2079057N
Seating capacity
Driving your vehicle
Cargo capacity
The cargo capacity of your vehicle
will increase or decrease depending
on the weight and the number of
occupants and the tongue load, if
your vehicle is equipped with a trailer.
5-196
Steps for determining correct
load limit
1. Locate the statement "The combined weight of occupants and
cargo should never exceed XXX
kg or XXX lbs." on your vehicle's
placard.
2. Determine the combined weight of
the driver and passengers that will
be riding in your vehicle.
3. Subtract the combined weight of
the driver and passengers from
XXX kg or XXX lbs.
4. The resulting figure equals the
available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity. For example, if
the "XXX" amount equals 1400
lbs. and there will be five 150 lb.
passengers in your vehicle, the
amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs.
(1400 - 750 (5 x 150) = 650 lbs.)
5. Determine the combined weight of
luggage and cargo being loaded
on the vehicle. That weight may
not safely exceed the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
calculated in Step 4.
6. If your vehicle will be towing a trailer, load from your trailer will be
transferred to your vehicle.
Consult this manual to determine
how this reduces the available
cargo and luggage load capacity
of your vehicle.
WARNING
Do not overload the vehicle as
there is a limit to the total
weight, or load limit, including
occupants and cargo, the vehicle can carry. Overloading can
shorten the life of the vehicle. If
the GVWR or the GAWR is
exceeded, parts on the vehicle
can break, and it can change
the handling of your vehicle.
These could cause you to lose
control and result in an accident.
Example 1
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Cargo Weight
(1100 lbs.)
(499 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 2 = 300 lbs.)
(68 kg × 2 = 136 kg)
Example 2
≥
5
Cargo Weight
(650 lbs.)
(295 kg)
Passenger Weight
(150 lbs. × 5 = 750 lbs.)
(68 kg × 5 = 340 kg)
Driving your vehicle
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Example 3
≥
Maximum Load
(1400 lbs.)
(635 kg)
+
Passenger Weight
(172 lbs. × 5 = 860 lbs.)
(78 kg × 5 = 390 kg)
Cargo Weight
(540 lbs.)
(245 kg)
5-197
Driving your vehicle
Certification label
The total weight of the vehicle,
including all occupants, accessories,
cargo, and trailer tongue load must
not exceed the Gross Vehicle Weight
Rating (GVWR) or the Gross Axle
Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out
the actual loads on your front and
rear axles, you need to go to a weigh
station and weigh your vehicle. Be
sure to spread out your load equally
on both sides of the centerline.
OBH059070
The certification label is located on
the driver’s door sill at the center pillar and shows the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle. This is called the GVWR (Gross
Vehicle Weight Rating). The GVWR
includes the weight of the vehicle, all
occupants, fuel and cargo.
This label also tells you the maximum weight that can be supported
by the front and rear axles, called
Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR).
5-198
WARNING
Overloading
• Never exceed the GVWR for
your vehicle, the GAWR for
either the front or rear axle
and vehicle capacity weight.
Exceeding these ratings can
affect your vehicle’s handling
and braking ability, and cause
an accident.
• Do not overload your vehicle.
Overloading your vehicle can
cause heat buildup in your
vehicle’s tires and possible
tire failure, increased stopping distances and poor vehicle handling-all of which may
result in a crash.
NOTICE
Overloading your vehicle may
cause damage. Repairs would not
be covered by your warranty. Do
not overload your vehicle.
WARNING
If you carry items inside your
vehicle (e.g., suitcases, tools,
packages, or anything else),
they are moving as fast as the
vehicle. If you have to stop or
turn quickly, or if there is a
crash, the items will keep going
and can cause an injury if they
strike the driver or a passenger.
• Put items in the cargo area of
your vehicle. Try to spread the
weight evenly.
• Do not stack items, like suitcases, inside the vehicle
above the tops of the seats.
• Do not leave an unsecured
child restraint in your vehicle.
• When you carry something
inside the vehicle, secure it.
5
Driving your vehicle
5-199
Driving your vehicle
DECLARATION OF CONFIRMITY (IF EQUIPPED)
The radio frequency components complies:
Front radar
Rear corner radar
OANATEL002
OANATEL003
OANATEL125
5-200
What to do in an emergency
Hazard Warning Flasher .......................................6-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving.............6-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving .................................6-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ........6-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving ..........................6-3
Towing ...................................................................6-22
Towing Service.................................................................6-22
Removable Towing Hook ...............................................6-23
Emergency Towing..........................................................6-24
If the Engine Will Not Start..................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or
Turns Over Slowly .............................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but
Doesn't Start ......................................................................6-3
Jump Starting..........................................................6-4
If the Engine Overheats........................................6-6
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS).........6-8
Check Tire Pressure .........................................................6-8
Tire Pressure Monitoring System .................................6-9
Low Tire Pressure Telltale ............................................6-10
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with
Position Indicator ............................................................6-10
TPMS Malfunction Indicator ........................................6-11
Changing a Tire with TPMS..........................................6-12
If You Have a Flat Tire........................................6-14
Jack and Tools .................................................................6-14
Removing and Storing the Spare Tire .......................6-15
Changing Tires .................................................................6-16
6
What to do in an emergency
HAZARD WARNING FLASHER
OLX2068001
The hazard warning flasher serves
as a warning to other drivers to exercise extreme caution when approaching, overtaking, or passing your vehicle.
It should be used whenever emergency repairs are being made or
when the vehicle is stopped near the
edge of a roadway.
6-2
To turn the hazard warning flasher
on or off, press the hazard warning
flasher button. The button is located
in the center fascia panel. Both the
left and right turn signal lights will
flash simultaneously.
• The hazard warning flasher operates whether your vehicle is running or not.
• The turn signals do not work when
the hazard flasher is on.
IN CASE OF AN EMERGENCY
WHILE DRIVING
If the Engine Stalls While
Driving
• Reduce your speed gradually,
keeping a straight line. Move cautiously off the road to a safe place.
• Turn on your hazard warning flasher.
• Try to start the engine again. If
your vehicle will not start, contact
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or
seek other qualified assistance.
If the Engine Stalls at a
Crossroad or Crossing
If the engine stalls at a crossroads or
crossing, if safe to do so, move the
shift button to the N (Neutral) position and then push the vehicle to a
safe location.
IF THE ENGINE WILL NOT START
If the Engine Doesn't Turn
Over or Turns Over Slowly
If the Engine Turns Over
Normally but Doesn't Start
If a tire goes flat while you are driving:
• Take your foot off the accelerator
pedal and let the vehicle slow down
while driving straight ahead. Do not
apply the brakes immediately or
attempt to pull off the road as this
may cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. When the
vehicle has slowed to such a speed
that it is safe to do so, brake carefully and pull off the road. Drive off
the road as far as possible and
park on firm, level ground. If you
are on a divided highway, do not
park in the median area between
the two traffic lanes.
• When the vehicle is stopped, press
the hazard warning flasher button,
move the shift button into P (Park),
and apply the parking brake, and
place the ignition switch in the OFF
position.
• Have all passengers get out of the
vehicle. Be sure they all get out on
the side of the vehicle that is away
from traffic.
• When changing a flat tire, follow
the instructions provided later in
this chapter.
• Be sure the shift button is in N
(Neutral) or P (Park). The engine
starts only when the shift button is
in N (Neutral) or P (Park).
• Check the battery connections to
be sure they are clean and tight.
• Turn on the interior light. If the light
dims or goes out when you operate the starter, the battery is
drained.
Do not push or pull the vehicle to
start it. This could cause damage to
your vehicle. See instructions for
"Jump Starting" provided in this
chapter.
Check the fuel level and add fuel if
necessary.
If the engine still does not start, have
your vehicle checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
What to do in an emergency
If you Have a Flat Tire While
Driving
6
CAUTION
Push or pull starting the vehicle
may cause the catalytic converter to overload which can
lead to damage to the emission
control system.
6-3
What to do in an emergency
JUMP STARTING
Jump starting can be dangerous if
done incorrectly. Follow the jump
starting procedure in this section to
avoid serious injury or damage to
your vehicle. If in doubt about how to
properly jump start your vehicle, we
strongly recommend that you have a
service technician or towing service
do it for you.
WARNING
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions
carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
6-4
Hydrogen is always
present in battery cells,
is highly combustible,
and may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle's
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with the engine running
or when the ignition switch is
in the ON position.
i Information
Pb
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to the
environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery
according to your local law(s)
or regulations.
Jump starting procedure
NOTICE
WARNING
While jump starting your vehicle, avoid the positive (+) and
negative (-) cables to come in
contact. A spark could cause
personal injury.
1. Position the vehicles close enough
that the jumper cables will reach,
but do not allow the vehicles to
touch.
2. Avoid fans or any moving parts in
the engine compartment at all
times, even when the vehicles are
turned off.
3. Turn off all electrical devices such
as radios, lights, air conditioning,
etc. Put the vehicles in P (Park)
and set the parking brakes. Turn
both vehicles OFF.
CAUTION
Before jump starting, make sure
to correctly identify the positive
(+) and negative (-) terminals to
avoid reverse polarity connections.
1VQA4001
4. Connect the jumper cables in the
exact sequence shown in the illustration. First connect one jumper
cable to the red, positive (+)
jumper terminal of your vehicle (1).
5. Connect the other end of the
jumper cable to the red, positive
(+) battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
6. Connect the second jumper cable
to the black, negative (-)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (3).
7. Connect the other end of the second jumper cable to the black,
negative (-) chassis ground of your
vehicle (4).
6-5
What to do in an emergency
To prevent damage to your vehicle:
• Only use a 12-volt power supply
(battery or jumper system) to
jump start your vehicle.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle by push-starting.
6
What to do in an emergency
IF THE ENGINE OVERHEATS
WARNING
Do not connect the jumper
cable to the negative (-) jumper
terminal of the discharged battery. A spark could cause the
battery to explode and lead to a
personal injury or vehicle damage.
Do not allow the jumper cables to
contact anything except the correct battery or jumper terminals or
the correct ground. Do not lean
over the battery when making connections.
8. Start the engine of the assisting
vehicle and let it run at approximately 2,000 RPM for a few minutes. Then start your vehicle.
9. Operate your vehicle for at least 30
minutes of driving or at least 60
minutes of engine running at idle
before shutting off the engine.
Without sufficient time to charge
the battery, another no-start will
occur. You can also visit your nearest dealer to request the battery
be charged and tested.
6-6
If your vehicle will not start after a
few attempts, it probably requires
servicing. In this event please seek
qualified assistance. If the cause of
your battery discharging is not
apparent, have your vehicle checked
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Disconnect the jumper cables in the
exact reverse order you connected
them:
1. Disconnect the jumper cable from
the black, negative (-) chassis
ground of your vehicle (4).
2. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the black, negative (-) battery/chassis ground of
the assisting vehicle (3).
3. Disconnect the second jumper
cable from the red, positive (+)
battery/jumper terminal of the
assisting vehicle (2).
4. Disconnect the other end of the
jumper cable from the red, positive (+) jumper terminal of your
vehicle (1).
If your temperature gage indicates
overheating, you experience a loss
of power, or hear loud pinging or
knocking, the engine may be overheating. If this happens, you should:
1. Pull off the road and stop as soon
as it is safe to do so.
2. Put the vehicle in P (Park) and set
the parking brake. If the air conditioning is ON, turn it OFF.
3. If engine coolant is running out
under the vehicle or steam is coming out from the hood, stop the
engine. Do not open the hood until
the coolant has stopped running or
the steaming has stopped. If there
is no visible loss of engine coolant
and no steam, leave the engine
running and check to be sure the
engine cooling fan is operating. If
the fan is not running, turn the
engine off.
WARNING
4. Check for coolant leaking from the
radiator, hoses or under the vehicle. (If the air conditioning had
been in use, it is normal for cold
water to be draining from it when
you stop.)
5. If engine coolant is leaking out,
stop the engine immediately and
call the nearest authorized
HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
Your
vehicle
is
equipped with a pressurized
coolant
reserve tank. NEVER
remove the radiator
cap or the drain plug while the
engine and radiator are HOT.
Hot coolant and steam may
blow out under pressure, causing serious injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
towel or thick rag around it, and
turn it counterclockwise slowly
to release some of the pressure
from the system. Step back
while the pressure is released.
When you are sure all the pressure has been released, continue turning the cap counterclockwise to remove it.
6. If you cannot find the cause of the
overheating, wait until the engine
temperature has returned to normal. Then, if coolant has been lost,
carefully add coolant to the reservoir to bring the fluid level in the
reservoir up to the halfway mark.
7. Proceed with caution, keeping
alert for further signs of overheating. If overheating happens again,
call an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for assistance.
CAUTION
Serious loss of coolant indicates a leak in the cooling system and should be checked as
soon as possible by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
6-7
What to do in an emergency
While the engine is
running, keep hands,
clothing and tools
away from the moving parts such as the
cooling fan and drive
belt to prevent serious injury.
WARNING
6
What to do in an emergency
TIRE PRESSURE MONITORING SYSTEM (TPMS)
• The displayed tire pressure values
may differ from those measured
with a tire pressure gage.
• You can change the tire pressure
unit in the User Settings mode on
the cluster.
- psi, kpa, bar (Refer to the "User
Settings Mode" section in
chapter 3).
Check Tire Pressure
OLX2068003
OLX2048120L
OLX2068004L
(1) Low Tire Pressure / TPMS
Malfunction Indicator Lamp
(2) Low Tire Pressure /
Tire Pressure Monitor /
TPMS Malfunction Display
(shown on the cluster LCD display)
6-8
• You can check the tire pressure in
the Assist mode on the cluster.
Refer to the "LCD Display
Mode" section in chapter 3.
• A "Drive to display" message will
appear for the first few minutes of
driving after initial engine start up.
If the tire pressure is not displayed
after a few minutes of driving,
check the tire pressures.
Tire Pressure Monitoring
System
WARNING
Each tire, including the spare (if provided), should be checked monthly
when cold and inflated to the inflation
pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label. (If
your vehicle has tires of a different
size than the size indicated on the
vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label, you should determine the
proper tire inflation pressure for
those tires.)
Your vehicle has also been equipped
with a TPMS malfunction indicator to
indicate when the system is not
operating properly. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with
the low tire pressure telltale. When
the system detects a malfunction,
the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated. This sequence
will continue upon subsequent vehicle start-ups as long as the malfunction exists.
When the malfunction indicator is
illuminated, the system may not be
able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended. TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons, including the installation of
replacement or alternate tires or
wheels on the vehicle that prevent
the TPMS from functioning properly.
Always check the TPMS malfunction
telltale after replacing one or more
tires or wheels on your vehicle to
ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS
to continue to function properly.
6-9
What to do in an emergency
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
As an added safety feature, your
vehicle has been equipped with a tire
pressure monitoring system (TPMS)
that illuminates a low tire pressure
telltale when one or more of your
tires is significantly under-inflated.
Accordingly, when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates, you should
stop and check your tires as soon as
possible, and inflate them to the
proper pressure. Driving on a significantly under-inflated tire causes the
tire to overheat and can lead to tire
failure.
Under-inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life, and may
affect the vehicle’s handling and
stopping ability.
Please note that the TPMS is not a
substitute for proper tire maintenance, and it is the driver's responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure, even if under-inflation has not
reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure
telltale.
6
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
If any of the below happens, have
the system checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1.The Low Tire Pressure TPMS
Malfunction Indicator does not
illuminate for 3 seconds when
the ignition switch is placed to
the ON position or engine is running.
2.The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
remains illuminated after blinking for approximately 1 minute.
3.The Low Tire Pressure LCD display remains illuminated
Low Tire Pressure
Telltale
Low Tire Pressure
LCD Display with
Position Indicator
OLX2068004L
When the tire pressure monitoring
system warning indicators are illuminated and the warning message is
displayed on the cluster LCD display,
one or more of your tires is significantly under-inflated. The LCD position indicator will indicate which tire
is significantly under-inflated by illuminating the corresponding position
light.
If any of your tire pressures are indicated as being low, immediately
reduce your speed, avoid hard cornering, and anticipate increased
stopping distances. You should stop
and check your tires as soon as possible. Inflate the tires to the proper
pressure as indicated on the vehicle’s placard or tire inflation pressure
label located on the driver's side center pillar outer panel.
If you cannot reach a service station
or if the tire cannot hold the newly
added air, replace the low pressure
tire with the spare tire.
The Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on and the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator may
blink for one minute and then remain
illuminated until you have the low
pressure tire repaired and replaced
on the vehicle.
NOTICE
The spare tire is not equipped with
a tire pressure sensor.
6-10
CAUTION
Low pressure damage
Significantly low tire pressure
makes the vehicle unstable and
can contribute to loss of vehicle
control and increased braking
distances.
Continued driving on low pressure tires can cause the tires to
overheat and fail.
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator will
illuminate after it blinks for approximately one minute when there is a
problem with the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System.
Have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer as soon
as possible.
NOTICE
If there is a malfunction with the
TPMS, the individual tire pressures in the cluster LCD display
will not be available. Have the system checked by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer as soon as possible.
6-11
What to do in an emergency
In winter or cold weather, the
Low Tire Pressure Telltale may
be illuminated if the tire pressure was adjusted to the recommended tire inflation pressure
in warm weather. It does not
mean your TPMS is malfunctioning because the decreased
temperature leads to a proportional lowering of tire pressure.
When you drive your vehicle
from a warm area to a cold area
or from a cold area to a warm
area, or the outside temperature
is greatly higher or lower, you
should check the tire inflation
pressure and adjust the tires to
the recommended tire inflation
pressure.
TPMS Malfunction
Indicator
WARNING
6
What to do in an emergency
NOTICE
The TPMS Malfunction Indicator
may illuminate after blinking for
one minute if the vehicle is near
electric power supply cables or
radio transmitters such as police
stations, government and public
offices, broadcasting stations,
military installations, airports,
transmitting towers, etc.
Additionally, the TPMS Malfunction
Indicator may illuminate if snow
chains are used or electronic
devices such as computers, chargers, remote starters, navigation,
etc. This may interfere with normal
operation of the TPMS.
Changing a Tire with TPMS
If you have a flat tire, the Low Tire
Pressure and LCD position indicator
will come on. Have the flat tire
repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer as soon as possible or
replace the flat tire with the spare
tire.
CAUTION
Never use a puncture-repairing
agent not approved by HYUNDAI
dealer to repair and/or inflate a
low pressure tire. Tire sealant
not approved by HYUNDAI dealer may damage the tire pressure
sensor.
The spare tire does not come with a
tire pressure monitoring sensor.
When the low pressure tire or the flat
tire is replaced with the spare tire,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator will remain on. Also, the
TPMS Malfunction Indicator will illuminate after blinking for one minute if
the vehicle is driven at speed above
15.5 mph (25 km/h) for approximately 20 minutes.
6-12
Once the original tire equipped with
a tire pressure monitoring sensor is
reinflated to the recommended pressure and reinstalled on the vehicle,
the Low Tire Pressure LCD position
indicator and TPMS Malfunction
Indicator will go off within a few minutes of driving.
If the indicators do not disappear
after a few minutes, please visit an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
Each wheel is equipped with a tire
pressure sensor mounted inside the
tire behind the valve stem (except for
the spare tire). You must use TPMS
specific wheels. It is recommended
that you always have your tires serviced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
WARNING
• The TPMS cannot alert you to
severe and sudden tire damage caused by external factors such as nails or road
debris.
• If you feel any vehicle instability, immediately take your foot
off the accelerator, apply the
brakes gradually with light
force, and slowly move to a
safe position off the road.
WARNING
i Information
This device complies with Part 15 of
the FCC rules.
Operation is subject to the following
three conditions:
1.This device may not cause harmful
interference.
2.This device must accept any interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation.
3.Changes or modifications not
expressly approved by the party
responsible for compliance could
void the user's authority to operate
the equipment.
Tampering with, modifying, or
disabling the Tire Pressure
Monitoring System (TPMS)
components may interfere with
the system's ability to warn the
driver of low tire pressure conditions and/or TPMS malfunctions. Tampering with, modifying, or disabling the Tire
Pressure Monitoring System
(TPMS) components may void
the warranty for that portion of
the vehicle.
6-13
What to do in an emergency
You may not be able identify a tire
with low pressure by simply looking
at it. Always use a good quality tire
pressure gauge to measure the tire's
inflation pressure. Please note that a
tire that is hot (from being driven) will
have a higher pressure measurement than a tire that is cold.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
6
What to do in an emergency
IF YOU HAVE A FLAT TIRE
WARNING
➅ Screwdriver
➆ Towing hook
Jack and Tools
Changing a tire can be dangerous. Follow the instructions in
this section when changing a
tire to reduce the risk of serious
injury or death.
The jack, jack handle, wheel lug nut
wrench and socket are stored in the
luggage compartment under the luggage box cover.
The jack is provided for emergency
tire changing only.
CAUTION
Be careful as you use the jack
handle to stay clear of the flat
end. The flat end has sharp
edges that could cause cuts.
OLX2069024N
OLX2069025N
➀ Jack handle
➁ Jack
➂ Wheel lug nut wrench
➃ Socket
➄ Wheel cap removing tool
6-14
Removing and Storing the
Spare Tire
Your spare tire is stored underneath
your vehicle, directly below the cargo
area.
To remove the spare tire:
1. Open the liftgate.
2. Find the plastic hex bolt cover and
remove the cover with a coin or
flat-blade screwdriver.
OLX2069028N
6. Draw out the retainer guide (1)
through the center hole of the
spare tire.
What to do in an emergency
OLX2068026L
OLX2068027L
3. Connect the socket (A) and wheel
lug nut wrench (B).
4. Loosen the bolt enough to lower
the spare tire.
Turn the wrench counterclockwise
until the spare tire reaches the
ground.
5. After the spare tire reaches the
ground, continue to turn the
wrench counterclockwise, and
draw the spare tire outside. Never
rotate the wrench excessively,
otherwise the spare tire carrier
may be damaged.
6
6-15
What to do in an emergency
To store the spare tire:
1. Lay the tire on the ground with the
valve stem facing up.
2. Place the wheel under the vehicle
and install the retainer guide and
chain through the wheel center.
3. Turn the wrench clockwise until it
clicks.
CAUTION
Ensure the spare tire retainer
guide is properly aligned with
the center of the spare tire to
prevent the spare tire from "rattling".
Otherwise, it may cause the
spare tire to fall off the carrier
and lead to an accident.
6-16
Changing Tires
WARNING
A vehicle can slip or roll off of a
jack causing serious injury or
death to you or those nearby.
Take the following safety precautions:
• Never place any portion of
your body under a vehicle that
is supported by a jack.
• NEVER attempt to change a
tire in the lane of traffic.
ALWAYS move the vehicle
completely off the road on
level, firm ground away from
traffic before trying to change
a tire. If you cannot find a level,
firm place off the road, call a
towing service for assistance.
• Be sure to use the jack provided with the vehicle.
• ALWAYS place the jack on the
designated jacking positions
on the vehicle and NEVER on
the bumpers or any other part
of the vehicle for jacking support.
• Do not start or run the engine
while the vehicle is on the
jack.
• Do not allow anyone to remain
in the vehicle while it is on the
jack.
• Keep children away from the
road and the vehicle.
Follow these steps to change your
vehicle's tire:
1. Park on a level, firm surface.
2. Move the shift button into P
(Park), apply the parking brake,
and place the ignition switch in the
OFF position.
3. Press the hazard warning flasher
button.
4. Remove the wheel lug nut
wrench, jack, jack handle, wheel
cap remover (big cap only) and
spare tire from the vehicle.
5. Block both the front and rear of
the tire diagonally opposite of the
tire you are changing.
■ Rear
OLX2069034N
OLX2068030L
OLX2068031L
6. Insert the tool (1, if equipped) into
the hole and pull out the wheel
cover.
7. Loosen the wheel lug nuts counterclockwise one turn each in the
order shown above, but do not
remove any lug nuts until the tire
has been raised off of the ground.
8. Place the jack at the designated
jacking position under the frame
closest to the tire you are changing. The jacking positions are
plates welded to the frame with
two notches. Never jack at any
other position or part of the vehicle. Doing so may damage the
side seal molding or other parts of
the vehicle.
NOTICE
When removing the wheel cover, if
you use any other tool except the
tool (1) provided, the wheel cover
may be damaged.
6-17
What to do in an emergency
■ Front
6
What to do in an emergency
OLX2068032L
9. Insert the jack handle into the jack
and turn it clockwise, raising the
vehicle until the tire clears the
ground. Make sure the vehicle is
stable on the jack.
6-18
10. Loosen the lug nuts with the
wheel lug nut wrench and
remove them with your fingers.
Remove the wheel from the
studs and lay it flat on the ground
out of the way. Remove any dirt
or debris from the studs, mounting surfaces, and wheel.
11. Install the spare tire onto the
studs of the hub.
12. Tighten the lug nuts with your fingers onto the studs with the
smaller end of the lug nuts closest to the wheel.
13. Lower the vehicle to the ground
by turning the jack handle counterclockwise.
OLX2068033L
14. Use the wheel lug nut wrench to
tighten the lug nuts in the order
shown. Double-check each lug
nut until they are tight. After
changing tires, have an authorized HYUNDAI dealer tighten the
lug nuts to their proper torque as
soon as possible. The wheel lug
nut should be tightened to
79~94 lbf·ft (11~13 kgf·m).
NOTICE
• Check the tire pressure as soon
as possible after installing a
spare tire. Adjust it to the recommended pressure.
• Check and tighten the wheel lug
nuts after driving over 30 mile
(50 km) if tires are replaced.
Recheck the tire wheel lug nuts
after driving over 600 mile (1,000
km).
CAUTION
Your vehicle has metric threads
on the studs and lug nuts. Make
certain during tire changing that
the same nuts that were
removed are reinstalled. If you
have to replace your lug nuts
make sure they have metric
threads to avoid damaging the
studs and ensure the wheel is
properly secured to the hub.
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer for assistance.
If any of the equipment such as the
jack, lug nuts, studs, or other equipment is damaged or in poor condition, do not attempt to change the
tire and call for assistance.
Use of compact spare tires
Compact spare tires are designed for
emergency use only. Drive carefully
on the compact spare tire and
always follow the safety precautions.
WARNING
To prevent compact spare tire
failure and loss of control possibly resulting in an accident:
• Use the compact spare tire
only in an emergency.
• NEVER operate your vehicle
over 50 mph (80 km/h).
• Do not exceed the vehicle's
maximum load rating or the
load carrying capacity shown
on the sidewall of the compact spare tire.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire continuously. Repair or
replace the original tire as
soon as possible to avoid failure of the compact spare tire.
6-19
What to do in an emergency
If you have a tire gauge, check the
tire pressure (see "Tires and
Wheels" in chapter 8 for tire pressure
instructions.). If the pressure is lower
or higher than recommended, drive
slowly to the nearest service station
and adjust it to the recommended
pressure. Always reinstall the valve
cap after checking or adjusting tire
pressure. If the cap is not replaced,
air may leak from the tire. If you lose
a valve cap, buy another and install it
as soon as possible. After changing
tires, secure the flat tire and return
the jack and tools to their proper storage locations. If it is hard to secure
the flat tire, put the flat tire in the luggage compartment.
6
What to do in an emergency
When driving with the compact spare
tire mounted to your vehicle:
• Check the tire pressure after
installing the compact spare tire.
The compact spare tire should be
inflated to 60 psi (420 kPa).
• Do not take this vehicle through an
automatic car wash while the compact spare tire is installed.
• Do not use the compact spare tire
on any other vehicle because this
tire has been designed especially
for your vehicle.
• The compact spare tire’s tread life is
shorter than a regular tire. Inspect
your compact spare tire regularly
and replace worn compact spare
tires with the same size and design,
mounted on the same wheel.
• Do not use more than one compact spare tire at a time.
• Do not tow a trailer while the compact spare tire is installed.
6-20
NOTICE
When the original tire and wheel
are repaired and reinstalled on the
vehicle, the lug nut torque must be
set correctly. The correct lug nut
tightening torque is 79~94 lbf·ft
(11~13 kgf·m).
CAUTION
To prevent damaging the compact spare tire and your vehicle:
• Drive slowly enough for the
road conditions to avoid all
hazards, such as a potholes
or debris.
• Avoid driving over obstacles.
The compact spare tire diameter is smaller than the diameter of a conventional tire and
reduces the ground clearance
approximately 1 inch (25 mm).
• Do not use tire chains on the
compact spare tire. Because
of the smaller size, a tire chain
will not fit properly.
• Do not use the compact spare
tire on any other wheels, nor
should standard tires, snow
tires, wheel covers or trim
rings be used with the compact spare wheel.
• Do not suddenly accelerate or
decelerate 0 ~ 25 mph (0 ~ 40
km/h) in any driving mode. It
may cause leakage of transfer
oil.
Jack label
■ Example
What to do in an emergency
OOS067043
The actual Jack label in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
For more detailed specifications, refer to the label attached to the jack.
1. Model Name
2. Maximum allowable load
3. When using the jack, set your
parking brake.
4. When using the jack, stop the
engine.
5. Do not get under a vehicle that is
supported by a jack.
6. The designated locations under
the frame
7. When supporting the vehicle, the
base plate of jack must be vertical
under the lifting point.
8. Shift into Reverse gear on vehicles
with manual transmission or move
the shift button to the P (Park)
position on vehicles with automatic transmission.
9. The jack should be used on firm
level ground.
10.Jack manufacture
11.Production date
12.Representative company and
address
6
6-21
What to do in an emergency
TOWING
Towing Service
On 2WD vehicles, it is acceptable to
tow the vehicle with the rear wheels
on the ground (without dollies) and
the front wheels off the ground. If any
of the loaded wheels or suspension
components are damaged or the
vehicle is being towed with the front
wheels on the ground, use a towing
dolly under the front wheels.
When being towed by a commercial
tow truck and wheel dollies are not
used, the front of the vehicle should
always be lifted, not the rear.
If your vehicle is an AWD vehicle, it
must be towed with a wheel lift and
dollies or flatbed equipment with all
the wheels off the ground.
NOTICE
• Do not tow the vehicle with the
front wheels on the ground as
this may cause damage to the
vehicle.
OLX2068014
• Do not tow with sling-type
equipment. Use a wheel lift or
flatbed equipment.
OLX2068011L
[A] : Dollies
If emergency towing is necessary,
we recommend having it done by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a
commercial
tow-truck
service.
Proper lifting and towing procedures
are necessary to prevent damage to
the vehicle. The use of wheel dollies
or flatbed is recommended.
6-22
NOTICE
An AWD vehicle should never be
towed with the wheels on the
ground. This can cause serious
damage to the transaxle or the
AWD system.
OLX2068013
WARNING
Removable Towing Hook
■ Front
OLX2069016N
OLX2068015
When towing your vehicle in an
emergency without wheel dollies:
1. Place the ignition switch in the
ACC position.
2. Place the shift button in N
(Neutral).
3. Release the parking brake.
■ Rear
1. Open the liftgate, and remove the
towing hook from the tool case.
6
OLX2068017
CAUTION
Failure to place the shift button
in N (Neutral) when being towed
with the front wheels on the
ground can cause internal damage to the transmission.
What to do in an emergency
If your vehicle is equipped with
a rollover sensor, place the ignition switch in the OFF or ACC
position when the vehicle is
being towed. The side impact
and curtain air bag may deploy
if the sensor detects the situation as a rollover.
2. Remove the hole cover by pressing the lower part of the cover on
the front or rear bumper.
3. Install the towing hook by turning it
clockwise into the hole until it is
fully secured.
4. Remove the towing hook and
install the cover after use.
6-23
What to do in an emergency
Emergency Towing
OLX2069018N
If towing service is not available in an
emergency, your vehicle may be
temporarily towed using a cable or
chain secured to the emergency towing hook at the front (or rear) of the
vehicle.
Use extreme caution when towing
the vehicle with a cable or chain. A
driver must be in the vehicle to steer
it and operate the brakes.
Towing in this manner may be done
only on hard-surfaced roads for a
short distance and at low speeds.
Also, the wheels, axles, power train,
steering and brakes must all be in
good condition.
CAUTION
OLX2068019
If towing is necessary, we recommend you have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer or a commercial tow truck service.
6-24
The driver must be in the vehicle for steering and braking
operations when the vehicle is
being towed. Passengers other
than the driver must not be in
the vehicle.
Always follow these emergency towing precautions:
• While depressing the brake pedal
shift to the N (Neutral) position and
turn the vehicle off. The POWER
button will be in the ACC position.
• Release the parking brake.
• Depress the brake pedal with more
force than normal since you will
have reduced braking performance.
• More steering effort will be
required because the power steering system will be disabled.
• Use a vehicle heavier than your
own to tow your vehicle.
• The drivers of both vehicles should
communicate with each other frequently.
• Before emergency towing, check
that the hook is not broken or damaged.
• Fasten the towing cable or chain
securely to the hook.
• Do not jerk the hook. Apply steady
and even force.
NOTICE
What to do in an emergency
Accelerate or decelerate the vehicle in a slow and gradual manner
while maintaining tension on the
tow rope or chain to start or drive
the vehicle, otherwise tow hooks
and the vehicle may be damaged.
NOTICE
OFE068022
• Use a towing cable or chain less
than 16 feet (5 m) long. Attach a
white or red cloth (about 12 inch
(30 cm) wide) in the middle of the
cable or chain for easy visibility.
• Drive carefully so the towing cable
or chain remains tight during towing.
• Before towing, check the reduction
gear for fluid leaks under your vehicle. If the reduction gear is leaking,
flatbed equipment or a towing dolly
must be used.
To avoid damage to your vehicle
and vehicle components when
towing:
• Always pull straight ahead when
using the towing hooks. Do not
pull from the side or at a vertical
angle.
• Do not use the towing hooks to
pull a vehicle out of mud, sand
or other conditions from which
the vehicle cannot be driven out
under its own power.
• Limit the vehicle speed to
10 mph (15 km/h) and drive less
than 1 mile (1.5 km) when towing
to avoid serious damage to the
reduction gear.
6
6-25
Maintenance
Engine compartment .............................................7-3
Maintenance services ...........................................7-4
Climate control air filter .....................................7-24
Owner's Responsibility.....................................................7-4
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4
Wiper blades .........................................................7-26
Filter Inspection...............................................................7-24
Owner maintenance...............................................7-5
Blade Inspection ..............................................................7-26
Blade Replacement .........................................................7-26
Owner Maintenance Schedule .......................................7-6
Battery...................................................................7-29
Scheduled maintenance services.........................7-7
For Best Battery Service ..............................................7-30
Battery Recharging ........................................................7-31
Reset Features.................................................................7-32
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI) ....................7-8
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions
(3.8 GDI) .............................................................................7-11
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.7-13
Engine oil ..............................................................7-16
Engine coolant......................................................7-18
Checking the Engine Coolant Level............................7-18
Changing Engine Coolant ..............................................7-20
Brake fluid ............................................................7-21
Checking the Brake Fluid Level...................................7-21
Washer fluid .........................................................7-22
Checking the Washer Fluid Level................................7-22
Air cleaner ............................................................7-22
Filter Replacement..........................................................7-22
Tire Care............................................................................7-33
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures...........7-34
Check Tire Inflation Pressure ......................................7-35
Tire Rotation.....................................................................7-35
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ............................7-36
Tire Replacement ...........................................................7-37
Wheel Replacement ........................................................7-38
Tire Traction .....................................................................7-38
Tire Maintenance ............................................................7-39
Tire Sidewall Labeling ....................................................7-39
Tire Terminology and Definitions................................7-43
All Season Tires...............................................................7-46
Snow Tires ........................................................................7-46
Radial-Ply Tires ...............................................................7-46
Maintenance
Checking the Engine Oil Level .....................................7-16
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter.............................7-17
Tires and wheels ..................................................7-33
7
Fuses......................................................................7-48
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement..........................7-49
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement.......7-50
Fuse/Relay Panel Description......................................7-51
Light bulbs.............................................................7-61
Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light,
Turn signal lamp and Side marker ..............................7-61
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement ..............................7-64
Rear combination lamp light replacement ................7-64
High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement ..........7-66
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement .....................7-66
Interior Light Bulb Replacement .................................7-67
Appearance care ..................................................7-69
Exterior Care ....................................................................7-69
Interior Care .....................................................................7-74
Emission control system .....................................7-77
7
Crankcase Emission Control System ..........................7-77
Evaporative Emission Control System Including
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-77
Exhaust Emission Control System ..............................7-78
California perchlorate notice .............................7-81
ENGINE COMPARTMENT
■ 3.8 GDI
1. Engine coolant reservoir
2. Radiator cap
3. Brake fluid reservoir
4. Air cleaner
5. Engine oil filler cap
6. Engine oil dipstick
Maintenance
7. Windshield washer fluid reservoir
8. Fuse box
9. Battery terminal [+]
10. Battery terminal [-]
The actual engine compartment in the
vehicle may differ from the illustration.
The actual engine compartment in the vehicle may differ from the illustration.
OLX2078002L
7-3
7
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE SERVICES
You should exercise the utmost care
to prevent damage to your vehicle
and injury to yourself whenever performing any maintenance or inspection procedures.
We recommend you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer. An
authorized HYUNDAI dealer meets
HYUNDAI's high service quality
standards and receives technical
support from HYUNDAI in order to
provide you with a high level of service satisfaction.
Owner's Responsibility
Maintenance service and record
retention are the owner's responsibility.
You should retain documents that
show proper maintenance has been
performed on your vehicle in accordance with the scheduled maintenance service charts shown on the
following pages. You need this information to establish your compliance
with the servicing and maintenance
requirements of your vehicle warranties.
7-4
Detailed warranty information is provided in your Owner's Handbook &
Warranty Information booklet.
Repairs and adjustments required as
a result of improper maintenance or
a lack of required maintenance are
not covered.
Owner Maintenance
Precautions
Inadequate, incomplete or insufficient servicing may result in operational problems with your vehicle that
could lead to vehicle damage, an
accident, or personal injury. This
chapter provides instructions only for
the maintenance items that are easy
to perform. Several procedures can
be done only by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer with special tools.
Your vehicle should not be modified
in any way. Such modifications may
adversely affect the performance,
safety or durability of your vehicle
and may, in addition, violate conditions of the limited warranties covering the vehicle.
Certain modifications may also be in
violation of regulations established
by the U.S. Department of
Transportation and other federal or
state agencies.
NOTICE
Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect
warranty coverage. For details,
read the separate Owner's
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet provided with the vehicle.
If you're unsure about any service
or maintenance procedure, have it
done by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
OWNER MAINTENANCE
WARNING
The following lists are vehicle checks
and inspections that should be performed by the owner or an authorized HYUNDAI dealer at the frequencies indicated to help ensure safe,
dependable operation of your vehicle.
Any adverse conditions should be
brought to the attention of your dealer as soon as possible.
These Owner Maintenance vehicle
checks are generally not covered by
warranties and you may be charged
for labor, parts and lubricants used.
Maintenance
Performing maintenance work
on a vehicle can be dangerous.
If you lack sufficient knowledge
and experience or the proper
tools and equipment to do the
work, have it done by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
ALWAYS follow these precautions for performing maintenance work:
• Park your vehicle on level
ground, move the shift button
into the P (Park) position,
place the ignition switch in
the OFF position.
• Block the tires (front and
back) to prevent the vehicle
from moving.
Remove loose clothing or jewelry that can become entangled in moving parts.
• If you must run the engine
during maintenance, do so
out doors or in an area with
plenty of ventilation.
• Keep flames, sparks, or smoking materials away from the
battery and fuel-related parts.
7
7-5
Maintenance
Owner Maintenance Schedule
When you stop for fuel:
• Check the coolant level in the
engine coolant reservoir.
• Check the windshield washer fluid
level.
• Check the tire for low or underinflated tires.
WARNING
Be careful when checking your
engine coolant level when the
engine is hot. This may result in
coolant being blown out of the
opening and cause serious
burns and other injuries.
7-6
While operating your vehicle:
At least monthly:
• Note any changes in the sound of
the exhaust or any smell of
exhaust fumes in the vehicle.
• Check for vibrations in the steering
wheel. Notice if there is any
increased steering effort or looseness in the steering wheel, or
change in its straight-ahead position.
• Notice if your vehicle constantly
turns slightly or "pulls" to one side
when traveling on smooth, level
road.
• When stopping, listen and check
for unusual sounds, pulling to one
side, increased brake pedal travel
or "hard-to-push" brake pedal.
• If any slipping or changes in the
operation of your transmission
occurs, check the transmission
fluid level.
• Check the automatic transmission
P (Park) function.
• Check the parking brake.
• Check for fluid leaks under your
vehicle (water dripping from the air
conditioning system during or after
use is normal).
• Check coolant level in the engine
coolant reservoir.
• Check the operation of all exterior
lights, including the brake lights,
turn signals and hazard warning
flashers.
• Check the inflation pressures of all
tires including the spare for tires
that are worn, show uneven wear,
or are damaged.
• Check for loose wheel lug nuts.
At least twice a year:
(i.e., every Spring and Autumn)
• Check radiator, heater and air conditioning hoses for leaks or damage.
• Check windshield washer spray
and wiper operation. Clean wiper
blades with a clean cloth dampened with washer a fluid.
• Check headlamp alignment.
• Check muffler, exhaust pipes,
shields and clamps.
• Check seat belts for wear and
function.
SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE SERVICES
At least once a year:
Follow
Normal
Maintenance
Schedule if the vehicle is usually
operated where none of the following
conditions apply. If any of the following conditions apply, you must follow
the Maintenance Under Severe
Usage Conditions.
• Repeatedly driving short distances
of less than 5 miles (8 km) in normal
temperature or less than 10 miles
(16 km) in freezing temperature
• Extensive engine idling or low speed
driving for long distances
• Driving on rough, dusty, muddy,
unpaved, graveled or salt-spread
roads
• Driving in areas using salt or other
corrosive materials or in very cold
weather
• Driving in heavy dust conditions
• Driving in heavy traffic area
• Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
• Using for towing or camping, and
driving with loads on the roof
• Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other
commercial use or vehicle towing
• Frequently driving under high speed
or rapid acceleration/deceleration
• Frequently driving in stop-and-go
conditions
• Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type, Semisynthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
• Driving more than 10 years or
100,000 miles
For additional information or assistance see your authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
NOTICE
After 10 years or 100,000 miles, we
recommend to use severe maintenance schedule.
i Information
• As it is normal for engine oil to be
consumed during driving, the
engine oil level should be checked on
regular basis.
• The engine oil change interval for
normal operating conditions is based
on the use of the recommended
engine specification. If the recommended engine oil specification is not
used, then replace the engine oil
according to the maintenance schedule under severe operating conditions.
7-7
Maintenance
• Clean body and door drain holes.
• Lubricate door hinges and hood
hinges.
• Lubricate door and hood locks and
latches.
• Lubricate door rubber weather
strips.
• Lubricate door checker.
• Check the air conditioning system.
• Inspect and lubricate automatic
transmission linkage and controls.
• Clean the battery and terminals.
• Check the brake fluid level.
7
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI)
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
MAINTENANCE
Number
INTERVALS Months
12
Miles×1,000 7.5
Km×1,000
12
R
R
Fuel additives *2
Air cleaner filter
Spark plugs
Valve clearance *3
Rotate tires
I
R
*1
*2
or driving
48 60
30 37.5
48 60
distance, whichever comes first
72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5
72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
At first, inspect at 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 72 months,
after that, inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 24 months
Drive belts *1
Engine oil and engine oil filter
of months
24 36
15 22.5
24 36
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
I
Add every 7,500 miles (12,000 km) or 12 months
I
I
R
I
I
R
I
I
R
I
I
Replace every 96,000 miles (156,000 km)
Inspect every 64,000 miles (104,000 km) or 72 months
Rotate every 7,500 miles (12,000 km)
: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
: Replace or change.
: The drive belt should be replaced when cracks occur or tension is reduced.
: If TOP TIER Detergent Gasoline is not available, one bottle of additive is recommended. Additives are available from your
authorized HYUNDAI dealer along with information on how to use them. Do not mix other additives.
*3 : Inspect for excessive valve noise and/or engine vibration and adjust if necessary. Have an authorized authorized HYUNDAI
dealer perform the operation.
* As it is normal for engine oil to be consumed during driving, the amount of engine oil should be checked regularly.
* The replacement cycle of engine oil is set by the period which the performance of our recommended engine oil is maintained.
So, if recommended engine oil is not used, a replacement is required as indicated severe usage condition.
7-8
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI) (CONT.)
Number
MAINTENANCE
INTERVALS Months
12
Miles×1,000 7.5
Km×1,000
12
of months
24 36
15 22.5
24 36
or driving
48 60
30 37.5
48 60
distance, whichever comes first
72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5
72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Climate control air filter (if equipped)
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
R
Vacuum hose
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
At first, replace at 120,000 miles (192,000 km) or 10 years :
after that, replace every 30,000 miles (48,000 km) or 24 months
Engine coolant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Brake lines, hoses and connections
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Disc brakes and pads
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Steering gear rack, linkage and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Driveshaft and boots
I
I
I
I
I
I
Suspension mounting bolts
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner refrigerant
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Air conditioner compressor
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
Propeller shaft (AWD)
Exhaust pipe and muffler
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
R : Replace or change.
7-9
Maintenance
Battery condition
7
Maintenance
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI) (CONT.)
MAINTENANCE
Number
INTERVALS Months
12
Miles×1,000 7.5
Km×1,000
12
MAINTENANCE
ITEM
Automatic transmission fluid
of months
24 36
15 22.5
24 36
or driving
48 60
30 37.5
48 60
distance, whichever comes first
72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
45 52.5 60 67.5 75 82.5 90 97.5
72 84 96 108 120 132 144 156
No check, No service required
Rear differential oil (AWD) *
I
4
Transfer case oil (AWD) *
I
I
4
I
I
I
Vapor hose, fuel filler cap and fuel tank
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel tank air filter *
I
I
I
I
I
I
Fuel filter *
I
I
I
I
I
I
5
5
Fuel lines, hoses and connections
Parking brake
Brake fluid
I
R
*4
*5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
At first, inspect every 8,000 miles (13,000 km) or 12 months,
after that, replace every 48,000 miles (78,000 km) or 48 months
: Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
: Replace or change.
: Rear differential oil and transfer case oil should be changed anytime they have been submerged in water.
: Fuel filter & Fuel tank air filter are considered to be maintenance free but periodic inspection is recommended for this maintenance schedule depends on fuel quality. If there are some important safety matters like fuel flow restriction, surging, loss of
power, hard starting problem, etc. replace the fuel filter immediately regardless of maintenance schedule and consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer for details.
7-10
Maintenance Under Severe Usage Conditions (3.8 GDI)
The following items must be serviced more frequently on cars normally used under severe driving conditions. Refer
to the chart below for the appropriate maintenance intervals.
R : Replace or change.
I : Inspect and if necessary, adjust, correct, clean or replace.
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Engine oil and filter
R
Every 5,000 miles (6,500 km) or
6 months
A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
H, I, J, K, L
Air cleaner filter
R
More frequently
C, E
Spark plugs
R
More frequently
A, B, F, H, I ,K
Automatic transaxle fluid
R
Every 60,000 miles (96,000 km)
A, C, D, E,
F, G, H, J, I
Front brake disc/pads, calipers
I
More frequently
C, D, ,E, J, G, H, K
Maintenance
Rear brake disc/pads, calipers
I
More frequently
C, D, ,E, J, G, H, K
7
Parking brake
I
More frequently
C, D, G, H
MAINTENANCE ITEM
7-11
Maintenance
MAINTENANCE
OPERATION
MAINTENANCE INTERVALS
DRIVING
CONDITION
Steering gear box, linkage & boots/
Lower arm ball joint, upper arm ball joint
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I
Drive shafts and boots
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
Rear differential oil
R
Every 80,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, G, H, I, J, E
Transfer case oil (AWD)
R
Every 80,000 miles (120,000 km)
C, G, H, I, J, E
Climate control air filter
(for evaporator and blower unit)
R
More frequently
C, E
Propeller shaft
I
More frequently
C, D, E, F, G, H, I, J
MAINTENANCE ITEM
Severe driving conditions
A - Repeatedly driving short distance of less than 5 miles (8
km) in normal temperature or less than 10 miles (16 km) in
freezing temperature
B - Extensive engine idling or low speed driving for long distances
C - Driving on rough, dusty, muddy, unpaved, graveled or saltspread roads
D - Driving in areas using salt or other corrosive materials or in
very cold weather
E - Driving in heavy dust conditions
F - Driving in heavy traffic area
7-12
G - Driving on uphill, downhill, or mountain road repeatedly
H - Using for towing or camping, and driving with loads on the
roof
I - Driving as a patrol car, taxi, other commercial use or vehicle
towing
J - Frequently driving under high speed or rapid
acceleration/deceleration
K - Frequently driving in stop-and-go conditions
L - Engine oil usage which is not recommended (Mineral type,
Semi-synthetic, Lower grade spec, etc.)
EXPLANATION OF SCHEDULED MAINTENANCE ITEMS
Engine Oil and Filter
The engine oil and filter should be
changed at the intervals specified in
the maintenance schedule. If the
vehicle is being driven in severe conditions, more frequent oil and filter
changes are required.
Drive Belts
Fuel Filter
A clogged-up fuel filter may limit the
vehicle driving speed, damage the
emission system, and cause the
hard starting. When a considerable
amount of foreign substances are
accumulated in the fuel tank, the fuel
filter should be replaced.
Upon installing a new fuel filter, operate the engine for several minutes,
and check the connections for any
leakages. Fuel filters should be
installed by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
Vacuum Crankcase Ventilation
Hoses
Check the fuel lines, fuel hoses and
connections for leakage and damage. Have an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer replace any damaged or leaking parts immediately.
Inspect the surface of hoses for evidence of heat and/or mechanical
damage. Hard and brittle rubber,
cracking, tears, cuts, abrasions, and
excessive swelling indicate deterioration. Particular attention should be
paid to examine those hose surfaces
nearest to high heat sources, such
as the exhaust manifold.
Inspect the hose routing to ensure
that the hoses do not come in contact with any heat source, sharp
edges or moving component which
might cause heat damage or
mechanical wear. Inspect all hose
connections, such as clamps and
couplings, to make sure they are
secure, and that no leaks are present. Hoses should be replaced
immediately if there is any evidence
of deterioration or damage.
Vapor Hose and Fuel Filler
Cap
The vapor hose and fuel filler cap
should be inspected at those intervals specified in the maintenance
schedule. Make sure a new vapor
hose or fuel filler cap is correctly
replaced.
7-13
Maintenance
Inspect all drive belts for evidence of
cuts, cracks, excessive wear or oil
saturation and replace if necessary.
Drive belts should be checked periodically for proper tension and
adjusted as necessary.
Fuel Lines, Fuel Hoses and
Connections
7
Maintenance
Air Cleaner Filter
Engine Coolant
A genuine HYUNDAI air cleaner filter
is recommended when the filter is
replaced.
The coolant should be changed at
the intervals specified in the maintenance schedule.
Spark Plugs
Automatic Transmission Fluid
Make sure to install new spark plugs
of the correct heat range.
When assembling parts, be sure to
wipe out foreign substances inside
and outside of the boot bottom of the
ignition coil and the insulator of the
spark plug with a soft cloth to prevent
contamination of the spark plug insulator.
Automatic transmission fluid should
not be checked under normal usage
conditions. But in severe conditions,
the fluid should be changed at an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer in
accordance to the scheduled maintenance at the beginning of this chapter.
i Information
Cooling System
Check cooling system components,
such as radiator, coolant reservoir,
hoses and connections for leakage
and damage. Replace any damaged
parts.
7-14
Automatic transmission fluid color is
red when new.
As the vehicle is driven, the automatic
transmission fluid will begin to look
darker. This is a normal condition and
you should not judge the need to
replace the fluid based upon the
changed color.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified fluid
could result in transmission malfunction and failure. Use only the
specified automatic transmission
fluid (refer to "Recommended
Lubricants and Capacities" in
chapter 8).
Brake Hoses and Lines
Exhaust Pipe and Muffler
Drive Shafts and Boots
Visually check for proper installation,
chafing, cracks, deterioration and
any leakage. Replace any deteriorated or damaged parts immediately.
Visually inspect the exhaust pipes,
muffler and hangers for cracks, deterioration, or damage. Start the
engine and listen carefully for any
exhaust gas leakage. Tighten connections or replace parts as necessary.
Check the drive shafts, boots and
clamps for cracks, deterioration, or
damage. Replace any damaged
parts and, if necessary, repack the
grease.
Brake Fluid
Parking Brake
Inspect the parking brake system.
Brake Discs, Pads, Calipers
and Rotors
Check the pads for excessive wear,
discs for run out and wear, and
calipers for fluid leakage.
Suspension Mounting Bolts
Check the suspension connections
for looseness or damage. Retighten
to the specified torque.
Air Conditioning Refrigerant
Check the air conditioning lines and
connections for leakage and damage.
Maintenance
Check the brake fluid level in the
brake fluid reservoir. The level should
be between the MIN and the MAX
marks on the side of the reservoir.
Use only hydraulic brake fluid conforming to DOT 3 or DOT 4 specification.
Steering Gear Box, Linkage &
Boots/Lower Arm Ball Joint
With the vehicle stopped and the
engine off, check for excessive freeplay in the steering wheel. Check the
linkage for bends or damage. Check
the dust boots and ball joints for
deterioration, cracks, or damage.
Replace any damaged parts.
7
7-15
Maintenance
ENGINE OIL
Checking the Engine Oil Level
Engine oil is used for lubricating,
cooling, and operating various
hydraulic components in the engine.
Engine oil consumption while driving
is normal, and it is necessary to
check and refill the engine oil regularly. Also, check and refill the oil
level within the recommended maintenance schedule to prevent deterioration of oil performance.
Check the engine oil following the
below procedure.
1. Follow all of the oil manufacturer's
precautions.
2. Be sure the vehicle is on the level
ground in P (Park) with the parking
brake set. If possible, block the
wheels.
3. Turn the engine on and warm the
engine up until the coolant temperature reaches a constant normal temperature.
7-16
4. Turn the engine off, remove the oil
filler cap and pull the dipstick out.
Wait for 15 minutes for the oil to
return to the oil pan.
5. Wipe the dipstick clean and reinsert it fully.
OLX2078006
7. If the oil level is below L, add
enough oil to bring the level to F.
OLX2079005N
6. Pull the dipstick out again and
check the level.
Use only the specified engine oil.
(refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities" in chapter 8).
NOTICE
• The purpose of the maintenance
schedule for engine oil replacement is to prevent oil deterioration
and it is irrelevant to oil consumption. Check and refill engine oil regularly.
CAUTION
• Have engine oil and filter changed
by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer
according to the Maintenance
Schedule at the beginning of this
chapter.
• If the maintenance schedule to
replace engine oil is exceeded, the
engine oil performance may deteriorate, and the engine condition
may be affected. Therefore,
replace the engine oil according to
the maintenance schedule.
• To keep the engine in optimal condition, use the recommended
engine oil and filter. If the recommended engine oil and filter are
not used, replace it according to
the maintenance schedule under
severe usage conditions.
The engine oil is very hot immediately after the vehicle has
been driven and can cause
burns during replacement.
Replace the engine oil after the
engine oil has cooled down.
Maintenance
To prevent damage to your engine:
• Do not spill engine oil when
adding or changing engine oil.
Wipe off spilled oil immediately.
• The engine oil consumption may
increase while you break in a
new vehicle and it will be stabilized after driving 4,000 miles
(6,000 km).
• The engine oil consumption can
be affected by driving habits, climate conditions, traffic conditions, oil quality, etc.Therefore, it
is recommended that you
inspect the engine oil level regularly and refill it if necessary.
Checking the Engine Oil and
Filter
7
7-17
Maintenance
ENGINE COOLANT
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Engine oil contains chemicals
known to the State of California
to cause cancer, birth defects
and reproductive harm. Used
engine oil may cause irritation
or cancer of the skin if left in
contact with the skin for prolonged periods of time. Always
protect your skin by washing
your hands thoroughly with
soap and warm water as soon
as possible after handling used
oil.
For more information go to
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go
v/passenger-vehicle
7-18
The high-pressure cooling system
has a reservoir filled with year-round
antifreeze coolant. The reservoir is
filled at the factory.
Check the antifreeze protection and
coolant level at least once a year, at
the beginning of the winter season
and before traveling to a colder climate.
Checking the Engine Coolant
Level
OLX2078007
Check the condition and connections
of all cooling system hoses and
heater hoses. Replace any swollen
or deteriorated hoses.
The coolant level should be filled
between the F and the L marks on
the side of the coolant reservoir
when the engine is cool.
If the coolant level is low, add enough
distilled (deionized) water to bring the
level to the F mark, but do not overfill.
If frequent additions are required, see
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for a
cooling system inspection.
Recommended engine coolant
• When adding coolant, use only distilled (deionized) water for your
vehicle and never mix hard water in
the coolant filled at the factory.
• An improper coolant mixture can
result in severe malfunction or
engine damage.
Ambient
Temperature
Antifreeze
35
40
50
60
Water
65
60
50
40
• The engine in your vehicle has aluminum engine parts and must be
protected by an ethylene-glycol
with phosphate based coolant to
prevent corrosion and freezing.
• Do not use alcohol or methanol
coolant or mix them with the specified coolant.
For mixing percentage, refer to the
following table:
i Information
If in doubt about the mix ratio, a 50%
water and 50% antifreeze mix is the
easiest to mix together as it will be the
same quantity of each. It is suitable to
use for most temperature ranges of
- 31°F and higher.
OLX2078008
WARNING
Never remove the
radiator cap or the
drain plug while the
engine and radiator
are hot. Hot coolant
and steam may blow out under
pressure, causing serious
injury.
Turn the engine off and wait
until the engine cools down.
Use extreme care when removing the radiator cap. Wrap a
thick towel around it, and turn it
counterclockwise slowly to the
first stop.
7-19
Maintenance
5°F (-15°C)
-13°F (-25°C)
-31°F (-35°C)
-49°F (-45°C)
Mixture Percentage
(volume)
• Do not use a solution that contains
more than 60% antifreeze or less
than 35% antifreeze, which would
reduce the effectiveness of the
solution.
7
Maintenance
Step back while the pressure is
released from the cooling system. When you are sure all the
pressure has been released,
press down on the cap, using a
thick towel, and continue turning counterclockwise to remove
it.
WARNING
The electric motor for
the cooling fan may
continue to operate
or start up when the
engine is not running
and can cause serious injury.
Keep hands, clothing and tools
away from the rotating fan
blades of the cooling fan.
Always turn off the engine
unless the vehicle has to be
inspected with the engine on.
Be cautious as the cooling fan
may operate if the negative (-)
battery terminal is not disconnected.
7-20
Changing Engine Coolant
Have coolant changed by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer according to
the Maintenance Schedule at the
beginning of this chapter.
WARNING
Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure visibility when sprayed
on the windshield and may
cause loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident.
Engine coolant may also cause
damage to paint and body trim.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to engine
parts, put a thick towel around the
radiator cap before refilling the
coolant to prevent the coolant
from overflowing into engine
parts, such as the alternator.
BRAKE FLUID
Checking the Brake Fluid
If the level is low, add the specified
brake fluid to the MAX level. The level
will fall with accumulated mileage.
This is a normal condition associated
with the wear of the brake linings. If
the fluid level is excessively low, have
the brake system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
OLX2078009
Check the fluid level in the reservoir
periodically. The fluid level should be
between MAX and MIN marks on the
side of the reservoir.
Before removing the reservoir cap
and adding brake fluid, clean the
area around the reservoir cap thoroughly to prevent brake fluid contamination.
• Do not allow brake fluid to contact the vehicle's body paint, as
paint damage will result.
• Brake fluid, which has been
exposed to open air for an
extended time should NEVER be
used as its quality cannot be
guaranteed. It should be disposed of properly.
• Do not use the incorrect brake
fluid. A few drops of mineral
based oil, such as engine oil, in
your brake system can damage
brake system parts.
i Information
WARNING
Do not allow brake fluid to come
in contact with your eyes. If
brake fluid comes in contact
with your eyes, flush your eyes
with clean water for at least 15
minutes and get immediate
medical attention.
Use only the specified brake fluid
(refer to "Recommended Lubricants
and Capacities" in chapter 8).
7-21
Maintenance
Level
If the brake system requires frequent additions of fluid this
could indicate a leak in the
brake system. Have the vehicle
inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
NOTICE
7
Maintenance
AIR CLEANER
WASHER FLUID
Checking the Washer Fluid
Level
OLX2078010
Check the fluid level in the washer
fluid reservoir and add fluid if necessary. Plain water may be used if
washer fluid is not available.
However, use washer solvent with
antifreeze characteristics in cold climates to prevent freezing.
7-22
WARNING
To prevent serious injury or
death, take the following safety
precautions when using washer
fluid:
• Do not use engine coolant or
antifreeze in the washer fluid
reservoir.
Engine coolant can severely
obscure
visibility
when
sprayed on the windshield
and may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident or damage to paint and
body trim.
• Do not allow sparks or flames
to contact the washer fluid or
the washer fluid reservoir.
Washer fluid may contain
alcohol and can be flammable.
• Do not drink washer fluid and
avoid contact with skin.
Washer fluid is harmful to
humans and animals.
• Keep washer fluid away from
children and animals.
Filter Replacement
OLX2078011
The air cleaner filter can be cleaned
for inspection using compressed air.
Do not attempt to wash or to rinse it,
as water will damage the filter.
If soiled, the air cleaner filter must be
replaced.
Replace the filter according to the
Maintenance Schedule.
OLX2078013
OLX2078014
2. Pull down the lever (2) to the
UNLOCK position.
3. Replace the air cleaner filter.
4. Reassemble the air cleaner cover
in the reverse order.
5. Check that the cover is firmly
installed.
Maintenance
OLX2078012
1. Pull down the air cleaner filter
cover (1).
7
7-23
Maintenance
CLIMATE CONTROL AIR FILTER
i Information
If the vehicle is operated in extremely
dusty or sandy areas, replace the air
cleaner filter more often than the
usual recommended intervals (refer to
"Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions" in this chapter).
NOTICE
• Do not drive with the air cleaner
filter removed. This will result in
excessive engine wear.
• When removing the air cleaner
filter, be careful that dust or dirt
does not enter the air intake, or
damage may result.
• Use HYUNDAI genuine parts.
Use of non-genuine parts could
damage the air flow sensor.
7-24
Filter Inspection
The climate control air filter should
be replaced according to the
Maintenance Schedule. If the vehicle
is operated in severely air-polluted
cities or on dusty rough roads for a
long period and/or if transporting
pets or occupants smoke inside the
vehicle, then it should be inspected
more frequently and replaced sooner. Replace the climate control air filter by following the procedure below
and be careful to avoid damaging
other components.
OLX2078017
1. With the glove box open, remove
the stoppers on both sides to
allow the glove box to hang freely
on the hinges.
OLX2078016
2. Remove the support rod (1).
OPD076026
4. Replace the climate control air filter.
5. Reassemble in the reverse order
of disassembly.
NOTICE
Install a new climate control air filter in the correct direction with the
arrow symbol (↓) facing downwards, to prevent noise and
reduce effectiveness.
7-25
Maintenance
OLX2078015
3. Remove the climate control air filter case while pressing the lock on
right side of the cover.
7
Maintenance
WIPER BLADES
Blade Inspection
Contamination of either the windshield
or the wiper blades with foreign matter
can reduce the effectiveness of the
windshield
wiper
functionality.
Common sources of contamination
are insects, tree sap, and hot wax
treatments used by some commercial
car washes. If the blades are not wiping properly, clean both the window
and the blades with a clean cloth
dampened with washer fluid.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper
blades, arms or other components, do not:
• Use gasoline, kerosene, paint
thinner, or other solvents on or
near them.
• Attempt to move the wipers
manually.
• Use non-specified wiper blades.
i Information
Commercial hot waxes applied by automatic car washes have been known to
make the windshield difficult to clean.
Blade Replacement
When the wipers no longer clean
adequately, the blades may be worn
or cracked, and require replacement.
NOTICE
To prevent damage to the wiper
arms or other components, do not
attempt to move the wipers manually.
NOTICE
The use of a non-specified wiper
blade could result in wiper malfunction and failure.
NOTICE
• In order to prevent damage to
the hood and the wiper arms, the
wiper arms should only be lifted
when in the top wiping position.
• Always return the wiper arms to
the windshield before driving.
7-26
Front windshield wiper service
positions
Blade replacement
OGSR076068
OGSR076067
OLX2078018
Maintenance
This vehicle has a "hidden" wiper
design which means that the wipers
cannot be lifted when they are in
their bottom resting position.
1. Within 20 seconds of turning off
the engine, lift and hold the wiper
lever up to the MIST position for
about 2 seconds until the wipers
move to the top wipe position.
2. At this time you can lift the wipers
off the windshield.
3. Gently put the wipers back down
onto the windshield.
4. Turn the wipers to any ON position
to return the wipers to the bottom
resting position.
3. Remove the wiper blade from the
wiper arm.
4. Install a new wiper blade assembly in the reverse order of removal.
5. Return the wiper arm on the windshield.
7
OGSR076066
1. Lift up the wiper blade clip. Then
lift up the wiper blade.
2. While pushing the lock (1), pull
down the wiper blade (2).
7-27
Maintenance
Rear window wiper blade
OTM078058
OTM078057
1. Raise the wiper arm and then
rotate the wiper blade assembly
(1).
2. Pull out the wiper blade assembly
(2).
7-28
3. Install the new blade assembly by
inserting the center part into the
slot in the wiper arm until it clicks
into place (1).
4. Make sure the blade assembly is
installed firmly by trying to pull it
slightly.
5. Rotate back the blade assembly
so that it aligns with the wiper arm
(2).
To prevent damage to the wiper arms
or other components, we recommend that the wiper blades be
replaced by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer.
BATTERY
WARNING
• NEVER attempt to recharge
the battery when the vehicle’s
battery cables are connected
to the battery.
• The electrical ignition system
works with high voltage.
NEVER touch these components with the engine running
or when the ignition switch is
in the ON position.
Maintenance
To prevent SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH to you or bystanders,
always follow these precautions
when working near or handling
the battery:
Always read and follow
instructions
carefully
when handling a battery.
Wear eye protection
designed to protect the
eyes from acid splashes.
Keep all flames, sparks,
or smoking materials
away from the battery.
Hydrogen is always present in battery cells, is
highly combustible, and
may explode if ignited.
Keep batteries out of
reach of children.
Batteries contain sulfuric acid which is highly
corrosive. Do not allow
acid to contact your
eyes, skin or clothing.
If acid gets into your eyes, flush
your eyes with clean water for at
least 15 minutes and get immediate medical attention. If acid
gets on your skin, thoroughly
wash the area. If you feel pain or
a burning sensation, get medical attention immediately.
• When lifting a plastic-cased
battery, excessive pressure
on the case may cause battery
acid to leak. Lift with a battery
carrier or with your hands on
opposite corners.
• Do not attempt to jump start
your vehicle if your battery is
frozen.
7
7-29
Maintenance
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Battery posts, terminals, and
related accessories contain
lead and lead compounds,
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer, birth
defects and reproductive harm.
Batteries also contain other
chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer.
Wash hands after handling.
For more information go to
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go
v/passenger-vehicle
7-30
NOTICE
Always follow these instructions
when handling your vehicle's battery to prevent damage to your
battery:
• When you do not use the vehicle
for a long time in a low temperature area, disconnect the battery
and keep it indoors.
• Always charge the battery fully
to prevent battery case damage
in low temperature areas.
• Prevent liquid from wetting the
battery terminals. The performance of the battery may be
degraded, and may cause injury.
Be cautious when loading liquid
in the trunk.
• Do not tilt the battery.
• If you connect unauthorized
electronic devices to the battery,
the battery may be discharged.
Never
use
unauthorized
devices.
For Best Battery Service
OLX2078019
• Keep the battery securely mounted.
• Keep the battery top clean and dry.
• Keep the terminals and connections clean, tight, and coated with
petroleum jelly or terminal grease.
• Rinse any spilled acid from the battery immediately with a solution of
water and baking soda.
i Information
For vehicles with power liftgate, note
that the power liftgate needs to be
reset after the battery has been
replaced. For more details, refer to "
Power Liftgate " section in chapter 3.
NOTICE
WARNING
Always follow these instructions when recharging your
vehicle's battery to avoid the
risk of SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH from explosions or acid
burns:
• Before performing maintenance or recharging the battery, turn off all accessories
and place the ignition switch
to the LOCK/OFF position.
• Keep all flames, sparks, or
smoking materials away from
the battery.
• Always work outdoors or in an
area with plenty of ventilation.
• Wear eye protection when
checking the battery during
charging.
• The battery must be removed
from the vehicle and placed in
a well ventilated area.
• Watch the battery during
charging, and stop or reduce
the charging rate if the battery
cells begin boiling violently.
• The negative battery cable
must be removed first and
installed last when the battery
is disconnected. Disconnect
the battery charger in the following order:
(1) Turn off the battery charger
main switch.
(2) Unhook the negative clamp
from the negative battery
terminal.
(3) Unhook the positive clamp
from the positive battery
terminal.
• Always
use
a
genuine
HYUNDAI approved battery
when you replace the battery.
7-31
Maintenance
Make sure the battery is installed
securely when the it is replaced. If
the battery vibrates while driving,
the case and electrode plate can
be damaged.
Battery Recharging
7
Maintenance
NOTICE
AGM battery
• Absorbent Glass Matt (AGM)
batteries are maintenance-free
and we recommend that the
AGM battery be serviced by an
authorized retailer of HYUNDAI
dealer. For charging your AGM
battery, use only fully automatic
battery chargers that are specially developed for AGM batteries.
• When replacing the AGM battery, we recommend that you
use parts for replacement from
an authorized retailer of
HYUNDAI dealer.
• Do not open or remove the cap
on top of the battery. This may
cause leaks of internal electrolyte that could result in
severe injury.
7-32
By jump starting
Reset Features
After a jump start from a good battery, drive the vehicle for at least 30
minutes or operate at idle for at least
60 minutes before it is shutoff.
Alternatively you may visit a dealer
for charge and battery test.
The vehicle may not restart if you
shut it off before the battery had a
chance to adequately recharge. See
"Jump Starting" in chapter 6 for more
information on jump starting procedures.
The following items may need to be
reset after the battery has been discharged or the battery has been disconnected. See chapter 3 or 4 for:
• Power Windows
• Driver Position Memory System
• Trip Computer
• Climate Control System
• Clock
• Audio System
• Sunroof
i Information
An inappropriately disposed
battery can be harmful to
the environment and human
health. Dispose of the battery according to your local
law(s) or regulations.
TIRES AND WHEELS
WARNING
Tire Care
For proper maintenance, safety, and
maximum fuel economy, you must
always maintain recommended tire
inflation pressures and stay within
the load limits and weight distribution
recommended for your vehicle.
OLX2088003L
All specifications (sizes and pressures) can be found on a label
attached to the driver's side center
pillar.
7-33
Maintenance
Tire failure may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident. To reduce risk of
SERIOUS INJURY or DEATH,
take the following precautions:
• Inspect your tires monthly for
proper inflation as well as
wear and damage.
• The recommended cold tire
pressure for your vehicle can
be found in this manual and
on the tire label located on the
driver's side center pillar.
Always use a tire pressure
gauge to measure tire pressure. Tires with too much or
too little pressure wear
unevenly causing poor handling.
• Check the pressure of the
spare every time you check
the pressure of the other tires
on your vehicle.
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, or
traction.
• ALWAYS replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
7
Maintenance
Recommended Cold Tire
Inflation Pressures
All tire pressures (including the
spare) should be checked when the
tires are cold. "Cold tires" means the
vehicle has not been driven for at
least three hours or has been driven
for less than one mile (1.6 km).
Warm tires normally exceed recommended cold tire pressures by 4 to 6
psi (28 to 41 kPa). Do not release air
from warm tires to adjust the pressure or the tires will be under-inflated. For recommended inflation pressure, refer to "Tire and Wheels" in
chapter 8.
7-34
WARNING
Recommended pressures must
be maintained for the best ride,
vehicle handling, and minimum
tire wear.
Over-inflation or under-inflation
can reduce tire life, adversely
affect vehicle handling, and
lead to sudden tire failure that
could result in loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
Severe under-inflation can lead
to severe heat build-up, causing
blowouts, tread separation and
other tire failures that can result
in the loss of vehicle control
resulting in an accident. This
risk is much higher on hot days
and when driving for long periods at high speeds.
CAUTION
• Under-inflation results in
excessive wear, poor handling
and reduced fuel economy.
Wheel deformation is also
possible. Keep your tire pressures at the proper levels. If a
tire frequently needs refilling,
have it checked by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Over-inflation produces a
harsh ride, excessive wear at
the center of the tire tread,
and a greater possibility of
damage from road hazards.
Check Tire Inflation Pressure
Check your tires, including the spare
tire, once a month or more.
How to check
Tire Rotation
To equalize tread wear, HYUNDAI
recommends that the tires be rotated
according to the maintenance schedule or sooner if irregular wear develops.
During rotation, check the tires for
correct balance.
When rotating tires, check for uneven
wear and damage. Abnormal wear is
usually caused by incorrect tire pressure, improper wheel alignment, outof-balance wheels, severe braking or
severe cornering. Look for bumps or
bulges in the tread or side of the tire.
Replace the tire if you find any of
these conditions. Replace the tire if
fabric or cord is visible. After rotation,
be sure to bring the front and rear tire
pressures to specification and check
lug nut tightness (proper torque is
79~94 lbf·ft [11~13 kgf·m]).
7-35
Maintenance
Use a good quality tire pressure
gauge to check tire pressure. You
can not tell if your tires are properly
inflated simply by looking at them.
Radial tires may look properly inflated when they are under-inflated.
Remove the valve cap from the tire
valve stem. Press the tire gauge firmly onto the valve to get a pressure
measurement. If the cold tire inflation
pressure matches the recommended
pressure on the tire label located on
the driver's side center pillar or in this
manual. No further adjustment is
necessary. If the pressure is low, add
air until you reach the recommended
pressure. Make sure to put the valve
caps back on the valve stems.
Without the valve cap, dirt or moisture could get into the valve core and
cause air leakage. If a valve cap is
missing, install a new one as soon as
possible.
If you overfill the tire, release air by
pushing on the metal stem in the
center of the tire valve. Recheck the
tire pressure with the tire gauge. Be
sure to put the valve caps back on
the valve stems. Without the valve
cap, dirt or moisture could get into
the valve core and cause air leakage.
If a valve cap is missing, install a new
one as soon as possible.
A cold tire means the vehicle has
been sitting for 3 hours and driven for
less than 1 mile (1.6 km) in that 3
hour period.
Allow the tire to cool before measuring the inflation pressure. Always be
sure the tire is cold before inflating to
the recommended pressure.
7
Maintenance
■ Without a spare tire
i Information
S2BLA790A
■ Directional tires (if equipped)
Tires that are asymmetrical or directional can only be installed on the
wheel in one direction. The outside
and inside of an asymmetrical tire is
not easily distinguishable. Pay careful
attention to the markings on the sidewalls of the tires, noting the "outside"
marking and also the rotating direction before installing them on the
vehicle.
WARNING
CBGQ0707A
Disc brake pads should be inspected
for wear whenever tires are rotated.
7-36
• Do not use the compact spare
tire for tire rotation.
• Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause
unusual handling characteristics that may cause loss of
vehicle control resulting in an
accident.
Wheel Alignment and Tire
Balance
The wheels on your vehicle were
aligned and balanced carefully at the
factory to give you the longest tire life
and best overall performance.
In most cases, you will not need to
have your wheels aligned again.
However, if you notice unusual tire
wear or your vehicle pulling one way
or the other, the alignment may need
to be reset.
If you notice your vehicle vibrating
when driving on a smooth road, your
wheels may need to be rebalanced.
NOTICE
Improper wheel weights can damage your vehicle's aluminum
wheels. Use only approved wheel
weights.
Tire Replacement
CAUTION
WARNING
Tread wear indicator
OLMB073027
To reduce the risk of DEATH or
SERIOUS INJURY:
• Replace tires that are worn,
show uneven wear, or are
damaged. Worn tires can
cause loss of braking effectiveness, steering control, and
traction.
• Always replace tires with the
same size as each tire that
was originally supplied with
this vehicle. Using tires and
wheels other than the recommended sizes could cause
unusual handling characteristics, poor vehicle control, or
negatively affect your vehicle's Anti-Lock Brake System
(ABS) resulting in a serious
accident.
7-37
Maintenance
If the tire is worn evenly, a tread wear
indicator will appear as a solid band
across the tread. This shows there is
less than 2/32 inch (1.6 mm) of tread
left on the tire. Replace the tire when
this happens.
Do not wait for the tread surface to
become level with the tread wear
indicators before replacing the tire.
When replacing the tires,
recheck and tighten the wheel
nuts after driving about 600
miles (1,000 km). If the steering
wheel shakes or the vehicle
vibrates while driving, the tire is
out of balance. Align the tire
balance. If the problem is not
solved, contact an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
7
Maintenance
• Tires degrade over time, even
when they are not being used.
Regardless of the remaining
tread, HYUNDAI recommends
that tires be replaced after six
(6) years of normal service.
• When replacing tires (or
wheels), it is recommended to
replace the two front or two
rear tires (or wheels) as a pair.
Replacing just one tire can
seriously affect your vehicle's
handling. If only replacing one
pair of tires, it is recommended to install the pair of new
tires on the rear axle.
• Heat caused by hot climates
or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the
aging process. Failure to follow this warning may cause
sudden tire failure, which
could lead to a loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
7-38
Compact spare tire replacement
Wheel Replacement
A compact spare tire has a shorter
tread life than a regular size tire.
Replace it when you can see the
tread wear indicator bars on the tire.
The replacement compact spare tire
should be the same size and design
tire as the one provided with your
new vehicle and should be mounted
on the same compact spare tire
wheel. The compact spare tire is not
designed to be mounted on a regular
size wheel, and the compact spare
tire wheel is not designed for mounting a regular size tire.
When replacing the metal wheels for
any reason, make sure the new
wheels are equivalent to the original
factory units in diameter, rim width
and offset.
WARNING
The original tire should be
repaired or replaced as soon as
possible to avoid failure of the
spare and loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident. The
compact spare tire is for emergency use only. Do not operate
your vehicle over 50 mph (80
km/h) when using the compact
spare tire.
Tire Traction
Tire traction can be reduced if you
drive on worn tires, tires that are
improperly inflated or on slippery
road surfaces. Tires should be
replaced when the tread depth is at
least 2/32 inch (1.6 mm). To reduce
the possibility of losing control, slow
down whenever there is rain, snow or
ice on the road.
Tire Maintenance
In addition to proper inflation, correct
wheel alignment helps to decrease
tire wear. If you find a tire is worn
unevenly, have your dealer check the
wheel alignment.
When you have new tires installed,
make sure they are balanced. This
will increase vehicle ride comfort and
tire life. Additionally, a tire should
always be rebalanced if it is removed
from the wheel.
This information identifies and
describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides
the tire identification number (TIN)
for safety standard certification. The
TIN can be used to identify the tire in
case of a recall.
5,6
7
4
2
3
1
OLMB073028
1. Manufacturer or brand name
Manufacturer or brand name is
shown.
2. Tire size designation
A tire's sidewall is marked with a tire
size designation. You will need this
information when selecting replacement tires for your car. The following
explains what the letters and numbers in the tire size designation
mean.
Example tire size designation:
(These numbers are provided as an
example only; your tire size designator could vary depending on your
vehicle.)
245/60R18 105H
245 - Tire width in millimeters.
60 - Aspect ratio. The tire's section
height as a percentage of its
width.
R - Tire construction code (Radial).
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
105 - Load Index, a numerical code
associated with the maximum
load the tire can carry.
H - Speed Rating Symbol. See the
speed rating chart in this section
for additional information.
7-39
Maintenance
Tire Sidewall Labeling
1
7
Maintenance
Wheel size designation
Wheels are also marked with important information that you need if you
ever have to replace one. The following explains what the letters and
numbers in the wheel size designation mean.
Example wheel size designation:
7.5J x 18
7.5 - Rim width in inches.
J - Rim contour designation.
18 - Rim diameter in inches.
7-40
Tire speed ratings
The chart below lists many of the different speed ratings currently being
used for passenger vehicle tires. The
speed rating is part of the tire size
designation on the sidewall of the
tire. This symbol corresponds to that
tire’s designed maximum safe operating speed.
Speed
Rating
Symbol
S
T
H
V
W
Y
Maximum Speed
112
118
130
149
168
186
mph
mph
mph
mph
mph
mph
(180
(190
(210
(240
(270
(300
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
km/h)
3. Checking tire life (TIN : Tire
Identification Number)
Any tires that are over six years old,
based on the manufacturing date,
(including the spare tire) should be
replaced by new ones. You can find
the manufacturing date on the tire
sidewall (possibly on the inside of the
wheel), displaying the DOT Code.
The DOT Code is a series of numbers on a tire consisting of numbers
and English letters. The manufacturing date is designated by the last four
digits (characters) of the DOT code.
DOT : XXXX XXXX OOOO
The front part of the DOT shows a
plant code number, tire size and
tread pattern and the last four numbers indicate week and year manufactured.
For example:
DOT XXXX XXXX 1421 represents
that the tire was produced in the 14th
week of 2021.
4. Tire ply composition and
material
The number of layers or plies of rubber-coated fabric in the tire. Tire
manufacturers also must indicate the
materials in the tire, which include
steel, nylon, polyester, and others.
The letter "R" means radial ply construction; the letter "D" means diagonal or bias ply construction; and the
letter "B" means belted-bias ply construction.
This number is the greatest amount
of air pressure that should be put in
the tire. Do not exceed the maximum
permissible inflation pressure. Refer
to the Tire and Loading Information
label for recommended inflation
pressure.
This number indicates the maximum
load in kilograms and pounds that
can be carried by the tire. When
replacing the tires on the vehicle,
always use a tire that has the same
load rating as the factory installed
tire.
7. Uniform tire quality grading
Quality grades can be found where
applicable on the tire sidewall
between tread shoulder and maximum section width.
For example:
TREAD WEAR 200
TRACTION AA
TEMPERATURE A
Tread wear
The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of
the tire when tested under controlled
conditions on a specified government test course. For example, a tire
graded 150 would wear one-and-ahalf times (1½) as well on the government course as a tire graded 100.
The relative performance of tires
depends upon the actual conditions
of their use, however, and may
depart significantly from the norm
due to variations in driving habits,
service practices and differences in
road characteristics and climate.
These grades are molded on the
sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires.
The tires available as standard or
optional equipment on your vehicle
may vary with respect to grade.
7-41
Maintenance
5. Maximum permissible inflation pressure
6. Maximum load rating
7
Maintenance
Traction - AA, A, B & C
The traction grades, from highest to
lowest, are AA, A, B and C. Those
grades represent the tire's ability to
stop on wet pavement as measured
under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of
asphalt and concrete. A tire marked
C may have poor traction performance.
WARNING
The traction grade assigned to
this tire is based on straightahead braking traction tests,
and does not include acceleration, cornering, hydroplaning,
or peak traction characteristics.
7-42
Temperature - A, B & C
The temperature grades are A (the
highest), B and C representing the
tire’s resistance to the generation of
heat and its ability to dissipate heat
when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory
test wheel.
Sustained high temperature can
cause the material of the tire to
degenerate and reduce tire life, and
excessive temperature can lead to
sudden tire failure. Grade C
responds to a level of performance
which all passenger car tires must
meet under the Federal Motor
Vehicle Safety Standard No. 109.
Grades B and A represent higher
levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum
required by law.
WARNING
The temperature grade for this
tire is established for a tire that
is properly inflated and not
overloaded. Excessive speed,
under-inflation, over-inflation,
or excessive loading, either
separately or in combination,
can cause heat build-up and
possible sudden tire failure.
This may cause loss of vehicle
control resulting in an accident.
DOT Markings
The tire bead contains steel wires
wrapped by steel cords that hold the
tire onto the rim.
A pneumatic tire in which the plies
are laid at alternate angles less than
90 degrees to the centerline of the
tread.
A code molded into the sidewall of a
tire signifying that the tire is in compliance with the U.S. Department of
Transportation motor vehicle safety
standards. The DOT code includes
the Tire Identification Number (TIN),
an alphanumeric designator which
can also identify the tire manufacturer, production plant, brand and date
of production.
Cold Tire Pressure
GVWR
Gross Vehicle Weight Rating
Aspect Ratio
The amount of air pressure in a tire,
measured in pounds per square inch
(psi) or kilopascals (kPa) before a tire
has built up heat from driving.
The relationship of a tire's height to
its width.
Curb Weight
The amount of air inside the tire
pressing outward on the tire. Air
pressure is expressed in pounds per
square inch (psi) or kilopascal (kPa).
Accessory Weight
This means the combined weight of
optional accessories. Some examples of optional accessories are
automatic transmission, power
seats, and air conditioning.
Belt
A rubber coated layer of cords that is
located between the plies and the
tread. Cords may be made from steel
or other reinforcing materials.
Bias Ply Tire
This means the weight of a motor
vehicle with standard and optional
equipment including the maximum
capacity of fuel, oil and coolant, but
without passengers and cargo.
GAWR FRT
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Front Axle.
Maintenance
Bead
Tire Terminology and
Definitions
Air Pressure
7
GAWR RR
Gross Axle Weight Rating for the
Rear axle.
7-43
Maintenance
Intended Outboard Sidewall
Maximum Inflation Pressure
Occupant Distribution
The side of an asymmetrical tire, that
must always face outward when
mounted on a vehicle.
The maximum air pressure to which
a cold tire may be inflated. The maximum air pressure is molded onto the
sidewall.
Designated seating positions.
Kilopascal (kPa)
The metric unit for air pressure.
Maximum Load Rating
Light truck(LT) tire
The load rating for a tire at the maximum permissible inflation pressure
for that tire.
A tire designated by its manufacturer
as primarily intended for use on lightweight trucks or multipurpose passenger vehicles.
Load ratings
The maximum load that a tire is rated
to carry for a given inflation pressure.
Load Index
An assigned number ranging from 1
to 279 that corresponds to the load
carrying capacity of a tire.
7-44
Maximum Loaded Vehicle
Weight
The sum of curb weight; accessory
weight; vehicle capacity weight; and
production options weight.
Outward Facing Sidewall
An asymmetrical tire has a particular
side that faces outward when mounted on a vehicle. The outward facing
sidewall bears white lettering or
bears manufacturer, brand, and/or
model name molding that is higher or
deeper than the same moldings on
the inner facing sidewall.
Passenger (P-Metric) tire
A tire used on passenger cars and
some light duty trucks and multipurpose vehicles.
Normal Occupant Weight
The number of occupants a vehicle
is designed to seat multiplied by 150
pounds (68 kg).
Ply
A layer of rubber-coated parallel
cords.
Pneumatic tire
Radial Ply Tire
Traction
A mechanical device made of rubber,
chemicals, fabric and steel or other
materials, that, when mounted on an
automotive wheel provides the traction and contains the gas or fluid that
sustains the load.
A pneumatic tire in which the ply
cords that extend to the beads are
laid at 90 degrees to the centerline of
the tread.
The friction between the tire and the
road surface. The amount of grip provided.
Pneumatic options weight
Recommended Inflation
Pressure
Vehicle manufacturer's recommended tire inflation pressure as shown
on the tire placard.
A metal support for a tire and upon
which the tire beads are seated.
The portion of a tire that comes into
contact with the road.
Treadwear Indicators
Sidewall
The portion of a tire between the
tread and the bead.
Narrow bands, sometimes called
"wear bars", that show across the
tread of a tire when only 1/16 inch of
tread remains.
Speed Rating
An alphanumeric code assigned to a
tire indicating the maximum speed at
which a tire can operate.
UTQGS
Uniform Tire Quality Grading
Standards is a tire information system that provides consumers with
ratings for a tire's traction, temperature and treadwear. Ratings are
determined by tire manufacturers
using government testing procedures. The ratings are molded into
the sidewall of the tire.
7-45
Maintenance
The combined weight of installed
regular production options weighing
over 5 lb. (2.3 kg) in excess of the
standard items which they replace,
not previously considered in curb
weight or accessory weight, including heavy duty breaks, ride levelers,
roof rack, heavy duty battery, and
special trim.
Tread
Rim
7
Maintenance
Vehicle Capacity Weight
All Season Tires
Radial-Ply Tires
The number of designated seating
positions multiplied by 150 lbs. (68
kg) plus the rated cargo and luggage
load.
HYUNDAI specifies all season tires
on some models to provide good
performance for use all year round,
including snowy road conditions. All
season tires are identified by ALL
SEASON and/or M+S (Mud and
Snow) on the tire sidewall. Snow tires
have better snow traction than all
season tires and may be more
appropriate in some areas.
Radial-ply tires provide improved
tread life, road hazard resistance and
smoother high speed ride. The radial-ply tires used on this vehicle are of
belted construction, and are selected
to complement the ride and handling
characteristics of your vehicle.
Radial-ply tires have the same load
carrying capacity, as bias-ply or bias
belted tires of the same size, and use
the same recommended inflation
pressure. Mixing of radial-ply tires
with bias-ply or bias belted tires is
not recommended. Any combinations of radial-ply and bias-ply or bias
belted tires when used on the same
vehicle will seriously deteriorate
vehicle handling. The best rule to follow is: Identical pairs of radial-ply
tires should always be used as a set
for the front tires and a set for the
rear tires.
Vehicle Maximum Load on the
Tire
Load on an individual tire due to curb
and accessory weight plus maximum
occupant and cargo weight.
Vehicle Normal Load on the Tire
Load on an individual tire that is
determined by distributing to each
axle its share of the curb weight,
accessory weight, and normal occupant weight and dividing by 2.
Vehicle Placard
A label permanently attached to a
vehicle showing the original equipment tire size and recommended
inflation pressure.
7-46
Snow Tires
If you equip your car with snow tires,
they should be the same size and
have the same load capacity as the
original tires. Snow tires should be
installed on all four wheels; otherwise, poor handling may result. Snow
tires should carry 4 psi (28 kPa)
more air pressure than the pressure
recommended for the standard tires
on the tire label on the driver’s side of
the center pillar, or up to the maximum pressure shown on the tire
sidewall, whichever is less. Do not
drive faster than 75 mph (120 km/h)
when your vehicle is equipped with
snow tires.
Longer wearing tires can be more
susceptible to irregular tread wear. It
is very important to follow the tire
rotation interval in this chapter to
achieve the tread life potential of
these tires. Cuts and punctures in
radial-ply tires are repairable only in
the tread area, because of sidewall
flexing. Consult your tire dealer for
radial-ply tire repairs.
WARNING
• When driving on a rough road
or off road, drive cautiously
because tires and wheels may
be damaged. And after driving, inspect tires and wheels.
• When passing over a pothole,
speed bump, manhole, or
curb stone, drive slowly so
that the tires and wheels are
not damaged.
• If the tire is subjected to a
severe impact, have the tire
and wheel inspected by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• It is not easy to recognize tire
damage with your own eyes.
But if there is the slightest hint
of tire damage, have the tire
checked or replaced because
the tire damage may cause air
leakage from the tire.
• If the tire is damaged by driving on a rough road, off road,
pothole, manhole, or curb
stone, it will not be covered by
the warranty.
Maintenance
Do not mix bias ply and radial
ply tires under any circumstances. This may cause unusual handling characteristics that
may cause loss of vehicle control resulting in an accident.
CAUTION
7
7-47
Maintenance
FUSES
■ Blade type
Normal
Blown
■ Cartridge type
Normal
Blown
■ Multi fuse
Normal
Blown
OTM078035
7-48
A vehicle's electrical system is protected from electrical overload damage by fuses.
This vehicle has 2 (or 3) fuse panels,
one located in the driver's side panel
bolster, the other in the engine compartment near the battery.
If any of your vehicle's lights, accessories, or controls do not work, check
the appropriate circuit fuse. If a fuse
has blown, the element inside the
fuse will be melted or broken.
If the electrical system does not
work, first check the driver's side
fuse panel. Before replacing a blown
fuse, turn the engine and all switches
off, and then disconnect the negative
battery cable. Always replace a
blown fuse with one of the same rating.
If the replacement fuse blows, this
indicates an electrical problem. Avoid
using the system involved and immediately consult an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
NEVER replace a fuse with anything but another fuse of the
same rating.
• A higher capacity fuse could
cause damage and possibly
cause a fire.
• Do not install a wire or aluminum foil instead of the
proper fuse - even as a temporary repair. It may cause
extensive wiring damage and
possibly a fire.
NOTICE
Do not use a screwdriver or any
other metal object to remove
fuses because it may cause a
short circuit and damage the system.
In an emergency, if you do not have
a spare fuse, use a fuse of the same
rating from a circuit you may not
need for operating the vehicle.
If the headlamps or other electrical
components do not work and the
fuses are undamaged, check the
fuse panel in the engine compartment. If a fuse is blown, it must be
replaced with the same rating.
Instrument Panel Fuse
Replacement
OLX2078021
OLX2079020L
Maintenance
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
3. Open the fuse panel cover.
4. Refer to the label on the inside of
the fuse panel cover to locate the
suspected fuse location.
5. Pull the suspected fuse straight
out. Use the removal tool provided
in the engine compartment fuse
panel cover.
6. Check the removed fuse; replace
it if it is blown. Spare fuses are
provided in the instrument panel
fuse panels (or in the engine compartment fuse panel).
7. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7
7-49
Maintenance
Engine Compartment Panel
Fuse Replacement
■ Blade type fuse
OLX2078024
■ Cartridge type fuse
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tap and pulling up.
4. Check the removed fuse; replace
it if it is blown. To remove or insert
the fuse, use the fuse puller in the
engine compartment fuse panel.
5. Push in a new fuse of the same
rating, and make sure it fits tightly
in the clips. If it fits loosely, consult
an authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
1. Turn the engine off.
2. Turn all other switches OFF.
OLX2078023
CAUTION
After checking the fuse box in
the
engine
compartment
securely close the fuse box
cover inside the engine compartment, until it clicks.
If the fuse box is not closed
properly, water may leak in side,
possibly causing a malfunction
with the electrical system.
OLX2078025
Multi fuse
If the multi fuse is blown, it must be
removed as follows:
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
3. Remove the fuse panel cover by
pressing the tab and pulling it up.
4. Remove the nuts shown in the picture above.
5. Replace the fuse with a new one
of the same rating.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order of
removal.
i Information
If the multi fuse is blown, consult an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
7-50
Fuse/Relay Panel Description
Instrument panel fuse panel
OLX2079027L
Maintenance
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse box on your vehicle, refer to
the fuse box label.
7
OLX2079054N
7-51
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
MODULE 4
7.5A
Data Link Connector, Stop Lamp Switch, Driver Door Module
AIR BAG 1
15A
SRS Control Module, Passenger Occupant Detection Sensor
BRAKE
SWITCH
7.5A
IBU, Stop Lamp Switch
MODULE 9
15A
Front A/C Control Module, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio), Power Tail Gate Unit, Driver IMS Control Module,
Head-up Display, Driver Door Module, Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, Security Indicator, Rain Sensor,
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) Sensor, 3RD Seat Folding Control Module
MODULE 10
10A
Blind-Spot Collision Warning Unit LH/RH, Front Console Switch, Rear A/C Control Module, Electro Chromic
Mirror, Data Link Connector, Front Wireless Charger
AIR BAG IND
10A
Seat Belt Indicator, Instrument Cluster
IBU 1
7.5A
IBU
MODULE 2
7.5A
1ST Seat Warmer Control Module, 1ST Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, 2ND Air Ventilation Seat LH/RH
Control Module, 2ND Seat LH/RH Warmer Control Module, 3RD Seat Folding Control Module, AC Inverter
Outlet, Inverter Unit, Surround View Monitor Unit
MODULE 8
7.5A
Driver/Passenger Smart Key Outside Handle, Driver/Passenger Outside Mirror, Key Solenoid, Center Fascia
Keyboard (Hazard Switch)
S/HEATER
FRT
20A
1ST Air Ventilation Control Module, 1ST Seat Warmer Control Module
AIR BAG 2
15A
SRS Control Module
E-SHIFTER 2
10A
Electronic ATM Shift Lever Switch (SBW), SCU
7-52
Protected Component
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
MODULE 5
7.5A
Crash Pad Switch, IBU, Smart Cruise Control Radar, 4WD ECM, Front Console Switch, Lane Keeping Assist
Unit (Line)
IBU 2
15A
IBU, Ignition Switch
SUNROOF 2
20A
Panoramic Sunroof
MODULE 1
7.5A
IBU
P/SEAT (3rd)
20A
3RD Seat Folding Control Module
P/WINDOW
RH
25A
Passenger Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch RH
RR SEAT (LH)
25A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat LH Control Module, 2ND Seat LH Warmer, Control Module, 2ND Seat LH Reclining
Folding Actuator
CLUSTER
7.5A
Instrument Cluster, Head Up Display
Maintenance
MDPS
10A
MDPS Unit
7
A/C
7.5A
E/R Junction Block (Blower FRT Relay, Blower RR Relay, PTC Heater 1/2 Relay), Front A/C Control Module
CHILD LOCK
15A
ICM Relay Box (Child Lock/Unlock Relay)
DOOR LOCK
20A
Door Lock Relay, Door Unlock Relay, Liftgate Relay, Two Turn Unlock Relay
7-53
Maintenance
Instrument panel fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
SUNROOF 1
20A
Sunroof
E-SHIFTER 1
10A
Electronic ATM Shift Lever Switch (SBW), SCU, E/R Junction Block (FUSE -E-SHIFTER 2)
P/WINDOW
LH
25A
Driver Safety Power Window Module, Rear Power Window Switch LH
MODULE 3
7.5A
IBU
MODULE 6
7.5A
Audio, A/V & Navigation Head Unit, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP), Front/Rear A/C Control Module
Driver IMS Control Module, Electro Chromic Mirror, Center Facia Keyboard, 1ST Air Ventilation Seat Control
Module, 1ST Seat Warmer Control Module, 2ND Air Ventilation Seat LH/RH Control Module, 2ND Seat LH/RH
Warmer Control Module, 3RD Seat Folding Control Module
WASHER
15A
Multifunction Switch
RR SEAT (RH)
25A
2ND Air Ventilation Seat Control Module, 2ND Seat RH Warmer Control Module, 2ND Seat RH Reclining
Folding Actuator
WIPER
(REAR)
15A
Rear Wiper Relay, Rear Wiper Motor
AMP
25A
AMP, Low DC-DC Converter (AMP)
ACC
7.5A
IBU, Low DC-DC Converter (Audio/AMP)
P/SEAT
(PASS)
30A
Passenger Seat Manual Switch
P/SEAT (DRV)
30A
Driver IMS Control Module, Driver Seat Manual Switch
7-54
Protected Component
Engine compartment fuse panel
OLX2078022
Maintenance
Inside the fuse/relay box cover, you
can find the fuse/relay label describing fuse/relay names and ratings.
i Information
Not all fuse panel descriptions in this
manual may be applicable to your
vehicle; the information is accurate at
the time of printing. When you inspect
the fuse panel in your vehicle, refer to
the fuse panel label.
7
OLX2079055N
7-55
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
MULTI FUSE
(10P)
MULTI FUSE
(2P)
7-56
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
MDPS
80A
MDPS Unit
COOLING FAN 1
80A
Cooling Fan Relay (600W)
EPB
60A
ESC Module
B+4
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - MODULE 8, S/HEATER FRT, P/WINDOW RH, AMP, SUNROOF)
B+3
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - P/WINDOW LH, RR SEAT (LH), P/SEAT (DRV), P/SEAT
(PASS))
B+2
50A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 8/IPS 10/IPS 11/IPS 12/IPS 13/IPS 14/IPS 15)
REAR HEATED
40A
Rear Heated Relay
ESC 1
40A
ESC Module
BLOWER
40A
Blower Relay
ESC 2
40A
ESC Module
PTC HEATER 1
50A
PTC Heater 1 Relay
PTC HEATER 2
50A
PTC Heater 2 Relay
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
B+1
50A
ICU Junction Block (IPS 1/IPS 2/IPS 3/IPS 5/IPS 6/IPS 7, Long/Short Term Load Latch
Relay)
B+5
50A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - DOOR LOCK, IBU 1, IBU 2, BRAKE SWITCH, CHILD
LOCK, RR SEAT (RH), SUNROOF 2)
INVERTER
30A
AC Inverter Unit
POWER LIFTGATE
30A
Power Tail Gate Module
TRAILER 1
40A
Trailer Lamp
IG2
40A
Start Relay, ICU Junction Block (Fuse - A/C, WASHER, WIPER (REAR), MODULE 1,
MODULE 2, REAR A/C)
OIL PUMP
40A
Electronic Oil Pump Module
COOLING FAN 2
50A
Cooling Fan Relay
Maintenance
HEATED MIRROR
10A
Driver/Passenger Power Outside Mirror, A/C Control Module
7
A/C 2
10A
A/C Control Module
WIPER FRT 2
10A
Wiper (LO) Relay, Front Wiper Motor
ECU 6
15A
PCM
FUSE
7-57
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
FUSE
PCB Block
7-58
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
AMS
10A
Battery Sensor
E-SHIFTER 1
20A
Electronic Transmission
4WD
20A
AWD ECM
E-SHIFTER2
10A
Electronic Transmission
BLOWER 2
10A
A/C Control Module
BLOWER 1
40A
Rear Blower Relay
TCU 1
15A
Transmission Range Switch
SENSOR 6
15A
Glow Relay Unit
ECU 3
10A
ESC Module
ICU
10A
ICU Junction Block
SENSOR 5
10A
Oxygen Sensor Up #1/#2
IGN COIL
20A
Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Protected Component
SENSOR 1
10A
Fuel Pump Relay
A/C 1
10A
[2.4 GDI] A/CON Relay
WIPER FRT 1
30A
Wiper Main Relay
TCU 2
10A
TCM, SBW Controller
ECU 3
20A
PCM
B/ALARM HORN
15A
Burglar Alarm Horn Relay
HORN
15A
Horn Relay
FUEL PUMP
20A
Fuel Pump Relay
Maintenance
PCB Block
Fuse Rating
ECU 1
20A
PCM
7
SENSOR 2
10A
A/C Comp Relay, Variable Intake Solenoid Valve, Oil Pump Solenoid Valve, Oxygen
Sensor Down, Oil Control Valve, Electronic Thermostat Heater, Purge Control Solenoid
Valve
ECU 2
20A
PCM
POWER OUTLET 1
20A
Rear Power Outlet 1
7-59
Maintenance
Engine compartment fuse panel
Fuse Name
Fuse Rating
Protected Component
POWER OUTLET 2
20A
Rear Power Outlet 2
ACC 3
10A
ICU Junction Block (Fuse - ACC)
ECU 4
10A
PCM
IG 1
40A
PDM (IG1) Relay
ACC 1
40A
ACC 1 Relay
ACC 2
40A
ACC 2 Relay
ECU 5
30A
Main Relay
POWER OUTLET 3
20A
Luggage Power Outlet
POWER OUTLET 4
20A
Front Power Outlet
SENSOR 4
15A
Ignition Coil #1/#2/#3/#4/#5/#6, Cooling Fan Controller
PCB Block
7-60
LIGHT BULBS
Consult an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer to replace most vehicle light
bulbs. It is difficult to replace vehicle
light bulbs because other parts of the
vehicle must be removed before you
can get to the bulb. This is especially
true for removing the headlamp
assembly to get to the bulb(s).
Removing/installing the headlamp
assembly can result in damage to
the vehicle.
i Information
• Prior to replacing a lamp,
depress the brake pedal,
move the shift button into P
(Park) apply the parking
brake, place the ignition
switch to the OFF position,
and take the key with you
when leaving the vehicle to
avoid sudden movement of
the vehicle and to prevent
possible electric shock.
• Be aware the bulbs may be
hot and may burn your fingers.
Headlamp, Parking lamp,
Daytime Running Light, Turn
signal lamp and Side marker
Type A
OLX2079029N
(1) Turn signal lamp
(2) Daytime running light /
Parking lamp
(3) Side marker lamp
(4) Headlamp (Low)
(5) Headlamp (High)
(6) Side reflex reflector
Maintenance
The headlamp and tail lamp lenses
could appear frosty if the vehicle is
washed after driving or the vehicle is
driven at night in wet weather. This
condition is caused by temperature
difference between the lamp inside
and outside and, it does not indicate a
problem with your vehicle. When
moisture condenses in the lamp, it will
be removed after driving with the
headlamp on. The removable level
may differ depending on lamp size,
lamp position and environmental condition. However, if moisture is not
removed, we recommend that your
vehicle is inspected by an authorized
HYUNDAI dealer.
WARNING
7
7-61
Maintenance
Daytime running light (DRL),
parking lamp, turn signal lamp and
side marker lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
■ Low beam
OLX2078031L
■ High beam
3. Remove the headlamp bulb cover
by turning it counterclockwise.
4. Disconnect the headlamp bulb
socket-connector.
5. Remove the bulb socket from the
headlamp assembly by turning it
counterclockwise.
6. Install a new headlamp bulb.
7. Connect the headlamp bulb socket-connector.
8. Install the headlamp bulb cover by
turning it clockwise.
i Information
The headlamp aiming should be
adjusted after an accident or after the
headlamp assembly is reinstalled at an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
OLX2078032
Headlamp
1. Open the hood.
2. Disconnect the negative battery
cable.
7-62
WARNING
OLMB073042L
Type B
OLX2079029N
(1) Turn signal lamp
(2) Daytime running light /
Parking lamp
(3) Side marker lamp
(4) Headlamp (Low/High)
(5) Headlamp (High)
(6) Side reflex reflector
Maintenance
• Handle halogen bulbs with
care. Halogen bulbs contain
pressurized gas that will produce flying pieces of glass
that could cause injuries if
broken.
• Wear eye protection when
changing a bulb. Allow the
bulb to cool down before handling it.
• Always handle them carefully, and
avoid scratches and abrasions. If
the bulbs are lit, avoid contact with
liquids.
• Never touch the glass with bare
hands. Residual oil may cause the
bulb to overheat and burst when lit.
• A bulb should be operated only
when installed in a headlamp.
• If a bulb becomes damaged or
cracked, replace it immediately
and carefully dispose of it.
7
7-63
Maintenance
Headlamp, parking lamp, daytime
running light, turn signal lamp and
side marker lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Side Repeater Lamp
Replacement
Rear combination lamp light
replacement
■ Type A (Standard)
OLX2078033
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
7-64
OLX2079037N
■ Type B (LED)
OLX2079053N
■ Type A
(1) Tail lamp
(2) Tail/Stop lamp
(3) Turn signal lamp
(4) Side marker lamp
(5) Backup lamp
■ Type B
OLX2078035
OLX2078036
Stop/Tail lamp and turn signal lamp
(Type A)
1. Turn off the engine.
2. Open the liftgate.
3. Loosen the lamp assembly retaining screws with a cross-tip screwdriver.
4. Remove the rear combination
lamp assembly from the body of
the vehicle.
5. Remove the socket from the
assembly by turning the socket
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the socket align with the slots on
the assembly.
6. Remove the bulb from the socket
by pressing it in and rotating it
counterclockwise until the tabs on
the bulb align with the slots in the
socket. Pull the bulb out of the
socket.
7. Insert a new bulb by inserting it
into the socket and rotating it until
it locks into place.
8. Install the socket into the assembly by aligning the tabs on the
socket with the slots in the assembly. Push the socket into the
assembly and turn the socket
clockwise.
9. Reinstall the lamp assembly to the
body of the vehicle.
7-65
Maintenance
(1) Tail lamp, Side marker
(2) Stop lamp
(3) Turn signal lamp
(4) Side marker lamp
(5) Backup lamp
(6) Garnish lamp
7
Maintenance
Side maker lamp (Type A,B),
tail/stop lamp, turn signal lamp
(Type B), garnish lamp
If the LED lamp does not operate,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot replaced as a
single unit because it is an integrated
unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
Back up lamp
If the light bulb does not operate,
have the vehicle checked by an
authorized HYUNDI dealer.
7-66
High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb
Replacement
License Plate Light Bulb
Replacement
OLX2078038
OLX2078039
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle.
1. Loosen the lens retaining screws
with a cross-tip screwdriver.
2. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens cover from the
lamp housing.
3. Remove the socket by turning it
counterclockwise.
4. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
5. Install a new bulb.
6. Reinstall in the reverse order.
Interior Light Bulb Replacement
Map lamp, room lamp, vanity mirror lamp and luggage compartment lamp (Bulb type)
■ Map lamp
■ Glove box lamp
OLX2078050L
OLX2078043
■ Vanity mirror lamp
OLX2078052L
1. Using a flat-blade screwdriver,
gently pry the lens from the interior lamp housing.
WARNING
OLX2078051L
OLF074069
Prior to working on the Interior
Lights, ensure that the "OFF"
button is depressed to avoid
burning your fingers or receiving an electric shock.
7-67
Maintenance
■ Room lamp
■ Luggage compartment lamp
7
Maintenance
2. Remove the bulb by pulling it
straight out.
3. Install a new bulb in the socket.
4. Align the lens tabs with the interior lamp housing notches and snap
the lens into place.
Map lamp / Room lamp / Luggage compartment lamp (LED Type)
■ Map lamp
■ Luggage compartment lamp
NOTICE
Use care not to dirty or damage
lens, lens tab, and plastic housings.
OLX2078040
OLX2078042
OLX2078041
If the LED lamp (1) does not operate,
have the system checked by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
The LED lamps cannot be replaced
as a single unit because it is an integrated unit. The LED lamps has to be
replaced with the unit.
A skilled technician should check or
repair the LED lamp, for it may damage related parts of the vehicle
■ Room lamp
7-68
APPEARANCE CARE
Exterior Care
Exterior general caution
It is very important to follow the label
directions when using any chemical
cleaner or polish. Read all warning
and caution statements that appear
on the label.
Protecting your vehicle's finish
Washing
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water before getting on the
road. If braking performance is
impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
NOTICE
• Do not use strong soap, chemical detergents or hot water, and
do not wash the vehicle in direct
sunlight or when the body of the
vehicle is warm.
• Be careful when washing the
side windows of your vehicle.
Especially, with high-pressure
water, water may leak through
the windows and wet the interior.
• To prevent damage to the plastic
parts, do not clean with chemical solvents or strong detergents.
Maintenance
To help protect your vehicle’s finish
from rust and deterioration, wash it
thoroughly and frequently at least
once a month with lukewarm or cold
water.
If you use your vehicle for off-road
driving, you should wash it after each
off-road trip. Pay special attention to
the removal of any accumulation of
salt, dirt, mud, and other foreign
materials. Make sure the drain holes
in the lower edges of the doors and
rocker panels are kept clear and
clean.
Insects, tar, tree sap, bird droppings,
industrial pollution and similar
deposits can damage your vehicle’s
finish if not removed immediately.
Even prompt washing with plain
water may not completely remove all
these deposits. A mild soap, safe for
use on painted surfaces, should be
used.
After washing, rinse the vehicle thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water.
Do not allow soap to dry on the finish.
7
7-69
Maintenance
High-pressure washing
• When using high-pressure washers, make sure to maintain sufficient distance from the vehicle.
Insufficient clearance or excessive
pressure can lead to component
damage or water penetration.
• Do not spray the camera, sensors
or its surrounding area directly with
a high pressure washer. Shock
applied from high pressure water
may cause the device to not operate normally.
• Do not bring the nozzle tip close to
boots (rubber or plastic covers)or
connectors as they may be damaged if they come into contact with
high pressure water.
• Do not use any high-pressure nozzles, which induce either one-direct
water stream or water swirling.
7-70
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
OLX2078045
NOTICE
• Water washing in the engine
compartment including high
pressure water washing may
cause the failure of electrical circuits located in the engine compartment.
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
Automatic car wash which uses
rotating brushes should not be
used as this can damage the surface of your vehicle. A steam
cleaner which washes the vehicle
surface at high temperature may
result the oil to adhere and leave
stains that is difficult to remove.
Use a soft cloth (e.g. microfiber
towel or sponge) when washing
your vehicle and dry with a
microfiber towel. When you hand
wash your vehicle, you should not
use a cleaner that finishes with
wax. If the vehicle surface is too
dirty (sand, dirt, dust, contaminant, etc.), clean the surface with
water before washing the car.
NOTICE
• Wiping dust or dirt off the body
with a dry cloth will scratch the
finish.
• Do not use steel wool, abrasive
cleaners, or strong detergents
containing highly alkaline or
caustic agents on chrome-plated or anodized aluminum parts.
This may result in damage to the
protective coating and cause
discoloration or paint deterioration.
Repairing your vehicle's finish
Deep scratches or stone chips in the
painted surface must be repaired
promptly. Exposed metal will quickly
rust and may develop into a major
repair expense.
NOTICE
If your vehicle is damaged and
requires any metal repair or
replacement, be sure the body
shop applies anti-corrosion materials to the parts repaired or
replaced.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
Do not use any polish protector
such as a detergent, an abrasive
and a polish. In case wax is
applied, remove the wax immediately using a silicon remover and
if any tar or tar contaminant is on
the surface use a tar remover to
clean. However, be careful not to
apply too much pressure on the
painted area.
NOTICE
Matte paint finish vehicle
(if equipped)
In case of matte paint finish vehicles, it is impossible to modify
only the damaged area and repair
of the whole part is necessary. If
the vehicle is damaged and painting is required, we recommend
that you have your vehicle maintained and repaired by an authorized HYUNDAI dealer. Take
extreme care, as it is difficult to
restore the quality after the repair.
7-71
Maintenance
Waxing
A good coat of wax provides a barrier between your paint and environmental contamination.
Keeping a good coat of wax on your
vehicle will help protect it.
Wax the vehicle when water will no
longer bead on the paint.
Always wash and dry the vehicle
before waxing. Use a good quality
liquid or paste wax, and follow the
manufacturer’s instructions. Wax all
metal trim to protect it and to maintain its luster.
Removing oil, tar, and similar materials with a spot remover will usually
strip the wax from the finish. Be sure
to re-wax these areas even if the rest
of the vehicle does not yet need waxing.
7
Maintenance
Bright-metal maintenance
• To remove road tar and insects,
use a tar remover, not a scraper or
other sharp object.
• To protect the surfaces of brightmetal parts from corrosion, apply a
coating of wax or chrome preservative and rub to a high luster.
• During winter weather or in coastal
areas, cover the bright metal parts
with a heavier coating of wax or
preservative. If necessary, coat the
parts with non-corrosive petroleum
jelly or other protective compound.
Underbody maintenance
Corrosive materials used for ice and
snow removal and dust control may
collect on the underbody. If these
materials are not removed, accelerated rusting can occur on underbody
parts such as the fuel lines, frame,
floor pan and exhaust system, even
though they have been treated with
rust protection.
7-72
Thoroughly flush the vehicle underbody and wheel openings with lukewarm or cold water once a month,
after off-road driving and at the end
of each winter. Pay special attention
to these areas because it is difficult
to see all the mud and dirt. It will do
more harm than good to wet down
the road grime without removing it.
The lower edges of doors, rocker
panels, and frame members have
drain holes that should not be
allowed to clog with dirt; trapped
water in these areas can cause rusting.
WARNING
After washing the vehicle, test
the brakes while driving slowly
to see if they have been affected
by water. If braking performance
is impaired, dry the brakes by
applying them lightly while
maintaining a slow forward
speed.
Aluminum wheel maintenance
The aluminum wheels are coated
with a clear protective finish.
NOTICE
• Do not use abrasive cleaner, polishing compound, solvent, or
wire brushes on aluminum
wheels.
• Clean the wheel when it has
cooled.
• Use only a mild soap or neutral
detergent, and rinse thoroughly
with water. Also, clean the
wheels after driving on salted
roads.
• Do not wash the wheels with
high-speed car wash brushes.
• Do not use any cleaners containing acid or alkaline detergents.
Corrosion protection
Protecting your vehicle from corrosion
By using the most advanced design
and construction practices to combat
corrosion, HYUNDAI produces vehicles of the highest quality. However,
this is only part of the job. To achieve
the long-term corrosion resistance
your vehicle can deliver, the owner’s
cooperation and assistance is also
required.
Moisture breeds corrosion
Moisture creates the conditions in
which corrosion is most likely to
occur. For example, corrosion is
accelerated by high humidity, particularly when temperatures are just
above freezing. In such conditions,
the corrosive material is kept in contact with the car surfaces by moisture
that is slow to evaporate.
Mud is particularly corrosive
because it is slow to dry and holds
moisture in contact with the vehicle.
Although the mud appears to be dry,
it can still retain the moisture and
promote corrosion.
High temperatures can also accelerate corrosion of parts that are not
properly ventilated so the moisture
can be dispersed. For all these reasons, it is particularly important to
keep your vehicle clean and free of
mud or accumulations of other materials. This applies not only to the visible surfaces but particularly to the
underside of the vehicle.
To help prevent corrosion
Keep your vehicle clean
The best way to prevent corrosion is
to keep your vehicle clean and free
of corrosive materials. Attention to
the underside of the vehicle is particularly important.
• If you live in a high-corrosion area
— where road salts are used, near
the ocean, areas with industrial
pollution, acid rain, etc.—, you
should take extra care to prevent
corrosion. In winter, hose off the
underside of your vehicle at least
once a month and be sure to clean
the underside thoroughly when
winter is over.
7-73
Maintenance
Common causes of corrosion
The most common causes of corrosion on your vehicle are:
• Road salt, dirt and moisture that is
allowed to accumulate underneath
the vehicle.
• Removal of paint or protective
coatings by stones, gravel, abrasion or minor scrapes and dents
which leave unprotected metal
exposed to corrosion.
High-corrosion areas
If you live in an area where your vehicle is regularly exposed to corrosive
materials, corrosion protection is
particularly important. Some of the
common causes of accelerated corrosion are road salts, dust control
chemicals, ocean air and industrial
pollution.
7
Maintenance
• When cleaning underneath the
vehicle, pay particular attention to
the components under the fenders
and other areas that are hidden
from view. Do a thorough job; just
dampening the accumulated mud
rather than washing it away will
accelerate corrosion rather than
prevent it. Water under high pressure and steam are particularly
effective in removing accumulated
mud and corrosive materials.
• When cleaning lower door panels,
rocker panels and frame members,
be sure that drain holes are kept
open so that moisture can escape
and not be trapped inside to accelerate corrosion.
7-74
Keep your garage dry
Don't park your vehicle in a damp,
poorly ventilated garage. This creates a favorable environment for corrosion. This is particularly true if you
wash your vehicle in the garage or
drive it into the garage when it is still
wet or covered with snow, ice or
mud. Even a heated garage can contribute to corrosion unless it is well
ventilated so moisture is dispersed.
Keep paint and trim in good condition
Scratches or chips in the finish
should be covered with "touch-up"
paint as soon as possible to reduce
the possibility of corrosion. If bare
metal is showing through, the attention of a qualified body and paint
shop is recommended.
Bird droppings are highly corrosive
and may damage painted surfaces in
just a few hours. Always remove bird
droppings as soon as possible.
Interior Care
Interior general precautions
Prevent caustic solutions such as
perfume and cosmetic oil, from contacting the interior parts because
they may cause damage or discoloration. If they do contact the interior
parts, wipe them off immediately.
See the instructions for the proper
way to clean vinyl.
NOTICE
• Never allow water or other liquids to come in contact with
electrical/electronic
components inside the vehicle as this
may damage them.
• When cleaning leather products
(steering wheel, seats etc.), use
neutral detergents or low alcohol content solutions. If you use
high alcohol content solutions
or acid/alkaline detergents, the
color of the leather may fade or
the surface may get stripped off.
Cleaning the upholstery and
interior trim
Vinyl (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from
vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean vinyl surfaces with a
vinyl cleaner.
CAUTION
• Wrinkles or abrasions which
appear naturally from usage
are not covered by warranty.
• Belts with metallic accessories, zippers or keys inside
the back pocket may damage
the seat fabric.
• Make sure not to wet the seat.
It may change the nature of
natural leather.
• Jeans or clothes which could
bleach may contaminate the
surface of the seat covering
fabric.
Maintenance
Fabric (if equipped)
Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum
cleaner. Clean with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or
carpets. Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner. If
fresh spots do not receive immediate
attention, the fabric can be stained
and its color can be affected. Also, its
fire-resistant properties can be
reduced if the material is not properly maintained.
Leather (if equipped)
• Features of seat leather
- Leather is made from the outer
skin of an animal, which goes
through a special process to be
available for use. Since it is a natural product, each part differs in
thickness or density.
Wrinkles may appear as a natural
result of stretching and shrinking
depending on the temperature
and humidity.
- The seat is made of stretchable
fabric to improve comfort.
- The parts contacting the body are
curved and the side supporting
area is high which provides driving comfort and stability.
- Wrinkles may appear naturally
from usage. It is not a fault of the
products.
7
NOTICE
Using anything but recommended
cleaners and procedures may
affect the fabric's appearance and
fire-resistant properties.
7-75
Maintenance
• Caring for the leather seats
- Vacuum the seat periodically to
remove dust and sand on the
seat. It will prevent abrasion or
damage of the leather and maintain its quality.
- Wipe the natural leather seat
cover often with dry or soft cloth.
- Use of proper leather protector
may prevent abrasion of the
cover and helps maintain the
color. Be sure to read the instructions and consult a specialist
when using leather coating or
protective agent.
- Light colored (beige, cream
beige) leather is easily contaminated and the stain is noticeable.
Clean the seats frequently.
- Avoid wiping with wet cloth. It may
cause the surface to crack.
7-76
• Cleaning the leather seats
- Remove all contaminations
instantly. Refer to instructions
below for removal of each contaminant.
- Cosmetic products (sunscreen,
foundation, etc.)
Apply cleansing cream on a cloth
and wipe the contaminated spot.
Wipe off the cream with a wet
cloth and remove water with a dry
cloth.
- Beverages (coffee, soft drink,
etc.)
Apply a small amount of neutral
detergent and wipe until contaminations do not smear.
- Oil
Remove oil instantly with
absorbable cloth and wipe with
stain remover used only for natural leather.
- Chewing gum
Harden the gum with ice and
remove gradually.
Cleaning the seat belt webbing
Clean the belt webbing with any mild
soap solution recommended for
cleaning upholstery or carpet. Follow
the instructions provided with the
soap. Do not bleach or re-dye the
webbing because this may weaken
the seat belt.
Cleaning the interior window
glass
If the interior glass surfaces of the
vehicle become fogged (that is, covered with an oily, greasy or waxy
film), they should be cleaned with
glass cleaner. Follow the directions
on the glass cleaner container.
NOTICE
Do not scrape or scratch the
inside of the rear window. This
may result in damage to the rear
window defroster grid.
EMISSION CONTROL SYSTEM
The emission control system of your
vehicle is covered by a written limited
warranty. Please see the warranty
information contained in the Owner’s
Handbook & Warranty Information
booklet in your vehicle.
Your vehicle is equipped with an
emission control system to meet all
applicable emission regulations.
There are three emission control
systems, as follows.
In order to ensure the proper function of the emission control systems,
it is recommended that you have
your vehicle inspected and maintained by an authorized HYUNDAI
dealer in accordance with the maintenance schedule in this manual.
For
the
Inspection
and
Maintenance Test (with Electronic
Stability Control (ESC) system)
• To prevent the vehicle from misfiring during dynamometer testing, turn the Electronic Stability
Control (ESC) system off by
pressing the ESC switch (ESC
OFF light illuminated).
• After dynamometer testing is
completed, turn the ESC system
back on by pressing the ESC
switch again.
1. Crankcase Emission Control
System
The positive crankcase ventilation
system is employed to prevent air
pollution caused by blow-by gases
being emitted from the crankcase.
This system supplies fresh filtered air
to the crankcase through the air
intake hose. Inside the crankcase,
the fresh air mixes with blow-by
gases, which then pass through the
PCV valve into the induction system.
2. Evaporative Emission Control
System Including Onboard
Refueling Vapor Recovery
(ORVR)
The Evaporative Emission Control
System is designed to prevent fuel
vapors from escaping into the atmosphere. The ORVR system is
designed to allow the vapors from
the fuel tank to be loaded into a canister while refueling at the gas station, preventing the escape of fuel
vapors into the atmosphere.
7-77
Maintenance
(1) Crankcase emission control system
(2) Evaporative emission control system
(3) Exhaust emission control system
NOTICE
7
Maintenance
Canister
Fuel vapors generated inside the fuel
tank are absorbed and stored in the
onboard canister. When the engine is
running, the fuel vapors absorbed in
the canister are drawn into the surge
tank through the purge control solenoid valve.
Purge Control Solenoid Valve
(PCSV)
The purge control solenoid valve is
controlled by the Engine Control
Module (ECM); when the engine
coolant temperature is low during
idling, the PCSV closes so that evaporated fuel is not taken into the
engine. After the engine warms-up
during ordinary driving, the PCSV
opens to introduce evaporated fuel to
the engine.
7-78
3. Exhaust Emission Control
System
Engine exhaust (carbon monoxide) precautions
The Exhaust Emission Control
System is a highly effective system
which controls exhaust emissions
while maintaining good vehicle performance.
When the engine starts or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to the
emission system.
• Carbon monoxide can be present
with other exhaust fumes. If you
smell exhaust fumes of any kind in
your vehicle, drive with all the windows fully open. Have your vehicle
checked and repaired immediately.
WARNING
Engine exhaust gases contain
carbon monoxide (CO). Though
colorless and odorless, it is
dangerous and could be lethal if
inhaled. Follow the instructions
on this page to avoid CO poisoning.
WARNING
CALIFORNIA PROPOSITION 65
WARNING
Operating precautions for catalytic converters (if equipped)
WARNING
The exhaust system and catalytic converter are very hot
during and immediately after
the engine has been running. To
avoid SERIOUS INJURY or
DEATH:
• Do not park, idle, or drive the
vehicle over or near flammable objects, such as grass,
vegetation, paper, leaves, etc.
A hot exhaust system can
ignite flammable items under
your vehicle.
• Keep away from the exhaust
system and catalytic converter or you may get burned.
Also, Do not remove the heat
sink around the exhaust system, do not seal the bottom of
the vehicle, and do not coat
the vehicle for corrosion control. It may present a fire risk
under certain conditions.
7-79
Maintenance
Engine exhaust and a wide variety of automobile components
and parts, including components found in the interior furnishings in a vehicle, contain or
emit chemicals known to the
State of California to cause cancer and birth defects and reproductive harm. In addition, certain fluids contained in vehicles
and certain products of component wear contain or emit chemicals known to the State of
California to cause cancer and
birth defects or other reproductive harm.
For more information go to
https://www.p65warnings.ca.go
v/passenger-vehicle
• Do not operate the engine in confined or closed areas (such as
garages) any more than what is
necessary to move the vehicle in or
out of the area.
• When the vehicle is stopped in an
open area for more than a short
time with the engine running,
adjust the ventilation system (as
needed) to draw outside air into the
vehicle.
• Never sit in a parked or stopped
vehicle for any extended time with
the engine running.
• When the engine stalls or fails to
start, excessive attempts to restart
the engine may cause damage to
the emission control system.
7
Maintenance
Your vehicle is equipped with a catalytic converter emission control
device. To prevent damage to the
catalytic converter and to your vehicle, take the following precautions:
• Use only UNLEADED FUEL for
gasoline engines.
• Do not operate the vehicle when
there are signs of engine malfunction, such as misfire or a noticeable
loss of performance.
• Do not misuse or abuse the
engine. Examples of misuse are
coasting with the engine off and
descending steep grades in gear
with the engine off.
• Do not operate the engine at high
idle speed for extended periods (5
minutes or more).
7-80
• Do not modify or tamper with any
part of the engine or emission control system. All inspections and
adjustments must be made by an
authorized HYUNDAI dealer.
• Avoid driving with extremely low
fuel level. If you run out of gasoline,
it could cause the engine to misfire
and result in excessive loading of
the catalytic converter.
CALIFORNIA PERCHLORATE NOTICE
Perchlorate Material-special handling may apply, See: http”//dtsc.ca.gov/perchlorate
Notice to California Vehicle Dismantlers:
Perchlorate containing materials, such as air bag inflators, seatbelt pretensioners and keyless remote entry batteries,
must be disposed of according to Title 22 California Code of Regulations Section 67384.10 (a).
Maintenance
7
7-81
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .........................8-9
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) .................8-10
Vehicle Ccertification Label................................8-10
Tire Specification and Pressure Label .............8-11
Engine Number .....................................................8-11
Consumer Information.........................................8-12
Reporting Safety Defects ...................................8-13
Specifications & Consumer information
Dimensions ..............................................................8-2
Engine ......................................................................8-2
Bulb Wattage ..........................................................8-3
Tires and Wheels ...................................................8-5
Volume and Weight................................................8-6
Air Conditioning System........................................8-6
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities ..........8-7
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
DIMENSIONS
Items
in (mm)
Overall length
196.06 (4,980)
Overall width
77.75 (1,975)
Overall height
68.89 (1,750)
Front tread
Rear tread
245/60 R18
67.24 (1,708)
245/50 R20
67.24 (1,708)
245/60 R18
67.56 (1,716)
245/50 R20
67.56 (1,716)
Wheelbase
114.17 (2,900)
ENGINE
Item
Gasoline 3.8 GDI
Displacement
cu. in (cc)
Bore x Stroke
in. (mm)
Firing order
No. of cylinders
8-2
230.55
(3,778)
3.78 x 3.43
(96 x 87)
1-2-3-4-5-6
6, V-type
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
BULB WATTAGE
Light Bulb
Low
Headlamp
High
Front
Daytime running lamp(DRL) & Parking lamp
Bulb Type
Wattage
Type A
HB3
60
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
H7
55
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
LED
LED
Type B
LED
LED
LED
LED
Turn signal lamp
Turn signal lamp (Outside mirror)
LED
LED
Side marker lamp
LED
LED
P28/8W
28/8
Tail lamp
Tail/Stop lamp
Turn signal lamp
Rear
Side marker lamp
Type A
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
P28/8W
28/8
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
P28/8W
28/8
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
LED
LED
LED
LED
Back up lamp
Type B
P21W
21
Rear fog lamp
LED
LED
High mounted stop lamp
LED
LED
License plate lamp
W5W
5
8
8-3
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Light Bulb
Map lamp
Room lamp
Interior
Luggage compartment
lamp
Vanity mirror lamp
Grove box lamp
8-4
Type A
Bulb Type
Wattage
W8W
8
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
W8W
28/8
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
FESTOON
8
Type B
LED
LED
Type A
5W
5
LED
LED
FESTOON
5
Type B
Cold tire inflation pressure, kPa (psi)
Item
Tire Size
Full size tire
Compact spare tire
Wheel Size
245/60 R18
7.5J X 18
245/50 R20
7.5J X 20
T155/90 R18
4.0T X 18
Front
Rear
240 (35)
240 (35)
Wheel Lug Nut
Torque
kgf·m (lbf·ft, N·m)
11~13
(79~94,107~127)
420 (60)
NOTICE
• It is permissible to add 3 psi to the standard tire pressure specification if colder temperatures are expected soon.
Tires typically loose 1psi (7kPa) for every 12°F temperature drop. If extreme temperature variations are
expected, recheck your tire pressure as necessary to keep them properly inflated.
• An air pressure generally decreases, as you drive up to a high-altitude area above sea level. Thus, if you
plan to drive a high-altitude area, check the tire pressures in advance. If necessary, inflate them to a proper level. (Air inflation per altitude : +2.4 psi/1 mile)
CAUTION
When replacing tires, use the same size originally supplied with the vehicle.
Using tires of a different size can damage the related parts or not work properly.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRES AND WHEELS
8
8-5
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VOLUME AND WEIGHT
3.8 GDI
Items
7 Seater
lbs. (kg)
Gross vehicle weight
8 Seater
lbs. (kg)
2WD
AWD
5,732 (2,600)
5,871 (2,663)
5,732 (2,600)
5,871 (2,663)
Luggage volume (SAE)
cu. ft (l)
Behind 1st row : 86.4 (2447)
Behind 2st row : 45.8 (1297)
Behind 3st row : 18 (509)
AIR CONDITIONING SYSTEM
Items
Weight of Volume
Refrigerant
oz. (g)
Compressor lubricant
oz. (cc)
Contact an authorized HYUNDAI dealer for more details.
8-6
Classification
31.75 (900) ± 0.88 (25)
R134a
6.35 (180)
PAG
To help achieve proper engine and powertrain performance and durability, use only lubricants of the proper quality.
The correct lubricants also help promote engine efficiency that results in improved fuel economy.
Lubricant
Volume
Classification
Engine oil * * (drain and refill)
1
2
Recommends
Automatic transmission fluid
1.71 US gal. (6.5 l)
ACEA A5 or above*3 /
5W-30 /(SAE Viscosity Number)
1.85 US gal. (7.0 l)
MICHANG ATF SP-IV,
SK ATF SP-IV,
NOCA ATF SP-IV,
HYUNDAI genuine ATF SP-IV or other
brands meeting the above specification
approved by HYUNDAI Motor Co.
*1 : Refer to the recommended SAE viscosity numbers on the 9 page.
*2 : Engine oils labeled Energy Conserving Oil are now available. Along with other additional benefits, they contribute to fuel economy by reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine friction. Often, these improvements are difficult to measure
in everyday driving, but in a year's time, they can offer significant cost and energy savings.
*3 : If the ACEA A5 engine oil is not available in your country, you are able to use API SM & ILSAC GF-4 (or above) or ACEA A3.
8-7
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
RECOMMENDED LUBRICANTS AND CAPACITIES
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Lubricant
Volume
Transfer case oil (AWD)
0.19 US gal. (0.7 l)
Rear differential oil (AWD)
0.19 US gal. (0.7 l)
Coolant
2.35 US gal. (8.9 l)
Brake fluid
Fuel
8-8
As required
18.75 US gal. (71 l)
Classification
HYPOID GEAR OIL API GL-5, SAE 75W/85
(SK HCT-5 GEAR OIL 75W/85 or EQUIVALENT)
Mixture of antifreeze and water
(Phosphate-based Ethylene glycol coolant for aluminum radiator)
FMVSS116 DOT-4
Refer to "Fuel requirements" in the Foreword chapter.
CAUTION
Always be sure to clean the area
around any filler plug, drain
plug, or dipstick before checking or draining any lubricant.
This is especially important in
dusty or sandy areas and when
the vehicle is used on unpaved
roads. Cleaning the plug and
dipstick areas will prevent dirt
and grit from entering the
engine and other mechanisms
that could be damaged.
Engine oil viscosity (thickness) has an effect on fuel economy and cold
weather operating (engine start and engine oil flowability). Lower viscosity
engine oils can provide better fuel economy and cold weather performance,
however, higher viscosity engine oils are required for satisfactory lubrication
in hot weather.
Using oils of any viscosity other than those recommended could result in
engine damage.
When choosing an oil, consider the range of temperature your vehicle will be
operated in before the next oil change. Proceed to select the recommended
oil viscosity from the chart.
Temperature
Engine
Oil *1
Temperature Range for SAE Viscosity Numbers
°C -30
-20
-10
0
10
20
30
40
(°F)
-10
0
20
40
60
80
100
50
120
5W-30
*1 : For better fuel economy, it is recommended to use the engine oil of a viscosity
grade SAE 5W-30. However, if the engine oil is not available in your country,
select the proper engine oil using the engine oil viscosity chart.
An engine oil displaying this American Petroleum Institute(API)
Certification Mark conforms to the International Lubricant
Specification Advisory Committee (ILSAC). It is recommended to
only use engine oils that uphold this API Certification Mark.
8-9
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
Recommended SAE viscosity
number
8
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
VEHICLE IDENTIFICATION NUMBER (VIN)
VEHICLE CERTIFICATION
LABEL
■ VIN label
OLX2089002N
OLX2088008L
The vehicle identification number
(VIN) is the number used in registering your car and in all legal matters
pertaining to its ownership, etc.
The number is punched on the
engine compartment frame and back
side of the engine.
The VIN is also on a plate attached
to the top of the dashboard. The
number on the plate can easily be
seen through the windshield from
outside.
8-10
OLX2088003
The vehicle certification label attached
on the driver's side center pillar gives
the Vehicle Identification Number
(VIN).
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
TIRE SPECIFICATION AND
PRESSURE LABEL
ENGINE NUMBER
■ Gasoline engine 3.8 GDI
OLX2088006L
OLX2088003L
The tires supplied on your new vehicle are chosen to provide the best
performance for normal driving.
The tire label located on the driver’s
side center pillar gives the tire pressures recommended for your car.
The engine number is stamped on
the engine block as shown in the
drawing.
8
8-11
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
CONSUMER INFORMATION
This consumer information has been prepared in accordance with regulations issued by the National Highway Traffic
Safety Administration of the U.S. Department of Transportation.Your HYUNDAI dealer will help answer any questions you
may have as you read this information.
HYUNDAI motor vehicles are designed and manufactured to meet or exceed all applicable safety standards.
For your safety, however, we strongly urge you to read and follow all directions in this Owner’s Manual, particularly the
information under the headings "NOTICE", "CAUTION" and "WARNING".
If, after reading this manual, you have any questions regarding the operation of your vehicle, please contact the Hyundai
Customer Care Center.
Hyundai Customer Care
P.O. Box 20850
Fountain Valley, CA 92728
800-633-5151
[email protected]
Hyundai’s Customer Care Center representatives are available Monday through Friday, between the hours of 6:00 AM and
5:00 PM PST and Saturday between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST (English).
For Customer Care Center assistance in Spanish or Korean, representatives are available Monday through Friday
between 6:30 AM and 3:00 PM PST.
8-12
If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death, you should
immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration (NHTSA) in addition to notifying HYUNDAI
MOTOR AMERICA.
To contact NHTSA, you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll-free at 1-888- 327-4236 (TTY: 1-800-424-9153);
go to http://www.safercar.gov;
download the SaferCar mobile application;
or write to: Administrator, NHTSA
1200 New Jersey Ave, SE,
West Building Washington, D.C. 20590.
You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http://www.safercar.gov.
If NHTSA receives similar complaints, it may open an investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group
of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. However, NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you, your dealer, or HYUNDAI MOTOR AMERICA.
Specifications, Consumer information and Reporting safety defects
REPORTING SAFETY DEFECTS
8
8-13
Index
I
Index
A
Accessing Your Vehicle ....................................................3-4
Immobilizer System ..................................................3-14
Remote Key .................................................................3-4
Smart Key ....................................................................3-8
Air Bag - Advanced Supplemental Restraint System.....2-57
Additional Safety Precautions....................................2-79
Air Bag Warning Label ..............................................2-79
How Does the Air Bag System Operate?...................2-63
Occupant Classification System (OCS) .....................2-68
SRS Care ....................................................................2-78
What to Expect After an Air Bag Inflates..................2-67
Where Are the Air Bags? ...........................................2-59
Why Didn't My Air Bag Go Off in a Collision?........2-73
Air cleaner.......................................................................7-22
Filter Replacement .....................................................7-22
All Wheel Drive (AWD) ................................................5-43
Air Conditioning System ..................................................8-6
AWD Operation..........................................................5-44
Emergency Precautions ..............................................5-48
LCD display message.................................................5-47
Appearance care..............................................................7-69
Exterior Care ..............................................................7-69
Interior Care ...............................................................7-74
I-2
Automatic Climate Control System..............................3-196
Automatic Temperature Control Mode ....................3-197
Manual Temperature Control Mode.........................3-198
Rear climate control .................................................3-204
System Maintenance ................................................3-209
System Operation .....................................................3-207
Automatic transmission ..................................................5-15
Automatic transmission operation ............................5-15
Good driving practices ..............................................5-20
LCD display message.................................................5-19
Paddle Shifter (Manual Shift Mode)..........................5-22
Parking........................................................................5-18
B
Battery.............................................................................7-29
Battery Recharging.....................................................7-31
For Best Battery Service ............................................7-30
Reset Features ............................................................7-32
Before driving ...................................................................5-5
Before Entering the Vehicle .........................................5-5
Before Starting .............................................................5-5
Key Ignition Switch .....................................................5-7
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist (BCA) ..............5-96
Blind-Spot Collision Warning settings.......................5-86
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist
malfunction and limitations ...................................5-105
Blind-Spot Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ...5-101
C
California perchlorate notice ..........................................7-81
Child Restraint System (CRS) ........................................2-45
Children Always in the Rear ......................................2-45
Installing a Child Restraint System (CRS) ................2-49
Selecting a Child Restraint System (CRS).................2-47
Climate Control Additional Features ............................3-216
Automatic Ventilation...............................................3-216
Cluster ionizer .........................................................3-216
Sunroof Inside Air Recirculation ............................3-216
Climate control air filter .................................................7-24
Filter Inspection..........................................................7-24
Consumer Information....................................................8-12
D
Declaration of confirmity .............................................5-200
Front radar ...............................................................5-200
Rear corner radar .....................................................5-200
Dimensions .......................................................................8-2
Door Locks .....................................................................3-16
Automatic Door Lock and Unlock Features ..............3-20
Child-Protector Rear Door Locks .............................3-21
Electronic Child Safety Lock System .......................3-21
Operating Door Locks from Inside the Vehicle ........3-17
Operating Door Locks from Outside the Vehicle .....3-16
I-3
Index
Blind-spot Collison Warning(BCW)...............................5-85
Blind-Spot Collision Warning malfunction
and limitations..........................................................5-90
Blind-Spot Collision Warning operation ...................5-89
Blind-Spot Collision Warning settings settings .........5-86
Blind-Spot View Monitor (BVM) ...............................3-182
Blind-Spot View Monitor malfunction ....................3-183
Blind-Spot View Monitor operation.........................3-183
Blind-Spot View Monitor settings ...........................3-182
Brake fluid ......................................................................7-21
Checking the Brake Fluid Level ................................7-21
Braking system ...............................................................5-23
Anti-lock Brake System (ABS)..................................5-33
Auto Hold ...................................................................5-29
Disc Brakes Wear Indicator........................................5-24
Downhill Brake Control (DBC) ................................5-39
Electronic Parking Brake (EPB) ................................5-24
Electronic Stability Control (ESC).............................5-35
Good Braking Practices ............................................5-42
Hill-Start Assist Control (HAC).................................5-39
Power Brakes..............................................................5-23
Trailer Stability Assist (TSA).....................................5-42
Vehicle Stability Management (VSM) .......................5-38
Bulb Wattage.....................................................................8-3
I
Index
Drive Mode Integrated Control System (2WD) .............5-55
Drive Mode ................................................................5-55
Drive Mode Integrated Control System(AWD)..............5-59
Drive Mode ................................................................5-59
Driver Attention Warning (DAW) ................................5-136
Driver Attention Warning malfunction
and limitations........................................................5-140
Driver Attention Warning operation.........................5-138
Driver Attention Warning settings ..........................5-137
Driver position memory system ....................................3-32
Easy Access Function.................................................3-34
Recalling Positions from Memory .............................3-33
Resetting the Driver's Seat Memory System .............3-33
Storing Positions into Memory .................................3-32
E
Emission control system .................................................7-77
Crankcase Emission Control System .........................7-77
Evaporative Emission Control System Including
Onboard Refueling Vapor Recovery (ORVR)............7-77
Exhaust Emission Control System .............................7-78
Engine ...............................................................................8-2
Engine Compartment ........................................................1-6
Engine compartment .........................................................7-3
Engine coolant ................................................................7-18
Changing Engine Coolant ..........................................7-20
Checking the Engine Coolant Level ..........................7-18
Engine Number ...............................................................8-11
I-4
Engine oil........................................................................7-16
Checking the Engine Oil and Filter ...........................7-17
Checking the Engine Oil Level..................................7-16
Explanation of scheduled maintenance items.................7-13
Exterior Features.............................................................3-66
Fuel Filler Door..........................................................3-79
Hood ...........................................................................3-66
Non-Powered Liftgate ................................................3-67
Power Liftgate ...........................................................3-69
Smart Liftgate.............................................................3-75
Exterior features............................................................3-234
Roof Side Rails ........................................................3-234
Exterior Overview.............................................................1-2
F
Forward Collision-avoidance Assist(FCA)
(Sensor Fusion).............................................................5-63
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist malfunction
and limitations..........................................................5-70
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist operation ........5-66
Forward Collision-Avoidance Assist settings ............5-64
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW) ...3-170
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
malfunction and precautions ..................................3-173
Forward/Reverse Parking Distance Warning
operation.................................................................3-171
Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings ............3-170
Fuses ...............................................................................7-48
Engine Compartment Panel Fuse Replacement .........7-50
Fuse/Relay Panel Description ....................................7-51
Instrument Panel Fuse Replacement ..........................7-49
H
Hazard Warning Flasher ...................................................6-2
Head Up Display (HUD) ..............................................3-143
High Beam Assist (HBA) .............................................3-154
High Beam Assist malfunction and limitations .......3-156
High Beam Assist operation.....................................3-155
High Beam Assist setting .........................................3-154
Highway Driving Assist (HDA) ..................................5-143
Highway Driving Assist Malfunction and
Limitations .............................................................5-148
Highway Driving Assist Operation ..........................5-145
Highway Driving Assist Settings .............................5-144
I
I-5
Index
If the Engine Overheats ....................................................6-6
If the Engine Will Not Start..............................................6-3
If the Engine Doesn't Turn Over or
Turns Over Slowly .....................................................6-3
If the Engine Turns Over Normally but
Doesn't Start ...............................................................6-3
If You Have a Flat Tire ...................................................6-14
Changing Tires ...........................................................6-16
Jack and Tools ............................................................6-14
Removing and Storing the Spare Tire ........................6-15
Ignition switch ..................................................................5-7
Engine Start/Stop Button............................................5-10
Important Safety Precautions............................................2-2
Air Bag Hazards ...........................................................2-2
Always Wear Your Seat Belt........................................2-2
Control Your Speed ......................................................2-3
Driver Distraction.........................................................2-2
Keep Your Vehicle in Safe Condition ..........................2-3
Restrain All Children....................................................2-2
In Case of an Emergency While Driving .........................6-2
If the Engine Stalls at a Crossroad or Crossing ...........6-2
If the Engine Stalls While Driving...............................6-2
If you Have a Flat Tire While Driving.........................6-3
Infotainment System .........................................................4-2
Antenna ........................................................................4-2
Audio (Display Audio) / Video /
Navigation System (AVN) .........................................4-4
Bluetooth® Wireless Technology .................................4-4
Steering Wheel Audio Controls....................................4-3
USB Port ......................................................................4-2
Instrument Cluster...........................................................3-82
Gauges and Meters .....................................................3-84
Instrument Cluster Control.........................................3-84
LCD Display Messages............................................3-103
Transmission Shift Indicator ......................................3-89
Warning and Indicator Lights.....................................3-89
Instrument Panel Overview ..............................................1-5
I
Index
Interior features ............................................................3-219
AC Inverter ..............................................................3-223
Cargo Security Screen..............................................3-230
Clock ........................................................................3-228
Coat Hook ................................................................3-228
Conversation mirror .................................................3-221
Cup Holder ...............................................................3-219
Floor Mat Anchor(s).................................................3-229
Luggage Net Holder .................................................3-230
Power Outlet.............................................................3-222
Side Curtain..............................................................3-232
Sunvisor....................................................................3-221
USB Charger ...........................................................3-225
Wireless Cellular Phone Charging System ..............3-226
Interior Overview..............................................................1-4
ISG (Idle Stop and Go) system ......................................5-50
Calibrating the Battery Sensor ...................................5-54
ISG System Malfunction............................................5-53
To Activate the ISG System .......................................5-50
To Deactivate the ISG System ..................................5-53
J
Jump Starting ....................................................................6-4
I-6
L
Lane Following Assist (LFA) ......................................5-131
Lane Following Assist malfunction and
limitations...............................................................5-134
Lane Following Assist operation..............................5-132
Lane Following Assist settings ................................5-131
Lane Keeping Assist (LKA) ..........................................5-78
Lane Keeping Assist malfunction and limitations .....5-82
Lane Keeping Assist operation ..................................5-80
Lane Keeping Assist settings ....................................5-78
LCD Display (Cluster type A and type B)....................3-109
LCD Display Control ...............................................3-109
LCD Display Modes ................................................3-110
LCD Display (Cluster type C) ......................................3-127
LCD Display Control ...............................................3-127
View Modes ............................................................3-128
Light bulbs ......................................................................7-61
Headlamp, Parking lamp, Daytime Running Light,
Turn signal lamp and Side marker ...........................7-61
High Mounted Stop Lamp Bulb Replacement...........7-66
Interior Light Bulb Replacement ...............................7-67
License Plate Light Bulb Replacement .....................7-66
Rear combination lamp light replacement .................7-64
Side Repeater Lamp Replacement .............................7-64
Lighting.........................................................................3-145
Exterior Lights..........................................................3-145
Interior Lights...........................................................3-149
Welcome System .....................................................3-152
M
Maintenance services ........................................................7-4
Owner Maintenance Precautions..................................7-4
Owner's Responsibility.................................................7-4
Manual Climate Control System ..................................3-184
Heating and Air Conditioning ..................................3-185
Rear climate control .................................................3-189
System Maintenance ................................................3-194
System Operation .....................................................3-192
Mirrors ............................................................................3-39
Inside Rearview Mirror ..............................................3-39
Reverse Parking Aid Function ...................................3-54
Side View Mirrors ......................................................3-52
N
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control (NSCC).........5-170
Limitations of Navigation-based
Smart Cruise Control ............................................5-174
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Operation .5-171
Navigation-based Smart Cruise Control Settings ....5-170
Option Menu (Cluster type C) ......................................3-132
Owner maintenance ..........................................................7-5
Owner Maintenance Schedule......................................7-6
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision Warning (RCCW)...........5-111
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system operation ...........5-113
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system malfunction
and limitations ........................................................5-115
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system settings ...............5-112
Rear Cross-Traffic Collision-Avoidance
Assist (RCCA) ............................................................5-119
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system malfunction
and limitations........................................................5-125
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system operation ............5-121
Rear Cross-Traffic Safety system settings ...............5-120
Rear View Monitor (RVM) ..........................................3-162
Rear View Monitor malfunction and limitations .....3-165
Rear View Monitor operation...................................3-163
Rear View Monitor settings .....................................3-162
Recommended Lubricants and Capacities........................8-7
Recommended SAE Viscosity Number .......................8-9
Reporting Safety Defects ................................................8-13
Reverse Parking Distance Warning (PDW)..................3-166
Reverse Parking Distance Warning malfunction
and precautions.......................................................3-167
Reverse Parking Distance Warning operation..........3-166
Reverse Parking Distance Warning settings ............3-166
Index
O
R
I
I-7
Index
S
Safe Exit Assist (SEA)....................................................3-23
Rear Occupant Alert (ROA) System .........................3-29
Safe Exit Assist malfunction and limitations .............3-27
Safe Exit Assist operation ..........................................3-25
Safe Exit Assist settings .............................................3-24
Scheduled maintenance services.......................................7-7
Maintenance Under Severe Usage
Conditions (3.8 GDI) ...............................................7-11
Normal Maintenance Schedule (3.8 GDI) ...................7-8
Seat Belts ........................................................................2-29
Additional Seat Belt Safety Precautions ....................2-41
Care of Seat Belt ........................................................2-44
Seat Belt Restraint System .........................................2-33
Seat Belt Safety Precautions ......................................2-29
Seat Belt Warning Light.............................................2-30
Seats ..................................................................................2-4
Front Seats....................................................................2-6
Head Restraints ..........................................................2-21
Rear Seats ...................................................................2-13
Safety Precautions ........................................................2-5
Seat Warmers and Air Ventilation Seats.....................2-26
Smart cruise control (SCC)...........................................5-151
Smart Cruise Control display and control................5-157
Smart Cruise Control malfunction and limitations ..5-163
Smart Cruise Control operation ...............................5-156
Smart Cruise Control settings ..................................5-152
I-8
Special driving conditions ............................................5-178
Driving at Night .......................................................5-179
Driving in Flooded Areas .........................................5-180
Driving in the Rain...................................................5-179
Hazardous Driving Conditions.................................5-178
Highway Driving......................................................5-180
Reducing the Risk of a Rollover .............................5-181
Rocking the Vehicle .................................................5-178
Smooth Cornering ....................................................5-179
Steering wheel.................................................................3-36
Electric Power Steering (EPS) ...................................3-36
Heated Steering Wheel...............................................3-38
Horn............................................................................3-37
Tilt Steering / Telescopic Steering .............................3-37
Storage Compartment ...................................................3-217
Center Console Storage............................................3-217
Glove Box ................................................................3-217
Luggage Tray ..........................................................3-218
Sunroof............................................................................3-59
Dual wide sunroof ......................................................3-59
Resetting the sunroof..................................................3-63
Slide open/close (Front) .............................................3-61
Sunroof ......................................................................3-59
Sunroof open warning ................................................3-65
Sunshade (Front)/Power sunshade (Rear)..................3-60
Tilt open/close (Front)................................................3-61
Surround View Monitor (SVM)....................................3-176
Surround View Monitor malfunction and
limitations...............................................................3-180
Surround View Monitor operation ...........................3-178
Surround View Monitor settings ..............................3-176
T
Index
Theft-alarm System.........................................................3-31
Tire Pressure Monitoring System (TPMS) .......................6-8
Changing a Tire with TPMS ......................................6-12
Check Tire Pressure......................................................6-8
Low Tire Pressure LCD Display with Position
Indicator ...................................................................6-10
Low Tire Pressure Telltale..........................................6-10
Tire Pressure Monitoring System.................................6-9
TPMS Malfunction Indicator .....................................6-11
Tire Specification and Pressure Label ............................8-11
Tires and wheels .............................................................7-33
All Season Tires .........................................................7-46
Check Tire Inflation Pressure.....................................7-35
Radial-Ply Tires..........................................................7-46
Recommended Cold Tire Inflation Pressures.............7-34
Snow Tires..................................................................7-46
Tire Care.....................................................................7-33
Tire Maintenance........................................................7-39
Tire Replacement ......................................................7-37
Tire Rotation...............................................................7-35
Tire Sidewall Labeling ...............................................7-39
Tire Terminology and Definitions..............................7-43
Tire Traction ...............................................................7-38
Wheel Alignment and Tire Balance ...........................7-36
Wheel Replacement....................................................7-38
Tires and Wheels...............................................................8-5
Towing ............................................................................6-22
Emergency Towing.....................................................6-24
Removable Towing Hook...........................................6-23
Towing Service...........................................................6-22
Trailer towing................................................................5-186
Driving with a trailer................................................5-189
If you decide to pull a trailer....................................5-186
Maintenance when trailer towing ............................5-192
Trailer towing equipment .........................................5-188
Trip Computer (Cluster type A and type B) .................3-123
Trip modes................................................................3-123
I
I-9
Index
V
Vehicle Ccertification Label ...........................................8-10
Vehicle Identification Number (VIN).............................8-10
Vehicle load limit ..........................................................5-194
Tire Loading Information Label...............................5-195
Volume and Weight...........................................................8-6
W
Washer fluid ....................................................................7-22
Checking the Washer Fluid Level ..............................7-22
Windows .........................................................................3-55
Power Windows..........................................................3-56
Windshield Defrosting and Defogging .........................3-211
Auto Defogging System (Additional Feature with
Automatic Temperature Control System) ..............3-213
Rear Window Defroster............................................3-215
Winter driving ...............................................................5-182
Snow or Icy Conditions............................................5-182
Winter Precautions ...................................................5-184
Wiper blades ...................................................................7-26
Blade Inspection .........................................................7-26
Blade Replacement.....................................................7-26
Wipers and Washers......................................................3-158
Front Windshield Washers ......................................3-160
Front Windshield Wipers .........................................3-158
Rear Window Wiper and Washer .............................3-161
I-10